Francine Shapiro Library ~ EMDR Bibliography

Francine Shapiro Library - EMDR Bibliography Links

Choose any combination of the search options below. If you do not wish to include an option in your search, leave the box blank, or select "Any."

Year:
Format:
Language:
Title of Article or Chapter:
Title of Book or Journal:
Author's Last Name:
Keywords:

Your Results - you searched for the keyword Therapists 493 Results

1. Wieland, S., & Baita, S. (2009, November). "Blank" ...Using EMDR with children who dissociate. Presentation at the International Society for the Study of Trauma and Dissociation, Washington, DC.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract: Dissociation is a common response for children who experience abuse, severe neglect, or extreme disorganized attachment. EMDR can help (1) increase a child´s sense of safety and stability, (2) decrease disconnection between aspects of self, and (3) process trauma. While the part of the child existing in the `now´ may be aware of safety, the younger or infant part of the child to whom trauma occurred often is not aware of present safety. This younger part which continues in fear disrupts the child´s functioning. Ideas will be presented for using EMDR to increase knowledge of present safety across the child´s dissociative system as well as recognizing where safety may not exist. Use of EMDR for building secure attachment with child and parent, processing triggers, increasing the child´s connection between dissociative states, and processing both explicit and implicit memories will be described. Dissociative children are often difficult to work with. Ideas will be given for adapting EMDR for use with these highly volatile, dissociative children. The importance of recognizing and acknowledging dissociation when it appears within the child´s EMDR processing will be emphasized. This workshop is appropriate for therapists already trained in EMDR. Numerous case examples will be given.

Keywords: Children Dissociation

Accuracy Verified: Yes

2. フランシーンシャピロ, マーゴット・シルクフォレスト, 市井雅哉 (翻訳) [Shapiro, F., and Forrest, M. S. (Ichii Masaya translator)] (2006年2月). トラウマからの解放:EMDR [EMDR: The breakthrough therapy for overcoming anxiety, stress and trauma]. 大阪：Nikeisha.

Language: Japanese

Format: Book

Abstract:
EMDR、または眼球運動脱感作と再処理、目の動きやハンドタップなどのリズミカルな刺激を利用して外傷の犠牲者を治療するための新しい非伝統的な、非常に短期的な治療法です。シャピロ氏は、臨床心理学者と仲間のアプローチを開発したカリフォルニア州パロアルトで、精神研究所で、これのようにわずか3として90分EMDRセッションは、患者の無効化の不安を軽減した例が報告されます。彼女は1987年に技術を開発する方法説明して、シャピロ氏は、治療について説明しますように機能するかについて、なぜ研究を支援し引き合いに出して推理。彼女はリズミカルな刺激は、プロセスのジャンプに固有の起動することを示唆していると、それらはとても自然治癒を始めることが立ち往生している外傷体験の処理を開始して犠牲者を有効にするには脳の情報処理システムを加速させます。ライターForrestは手法の有効性を実証する数多くのEMDRトレーニングを積んだセラピストによるケーススタディを掴んで提示？とりわけ、心的外傷後ストレスとベトナムのベテランは、夜の恐怖、レイプ被害者の母親と子供もほぼ悲しみに麻痺息子の死の翌年。他の研究は、終末期の患者の成功を支援麻薬中毒者を報告する。

EMDR, or eye movement desensitization and reprocessing, is a new, nontraditional, very short-term therapy for treating trauma victims that utilizes rhythmical stimulation such as eye movements or hand taps. Shapiro, a clinical psychologist and fellow at the Mental Research Institute in Palo Alto, Calif., who developed the approach, reports cases in which as few as three 90-minute EMDR sessions have relieved patients' disabling anxiety. Explaining how she developed the technique in 1987, Shapiro describes the treatment, theorizes about why it works and cites supporting research. She suggests that the rhythmical stimulation inherent in the process jump starts and accelerates the brain's information processing system to enable the victims to begin to process the traumatic experiences in which they have been stuck so that natural healing can begin. Writer Forrest presents gripping case studies from numerous EMDR-trained therapists to demonstrate the effectiveness of the technique?among others, a Vietnam veteran with post-traumatic stress, a child with night terrors, a rape victim and a mother still nearly paralyzed with grief a year after her son's death. Other studies report success helping drug addicts and the terminally ill.

Keywords: Practice Theory

Accuracy Verified: Yes

3. 市井雅哉 [Ichii Masaya]. (1997年12月). 眼球運動による脱感作と再処理法(EMDR)の急性ストレス障害(ASD)を示した阪神淡路大震災被災者への適用 : ストレス障害に対するストレスの少ない治療法 [Application of eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR) to ASD survivors of the Great Hanshin-Awaji Earthquake: Treatment with less stress for stress disorder]. バイオフィードバック研究、（24）、38から44 [Japanese Journal of Biofeedback Research, (24), 38-44].

Language: Japanese

Format: Journal

Abstract:
市井雅哉眼球運動による脱感作と再処理法(EMDR)の急性ストレス障害(ASD)を示した阪神淡路大震災被災者への適用: ストレス障害に対するストレスの少ない治療法バイオフィードバック研究日本バイオフィードバック学会
阪神・淡路大震災の被災者で急性ストレス障害を呈した2名の女性に対して震災1ケ月後にEMDRを適用した.いずれも1セッションで地震への恐怖感は消失した.EMDRをPTSDやASDといったストレス障害の治療に用いることの有効性が示された.治療技法としてのEMDRの特徴として、即効性,クライエント・治療者双方に対してのストレスの少なさを指摘し,作用機序についてこれまで提唱されている仮説について紹介した.

The Author applied EMDR (Eye movement desensitization and reprocessing) to two women survivors, who suffered from the Great Hanshin-Awaji Earthquake and diagnosed as ASD one month following the earthquake. Within a session, their fears of the earthquake were diminished. The results showed that EMDR is effective for stress disorders like ASD or PTSD. A 25-year-old single woman initially complained of trauma-related imagery (e.g. fire) with an initial SUD level of eight. After four sets of eye movement (EM) the level of distress decreased to zero. After the seventh set of EM, her rating of cognition as "it was over" went up to "completely true." Five months later, these therapeutic changes were maintained without any relapse of symptoms. A married 28-year-old woman, re-experienced earthquake-related symptoms with a strong sense of fear during a therapy session of EMDR. The fear quickly decreased to a level of zero on SUD after the eleventh set of EM. At the same time she reported that she could believe a desirable cognition or that "everything is all right" without any doubt. The author pointed out that the therapeutic characteristics of EMDR are rapid effectiveness and less stress for both clients and therapists. Also some hypotheses of working mechanisms of EMDR were introduced.

Keywords: Acute Stress Disorder Clinical Case Study Earthquake Empirical Study Females Natural Disasters Posttraumatic Stress Disorder PTSD Survivors Treatment Outcome/Clinical Trial

Accuracy Verified: Yes

4. Koshal, A. (2010, June). The 4-fields-technic in the traumatherapy of complex traumatized and drug-addicted people (in methadone-treatment). In Addictions. Symposium conducted at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Hamburg, Germany.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Nowadays several international studies demonstrate that the problem of drug-addiction is very often found in combination with complex traumatization in early childhood and youth. (Felitti. 2903; Kufner et al. 2000; Langeland et al. 2006; Schmidt, 2000 etc.) As we all know PTSD and the other trauma symptoms cause a lot of psychophysical dysregulation. So the psychiatrist Khantrian postulated already 1985 the "self-medication hypothesis of addictive disorders". Janina Fisher, Trauma Center Boston, 2000, called this assumed combination of trauma-consequences and drug-addiction, "compensatory strategies aimed at self-regulation" In many years of working with drug-addicted people it became very obvious that a high percentage of this people are using drugs, for example to calm down after being aggressive, may be caused by an argue: or to reduce strong inner tensions; to sleep without nightmares, to alleviate the feeling of helplessness and fear etc. Drugs and alcohol do reduce all the mentioned symptoms for a while. To learn to cope in another, more adaptive way, the addicted people need to learn alternatives strategies for a good functioning self-regulation. After stabilization, the trauma therapy can start, so the patient can reduce some of the sources of psychophysiological dysregulation. Even when the addicted people still get methadone psychotherapy is possible. Practical experience over a long time. started 1990, did show a lot of successful treatments and that methadone does not interfere a traumatherapy. The 4-Fields-Technic is a special method of EMDR that was developed by Jarero et al. 1997 in Mexico after a hurricane disaster. Dorothee Lansch modified the group method into a therapy-setting for single persons. For complex traumatized and drug-addicted people this technic is very helpful. The focus is more easy to keep in mind, - in front of the eyes. In the 4-Fields-Technic the patient focuses on a self-painted picture, that represents the worst part of a trauma experience. The patient keeps his focus on this picture, combined with bilateral stimulation, till he feels the picture should be changed. And so the process is going on till finished. The participant will be able to learn: - about the correlation between complex trauma and drug-addiction - that drug-addicted people who get methadone are able to do trauma therapy -the 4-Fieids-Technic as a method to create resources. Psychotherapy and specially psychotraumatherapy with drug-addicted people who are as well in a methadone-treatment is for many therapists still controversial. This presentation will give you an idea how good it can work, based on various case series.

Keywords: 4-Fields-Technic Complex Trauma Drug Addiciton Methodone Treatment Symposium

Accuracy Verified: Yes

5. Solvey, P. & Ferrazzano de Solvey, R. C. (2008). Abordajes en EMDR [Collisions in EMDR]. (1ra ed.) Series de Terapias de Avan Zada, Volume 5. Buenos Aires: TdeA Ediciones.

Language: Spanish

Format: Book Section

Abstract:
Nuevos protocolos de trabajo presentados por terapeutas expertos en el tema para: Trauma y Disociación / Niños y Adolescentes/ Psicoprofilaxis Quirúrgica/ Psicoprofilaxis Quirúrgica / Adicciones.

New working protocols submitted by experts therapists on the issue to: trauma and dissociation / children and adolescents / Surgical Psicoprofilaxis / Infertility / addiction.

Keywords: Addiction Adolescents Children Dissociation Infertility Surgical Psicoprofilaxis Trauma

Accuracy Verified: Yes

6. Hensley, B. J. (2012). Adaptive information processing, targeting, the standard protocol, and strategies for successful outcomes in EMDR reprocessing. Journal of EMDR Practice and Research, 6(3), 92-100. doi:10.1891/1933-3196.6.3.92.

Language: English

Format: Journal

Abstract:
This article provides excerpts from each chapter of An EMDR Primer: From Practicum to Practice (Hensley, 2009) to assist novice eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR) clinicians who are learning how to use this approach and to serve as a refresher for therapists who have not used EMDR consistently in their practices. Actual cases are presented that demonstrate various strategies that the therapist can use to help clients reach adaptive resolution of trauma. Tables and figures highlight important features to explain the obvious and subtle nuances of EMDR. Focal points are the following: (a) the adaptive information processing model; (b) the types of targets accessed during the EMDR process; (c) the 8 phases of EMDR; (d) the components of the standard EMDR protocol used during the assessment phase; (e) past, present, and future in terms of appropriate targeting and successful outcomes; and (f) strategies and techniques for dealing with challenging clients, high levels of abreaction, and blocked processing.

Keywords: Adaptive Information Processing AIP Cognitive Interweave Three-Pronged Approach Types of Targets Unblocking Strategies

Accuracy Verified: Yes

7. Wheeler, M. S. (1997, December). Adlerian interventions and applications: The creating context technique. Journal of Individual Psychology, 53(4), 396-406.

Language: English

Format: Journal

Abstract:
Therapists who are trained in Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing (EMDR) (Shapiro, 1995) may try using the Creating Context Technique when a client is not stable enough for EMDR or when a client is unwilling to try EMDR. An example will be presented to demonstrate the use of the technique with a typical problem.

Keywords: Adlerian Psychotherapy Adlerian Psychotherapy Connexions Focusing Technique Psychotherapeutic Techniques

Accuracy Verified: Yes

8. Adler-Tapia, R., & Settle, C. (2008, September). Advanced applications of EMDR in child psychotherapy. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Phoenix, AZ.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
This presentation is for therapists who have learned the basic EMDR protocol and are interested in expanding their skills in using EMDR in individual treatment with children. The presentation is focused on teaching therapists to use EMDR with specific childhood diagnoses or presenting problems, including children who are gifted and children who present with symptoms consistent with ADHD, dissociation, anxiety, attachment disorders, and sexual reactivity. Therapists will also learn how to use EMDR with regulatory issues in children including sleep issues and toilet training, as well as with behavioral issues, such as school phobias within AIP Theory.

Keywords: Children

Accuracy Verified: Yes

9. Forgash, F., & Litt, B. (2008, September). Advanced techniques in the EMDR-based treatment of complex trauma. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Phoenix, AZ.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
EMDR is an important therapy in the treatment of complex PTSD, including dissociative disorders and certain personality disorders. This presentation will provide solutions to problems within the 8 phases of EMDR. Objectives include managing triggers and dealing with reactions such as avoidance, freeze, and hyperarousal. Techniques include ego state work and somatic interweaves. Therapists will learn readiness criteria for trauma processing (phase 4-7) and how to avoid premature interventions. In phase 4, therapists will learn about the zone of optimal arousal and a sequence of techniques to maintain client stability and to identify when and why a patient has stopped processing.

Keywords: Complex Trauma Treatment

Accuracy Verified: Yes

10. Litt, B. (2012, October). Advanced techniques in the EMDR-based treatment of complex trauma. Presentation at the 29th annual meeting of the International Society for the Study of Trauma and Dissociation, Long Beach, CA.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Abstract:EMDR is an efficacious therapy for the treatment of PTSD. Increasingly, EMDR is being recognized as an important and viable therapy in the treatment of complex PTSD, including Dissociative Disorder Not Otherwise Specified, Dissociative Identity Disorder, and personality disorders that have their origins in attachment trauma. This population presents unique clinical challenges in terms of stability, affect tolerance, and accessibility to trauma resolution. While much has been written and presented about affect regulation, attachment issues, and dissociation, therapists are not often aware that these phenomena emerge and must be managed throughout all phases of EMDR therapy. This presentation will focus on advanced techniques that provide solutions to problems within phases 2,3, and 4. Clinicians will learn techniques to incorporate in the stabilization/ preparation phase and to revisit as necessary in later stages of EMDR treatment. Objectives include helping the patient effectively deal with reactions such as avoidance, freeze, hyperarousal and numbing. Techniques include ego state work and somatic interweaves.In Phase 4, (desensitization) therapists will be learn about the Zone of Optimal Arousal and learn a sequence of advanced techniques to maintain client stability and safety, and to identify when and why a patient has stopped processing.

Learning Objectives: Participants will be able to perform a series of strategies for overcoming looping and blocking in EMDR phases three and four. Participants will be able to utilize the Domains of Self Model to rapidly assess triggers and anticipate processing style and resolution profile. Participants will be able to utilize the Zone of Optimal Processing model to assess problems with processing and select appropriate strategies to safely resume desensitization.

Keywords: Advanced Techniques Complex Trauma

Accuracy Verified: Yes

11. Garcia, F. (2011, Julio). Aplicacion de EDMR en el tratamiento de distintos trastornos [Application of EMDR in the treatment of various disorders]. Presentación en la IX Congreso Nacional de Psicología Clínica, San Sebastian, España.

Language: Spanish

Format: Conference

Abstract:
EMDR es actualmente un acercamiento psicoterapéutico reconocido como tratamiento efectivo del trauma (American Psychiatric Association, 2004; Bisson y Andrew, de 2007; Bleich et al, 2002;. CREST, 2003; Foa et al, 2009; Niza, 2005). El trauma produce un cambio en nuestro sentido del yo, en nuestro sentido del significado del mundo, de su seguridad, de su racionalidad, existe un “antes y después” a nivel vivencial. La psicóloga Francine Shapiro observó que bajo ciertas condiciones el movimiento ocular puede reducir la intensidad de los pensamientos perturbadores, a partir de esta observación estudió científicamente este efecto y en 1989, informó del éxito al utilizar EMDR en el tratamiento de víctimas de trauma en el Journal of Traumatic Stress. Desde entonces, EMDR se ha desarrollado y ha evolucionado a través de las contribuciones de terapeutas e investigadores de todo el mundo. Estudios controlados en víctimas de Vietnam, abusos, accidentes, víctimas de catástrofes..., indican que EMDR es un método eficaz en el tratamiento del TEPT (trastorno por estrés postraumático), siendo también efectivo en el tratamiento de otras problemáticas como dolor crónico, trastornos psicosomáticos, problemas de apego, malos tratos y adopción.(Shapiro and Forrest, 1997; Shapiro, 2002; Shapiro, 2007; Van Der Kolk et al, 1997). El EMDR está basado en un modelo de "procesamiento adaptativo de la información" (Shapiro, 1991), que postula que la experiencia (los sentimientos, pensamientos y sensaciones) se transforma normalmente en aprendizaje adaptativo (Shapiro, 2001). Presentamos aquí este abordaje terapéutico, con una primera intervención que muestra las bases del EMDR y su aplicación en el dolor crónico y tres comunicaciones más en las que, a partir de la presentación de un caso, se mostrará la aplicación de los protocolos de tratamiento para los trastornos de la conducta alimentaria, problemas adaptativos en niños adoptados y la violencia doméstica en menores.

EMDR is now recognized as a psychotherapeutic approach effective treatment of trauma (American Psychiatric Association, 2004, Bisson and Andrew, 2007, Bleich et al, 2002,. CREST, 2003, Foa et al, 2009, Nice, 2005). The trauma causes a change in our sense of self, our sense of meaning of the world, their security, their rationality, there is a "before and after" to experiential level. The psychologist Francine Shapiro observed that under certain conditions eye movement can reduce the intensity of disturbing thoughts, from this observation scientifically studied this effect and in 1989, reported the successful using EMDR to treat trauma victims in the Journal of Traumatic Stress. Since then, EMDR has developed and evolved through contributions of therapists and researchers from around the world. Controlled studies in Victims of Vietnam, abuse, accident, disaster victims ... indicate that EMDR is a effective method in treating PTSD (PTSD), with also effective in treating other problems such as chronic pain disorders psychosomatic problems of addiction, abuse and adoption. (Shapiro and Forrest, 1997; Shapiro, 2002; Shapiro, 2007; Van Der Kolk et al, 1997). EMDR is based on a model of "adaptive processing of information "(Shapiro, 1991), which postulates that the experience (feelings, thoughts and feelings) becomes normally adaptive learning (Shapiro, 2001). We present here this therapeutic approach, with the first intervention shows the basics of EMDR and its application in chronic pain and three more communications where, from the case report will show the application of protocols of treatment for eating disorders, problems adaptive adopted children and domestic violence on children.

Keywords: Trauma

Accuracy Verified: Yes

12. Hartung, J. (2008, Novembro). Aplicações de EMDR para o desenvolvimento de recursos, melhoria de desempenho e treinamento [Applications of EMDR to resource development, performance enhancement, and coaching]. Apresentação no II Congresso Ibero-Americano de EMDR, Brasilia, Brasil.

Language: Portuguese

Format: Conference

Abstract: The traditional focus of psychotherapists (and their clients) has been on pathology and symptom reduction. Professional therapists are becoming increasingly interested in applications of psychotherapeutic principles to prevention, growth, and other examples of what is being generically called “positive psychology”. EMDR clinicians, like other psychotherapists, are seeking more positive ways to practice, both to increase the services they offer, and to redefine themselves professionally. A focus on performance enhancement and coaching are two examples of how clinicians can offer services beyond symptom reduction. A model for using EMDR in positive applications, pilot tested in several countries, will be presented and demonstrated. The EMDR phases will be reconsidered in light of this positive focus: history taking has a greater focus on solutions; the safe place will be discussed as a tool for developing more specific and relevant resources; the TICES acronym will be expanded to include behavior and the therapy relationship; and greater flexibility will be suggested between the parallel processes of desensitization (of the traumatic past) and installation (of the positive future). This last comment relies on the assumption that participants are already skilled in the use of EMDR as a preferred treatment of trauma. The model to be presented has been successfully field tested in several countries in Asia, Europe, and the Americas.

Keywords: Coaching Performance Enhancement Resource Development

Accuracy Verified: Yes

13. Oren, U., & Konuk, E. (2010, July). Applied EMDR research: EMDR in the treatment of headache. Presentation at the 1st EMDR Asia Conference, Bali, Indonesia.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
The need for research in the EMDR field has been clear since its beginning. EMDR therapists, like most other therapists, have been reluctant to combine clinical work and research despite offers of support from the EMDR community. One of the reasons for such an approach has to do with the sense that EMDR research has little to do with the “real” work of clinicians. A team of Turkish therapists have decided to develop a protocol for treating chronic migraine headaches. Their work is based on the original work of Grant (1999) and Marcus (2008). The presentation will describe the study they have conducted, the protocol they have developed, and the future possible applications of their work. The ways in which this project can be used as a prototype for further applied research in the EMDR field will be described. A call for more applied research and ways to support it will be made.

Keywords: Headache Research

Accuracy Verified: Yes

14. Forgash, C. (2008). Applying EMDR and ego state therapy in collaborative treatment. In C. Forgash and M. Copeley, (Eds.), Healing the heart of trauma and dissociation with EMDR and ego state therapy (pp. 313-341). New York, NY: Springer Publishing Co.

Language: English

Format: Book Section

Abstract:
This chapter will describe the application of the collaborative treatment model to clients who undergo EMDR and ego state therapy with a specialist in addition to their regular therapy. EMDR and ego state therapy specialists are uniquely positioned to assist primary therapists in resolving stalled therapies and enhancing the treatment provided by the primary therapist. We will explore in this chapter the issues that become problematic over time in a course of therapy, which clients are good candidates for collaborative EMDR and ego state treatment, how to develop an effective working relationship with the primary therapist, and how to avoid problems that may arise out of this dual relationship. A detailed case study will illustrate each step of the treatment, from the initial contact with the primary therapist through the conclusion of the adjunct therapy. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2008 APA, all rights reserved)

Keywords: Collaborative Treatment Ego State Therapy

Accuracy Verified: Yes

15. Royle, L., & Kerr, C. (2010, March). Are EMDR therapists at greater risk of developing secondary traumatic stress disorders?. Presentation at the 8th EMDR Association UK & Ireland Annual Conference & AGM, Dublin, Ireland.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Therapists who come into contact with traumatised individuals are at risk of absorbing their distress resulting in their own psychological injury. There is a variety of factors that increase the likelihood of this happening and it can be argued that the EMDR therapist is exposed to many more of these factors than the generic therapist or counsellor. The presenters hope to raise awareness of these risks as the first step in addressing them and reducing the stigma in admitting to secondary trauma. As well as being provided with a theoretical overview of secondary trauma, participants in this workshop will be encouraged to consider their own level of risk and practical steps they can take to reduce this. The workshop will provide an overview of psychological injury constructs including Compassion Fatigue, Vicarious Trauma and Burnout along with a description of signs and symptoms of secondary trauma. Current recommendations for treatment options are outlined and an example is given of how EMDR can be used to successfully treat secondary trauma in the therapist.

Keywords: Burnout Compassion Fatigue Vicarious Trauma Secondary Traumtic Stress

Accuracy Verified: Yes

16. Cohn, L. (1994, March). Art therapy. Presentation at the EMDR Network Conference, Sunnyvale, CA.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
New modes of thempy, before they are completely tried and defined, challenge the professional status quo as well as our individual skills and preconceptions. Eye Movement Desensitization Reprocessing (EMDR)presents just such a challenge: the method, barely three years old, has shown excellent results in the treatment of post-traumatic stress disorder (PTSD), but is as yet incompletely documented, and the reasons for its success remain open to speculation (Shapiro, 1989). Even so, only by continually exploring new techniques can art therapists adjust to advances in mental health care.

Keywords: Art Therapy

Accuracy Verified: Yes

17. Tobin, B. (2006, Fall). Art therapy meets EMDR: Processing the paper-based image with eye movement. Canadian Art Therapy Association Journal, 19(2), 27-38.

Language: English

Format: Journal

Abstract:
This paper examines the role of the visual image in psychotherapy, and explores connections between how art therapists use physical images, and how EMDR practitioners use mental images in assisting emotional growth and healing. It outlines a clinical program in which EMDR eye-movement activity is integrated with the art therapist's use of paper-based images, and considers the merits of such a synthesis. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2008 APA, all rights reserved)

Keywords: Art Therapy Eye Movements Imagery Psychotherapy Visual Perception

Accuracy Verified: Yes

18. Nickerson, M. (2012, October). Attachment at the societal level: Reprocessing internalized stigma and oppression. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Arlington, VA.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Attachment challenges also occur at the societal level as individuals seek to integrate in a meaningful way into social groups and the larger society. An added dimension of clinical work awakens with a cultural context lens that understands social identity and addresses the traumatic impact of social marginalization and oppression. The AIP model successfully predicts that internalized stigma and oppression can be dismantled by building inner resources, reprocessing memories associated with experiencing discrimination and integrating new knowledge about social dynamics. Practical EMDR based strategies will be portrayed with clinical examples, videotaped sessions and the validating feedback from over 60 EMDR therapists who explored these issues in training practicums.

Keywords: Attachment Internalized Stigma Oppression

Accuracy Verified: Yes

19. Paulsen, S. (2012, October). Attachment repair and temporal integration: EMDR for early trauma. Presentation at the 29th annual meeting of the International Society for the Study of Trauma and Dissociation, Long Beach, CA.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Progress in neuroscience reveals that attachment learning, affect dysregulation, and traumatic experience are predominantly held in the right hemisphere (Schore, 2009). Therapists can access trauma and neglect held in the right hemisphere using EMDR, somatic awareness, imaginal excursions, and the therapists mirror neuronal experience. This workshop summarizes the Early Trauma approach of EMDR (O'Shea, 2009; and its variations for the dissociative client (Paulsen, in press). Of note is a new stabilization procedure that appears to work directly on the subcortical affective circuits (Panksepp, 1998). The Early Trauma approach to EMDR processes preverbal implicit memory in sequential time periods, while attending to the nuances of somatic and affective experience as they emerge both in the clients subjective report and in the relationship field. As the infants story is told with the deciphering of these nuances, the therapy repairs developmental milestones imaginally. This enables integration from the bottom up, by time frame, called Temporal Integration (Paulsen, 2009), which contrasts with Strategic and Tactical Integration. Preliminary clinical findings are that the procedure helps repair injuries of attachment, structural dissociation, affect dysregulation and personality. The workshop will interest both EMDR and non-EMDR practitioners because of its significant implications for theory and practice Learning Objectives: Participants will be able to list a modification of the ET procedure for dissociative clients for each of the four steps. Participants will be able to list the seven hardwired subcortical affective circuits described by Panksepp. Participants will be able to name four steps of the Early Trauma procedure for non-dissociative clients.

Keywords: Attachment Repair Early Trauma Temporal Integration

Accuracy Verified: Yes

20. Veenstra, A. C., & de Roos, C. J. A. M. (2007). Behandeling van chronische pijn met EMDR, Patiëteninformatie [Treatment of chronic pain with EMDR]. Author..

Language: Dutch

Format: Other

Abstract: EMDR heeft zich bewezen als een effectieve behandelvorm voor patiënten met een posttraumatische stressstoornis. Min of meer bij toeval werd ontdekt dat sommige patiënten die ook last hadden van chronische pijn, minder pijn hadden na EMDR. Daarom gaan steeds meer EMDR therapeuten ook pijnpatiënten behandelen. Het gebruik van EMDR bij chronische pijn bevindt zich echter in een experimenteel stadium en er zijn nog weinig wetenschappelijke publicaties. Deze folder is vooral gebaseerd op praktijkervaringen en op wetenschappelijke inzichten over pijn, de hersenen en EMDR.

EMDR has proven to be an effective form of treatment for patients with posttraumatic stress disorder. More or less by chance it was discovered that some patients who also suffer from chronic pain, had less pain after EMDR. Why more and more EMDR therapists also treat pain patients. The use of EMDR in chronic pain is however, in an experimental stage and there are few scientific publications. This leaflet is mainly based on practical experience and scientific knowledge about pain, the brains and EMDR.

Keywords: Chronic Pain

Accuracy Verified: Yes

21. Hurley, E. C. (2012, February 28). Being a veteran can be hazardous to your health. Huffington Post. Retrieved from http://www.huffingtonpost.com/e-c-hurley-phd/ptsd-veterans_b_1299884.html on 2/28/2012.

Language: English

Format: Other

Abstract:
What are effective treatments for chronic pain? Due to the multi-dimensional aspects of pain, a number of treatment approaches have been used. They take into account the cognitive, affective, behavioral, social, and physical aspects of pain. Cognitive-behavioral therapy (CBT), hypnosis, acupuncture, and biofeedback training have all been used. While EMDR therapy was originally utilized in the treatment of PTSD the neurobiological similarities with PTSD patients and chronic pain disorders has led therapists to use EMDR in the treatment of a broad range of disorders including chronic pain, anger, anxiety, and depression (Silver, Rogers, & Russell, 2008). Studies have found EMDR effective in the treatment of chronic pain (Mazzola, Calcagno, Goicochea, Pueyrredon, Leston, & Salvat, 2009; Shapiro, 2012) [Excerpt]

Keywords: Blog Military Posttraumatic Stress Disorder PTSD Stress Veterans War

Accuracy Verified: Yes

22. Gaudiano, B. A. (2004, January 4). Beware of weird, wacky psychotherapy treatments. Salt Lake City, UT: The Deseret News, All, Viewpoint, AA08.

Language: English

Format: Newspaper

Abstract:
There's also a treatment for post-traumatic stress called Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing. Similar to techniques used in other effective treatments for this condition, EMDR therapists ask clients to review the traumatic events repeatedly in their minds until their anxiety dissipates. What makes EMDR unique is that the therapist also moves index and middle fingers rapidly from left to right in front of the client, who is asked to visually track the movement while imagining the scene. But research shows that the eye movements appear to be completely superfluous, as people who are asked to keep their eyes still while recounting the events improve just as much as those who do the eye-wiggling.

Keywords: General Overview Salt Lake City

Accuracy Verified: Yes

23. van der Kolk, B. A. (2002). Beyond the talking cure: Somatic experience and subcortical imprints in the treatment of trauma. In F. Shapiro (Ed.), EMDR as an integrative psychotherapy approach: Experts of diverse orientations explore the paradigm prism (1st ed.) (pp. 57-83). Washington, DC: American Psychological Association.

Language: English

Format: Book Section

Abstract:
Subcortical nature of traumatic memories (Freud and trauma; the processing of experience); Trauma and physical sensations (the neurobiology of trauma; the tyranny of language); Clinical dilemmas for therapists of patients who have been traumatized (the therapeutic challenge; top-down versus bottom-up emotional processing); Learning about EMDR; Further experiences with EMDR; Integrative capacity of EMDR: transcript of one session; EMDR and the transformation of experience; What does EMDR do? [Pilots]

Keywords: Adults Cognitive Processes Posttraumatic Stress Disorder Psychotherapeutic Processes Stressors Survivors

Accuracy Verified: Yes

24. Litt, B. (2011, April-May). Beyond trauma resolution: EMDR and the growth of the relational self. Presentation at the EMDR Canada Workshop in Vancouver, British Columbia, Canada.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
This workshop will explore family dynamics contributing to ego fragmentation and interlocking ego state conflict in individual and couples therapy. Participants will learn a model for EMDR-based assessment and treatment planning, describe ego state manifestations in couples conflict and learn to manage ego states in the desensitization phase of processing.
In Part One, participants will learn about the relationship between family dynamics and ego structure, reenactments from the family of origin, and the manifestations of ego state conflict in individual and conjoint therapy. In Part Two, participants will learn a model for EMDR-based assessment and treatment planning using contextual family therapy, the indications and contraindications of conjoint EMDR, a model of the Self that zeroes in on the salient negative cognitions being triggered, and learn a progression of techniques to control and focus desensitization within the optimal zone of arousal. This interactive workshop will include videotape and didactic material designed to facilitate a deeper understanding of this exciting new integrative model. For individual, couples, and family therapists.
Learning Objectives: •Individual and conjoint therapists will sharpen their diagnostic skills by learning to assess intergenerational patterns that contribute to ego fragmentation in their clients. •Couples therapists will use knowledge gained to evaluate repetition compulsions or reenactments in their client couples. •Individual and conjoint therapists will learn to deconstruct reenactments to identify negative cognitions preparatory to doing EMDR. •Conjoint therapists will assess for indications and contraindications for conducting conjoint EMDR sessions with client couples. •Therapists will be able to rapidly assess negative cognitions using a new typology of Domains of the Self. •EMDR therapists will be able to employ a model of the zone of optimal processing for efficient and safe desensitization. •EMDR therapists will be able to use a variety of techniques for maintaining their clients within the zone of optimal processing.

Keywords: Ego State Therapy

Accuracy Verified: Yes

25. Laliotis, D. (2010, March). Beyond trauma: Part I and II - EMDR as a broad-based psychotherapy. Presentation at the Psychotherapy Networker Symposium, Washington, DC.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
While EMDR is widely used as a highly effective treatment for PTSD based on neutralizing past memories of trauma, few therapists recognize how powerful a tool it can be in helping clients reprocess difficult experiences - traumatic or not - that impede their client's ability to move forward with their lives. In this workshop, you'll be introduced to an eight-phase information-processing model of EMDR for helping clients identify and reprocess significant childhood experiences and chronic patterns or themes that shadow their lives, hinder their emotional growth, and limit their ability to fully express their own identity. You'll learn a practical clinical procedure for identifying the predominant themes in clients' lives that underlie their current difficulties and freeing the, from attitudes that limits a fuller, more flexible experience of self.

Keywords: Practice Theory

Accuracy Verified: Yes

26. Adler-Tapia, R. (2012, October). The bond between theory, research and practice: Teaching therapists “researchease”. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Arlington, VA.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Therapists need to understand how evidence based practice drives choice points in treatment planning and intervention. Researchease is not a misspelling, but the concept of helping therapists learn how to read, understand, and discuss research with greater ease. With EMDR, or any treatment modality, therapists need to understand how research drives evidence based programs and practices. Research determines what treatment modalities are supported and funded. With humorous examples and simplistic descriptions, the goal of this session is to help therapists learn gain greater comfort in applying research to clinical practice.

Keywords: Practice Research Theory

Accuracy Verified: Yes

27. Klaff, F. (2012, October). Bonding the pieces: Treating children unglued by family disruptions - An integrated EMDR-family systems approach. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Arlington, VA.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Major family structural changes, as in divorce and adoption, impact children’s adjustment. Integrating neuroscience research, the AIP-EMDR model and family systems theory, a comprehensive therapeutic approach facilitates treatment of the child’s whole experience. Videotaped case material demonstrates effectiveness of the EMDR treatment component, addressing interpersonal and intrapersonal experiences for adopted brothers Antwon, 4 and Tony,7, exposed to past poverty, drugs,abuse and murder; and Gina, 8, impacted by divorce, current family instability, alcoholism,and other unrevealed ghosts. These children are representative of the complex cases therapists must deconstruct, with sometimes disturbing or complicating revelations emerging as treatment progresses.

Keywords: Children Family Systems Approach

Accuracy Verified: Yes

28. Watson, C., Davis, R., & Heimonen, T. (2010, September/October). Bridging the gap between clinical practice and research with EMDR. Poster presented at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Minneapolis, MN.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
EMDR (Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing) is a trauma treatment with origins date back to 1987 by its founder Francine Shapiro. EMDR is based on an information-processing model and is being used to treat traumatic symptoms. Clinicians in many types of clinical settings worldwide employ EMDR for a board range of treatment issues including grief, depression, anxiety, physical and sexual abuse. Although there is evidence that EMDR is effective in treatment of Posttraumatic Stress Disorder, more research needs to be done in clinical practice settings to contribute to the much needed research base about effective of EMDR with other issues.
Therapists working with trauma are often dealing with high caseloads and administrative requirements of the agencies that they work with. The clinicians involved in this research have observed that there have been some encouraging developments in their community which have served to build bridges for clinicians to increase their confidence in the world of research. In 2007, an intiative called Research Skills Development Program offering mentoring in research skills development was offered in association with Lakehead University and Northern Ontario School of Medicine, Ontario, Canada.
Completion of this 1-year program proved to be the first step in make the transition from clinician to researcher. From there, partnerships were formed within the agency and community. With the support of our agency, researchers were able to gain access to testing and computer software that made data collection and data anaylsis possible with least disruption to our clinical services.
The clinicians were encouraged by previous results from our first study in 2007 (n=6) to continue systematic data collection with more clients (n=6). Approval for this recent study was received by the Ethics Committee of St. Joseph's Care Group.

Keywords: Poster Practice Research Research Skills Development Program

Accuracy Verified: Yes

29. Borstein, S. S. (2009). Brief adjunctive EMDR. Journal of EMDR Practice and Research, 3(3), 198-204. doi:10.1891/1933-3196.3.3.198.

Language: English

Format: Journal

Abstract:
Question: How can I provide brief adjunctive EMDR as a consultation service to other therapists’ clients? ANSWER FROM SUZANNE S. BORSTEIN: Eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR) has been demonstrated to be an effective treatment for posttraumatic stress disorder (PTSD), and its application to other psychological problems has been documented as well (Maxfi eld, 2007). As the effectiveness of EMDR is increasingly documented not only in the professional literature but also in the popular press, therapists and clients alike have become curious about whether EMDR might be helpful in their work. [Excerpt]

Keywords: Brief Adjunctive

Accuracy Verified: Yes

30. Borstein, S. S. (2008, September). Brief adjunctive EMDR: How to work collaboratively and quickly with referrals for EMDR. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Phoenix, AZ.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Many of us have been asked to provide some EMDR to a colleague’s client. How do we decide whether to accept such a referral, define our role, and conceptualize the work? This workshop presents a model of brief adjunctive EMDR consultation, a focused application of standard EMDR therapy, provided by the EMDR consultant to clients in collaboration with their referring therapist. The workshop offers guidelines for identifying appropriate referrals and for maintaining a collaborative stance with referring therapists. Ethical issues and potential pitfalls will be discussed. Small group activities and handouts will help participants to implement the model.

Keywords: Adjunctive Therapy Referrals

Accuracy Verified: Yes

31. Borstein, S. (2011, August). Brief adjunctive EMDR: How to work collaboratively and quickly with referrals for EMDR. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Orange County, CA.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Non-EMDR-trained clinicians sometimes ask if “a little EMDR” might help their clients. This workshop presents a specific model of Brief Adjunctive EMDR that can accelerate progress in traditional therapy, help the client and the primary therapist to clarify stuck points, and enrich ongoing work. Screening criteria are offered and potential pitfalls are outlined, along with ways to prevent or resolve these problems. An active collaborative relationship with the referring therapist is essential in this model; ways to develop collaboration are discussed. Participants will receive sample forms to educate prospective clients, inform referring therapists, guide case conceptualization, and measure treatment outcomes.

Keywords: Brief Adjunctive Therapy Referrals

Accuracy Verified: Yes

32. Borstein, S. S. (2006, September). Brief adjunctive EMDR: A collaborative consultation model. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Philadelphia, PA.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Non-EMDR trained clinicians sometimes ask if "a little EMDR" might help some of their clients. When painful feelings about a single incident continue to intrude or interfere with otherwise productive psychotherapy, a short trial of EMDR may indeed resolve the impasse. By narrowly targeting specific traumatic memories or intrusive material, adjunctive EMDR can accelerate progress in traditional therapy, help the client and the primary therapist to clarify stuck points, and enrich the ongoing work. This workshop will describe a model of brief adjunctive EMDR consultation, a focused application of standard EMDR therapy, provided by the EMDR consultant to clients in collaboration with their referring therapist. In this model, adjunctive EMDR does not replace or intempt ongoing therapy. It is complementary to the primary therapy relationship. The workshop will include guidelines for identifying appropriate referrals and for maintaining a collaborative stance with referring therapists. Ethical issues will be addressed, and potential pitfalls will be discussed. The presenter will describe a pilot study of this model, including qualitative and quantitative measures of outcome.

Keywords: Consultation

Accuracy Verified: Yes

33. Emard, P. (1995, June). A brief look at MRI brief therapy. Presentation at the EMDR Network Conference, Santa Monica, CA.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
The MRI approach to brief therapy originated out of the serendipitous coming together of several incredibly creative minds that resulted in a form of psychotherapy in which the major goal was to make psychotherapy more efficient and more effective. It evolved out of research project on communication begun by anthropologist Gregory Bateson that soon involved the work of hypnotherapist Milton H. Erickson and psychiatrist Don Jackson. John Weakland, Jay Haley, Paul Watzlawick and Richard Fisch began to publish the ideas that resulted fiom the early research findings and in doing so developed a particular set of assumptions about the formation and resolution of human problems that differed significantly from traditional treatment models of the time. Further refinements through the clinical application of these methods resulted in a model of treatment that was a pioneer of the brief psychotherapy movement. It is based on a non-normative and non-pathological way of viewing people with problems; it looks at people in the context of their living situations; it resists the idea of client resistance, it places great emphasis on the use of language; and it seeks to amplify client assets and resources and minimize client liabilities and shortcomings. Brief therapists assume a willingness to be an active change agent for the benefit of their clients. They accept responsibility for creating an atmosphere of respect, patience, and creativity in which clients can find alternative ways to think and behave. They believe they have a set of tasks to perform that will hopefully result in the resolution or, as a minimum, the diminishment of the problem situation for which the client originally sought help. These tasks consist of a combination of ways of thinking and acting that are designed to increase the likelihood that the client will experience relief from a painful problem. One of the main tasks for a brief therapist is to find ways to construe the problems presented by the client so that a solution can be found. Brief therapists inquire into the interactional systemic aspects of a problem, the context or environment in which the problem occurs, the people involved in the problematic situation, and the ways the client has attempted to resolve the problem thus far. Another very important task is to identify and gain access to the persons who are the most interested in and willing to work toward changing the problem situation. The idea here is to spend the bulk of the therapeutic time and effort working with the person who is most invested in the change process. Brief therapists find ways to appeal to this person's values and belief systems so that (s)he will engage in activities and/or alter her/his behavior in ways that are likely to change the problem situation. A third task on which brief therapists concentrate is the establishment of clear, concrete, and doable goals of treatment. They collaborate with the client to determine what the client hopes to gain from treatment and when the client will know she is ready to handle life on his/her own, this assumes an emphasis on the client's present and the possibilities for the client's future rather than his/her past. The fourth task brief therapists focus on is the development of ways of intervening in the way the presenting problem is being handled in the present time. This is based on the central assumption that one of the main goals of psychotherapy is to induce clients to change the way a problem is handled. Such intervening is the result of thoughtful and careful consideration of many factors surrounding the problem situation and involves the use of a variety of skills. A final task for the brief therapist is to find ways to remove him/herself from the client's life in such a way that the client has faith in her/his own ability to function effectively without the therapist. This treatment model offers clinicians an opportunity to work in positive, goal-directed ways that clients find helpful and therapists find challenging and satisfying. It calls upon clinicians to develop keen observation skills, the ability to see things fiom a variety of perspectives, and an appreciation for the vast resources clients bring with them to therapy. While it is a simple model of treatment, it is by no means an easy one to master. It requires clinicians to step outside their usual frames of reference in the pursuit of creative solutions to difficult human problems. It rewards them with a greater sense of accomplishment and increased client satisfaction. In the ever-changing world of mental health, this is no small achievement.

Keywords: MRI Brief Therapy

Accuracy Verified: Yes

34. Shapiro, F. (1999). Brief therapy inside out: EMDR - Working with grief. Phoenix, AZ: Zeig, Tucker & Theisen Inc. Publishers.

Language: English

Format: Video

Abstract:
Sit in on therapy with the masters! This video is part of the innovative "Brief Therapy Inside Out" series - a unique series that puts you directly in the therapy room to watch as leading therapists demonstrate their approaches in 45-minute, unrehearsed clinical sessions with real clients (not actors). EMDR founder Francine Shapiro has trained over 30,000 clinicians worldwide in her unique approach to the treatment of trauma. Known formally as Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing, EMDR has been used successfully in critical incident work with victims of such tragedies as the Oklahoma City bombing, with both single-incident rape and incest survivors, with survivors of chronic abuse, even with treatment-resistant Vietnam vets. Here, Shapiro illustrates her eight-phase EMDR protocol with Angie, a recovering addict struggling with the sudden loss of her lover. While the exact neural mechanisms underlying EMDR are still not precisely understood, what is clear is that with skilled use of this potent reprocessing treatment, painful experiences that used to take months or years to treat have been resolved in as few as one to three 90-minute sessions. The videotape provides a singular introduction to this powerful approach as demonstrated by its extremely skilled founder. The clinical session is preceded by an introductory interview with series hosts Drs. Jon Carlson and Diane Kjos in which Shapiro explains basic principles underlying her approach. The video closes with a Q&A segment in which key interactions from the eight-phase treatment protocol are replayed and discussed. 95 minutes.

Keywords: Grief

Accuracy Verified: Yes

35. Laliotis, D. (2009, August). Building on the basics: An EMDR refresher course. Preconference presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Atlanta, GA.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
This course is for EMDR therapists who would like to deepen their understanding of EMDR principles, protocols and procedures. Whether you feel the need for a review because you haven’t been using EMDR recently or you would like to enhance your active EMDR practice, this course is for you. From the three-pronged approach to applications of resource installation and cognitive interweave, you will come away from this course more confident in your ability to integrate EMDR into your clinical practice. You will see videotapes of real cases and will have an opportunity to discuss, in depth, case conceptualization and treatment planning issues and how to incorporate the informational plateaus of responsibility, safety and choices throughout the course of treatment. We will also address the unique demands of being an EMDR therapist and how to successfully navigate the inherent challenges of a powerful and effective psychotherapy approach.

Keywords: Basics Refresher

Accuracy Verified: Yes

36. Gertner, K. (2008). Butterfly hug: An explanation of EMDR for children. emdrresources.com.

Language: English

Format: Book

Abstract:
A valuable resource for trained EMDR therapists. Butterfly Hug educates and familiarizes children in therapy (and their parents) with the EMDR process prior to actual use of the protocol. Butterfly Hug gives both the history of the approach as well as sharing an inviting story line from a child's own healing experience with EMDR.

Keywords: Butterfly Hug Children

Accuracy Verified: Yes

37. Gaudiano, B. A. (2004 January 4). Can be depressing. Monterey County, CA: The Monterey County Herald, Commentary, F1.

Language: English

Format: Newspaper

Keywords: General Monterey County Overview

Accuracy Verified: Yes

38. Talen, J. (1998, April 21). Can trauma be relieved by the wave of a hand? The controversy over eye movement therapy. Washington, DC: The Washington Post, Health, Z12.

Language: English

Format: Newspaper

Abstract:
"When I started teaching EMDR in 1990, I dubbed it experimental because I didn't want therapists using it without training and then hurting their patients," Shapiro said in a telephone interview. "But there's been eight years of research that shows that it effectively treats post-traumatic stress disorder better than anything out there."

Keywords: General Overview Washington, DC

Accuracy Verified: Yes

39. Greenwald, R. (2007, September). Case conceptualization and treatment planning for EMDR therapists. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Dallas, TX.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Want to do more/better EMDR? Trauma-informed case foundation and treatment planning enable the therapist to systematically pursue treatment activities that help the client: a) understand why trauma resolution is important; b) have the motivation to do it; and c) develop the coping skills and affect tolerance for successful EMDR. Participants will practice structured methods to understand a client from a trauma perspective and to apply the trauma-informed treatment framework to one of their own cases. Data documenting these methods’ effectiveness will be presented, including reduced therapist distress, increased empathy and confidence, and improved behaviors with challenging clients.

Keywords: Case Conceptualization

Accuracy Verified: Yes

40. Greenwald, R. (2007, June). Case conceptualization for EMDR therapists. Presentation at the annual meeting of EMDR Europe Association, Paris, France.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
This workshop will present a phase model of trauma-informed treatment that is consistent with the EMDR protocol and that clearly specifies how to go step by step towards EMDR. Participants will have practice analyzing a case from the trauma perspective, developing a structured case conceptualization and explaining this to clients, developing a structure treatment plan, and applying this model to their own cases. Case conceptualization has been widely identified as a skill in need of further development within the EMDR community; and developing a shared understanding and treatment plan has been identified as among "common factors" of effective therapy. This method of teaching case conpetualization and treatment planning has been documented to lead to improved participant attitudes and behaviors towards their challenging clients.

Keywords: Case Conceptualization

Accuracy Verified: Yes

41. Goldman, J., & Coane, J. (2010, October). A case of strategic collaboration: Two therapists and one DDNOS patient in end phase treatment. Presenttion at the 27th Annual Meeting of the International Society for the Study of Trauma and Dissociation, Atlanta, GA.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
A colleague, experienced in DID treatment, was invited to collaborate by the primary therapist in the end phase of treatment to facilitate patient movement through the introduction of EMDR. The nature of the collaborative relationship, its influence on transference and countertransference, the contribution of the different genders of the two therapists, as well as issues of launching the patient more fully into adult life as influenced by the collaboration will be explored. The rationale for introducing EMDR as well as its specific contribution will be explicated. The argument for therapeutic collaboration, as related to the patients history and treatment process, will also be addressed.
Participants will be able to : ♦♦ List the indications for initiating adjunctive treatment. ♦♦ assess the effects of collaboration. ♦♦ appraise the treatment trajectory to decide when to bring in another modality.

Keywords: DDNOS

Accuracy Verified: Yes

42. Dale, S. (2009, May). The case of the phantom foreskin: Using EMDR for pain after adult circumcision. Presentation at the EMDR Canada Conference, Vancouver, British Columbia Canada.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
A 39-year-old man three years prior had had a circumcision due to his tight foreskin causing pain during intercourse. After the surgery, the pain remained, though the foreskin was gone. EMDR successfully treated the pain. This presentation reviews the role of EMDR in treatment of chronic pain. The impact of adult male circumcision is discussed. Phantom limb pain in amputees and the use of EMDR in its treatment is presented. The application to phantom foreskin pain is explored. The case study of the client’s EMDR is presented. Implications and possible applications for EMDR for medical personnel and therapists are discussed.

Keywords: Circumcision Foreskin

Accuracy Verified: Yes

43. Cartwright, L. (2000, September-October). Case Studies: Expanding our tool kit: A new technique that compliments TFT and EMDR. Family Therapy Networker, 24(5), 71-82.

Language: English

Format: Magazine

Abstract:
In recent years, increasing numbers of therapists have discovered the effectiveness of neurologically based therapy techniques, such as Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing (EMDR) and Thought Field Therapy (TFT), not only for trauma, but for a wide range of problems, including anxiety, anger, grief and phobias. Like most therapeutic approaches, however, they provide remarkable results for one client and little or no results for another, no matter how skilled the therapist. Even more mysterious, they can significantly help a client with one problem, but not with a different problem. For instance, Sarah, age 40, had been suffering from depression for five years. The depression was triggered by the death of her father, loss of a good-paying job due to downsizing and her fiance's breaking off their engagement--all within a one-year period. After six months of increasing anxiety and worsening depression (accompanied by low energy, disinterest in life and withdrawal from social situations), Sarah entered therapy. Biweekly sessions for the next three years, which frequently included EMDR, significantly reduced her anxiety, but did not alleviate the depression. Nor did antidepressants. Years before, I had had a similar experience. EMDR had sharply reduced my obsessive-compulsive symptoms, but didn't help my depression. TFT eliminated recurring anger, but also didn't help my depression.

In the course of five years of research into neurologically based approaches, I happened upon a working hypothesis that explains such inconsistent results. The side-to-side eye movements of EMDR that activate the left and right hemispheres of the brain seem to help people resolve problems based on a lack of communication between the left and right hemispheres of the brain. The tapping, or front/back stimulation of acupuncture points, in TFT is effective when there is a lack of communication between the front and back of the nervous system (controlled by the energy center, well known to acupuncturists and martial artists, that lies below the navel). And since we are three-dimensional creatures, I hypothesized that some problems stem from a lack of communication between the top and bottom of the nervous system as well, which I correlate with the brain and the enteric nervous system of the digestive tract (the source of gut feelings). Working from this hypothesis, I have also developed processes to reintegrate the top/bottom dimension.

I have found that although certain emotions tend to be based within a given neurological dimension (indecisiveness is often in left/right, anxiety in front/back and depression in top/bottom, for example), a client may experience any emotion as a block within any dimension or combination of dimensions. As a result, depending upon both the client and the specific problem being addressed, a therapist might need to use techniques that facilitate integration of the left/right, front/back and/or top/bottom dimensions of the nervous system. When a client is blocked within two or three dimensions of the nervous system, working within just one dimension will sometimes activate healing across the entire nervous system. If this does not happen, it is then necessary to work in the remaining dimensions.

From these hypotheses I developed a system called Shifting Consciousness through Dimensions (SCtD), which provides therapists ways to assess the dimension(s) the client is blocked in, processes to identify, if necessary, which dimension to start with and specific integrating techniques for each dimension.

Keywords: TFT Thought Field Therapy

Accuracy Verified: Yes

44. Hornsveld, H. K., & Berendsen, S. A. (2009). Casusboek EMDR, 25 voorbeelden uit de praktijk [EMDR book case, 25 examples from practice]. Uitgeverij, Belgium: Bohn Stafleu Van Loghum.

Language: Dutch

Format: Book

Abstract:
Ongeveer twintig jaar geleden, werd EMDR (Eye Movement Desensibilisatie and Reprocessing) ontwikkeld als een vorm van Post Traumatische Stress Stoornissen (PTSS). Na aanvankelijke scepsis is opgenomen in EMDR (inter) nationale richtlijnen voor de behandeling van PTSS en is ook in vele andere klachten van de aanvragen. In zaak Boek EMDR therapeuten beschrijven 25 Nederlandse aansprekende voorbeelden uit hun praktijk die ze met succes gebruikt EMDR. Zo geven ze de lezer een kijkje in de keuken van hun praktijk en neemt een deel van het mysterie rond deze behandeling optie weg. De ervaringen van de cliënten beschreven tonen niet alleen de effectiviteit van EMDR, maar ook de efficiëntie van deze vorm van therapie.

Approximately twenty years ago, EMDR (Eye Movement Desensitisation and Reprocessing) was developed as a form of Post Traumatic Stress Disorders (PTSD). After initial skepticism has been included in EMDR (inter) national guidelines for the treatment of PTSD and is also in many other complaints of applications. In Case Book EMDR therapists describe 25 Dutch appealing examples from their practice which they successfully used EMDR. Thus they give the reader a glimpse into the kitchen of their practice and take some of the mystery surrounding this treatment option away. The experiences of the clients described not only show the effectiveness of EMDR, but also the efficiency of this form of therapy.

Keywords: Practice Theory

Accuracy Verified: Yes

45. Allen, J. G. (2003). Challenges in treating post-traumatic stress disorder and attachment trauma. Current Women’s Health Reports, 3, 213–220.

Language: English

Format: Journal

Abstract:
Treating women suffering from trauma poses significant challenges. The diagnostic prototype of post-traumatic stress disorder (PTSD) is based on single-event trauma, such as sexual assault in adulthood. Several effective cognitivebehavioral treatments for such traumas have been developed, although many treated patients continue to experience residual symptoms. Even more problematic is the complex developmental psychopathology stemming from a lifetime history of multiple traumas, often beginning with maltreatment in early attachment relationships. A history of attachment trauma undermines the development of capacities to regulate emotional distress and thereby complicates the treatment of acute trauma in adulthood. Such complex trauma requires a multifaceted treatment approach that must balance processing of traumatic memories with strategies to contain the intense emotions this processing evokes. Moreover, conducting such treatment places therapists at risk for secondary trauma such that trauma therapists also must process this stressful experience and implement strategies to regulate their own distress.

Keywords: Attachment Posttraumatic Stress Disorder PTSD

Accuracy Verified: Yes

46. Royle, L. (2012, October). The challenges of integrating EMDR basic training into the context of your own practice. Presentation at the at the 4th Autumn EMDR Workshop Conference, Sheffield, UK.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
The workshop will look at common challenges faced by therapists when beginning the task of integrating EMDR basic training into their existing practice and skills. It will discuss how therapists often react to this challenge (including ‘giving up’ and ‘protocol drift’) and offer suggestions on how to overcome this. The specific difficulties encountered by those with different theoretical backgrounds will be highlighted. This workshop is aimed at novice EMDR therapists who may be feeling apprehensive about applying their new skills.

Keywords: Practice Training

Accuracy Verified: Yes

47. Boèl, J. (1999, Fall). Child & adolescent issue: A closer look - The butterfly hug: Some history and updates in its use with children. EMDRIA Newsletter, 4(4), Child and Adolescent Issue, Special Edition, 11-13.

Language: English

Format: Newsletter

Abstract:
Children, Adolescents, and EMDR: A closer look
In February of 1998, about four months after the devastation wrought by Hurricane Paulina, a team of Mexican therapists along with two EMDR-HAP members as “technical advisors” (myself and Judy Albert) were working with groups of children who had witnessed tragedy and suffered great losses. Our team had only three locations to help these children, so we attempted to develop group therapy situations based on the EMDR theory and protocol as much as possible.

Keywords: Adolescents Butterfly Hug Children

Accuracy Verified: Yes

48. Chilson, M. (2002, March 4). Client can direct treatment, define goals. Topeka, KS: Topeka Capital-Journal, B1.

Language: English

Format: Newspaper

Abstract:
A volunetter network of therapists trained in post-traumatic stress disorder is providing free treatment programs for people affected by the World Trade Center terrorist attack. The clinicians are trained in a technique called eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR) that is proven to help the stress disorder, and the free service is part of the nonprofit Disaster Mental Health Recovery Network. The Mental Health Association of Suffolk County will provide names of EMDR specialists participating in the program. For information call the association at 631-226-3900, or 917-626-9117 for clinicians in the five boroughs. The Nassau County Mental Health Association also has social workers trained to deal with people contemplating suicide. The help line is 516-504-HELP.

Keywords: General Overview Topeka

Accuracy Verified: Yes

49. Opdyke, D. C. (1995, May). Clinical efficacy of eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR) in the treatment of posttraumatic stress disorder. Georgia State University. AAT 9608510.

Language: English

Format: Dissertation/Thesis

Abstract:
Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing (EMDR) has gained notoriety as a brief treatment for PTSD. In EMDR, clients repeatedly bring up traumatic events in memory and visually track stimuli moving back and forth in front of them. Previous group studies of EMDR have had methodological problems, however. The present study attempted to (1) assess EMDR's effectiveness compared to an Eye Focus treatment controlling for eye movement; (2) compare both treatments to a wait-list control; and (3) rate therapist characteristics to check experimenter bias.20 participants suffering from PTSD were randomly assigned to either EMDR or Eye Focus (EF) treatments, and immediate treatment or wait-list conditions. After two 90-minute treatment sessions, outcomes were assessed on subjective measures of anxiety (SUDs) and cognitive beliefs (VOCs). The mean SUDs pre-post differences on matched pairs t-tests indicated significant reduction of disturbance for both the EMDR group, p < .001, and the Eye Focus group, p < .001. VOC ratings showed similar treatment gains. Two-factor analyses assessed changes across groups (2 administrations x 2 treatment groups) on two standardized measures, the Impact of Event Scale (IES) and the Modified PTSD Symptom Scale (MPSS). The IES showed a main effect for treatment F (2, 18) = 16.45, p < .001, while wait-list remained unchanged F (2, 18) = 1.09, p > .05. A significant interaction F (2, 18) = 6.69, p < .05 supported treatment efficacy. EMDR and EF participants improved equally on the IES, i.e., no differences for type of treatment, F (2, 18) = 0.54, p > .05. The MPSS also showed a main effect for treatment, F (2, 18) = 6.46, p < .05, with wait-list unchanged, F (2, 18) = 0.27, p > .05. This interaction was not significant, p =.10. Further, both EMDR and EF groups demonstrated improvement on the MPSS. Results suggest that (1) EMDR and Eye Focus are both effective in reducing some self-reported PTSD symptoms; (2) EMDR and Eye Focus scores improved significantly compared to wait-list; and (3) ratings of experimenter bias suggested that the EMDR and Eye Focus participants were treated equally by the therapist. Future comparison studies should use larger samples, independent assessors, and equally-trained independent therapists. [Author Abstract] Dissertation Abstracts International: Section B: The Sciences and Engineering. 56(11-B), May 1996, pp. 6402

Keywords: Empirical Study Posttraumatic Stress Disorder Psychotherapeutic Processes PTSD Treatment Effectiveness Treatment Outcome/Clinical Trial

Accuracy Verified: Yes

50. Marich, J. (2009, Summer). Clinically significant trauma: Insights from the adaptive information processing model on grief and loss. The American Academy of Bereavement Newsletter, 1, 5, 10.

Language: English

Format: Newsletter

Abstract:
The adaptive information processing (AIP) model, the theoretical model developed by Dr. Francine Shapiro to explain why psychopathology develops and why EMDR works to resolve it, can often be usefully applied for case conceptualization by non-EMDR therapists. In this article, the author explains how the AIP model can be used to better understand a case of complicated bereavement in a 27-year-old client, and how a treatment plan can be more sensitively developed.

Keywords: Grief Loss

Accuracy Verified: Yes

51. Grimmett, J., Hartung, J., Galvin, M. D., & Gray, S. (2012, October). Clinician experiences with EMDR: Factors influencing attrition and retention. Poster presented at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Arlington, VA.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Over 70,000 clinicians worldwide have participated in extensive EMDR training in the past 20 years, but, as with other therapies, not all trained clinicians continue to practice newly acquired techniques.
Whether or not a clinician uses a given treatment modality seems to be a complicated issue, the literature can be organized along the lines of five themes: (a) therapists' pre-training factors, (b) the training itself, (c) clients' experiecnes before and during EMDR, (d) post-training skill development, and (e) socio-enviromental contributors to therapist attrition and retention

Keywords: Attrition Clinician Experiences Retention Training

Accuracy Verified: Yes

52. Allen, W. (2002). Coaching amateur athletes: From frozen to fearless. In L. Grodzki (Ed.), The new private practice: Therapist-coaches share stories, strategies, and advice (pp. 178-191). New York: W. W. Norton.

Language: English

Format: Book Section

Abstract:
This chapter presents a case study in which the coach, who works with amateur athletes, addresses the fear of an amateur horseback rider who broke her arm horseback riding but wanted to continue the sport. The author describes how she set the goals of addressing and diffusing the upsetting mindset; installing a cognitive-behavioral link to support new skill integration and application; and looking at the client's riding through the lens of an amateur but competitive athlete to see how she could best make certain training decisions. She discusses her tools and techniques, including eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR), neurolinguistic programming, shamanic healing, and Buddhist meditation, and presents an extract from her first EMDR session with her silent thinking about the process as it unfolded. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2008 APA, all rights reserved).

Keywords: Athletic Performance Buddhism Buddhist Meditation Coaches Coaching Amateur Athletes Emotional Trauma Fear Goals Horses Neurolinguistic Programming NLP Professional Development Shamanic Healing Shamanism Therapists

Accuracy Verified: Yes

53. Cook-Vienot, R., & Taylor, R. J. (2012). Comparison of eye movement desensitization and reprocessing and biofeedback/stress inoculation training in treating test anxiety. Journal of EMDR Practice and Research, 6(2), 62-72. doi:10.1891/1933-3196.6.2.62.

Language: English

Format: Journal

Abstract:
Eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR) and Biofeedback/Stress Inoculation Training (B/SIT) treatment and no treatment (NT) were compared in reducing test anxiety. Thirty college students with high test anxiety were randomly assigned to each condition. Pre-post assessments were conducted using the Test Anxiety Inventory (TAI), State-Trait Anxiety Inventory (STAI), Rational Behavior Inventory (RBI), and Autonomic Perception Questionnaire (APQ). Treatment therapists were licensed professionals with at least 2 years experience in their respective modality. Statistical analysis using a two-way analysis of variance with repeated measures found significant interactions between time (pre-post) and treatment conditions for all measures except the RBI. Post hoc Newman–Keuls analyses were conducted on the change scores, indicating that both EMDR and B/SIT significantly reduced test anxiety. EMDR generally outperformed B/SIT.

Keywords: Biofeedback Stress Inoculation Test Anxiety

Accuracy Verified: Yes

54. Vienot, R. C. (1998, July). A comparison of eye movement desensitization and reprocessing and biofeedback/stress inoculation training in treating test anxiety. Union Institute and University, Cincinnati, OH. AAT 9822000.

Language: English

Format: Dissertation/Thesis

Abstract:
Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing (EMDR) treatment, Biofeedback/Stress Inoculation Training (B/SIT) treatment, and no treatment (NT) were compared in treating test anxiety. Subjects (30) reporting test anxiety were randomly assigned to EMDR, B/SIT or NT. Treatment consisted of three 90 minute sessions using B/SIT and one 45 minute session/three 75 minute sessions using EMDR. Treatment therapists were licensed psychologists, counselors or social workers with two to twenty years experience using EMDR or B/SIT. Subjects in the NT group were offered treatment following the study. Six dependent variables were measured pre/post: trait and state anxiety (State Trait Anxiety Inventory, STAI-T.S.), test anxiety (Test Anxiety Inventory, TAI-T.W.E.), rationality of personal beliefs (Rational Behavior Inventory, RBI), negative self statements (TAI-W) and self report of physiological response (Autonomic Perception Inventory, APQ) using.05 level. ANOVAs were performed followed by a Newman-Keuls Multiple Comparison. There was a significant interaction between pre-post tests and type of group on all dependent measures except the RBI. EMDR showed a tendency toward greater improvement from pre to post test than B/SIT and NT. There were no significant differences between groups on the pre test. Post group means indicated: (a) STAI-S, there was no difference between the groups; (b) STAI-T and APQ, EMDR and B/SIT had a greater reduction than NT; (c) TAI-E, EMDR showed more reduction than B/SIT and NT; (d) TAI-T and W, there were differences between all three groups with EMDR showing the most reduction. A meta-analysis was performed to determine clinical significance. Prior to treatment all three groups were above the normative effect size of 1 SD. The NT group showed no change on post tests. The EMDR group showed a larger reduction in effect size than B/SIT. Based on the data both EMDR and B/SIT reduced test anxiety with EMDR generally outperforming B/SIT. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2008 APA, all rights reserved) Dissertation Abstracts International: Section B: The Sciences and Engineering. 59(1-B), Jul 1998, pp. 0430.

Keywords: Biofeedback/Stress Biofeedback Training Empirical Study Inoculation Training Stress Management Test Anxiety Treatment Outcome/Clinical Trial

Accuracy Verified: Yes

55. van der Kolk, B. (2000). Complex PTSD in children II: Therapeutic interventions. Cavalcade Productions, Inc., Nevada City, CA.

Language: English

Format: Video

Abstract:
In this video series, Bessel van der Kolk and other clinicians from The Trauma Center, along with therapists Joyanna Silberg and Frances Waters, describe the assessment tools and therapeutic approaches that they have found most useful in working the severely traumatized in children. The clinician's role in such cases often includes working with parents or guardians as well as children, and can extend far beyond the therapy room to encompass psychoeducation and advocacy. For children with complex PTSD, safety must be established both externally and internally. Maintaining internal safety can be an especially difficult task when the child is highly dissociative. The presenters discuss ground techniques that can help a child to stay safe and stable, and describe the therapeutic modalities "play, talk, art, and group therapy" that they have found useful. Topics include controlling aggression, accessing emotions, changing the trauma story, and using EMDR.

Keywords: Children Clinical Judgment Complex Posttraumatic Stress Disorder Complex PTSD C-PTSD Intervention Posttraumatic Stress Disorder PTSD Therapeutic Processes Treatment

Accuracy Verified: Yes

56. Miller, J. (2013, May). Complex trauma and EMDR: Basic skills. Presentation at the annual EMDR Canada Conference, Banff, Alberta CAN.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
This workshop will provide EMDR therapists with direction and skills in working with clients with complex PTSD (C-PTSD). It is particularly designed to help those therapists who have completed their Basic Training and do not feel competent to treat the more complex presentations many clients exhibit when they come for help. The presentation will include a discussion of the three stages of C-PTSD recovery and the six core components of C-PTSD treatment. In addition, attendees will learn to apply the AIP model to C-PTSD and case conceptualization, learn and practice multiple grounding and containment exercises to be utilized before, during and after EMDR treatment, and multiple skills for use in facilitating EMDR trauma processing with C-PTSD clients.
Learning Objectives: • Identify the three stages of C-PTSD recovery • Identify 6 core components of C-PTSD treatment • Apply the AIP model to C-PTSD and case conceptualization • Learn and practice multiple grounding and containment exercises to be utilized before, during and after EMDR treatment • Learn multiple skills for use in facilitating EMDR trauma processing with C-PTSD clients

Keywords: Case Conceptualization Complex Posttraumatic Stress Disorder Complex PTSD C-PTSD

Accuracy Verified: Yes

57. Miller, J. (2013, May). Complex trauma and EMDR: Basic skills. Presentation at the annual EMDR Canada Conference, Banff, Alberta CAN.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Keywords: Case Conceptualization Complex Posttraumatic Stress Disorder Complex PTSD C-PTSD

Accuracy Verified: Yes

58. Prattos-Spongalides, T. A. (2001, June). Connotation difficulties encountered in the application of the EMDR protocol in one’s native language. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Austin, TX.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
The goal of this workshop is to determine connotation difficulties encountered in the application of important EMDR components like Safe Place, Negative Cognition, and VoC into one's native lnaguage; identify successful solutions already used in non-English speaking countries; share and demonstrate how cultural differences and value may alter/cloud the content of protocol components; develop a list of flexible alternative phrasings for use with novice EMDR therapists in non-English speaking countries as a resource aid and relief to the strain stemming from the unavoidable adaption of the EMDR protocol into one's native language.

Keywords: Culture Diversity

Accuracy Verified: Yes

59. Monteiro, A. M. (2012, September). Conquistas na Psicoterapia: Estudos de caso com EMDR [Conquists in Psychotherapy: Case studies with EMDR]. Associação Brasileira de EMDR, Brasilia.

Language: Portuguese

Format: Book

Abstract:
Este livro de casos descreve sessões por diferentes autores/terapeutas que utilizaram a nova abordagem psicoterapêutica, EMDR (Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing) para tratar seus clientes. Cada caso contem a história do cliente, o manejo clínico e os resultados - muitas vezes surpreendentes pela rapidez e eficácia de resolução. Trata-se do primeiro livro de casos de EMDR publicados por autores brasileiros.

This book describes cases of sessions by different authors / therapists who used the new approach psychotherapy, EMDR (Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing) to treat their customers. Each case contains client history, clinical management and outcomes - often surprising the speed and efficiency of resolution. This is the first book-case EMDR published by Brazilian authors.

Keywords: Case Study

Accuracy Verified: Yes

60. Power, K., McGoldrick, T., Brown, K., Buchanan, R., Sharp, D., Swanson, V., & Karatzias, A. (2002, August). A controlled comparison of eye movement desensitization and reprocessing versus exposure plus cognitive restructuring, versus waiting list in the treatment of post traumatic stress disorder. Journal of Clinical Psychology and Psychotherapy, 9(5), 299-318. doi:10.1002/cpp.341.

Language: English

Format: Journal

Abstract:
A total of 105 patients with PTSD were randomly allocated to eye-movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR) (n = 39) versus exposure plus cognitive restructuring (E + CR) (n = 37) versus waiting list (WL) (n = 29) in a primary care setting. EMDR and E + CR patients received a maximum of 10 treatment sessions over a 10-week period. All patients were assessed by blind raters prior to randomization and at end of the 10-week treatment or waiting list period. EMDR and E + CR patients were also assessed by therapists at the mid-point of the 10- week treatment period and on average at 15 months follow-up. Patients were assessed on a variety of assessor-rated and self-report measures of PTSD symptomatology including the Clinician Administered PTSD Scale (CAPS), the Impact of Events Scale (IOE) and a self-report version of the SI-PTSD Checklist. Measures of anxiety and depression included the Montgomery Asberg Depression Rating Scale (MADRS), the Hamilton Anxiety Scale (HAM-A), and the Hospital Anxiety and Depression Scale (HADS). A measure of social function, the Sheehan Disability Scale, was also used. Drop-out rates between the three groups were 12 EMDR, 16 E + CR, and 5 WL. Treatment end-point analyses were conducted on the remaining 72 patients. Repeated measures analysis of variance of treatment outcome at 10 weeks revealed significant time, interaction, and group effects for all the above measures. In general there were significant and substantial pre-post reductions for EMDR and E + CR groups but no change for the WL patients. Both treatments were effective over WL. The only indication of superiority of either active treatment, in relation to measures of clinically significant change, was a greater reduction in patient self-reported depression ratings and improved social functioning for EMDR in comparison to E + CR at the end of the treatment period and for fewer number of treatment sessions for EMDR (mean 4.2) than E + CR (mean 6.4) patients. At 15 months follow-up treatment gains were generally well-maintained with the only difference, in favour of EMDR over E + CR, occurring in relation to assessor-rated levels of clinically significant change in depression. However, exclusion of patients who had subsequent treatment during the follow-up period diminished the proportion of patients achieving long-term clinically significant change. In summary, at end of treatment and at follow-up, both EMDR and E + CR are effective in the treatment of PTSD with only a slight advantage in favour of EMDR. [Author Abstract]

Keywords: Adults Brief Psychotherapy British Cognitive Therapy Exposure Therapy Females Males Posttraumatic Stress Disorder PTSD Random Clinical Trial RCT Stressors Survivors Treatment Effectiveness

Accuracy Verified: Yes

61. Greenwald, R., McClintock, S. D., & Bailey, T. D. (In press). A controlled comparison of progressive counting and eye movement desensitization & reprocessing. Journal of Aggression, Maltreatment, & Trauma.

Language: English

Format: Other

Abstract:
Ten therapists who were already trained and experienced in eye movement desensitization & reprocessing (EMDR) received training in progressive counting (PC), a newer trauma resolution method. Nineteen volunteers with single-incident trauma or loss were assigned to a therapist and then randomized to treatment condition; 15 completed treatment to termination criteria or until the fourth session. Participants in both conditions experienced significant reductions in PTSD symptoms, memory-related distress, and presenting problems at one week post-treatment, maintained at 12-week follow-up, with no significant differences in outcomes, treatment efficiency, or dropout rate. The preliminary findings of this pilot study suggest that PC is an efficient, well-tolerated, and effective trauma treatment that is relatively easy for therapists to master.

Keywords: CBT Cognitive Behavior Therapy Exposure Loss Progressive Counting Trauma Treatment

Accuracy Verified: No

62. Chard, K. M., & Gilman, R. (2005, August). Counseling trauma victims: 4 brief therapies meet the test. Current Psychiatry, 4(8). 50, 55-58, 61-62, 64.

Language: English

Format: Magazine

Abstract:
Therapists once believed trauma survivors required years of treatment, yet we now know that relatively brief cognitive-behavioral interventions can yield long-term gains in psychosocial and psychological function. Many psychiatric patients meet diagnostic criteria for PTSD, including: 33% of women experiencing sexual assault, 30% of male war veterans, and 30% of the 5 million U.S. children exposed to trauma each year. The authors offer recommendations on how to prepare traumatized adults and children for cognitive-behavioral therapy (CBT) and discuss four tested models -- prolonged exposure (PE), cognitive processing therapy (CPT), eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR), and stress inoculation training (SIT) -- that psychiatrists may find effective when treating PTSD. [Adapted from Text] [Pilots]

Keywords: Brief Psychotherapy Cognitive Therapy Exposure Therapy Posttraumatic Stress Disorder PTSD Treatment

Accuracy Verified: Yes

63. Dworkin, M. (2001, June). Countertransference and the intersubjective: Directions for treating traumatized clients with EMDR. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Austin, TX.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
EMDR therapists and their clients are always influencing each other in the therapeutic relationship. Attention needs to be paid to the subtle nuances of malattunement, its danger, and the opportunities inhent for potentiating healing.

Keywords: Countertransference Trauma Treatment

Accuracy Verified: Yes

64. Singer, M. T., & Lalich, J. (1996). Crazy therapies: What are they? Do they work?. San Francisco, CA: Jossey-Bass.

Language: English

Format: Book

Abstract:
The relationship between patient and therapist is unique in important ways when compared to relationships between clients and other professionals such as physicians, dentists, attorneys, and accountants. The key difference is present from first contact: it is not clearly understood exactly what will transpire. There is no other professional relationship in which consumers are more in the dark than when they first go to see a therapist.
In other fields, the public is fairly well informed about what the professional does. Tradition, the media, and general experience have provided consumers with a baseline by which to judge what transpires. If you break your arm, the orthopedist explains she will take an X ray and set the bone; she tells you something about how long the healing will take if all goes well and gives you an estimate of the cost. When you go to a dentist, you expect him to look at your teeth, take a history, explain what was noted, and recommend a course of treatment with an estimate of time and cost. Your accountant will focus on bookkeeping, tax reports, and finances, and help you deal with regulatory agencies. Consumers enter these relationships expecting that the training, expertise, and ethical obligations of the professional will keep the client's best interests foremost. Both the consumer and the professional are aware of each person's role, and it is generally expected that the professional will stick to doing what he or she is trained to do. The consumer does not expect his accountant to lure him into accepting a new cosmology of how the world works or to "channel" financial information from "entities" who lived thousands of years ago; or for his dentist to induce him to believe that the status of his teeth was affected by an extraterrestrial experimenting on him. Nor does the patient expect the orthopedist to lead him to think the reason he fell and broke his arm was because he was under the influence of a secret satanic cult. But seeing a therapist is a far different situation for the consumer. In the field of psychotherapy there is no relatively agreed upon body of knowledge, no standard procedures that a client can expect. There are no national regulatory bodies, and not every state has governing boards or licensing agencies. There are many types and levels of practitioners. Often the client knows little or nothing at all about what type of therapy a particular therapist "believes in" or what the therapist is really going to be doing in the relationship with the client. In meeting a therapist for the first time, most consumers are almost as blind as a bat about what will transpire between the two of them. At most, they might think they will probably talk to the therapist and perhaps get some feedback or suggestions for treatment. What clients might not be aware of is the gamut of training, the idiosyncratic notions, and the odd practices that they may be exposed to by certain practitioners. Consumers are a vulnerable and trusting lot. And because of the special, unpredictable nature of the therapeutic relationship, it is easy for them to be taken advantage of. This makes it all the more incumbent on therapists to be especially ethical and aware of the power their role carries in our society. The misuse and abuse of power is one of the central factors in what goes wrong. Questions to Ask Your Prospective Therapist Ultimately, a therapist is a service provider who sells a service. A prospective client should feel free to ask enough questions to be able to make an informed decision about whether to hire a particular therapist. We have provided a general list of questions to ask a prospective therapist, but feel free to ask whatever you need to know in order to make a proper evaluation. Consider interviewing several therapists before settling on one, just as you might in purchasing any product. Draw up your list of questions before phoning or going in for your first appointment. We recommend that you ask these questions in a phone interview first, so that you can weed out unlikely candidates and save yourself the time and expense of initial visits that don't go anywhere. If during the process a therapist continues to ask you, "Why do you ask?" or acts as though your questioning reflects some defect in you, think carefully before signing up. Those types of responses will tell you a lot about the entire attitude this person will express toward you - that is, that you are one down and he is one up, and that furthermore you are quaint to even ask the "great one" to explain himself. If you are treated with disdain for asking about what you are buying, think ahead: how could this person lead you to feel better, plan better, or have more self-esteem if he begins by putting you down for being an alert consumer? Remember, you may be feeling bad and even desperate, but there are thousands of mental health professionals, so if this one is not right, keep on phoning and searching.

Keywords: Practice Theory

Accuracy Verified: Yes

65. Hillman, J. L. (2002). Crisis intervention and trauma, New approaches to evidence-based practice. New York, NY: Kluwer Academic/Plenum Publishers.

Language: English

Format: Book

Abstract: R
ecent findings from an American Psychological Association task force suggest that one in four therapists will experience patient suicide, and that one in eight will feel threatened by patient violence during their career. Experts from this task force have also noted that clinicians receive virtually no formal training or coursework in crisis intervention. Despite the increasing need for professional services among members of the general population, current practitioners have few texts available that provide step-by-step, detailed information about how to engage in crisis intervention, and how to integrate recent, empirical research findings into theory and practice. This volume helps bridge this critical gap by providing a theoretically advanced, yet practical guide to crisis intervention. Particular attention is given to the role of violence within our culture, patient suicide, school and workplace violence, long-term sequelae of trauma, clinical assessment and risk management, professional boundaries and burn-out, domestic violence, and the neurophysiology of trauma, as well as the needs of typically underserved patient populations including minority group members, older adults, gays and lesbians, and children. The text also features critical reviews of controversial topics, including EMDR, critical incident stress debriefing, recovered memories, dissociative identity disorder, and alternative medicine. [Springer]

Keywords: Crisis Intervention Trauma

Accuracy Verified: Yes

66. Young, W., Puk, G., & Rouanzoin, C. C. (1995, June). Current trends using EMDR in dissociative disorders. Presentation at the EMDR Network Conference, Santa Monica, CA.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
This workshop covers the screening, diagnosis, treatment and pitfalls encountered in using EMDR in Dissociative Disorders. The unexpected finding of dissociative disorders among trauma victims using EMDR requires therapists to be able to recogme and screen for dissociative conditions. Under special circumstances, these patients may have negative reactions which the EMDR therapist should be prepared to manage. Treatment requires a strong alliance, an awareness of dissociation and the management of patients' abreactions. Treatment guidelines have been established for using EMDR which can guide therapists as our expmence with dissociative disorders evolves. A careful informed consent should be obtained and an assessment of the patient's inner resources made so that ffagile patients with histories of chronic trauma are not inadvertently injured. Further, EMDR is not designed as a tool for "memory work" but for the reduction of distress for events or experiences already known. Lectures, discussions, handouts and video tape demonstrations show the application of EMDR in a variety of conditions. The results of a pilot study using EMDR in 15 patients with 33 target symptoms will be presented. In this limited sample, between 50% and 60% of patients achieved significant reduction of their distress levels on selected targets. A variety of responses occurred including fusions, generalization effects, and establishmg inner dialogue. In addition, a variety of problems arose resulting in treatment failures or cessation of EMDR. These include such reactions as flooding, escalation of anger, paranoia and resistance to the treatment. The implications of these findings suggest that cautious patient selection and use of EMDR has a potential use and that as research in this population continues, strategies for overcoming problem areas can be developed.

Keywords: Dissociative Disorders

Accuracy Verified: Yes

67. Gomez, A. M. (2009). Dark, bad day...go away!. Author.

Language: English

Format: Book

Abstract:
Dark, Bad, Day...Go Away! is a lovely little story about two little dogs who have experienced some kind of traumatic experience. They are going through all sorts of awful emotions ranging from anxiety to self blame. The book never goes into detail of what the awful thing that happened was, but it does explain the way the brain deals (or doesn't deal) with trauma in an easy to understand way. It then goes on to explain EMDR therapy and what the child might experience if he or she under goes the treatment. This is a wonderful book for child therapists who make use of this therapy technique. It can spur discussion and reduce confusion and worry about starting a new course of therapy. It helps parents understand too!
•Explains trauma and EMDR in terms children can understand. •Motivates children to embrace trauma using EMDR. •Prepares children for EMDR trauma reprocessing so the likelihood of children stopping EMDR prematurely is reduced. •Makes EMDR accessible to children by showing what EMDR is, how it works, and how it can be helpful.

Keywords: Children Trauma

Accuracy Verified: Yes

68. Egli-Bernd, H. (2012, Januar). Das neue EMDR dialog‐protokoll, die kognitionen und ihre zentrale bedeutung bei der EMDR arbeit mit komplexen problemstellungen [The new dialogue EMDR protocol: The cognitions and their central role in the EMDR work with complex problems]. Präsentation am Institut für Traumazentrierte Therapie und Beratung, Zürich.

Language: German

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Die Erfahrung zeigt, dass die erfolgreiche Arbeit mit EMDR häufig wesentlich von der treffenden und emotional bedeutungsvollen Wahl der Kognitionen abhängt. Die Erfahrung zeigt aber ebenfalls, dass diese richtige Auswahl oft zur schwierigen Hürde werden kann beim Einstieg in komplexe EMDR‐Arbeit in Phase 3, und zwar nicht nur für AnfängerInnen, sondern auch für erfahrene EMDR TherapeutInnen. Dies vor allem dann, wenn der Fokus der Arbeit nicht auf klar definierten klassischen traumatischen Einzelereignissen, sondern auf komplexen, frühen Lebensthemen liegt. Das Herausarbeiten tiefgreifender, emotional bedeutsamer Kognitionen fällt bei solchen Themen den Betroffenen oft besonders schwer. Diese Situation erzeugt häufig Verunsicherung bei den Klienten und Therapeuten und stellt eine Herausforderung für die erfolgreiche und effiziente Anwendung von EMDR dar. Mittlerweile ist in der Bindungs‐ und Traumaforschung herausgearbeitet worden, dass frühe Störungen sehr häufig eine dissoziative Struktur bei den Betroffenen zur Folge haben. Wir müssen also davon ausgehen, dass es in diesen Fällen auch um eine „subtile“ Dissoziation geht, die sich bei der EMDR Arbeit in Phase 3 u.a. durch Probleme mit der Erarbeitung der Kognitionen manifestieren kann. In den letzten Jahren habe ich das EMDR Dialog‐Protokoll entwickelt, das den Umgang mit solch komplexen EMDR Situationen in der Phase 3 wesentlich erleichtert. Im Oktober 2009 wurde eine Kurzversion meiner Arbeit zu diesem speziellen EMDR Protokoll im deutschen EMDR Rundbrief veröffentlicht und im August 2011 wird eine englische Übersetzung im EMDR Journal for Research & Practice veröffentlicht. Der Workshop soll einerseits die Bedeutung der Kognitionen für die erfolgreiche EMDR Arbeit nochmals klären sowie die dazugehörigen theoretischen Grundlagen aus der Neurobiologie, der Bindungstheorie und den Theorien der Strukturellen Dissoziation und Ego‐State Theorie zusammenfassen. Sodann wird das Dialog‐Protokoll im Detail erläutert und mittels Fallbeispielen in der praktischen Anwendung dargestellt. Ein praktischer Teil des Workshops ist dem Üben von Phase 3 mit dem Dialogprotokoll vorbehalten. Die TeilnehmerInnen sollen anhand von konkreten eigenen Beispielen die Phase 3 mit Anwendung des Dialog‐ Protokolls üben, um für die Praxis eine auf Selbsterfahrung basierende praktische Erfahrung mitzunehmen. Es geht dabei um das Erfassen von Phase 3 bis zum VOC, nicht um eine komplette Selbsterfahrung mit EMDR. Dabei soll die emotionale Relevanz der stimmigen und tiefgreifenden Kognition erfahrbar werden. Wenn es der zeitliche Rahmen erlaubt, können eigene Fälle zur Diskussion gestellt werden. Der Workshop soll eine kollegiale Diskussion von Problemen in der EMDR Anwendung ermöglichen und neue Perspektiven eröffnen helfen.

Experience shows that successful work often with EMDR significantly taken from and emotionally meaningful choice of cognition depends. But experience shows also that these Proper selection can often be difficult to hurdle in entering complex EMDR work in phase 3, and not only for beginners but also for experienced EMDR therapists. This especially when the focus of the work of non-traumatic on clearly defined classical Individual events, but on complex, early-life subjects. Working out of profound, emotionally meaningful cognition falls on such topics stakeholders often particularly difficult. This Situation often creates uncertainty among clients and therapists and offers a challenge represents for the successful and efficient use of EMDR Meanwhile, it has been worked into the binding and trauma research that very early interference often have a dissociative structure among those affected the result. We must therefore assume that in these cases, a "subtle" dissociation is, among other things, at the EMDR work in phase 3 may be manifested by problems with the development of cognition. In recent years I have developed the dialogue EMDR protocol, how to deal with such complex EMDR situations in phase 3 easier. In October 2009, a short version of my Work on this specific EMDR protocol in German newsletter published EMDR and in August 2011 an English translation of the EMDR Journal for Research & Practice is published. The workshop on the one hand the importance of cognition in the successful EMDR should work again and clarify the related theoretical principles from neurobiology, attachment theory and summarize the theories of Structural Dissociation and ego state theory. Then, the Dialog protocol described in detail and illustrated using case studies in practical applications. A practical part of the workshop is reserved for the practice of dialogue with the Phase 3 protocol. The By means of concrete examples to own participants, phase 3 of the dialogue with application- Exercise protocol in order for the practice to bring a hands-on experience based on personal experience. This involves having to capturing phase 3 to the VOC, not a complete self-awareness EMDR. It is the emotional relevance of coherent and profound cognition can be experienced. If it is the time frame allowed to own cases are presented for discussion. The workshop should enable a collegial discussion of issues in application of EMDR and new perspectives help open up.

Keywords: Cognitions Dialogue Protocol

Accuracy Verified: Yes

69. Cornil, L. (2013, April). De kracht van het NU in EMDR [The power of NOW in EMDR]. Presentatie op Het congres EMDR Vereniging EMDR Nederland, Nijmegen, Nederland.

Language: Dutch

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Deze uiteenzetting brengt een theoretisch-filosofische kijk op het tijdsconcept in EMDR. Sinds het prille begin speelt het tijdsconcept een centrale rol in de EMDR benadering. Aan de basis van het AIP model ligt het idee dat geheugennetwerken vervrozen zijn in de tijd (Shapiro 1995). De informatie is op een disfunctionele manier gestockeerd in het vervrozen nu en kan op elk moment worden getriggerd. In EMDR hebben patiënten (en therapeuten) het moeilijk om het NU van de negatieve cognitie te pakken te krijgen. Patiënten begrijpen niet wat gevraagd wordt en raken verward wanneer therapeuten vragen wat ze nu over zichzelf denken als ze denken aan toen. In de EMDR basistraining wordt aangegeven dat het vinden van een adequate negatieve cognitie een moeilijk deel is van het EMDR protocol, maar wel een noodzakelijk deel. Het NU is wat op dit moment gebeurt. Er is geen verleden, enkel de huidige perceptie van het verleden. Net zoals er geen toekomst is, enkele de huidige perceptie van mogelijkheden. Het heden is datgene waarmee men zich identificeert: wat je ziet, geloof je: wat je op een gegeven moment gewaarwordt, wordt de realiteit van het NU. Wanneer de patiënt getriggerd wordt in de perceptie van het kind, wordt de patiënt het kind en de tijdsperceptie wijzigt. Het punt dat in deze uiteenzetting naar voor wordt gebracht, is dat verandering ontstaat wanneer de patiënt stopt met zich te vereenzelvigen met het verleden dat daardoor het NU wordt. In EMDR wordt de patiënt door de therapeut uitgenodigd om dingen te laten gebeuren en te merken wat er verandert. Tijd heeft beweging nodig om te bestaan: de wijzers van de klok, de zon in de lucht, de rimpels die verschijnen op de huid verwijzen allemaal naar tijd. In plaats van de pijnlijke informatie op een afstand te proberen houden, die zich bevindt in de niet-tijd zonder beweging, wordt de patiënt juist uitgenodigd om de beweging te observeren die kan ontstaan door de positie van de dubbele aandacht in te nemen: één voet in de reële tijd en één voet in de niet-tijd. We zullen linken met mindfullness aangeven.

This statement brings a theoretical-philosophical perspective on the concept of time in EMDR. Since the very beginning the concept of time plays a central role in the EMDR approach. At the base of the AIP model is the idea that in the memory networks vervrozen time (Shapiro, 1995). The information is stored in a dysfunctional way vervrozen now and can be triggered at any time. In EMDR, patients (and therapists) is difficult to the NOW of the negative cognition to catch. Patients do not understand what is required and get confused when therapists ask what they think about themselves when they think of when. In the EMDR basic training indicated that finding an adequate negative cognition is a difficult part of the EMDR protocol, but a necessary part. The NOW is what is currently happening. There is no past, only the current perception of the past. Just as there is no future, some of the current perception of opportunities. The present is that with which one identifies: what you see, you believe what you become aware at any given time, the reality of the NOW. When the patient is triggered in the perception of the child, the patient is a child and time perception changes. The point in this discussion forward is brought, is that change occurs when the patient stops to identify with the past that result it is NOW. In EMDR, the patient by the therapist invited to make things happen and to notice what is changing. Time needs movement to exist: the clockwise direction, the sun in the sky, the wrinkles that appear on the skin all refer to time. In place of the painful information try to keep at a distance, which is located in the non-time without movement, the patient is invited to precisely observing the movement which may be caused by the position of the double attention to take: a foot in real time, and a foot in the non-time. We will link with mindfulness state.

Keywords: Present Focus

Accuracy Verified: Yes

70. Black, J., & Gauvreau, P. (2010, Avril/Mai). De la problématique, à la cible, à la désensibilisation [Of the problem, the target, the desensitization]. Atelier présenté à la réunion annuelle de l'EMDR Canada, Toronto, Ontario.

Language: French

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Il peut être parfois un défi pour les thérapeutes EMDR à aider les clients à identifier les cibles de travail EMDR lorsque la personne se présente avec un problématique généralisée ou des enjeux « non-traumatiques » par exemple, certains associés à l’estime personnel, l’affirmation de soi, les habiletés relationnelles pour lesquelles des événements traumatiques « petits-t » où les liens ou expériences à cibler ne sont pas facilement identifiables. Cet atelier à pour objectif de permettre aux cliniciens à mieux aider leur clients à préciser d’avantage les enjeux et les cibles de travail potentielles avec l’EMDR; ainsi que de faciliter à ce que le client puisse, à partir de la problématique, de la cible et de l’image, mieux trouver les cognitions/croyances négatives activées. Dans ce processus, on vise aussi à accentuer l’importance de la phase 1 (l’histoire de la personne). Également, l’atelier se penchera sur l’importance de bien identifier/cerner la croyance négative sous-jacente au moment d’amorcer le travail avec les cibles identifiées, afin de maximiser les effets du retraitement et de favoriser la généralisation. À travers des présentations didactiques, des vignettes cliniques et des exercices de groupes, les participant(e)s pourront développer des stratégies pour mieux conceptualiser les plans de traitement EMDR avec ces types de problématiques. Également, les cliniciens seront amenés à réfléchir sur les thèmes des enjeux travaillés et leurs liens avec les cognitions négatives identifiées, sous les thèmes de responsabilité, sécurité et choix personnel. (Tous les niveaux)

It can sometimes be a challenge for EMDR therapists to help clients identify targets EMDR work when the person presents with a widespread issue or issues "non-traumatic" for example, some associated with the estimated personnel, assertiveness, interpersonal skills for which the traumatic events "small-t" which links or targeting experiments are not easily identifiable. This workshop aims to enable clinicians to better help their clients to clarify issues and benefit the target potential working with EMDR, as well as to facilitate the client can, using the issue of and the target image, find the best cognitions / beliefs turned negative. In this process, it also aims to highlight the importance of phase one (the story of the person). Also, the workshop will focus on the importance of identifying / understanding the underlying negative belief at the time to begin work with the targets identified in order to maximize the effects of reprocessing and to promote generalization. Through didactic presentations, clinical vignettes and group exercises, the participant (s) will develop strategies to better conceptualize the EMDR treatment plans with these types of issues. Also, clinicians will need to reflect on themes and issues worked their links with negative cognitions

Keywords: Target

Accuracy Verified: Yes

71. Rassin, E., Muris, P., & Merckelbach, H. (1996). De pijndempende werking van eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR) is beperkt [The pain attenuation of EMDR is limited]. Directieve Therapie, 16(3), 274-284. doi:10.1007/BF03060149.

Language: Dutch

Format: Journal

Abstract:
Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing (EMDR) werd in 1989 door Shapiro geïntroduceerd als een therapeutische techniek voor Posttraumatische stress–stoornis (PTSS). Sindsdien hebben diverse EMDR–;therapeuten geopperd dat deze interventie ook toepasbaar is bij andere trauma–gerelateerde klachten. In een studie van Hekmat, Groth en Rogers (1994) is geclaimd dat EMDR effectief is bij de behandeling van pijn. In het onderhavige onderzoek is deze claim verder onderzocht. Daartoe werden 45 gezonde vrijwilligers onderworpen aan 8 elektrische prikkels. De proefpersonen werden verdeeld over 3 groepen: een groep die behandeld werd met EMDR, een groep die ter afleiding van de prikkels naar een cartoon keek, en een controlegroep waarbij geen verdere interventie werd uitgevoerd. Zowel fysiologische als subjectieve reacties op de pijnprikkels werden geregistreerd. Op geen enkele effectmaat werden verschillen tussen de drie groepen gevonden. In de discussie wordt dit resultaat in een breder perspectief geplaatst.

Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing (EMDR) was introduced by Shapiro in 1989 as a therapeutic technique for posttraumatic stress disorder (PTSD). Since then several EMDR, therapists suggested that this intervention is also applicable to other trauma-related symptoms. In a study by Hekmat, Groth and Rogers (1994) has claimed that EMDR is effective in treating pain. In the present study further investigated this claim. For this purpose, 45 healthy volunteers subjected to 8 electrical stimuli. The subjects were divided into 3 groups: one group treated with EMDR, a group that as a distraction from the stimuli to a cartoon look, and a control group with no further intervention was performed. Both physiological and subjective responses to pain stimuli were recorded. In no effect size differences were found between the three groups. In the discussion, this results in a wider perspective.

Keywords: Pain Attenuation

Accuracy Verified: Yes

72. van Arkel, E. P. M., & Baas, A. M. (2008, Juni). De rol van het op afstand beleven en het herbeleven in eye movement desensitisation and reprocessing (EMDR) [The role of the remote experience and relive in eye movement desensitisation and reprocessing (EMDR)]. Utrecht, Nederlands: Universiteit Utrecht.

Language: Dutch

Format: Dissertation/Thesis

Abstract:
Dit onderzoek was voor ons zowel een eerste kennismaking met Eye Movement Desensitisation and Reprocessing (EMDR) als een eerste kennismaking met het klinische werkveld. Naast het leerzame traject van het onderzoek zelf, waren deze aspecten een speciale aanvulling op onze scriptie. Wij hebben dan ook met veel enthousiasme aan deze scriptie gewerkt en ons op verschillende gebieden breder ontwikkeld. Wij zijn voornamelijk blij dat wij „op de valreep van onze studie‟ nog kennis hebben mogen maken met de behandelmethode EMDR. Het is een behandelmethode die wij in onze verdere loopbaan binnen de psychologie zeker mee zullen nemen. Onze dank gaat uit naar de therapeuten en cliënten die mee wilden werken aan dit onderzoek. Zonder deze medewerking was dit onderzoek immers niet tot stand gekomen! Daarnaast willen wij graag onze begeleidster mw. dr. H.K. Hornsveld bedanken voor het overbrengen van haar enthousiasme voor EMDR en al haar op- en aanmerkingen op ons onderzoek. Mede dankzij haar is dit onderzoek goed afgerond en is ons enthousiasme gegroeid.

This study gave us both a first encounter with Eye Movement Desensitisation and Reprocessing (EMDR) as a first introduction to the clinical field. Besides the educational process of research itself, these issues were a special addition to our thesis. We also have enthusiastically worked on this paper and our wider development in various fields. We are especially pleased that we are "at the very end of our study" may even be familiar with the EMDR treatment method. It is a treatment that in our careers in psychology will certainly take it. Our thanks go to the therapists and clients who wanted participate in this study. Without this cooperation, this research was not realized! In addition, we want our companion mw. Dr. H.K. Hornsveld thanks for transferring her enthusiasm for EMDR and all her observations and comments on our research. Partly thanks to her that this study is well rounded and our enthusiasm grew.

Keywords: Desensitization, Distancing Reliving Vividness

Accuracy Verified: Yes

73. Forgash, C. A. (2005, June). Deepening EMDR treatment effects across the trauma spectrum: Integrating EMDR and ego state work. Föreningen EMDR Sverige, EMDR Tidningen, 7(2), 6-14.

Language: English

Format: Newsletter

Abstract:
The concepts, interventions, and techniques presented in this workshop are culled from theory and techniques of working with the range of the dissociative disorders). They have proved to be an effective addition to the preparation stage of the EMDR protocol. In other words, they can be used with clients who dissociate under certain conditions but do not have a dissociative disorder Most of the traumatized clients seen for EMDR treatment have a range of dissociative symptoms as well as symptoms of PTSD. This combination of PTSD and a dissociative disorder is often labeled DDNOS. However, people with a more complex variety of PTSD usually have experienced very early and enduring severe physical or sexual abuse (generally perpetrated by a family member), atrocities, war, or severe environmental disruption such as earthquakes. They are more accurately diagnosed with disorders of extreme stress (DESNOS). For these clients, the dissociated neural networks, or dissociative fragmentation, cause serious problems in adult life. The adaptive information processing system is on hold for these dissociated fragments or parts. They are easily triggered by internal or external cues to which they can have extreme reactions, (flashbacks, amnesia, losing time and place, and so forth.) Our goal as therapists is to use EMDR to help clients (and their internal dissociated neural networks or parts) find stability and resources to function adaptively in their present life, and then desensitize and reprocess the dissociated trauma memories and the PTSD symptoms. We aim to help our clients manage their symptoms. It is not our goal to eliminate dissociation, which has been a major survival strategy, but to help the client utilize it with conscious control. It is important to note that attachment issues are an aspect of development that are especially impacted by trauma. The attachment styles of the family pre trauma may have already affected the client in negative ways, impacting the client's resources and responses to trauma. One way to look at this set of problems is to utilize two approaches in the preparation phase of EMDR. These approaches combine the treatment of dissociative symptoms with ego state work and are an essential aspect of treating these clients with EMDR. This work may extend the preparation phase considerably, but will add safety and structure to the trauma processing experiences for these clients.

Keywords: Ego State Therapy

Accuracy Verified: Yes

74. Efran, J., Lukens, M., & Greene, M. (2007, March-April). Defining psychotherapy: The last 25 years have taught us that it's neither art nor science. Psychotherapy Networker, 31(2), 40-47, 52-55, 66.

Language: English

Format: Magazine

Abstract:
Despite attempts to distinguish between hype and clinical zealotry from reliable science in psychotherapy, there's still no compelling evidence that therapists are achieving better outcomes today than they did 25 years ago. The 25th anniversary of the Psychotherapy Networker offers an opportunity to ponder the cavalcade of developments in this field over the past several decades and examine the efforts to establish the scientific foundations of psychotherapy.

Keywords: Psychotherapy History Psychotherapy Networker History

Accuracy Verified: Yes

75. Popky, A. J. (2002, June). DeTur a new way to address addictions and dysfunctional behaviors. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, San Diego, CA.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
This prootcol has been used effectively by EMDR therapists over the years in dealing with a wide range of addictions and behaviors, including substances, eating, gambling, sex, etc. This presentation will consist of didactic, visuals, demonstrations of various phases with case examples from the author and other therapiess and case examples. Also addressed will be some of the many different pitfalls in dealing with this population and methods to deal with the problems.

Keywords: Addictions DeTur

Accuracy Verified: Yes

76. Popky, A. J. (2005). DeTUR, an urge reduction protocol for addictions and dysfunctional behaviors. In R. Shapiro (Ed.), EMDR solutions: Pathways to healing (pp. 167-188). New York: W W Norton & Co.

Language: English

Format: Book Section

Abstract:
The Desensitization of Triggers and Urge Reprocessing (DeTUR) model and the theories involved are based on experience from personal client observation and anecdotal reports received from other therapists using this same protocol. It is an eclectic model and combines many methodologies, including but not limited to cognitive-behavioral, solution-focused, Ericksonian hypnosis, narrative, object relations, and emotional freedom techniques (EFT), to name a few. The bilateral stimulation (BLS) in the accelerated information processing model of eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR) seems to form the catalyst for rapid processing and change, the turbocharger that speeds the healing process.This protocol represents only a small part of a complete treatment model. The therapist's role is that of a case manager, orchestrating any resources necessary to aid the patient through recovery and relapse to a successful and healthy state of functioning and coping. The therapist has to assess the severity of the addiction and also determine any other diagnosis associated with the case. This overall treatment model includes outside help, such as referrals for medication, testing for physical or neurological problems, and, depending on the situation, inpatient treatment, outpatient treatment, or detox. Other outside resources include support systems, such as 12-step groups, educational programs, skills training; couples, group, or family therapy; or acupuncture. Comorbidity issues, day-to-day stressors, and survival issues are addressed. An extremely high percentage of these populations are dually diagnosed and can therefore run the full dimensional spectrum of disorders and behaviors as described in the DSM-IV. [Text, pp. 167-168] [Pilots]

Keywords: Addiction Addictions Behavior Problems Behavior Therapy Bilateral Stimulation Compulsions Craving Desensitization of Triggers Dysfunctional Behaviors Information Processing Model Psychotherapeutic Techniques Urge Reduction Protocol

Accuracy Verified: Yes

77. Schmidt, S. J. (2003, September). Developmental needs meeting strategy for EMDR therapists. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Denver, CO.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
This new approach for correcting developmental deficits involves meeting unmet developmental and attachment needs, to help clients get unstuck from the past. Participants will be able to: a) install a Healing Circle composed of a Spiritual Core, Nurturing Adult, and Protective Child Self; b) generally describe the 20-Step protocol for meeting developmental needs; c) identify which steps in the protocol are for meeting needs, processing strong emotions, and creating secure attachments; d) identify when to use the 20-Step protocol and when to use trauma-focused EMDR; and e) describe ways to integrate the Healing Circle with trauma-focused EMDR.

Keywords: Developmental Needs Meeting Strategy Healing Circle

Accuracy Verified: Yes

78. Schmidt, S. J., & and Hernandez, A. (2007). The developmental needs meeting strategy: Eight case studies. Traumatology, 13(1), 27-48. doi:10.1177/1534765607299913 .

Language: English

Format: Journal

Abstract:
This study investigates the merits of the Developmental Needs Meeting Strategy (DNMS), a relatively new ego state therapy. The DNMS is based on the assumption that many presenting problems are due to wounded ego states stuck in childhood because of unmet developmental needs. DNMS protocols endeavor to identify and heal the wounded child parts most responsible for a presenting problem. When internal Resource ego states, which serve as competent caregivers, meet the wounded ego states' developmental needs, the wounded ego states become unstuck and heal. Eight participants were recruited from the private practice caseloads of 3 DNMS therapists. All participants reported significant improvement in the targeted problems, with gains maintained at follow-up. These findings suggest that the DNMS has therapeutic potential. [Sage]

Keywords: Developmental Needs Developmental Needs Meeting Strategy Ego State Therapy Introjects Psychodynamic

Accuracy Verified: Yes

79. Baardseth, T. P. (2012, May). Direct comparisons of cognitive-behavioral treatments and bona fide non-cognitive-behavioral treatments for adult anxiety disorders: A meta-analysis. University of Wisconsin, Madison, WI.

Language: English

Format: Dissertation/Thesis

Abstract:
Despite growing evidence that all treatments intended to be therapeutic (i.e., bona fide treatments) are equally efficacious, the question of relative efficacy persists. In fact, cognitivebehavioral treatments (CBT) have gained a more favorable status over non-CBT treatments for adult anxiety disorders. However, the assertion that CBT treatments are superior is premature due to conceptual and methodological issues affecting the extant CBT research. This metaanalysis addressed these limitations by consensually identifying CBT treatments and determining the true relative efficacy of bona fide CBT and bona fide non-CBT treatments for adult anxiety disorders. The study employed strict inclusion criteria to identify randomized clinical trials that contained at least one direct comparison of a bona fide CBT treatment and a bona fide non-CBT treatment. Additionally, 91 CBT experts from the Association of Behavioral and Cognitive Therapists (ABCT) were surveyed to identify the bona fide treatments as CBT or non-CBT. Thirteen clinical trials met inclusion criteria. CBT treatments and non-CBT treatments were found to be equally efficacious across targeted and non-targeted outcome measures. Additional analyses revealed that researcher allegiance did not account for the significant heterogeneity. The results are consistent with the increasing evidence for uniform efficacy among treatments intended to be therapeutic, and stand in contrast to assertions for the superiority of CBT treatments for adult anxiety. This meta-analysis contributes to the growing body of research revealing that a particular therapeutic approach is not more effective than another treatment when intended to be therapeutic.

Keywords: Adults Anxiety Disorders Meta-Analysis

Accuracy Verified: Yes

80. O'Connor, M., Russell, A., & Mueller, K. (2008, June). A discussion forum for child practitioners. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Assocation, London, England.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
The aim of this workshop is to provide participants with an opportunity to join a discussion led by a group of Child Trained EMDR Consultants. The focus of the discussion will be on the most frequently voiced queries, issues and concerns raised by EMDR child practitioners in the various support and supervision groups across the UK. Participants will be invited to join the discussion amongst Panel Members as they share learning arising from their experiences of leading support and supervision groups where the practice issues range from work with very young children to older teenagers including those with additional support needs. Members of the Panel are from a range of professional disciplines and practice EMDR with children and adolescents in a variety of education, health and community settings.

Keywords: Child Therapists

Accuracy Verified: Yes

81. van der Hart, O., Groenendijk, M., Gonzalez, A., Mosquera, D., & Solomon, R. (2013). Dissociation of the personality and EMDR therapy in complex trauma-related disorders: Applications in the stabilization phase. Journal of EMDR Practice and Research, 7(2), 81-94. doi:10.1891/1933-3196.7.2.81.

Language: English

Format: Journal

Abstract:
As proposed in a previous article in this journal, eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR) clinicians treating clients with complex trauma-related disorders may benefit from knowing and applying the theory of structural dissociation of the personality (TSDP) and its accompanying psychology of action. TSDP postulates that dissociation of the personality is the main feature of traumatization and a wide range of trauma-related disorders from simple posttraumatic stress disorder (PTSD) to dissociative identity disorder (DID). The theory may help EMDR therapists to develop a comprehensive map for understanding the problems of clients with complex trauma-related disorders and to formulate and carry out a treatment plan. The expert consensus model in complex trauma is phase-oriented treatment in which a stabilization and preparation phase precedes the treatment of traumatic memories. This article focuses on the initial stabilization and preparatory phase, which is very important to safely and effectively use EMDR in treating complex trauma. Central themes are (a) working with maladaptive beliefs, (b) overcoming dissociative phobias, and (c) an extended application of resourcing

Keywords: Dissociation Dissociative Disorders Structural Dissociation of the Personality Phase-Oriented Treatment Stabilization Phase

Accuracy Verified: Yes

82. van der Hart, O. (2011, March). Dissociation of the personality: The key to understanding chronic traumatisation and a guide to EMDR treatment. Preconference presentation at the 9th annual Conference of the EMDR UK & Ireland, Bristol.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
There is currently consensus that the EMDR standard protocol needs to be modified for chronically traumatized clients, such as clients with complex dissociative disorders, as it may destabilize them. Therefore, therapists need to have a good understanding of the dissociative personality structure that exists in these clients. Dissociation is an undue division of the personality among two or more biopsychosocial systems or “dissociative parts” that comprise the survivor’s personality. One or more of them function in daily life; others are fixated in traumatic experiences, are living in trauma-time. The more severe the traumatisation, the more dissociative parts, involving more complex trauma-related disorders, can be expected to exist. Dissociative parts have psychobiological boundaries that are maintained, to a large degree, by different trauma-related phobias, which are systematically resolved in phase-oriented treatment. Indeed, participants will be able to describe structural dissociation of the personality as a specific form of integrative failure that needs to be overcome in phase-oriented treatment, identify ways of relating dissociative symptoms to the underlying dissociation of the personality, and identify targets such as the dissociation-maintaining phobias, for EMDR interventions in the respective treatment phases. The emphasis will be on the preparatory work, including how to work with dissociative parts living in trauma-time and those perceived as being malevolent, necessary before focusing on the integration of traumatic memories.

Keywords: Dissocation

Accuracy Verified: Yes

83. van der Hart, O. (2007). Dissociation: The key to understanding and treating traumitization. Keynote presented at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Paris, France.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
A precise understanding of trauma-related dissociation is essential for clinical practice, including the use of EMDR with traumatized patients. The existence of many conflicting and vague definitions of dissociation that include a mixture of constructs has obscured understanding of the nature of dissociation. Thus, it is viewed alternately as a process, a structure, a defense mechanism, a deficit, and as various symptoms. Most contemporary clinicians and researchers working with traumatized people have lost a connection with the unifying and comprehensive theory of trauma-related dissociation already outlined over the course of the history of psychiatry. Thus, a return to the original major studies on trauma-related dissociation is essential in clarifying the concept of dissociation, in reconciling it with contemporary science, and in realizing its importance in treatment. The works of two Masters will be used to highlight this basic concept: Pierre Janet (1859-1947) and Charles Myers (1873-1947). The theory of structural dissociation of the personality integrates their original views on dissociation with modern findings from clinical practice and research and developments in the neurosciences. It emphasizes that the personality system of the trauma survivor becomes structurally divided into two or more self-conscious psychobiological subsystems. Some of these subsystems, which we have called “dissociative parts of the personality”, are engaged in daily living and avoidance of traumatic memories, other parts are fixated in traumatic experiences and essentially engaged in animal defensive actions toward perceived danger. More severe chronic traumatization leads to more complex structural dissociation, and thus to more complex trauma-related disorders. Although short-term, intensive treatments such as prolonged exposure and EMDR are appropriate for simple trauma-related disorders, a phase-oriented treatment is the standard of care formore complex disorders. Regardless of treatment modalities employed, be it EMDR or other approaches, therapists need to be skilled in the recognition of symptoms of dissociation and in special treatment approaches that support personality integration among dissociative parts, particularly in working with traumatic memories.

Keywords: Dissociation Keynote

Accuracy Verified: Yes

84. Rouanzoin, C. (1993, Winter). Dissociative disorders and the “spatial map”. EMDR Network Newsletter, 3(3), 11-12.

Language: English

Format: Newsletter

Abstract:
Individuals with dissociative disorders present unique therapeutic difficulties for most therapists. These clients have developed an intricate and often creative defense structure to protect themselves from painful emotions and traumatic memories. Subjectively, extensive dissociation can occur when something so terrible happens that defend against it, a person divides or splits his or her awareness into two levels or streams of consciousness.

Keywords: Dissociation

Accuracy Verified: Yes

85. Fraser, G., & Welburn, K (1999, November). Dissociative table technique: Guided imagery strategy for PTSD with dissociation. Poster presented at the annual meeting of the International Society for Traumatic Stress Studies, Miami, FL.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
In keeping with the theme of bridging gaps across disciplines, the Dissociative Table Technique brings to this trauma conference a strategy from the field of dissociative disorders. This therapeutic adjunct has been used by many therapists over the past 10 years for managing dissociated ego states in trauma victims who also have dissociation as part of their clinical picture. This strategy has been used with dissociative disorders, Ego-State therapy and more recently in conjunction with EMDR for patients having dissociative state alterations in addition to their PTSD. This guided imagery strategy provides a protocol for clinical intervention in such clients and will provide an additional therapeutic adjunct for trauma workers when PTSD is complicated by dissociative pathology. Based on gestalt, guided imagery and hypnosis strategies, the Dissociative Table Technique assists the clinician to bring order to the random dissociation which can complicate therapy in such cases. Also clients can be taught to become aware of and integrate dissociated ego states. This strategy must be carefully considered as it can have a profound effect on the dissociative processes. It is advised that it only be employed by clinicians whose fields permit hypnosis-based therapy.The workshop will commence with a therapeutic rationale for this technique followed by an outline of the clinical application. Included will be a video introducing the technique in a clinical case. The video will be followed by a second speaker discussing possible applications to EMDR. Useful suggestions for utilizing EMDR in this trance-prone population (those with dissociation in addition to PTSD) will be addressed in addition to presenting clinical examples in which the Dissociative Table Technique was integrated with EMDR in appropriate clinical groups.

Keywords: Dissociative Table Technique Dissociation Guided Imagery Poster Posttraumatic Stress Disorder PSTD

Accuracy Verified: Yes

86. Roth, W. T. (2010). Diversity of effective treatments of panic attacks: What do they have in common?. Depression and Anxiety, 27(1), 5-11. doi:10.1002/da.20601.

Language: English

Format: Journal

Abstract:
By comparing efficacious psychological therapies of different kinds, inferences about common effective treatment mechanisms can be made. We selected six therapies for review on the basis of the diversity of their theoretical rationales and evidence for superior efficacy: psychoanalytic psychotherapy, hypercapnic breathing training, hypocapnic breathing training, reprocessing with and without eye-movement desensitization, muscle relaxation, and cognitive behavior therapy. The likely common element of all these therapies is that they reduce the immediate expectancy of a panic attack, disrupting the vicious circle of fearing fear. Modifying expectation is usually regarded as a placebo mechanism in psychotherapy, but may be a specific treatment mechanism for panic. The fact that this is seldom the rationale communicated to the patient creates a moral dilemma: Is it ethical for therapists to mislead patients to help them? Pragmatic justification of a successful practice is a way out of this dilemma. Therapies should be evaluated that deal with expectations directly by promoting positive thinking or by fostering non-expectancy.

Keywords: Anxiety Depression

Accuracy Verified: Yes

87. Butler, K. (1995, July-August). Divided memories. Family Therapy Networker, 19(4), 1.

Language: English

Format: Magazine

Abstract:
Ann Norris first went to see Laguna Beach psychologist Doug Sawin in 1988. She had recently graduated from college with a degree in music and suffered from insomnia and drank alcohol to sleep. But it was her relationship with her mother, Judy, that troubled her most. After Ann's triumphant college graduation vocal recital, Judy hadn't even congratulated her. Two days later, Judy had called and angrily attacked Ann over the phone until Ann cried.
It was the kind of issue that a good family or individual therapist might have addressed by building on Ann's obvious strengths, teaching her to contain and manage her feelings, and coaching her to develop a better relationship with her mother. But Sawin instead focussed intensely on the past. Ann soon had memories of her father sexually abusing her, and later of elaborate cultic abuse, which her three siblings didn't come close to corroborating. She was hospitalized after attempting suicide, and Sawin bluntly told her father, Al, over the phone, of Ann's charges Al collapsed in tears.
Over the years, Ann drew closer to Sawin while her relations with her family and her own mental state grew more troubled. She was diagnosed with Multiple Personality Disorder and, with Sawin's support, sued her parents and grandparents for $20 million. She spent six years in therapy with Sawin She now describes psychiatric hospitals where she still stays periodically because she cuts and burns herself as her "institutional mothers." She has not spoken to her true mother in six years. And she no longer sings.
It doesn't take a PhD in psychology or a seat on a state licensing board to see that Ann is worse off than when she entered therapy. Millions of nontherapists undoubtedly made just such an assessment when Ann, her therapist and her family told their stories before millions of prime-time viewers on "Divided Memories," a four-hour PBS Frontline documentary screened in early May.
In her wide-ranging investigation of therapy, sexual abuse and memory, producer Ofra Bikel used as her primary subject families divided by recovered memories of abuse. She also managed to persuade nearly half a dozen therapists to do therapy while her camera was running. It was a remarkable event, in which all of America was invited behind the one-way mirror to see therapy in action in the midst of its most divisive controversy and to judge it for themselves.

Keywords: MPD Multiple Personality Disorder

Accuracy Verified: Yes

88. Albert, J. (1992, December). Do you hear Florida calling? Now is the time to respond!. EMDR Network Newsletter, 2(2), 15-16.

Language: English

Format: Newsletter

Abstract:
Favorable comments on the response of the Volunteer Disaster Response Team of EMDR trained therapists to work with Hurricane Andrew and/or Iniki survivors.

Keywords: EMDR Volunteer Disaster Response Team Hurricane Andrew

Accuracy Verified: Yes

89. Tate, K. (2003). Does naturally occurring EMDR-like phenomena in the work environment increase employment risk for survivors of violent crimes?. Mental Health Santuary. Retrieved from http://www.naturalhealthweb.com/articles/tate1.html on 3/29/2013.

Language: English

Format: Other

Abstract:
EMDR (Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing) is a controversial yet exciting therapy that assists many, including survivors of violent crimes to process their experiences so that they can move forward in their healing. The therapist deliberately stimulates left-right brain processing while facilitating an environment similar to that experienced while dreaming. It is particularly effective in treating people with post traumatic stress disorder. While this carefully constructed set of circumstances is beneficial in the hands of a qualified EMDR practitioner and in a safe environment, is it possible that the very factors which lead to healing in EMDR therapy present themselves unawares outside the clinical environment causing post-traumatic stress episodes? The actual triggers leading to a post traumatic stress episode vary, but perhaps upon inspection a naturally occurring commonality mimicking the EMDR phenomenon is present. Although eye movements are the most commonly used external stimulus employed by EMDR therapists, they also use auditory tones, tapping, or other types of tactile stimulation. Are there naturally occurring corollaries in the everyday environment which would make it difficult for a survivor of violent crime to function in their day to day duties? Are work tasks unknowingly triggering the beginnings of an EMDR session without the presence of an EMDR practitioner to facilitate the information processing? Is a post-traumatic stress response the result? Survivors of violent crimes are at high risk for employment. Does Naturally Occurring EMDR-Like Phenomena in the Work Environment Increase Employment Risk for Survivors of Violent Crimes?

Keywords: Posttraumatic Stress Disorder PSTD Survivors Violent Crimes

Accuracy Verified: Yes

90. Daniels, J., & Markowitsch, H. J. (2004, September). Does secondary traumatization exist in EMDR therapists? A critical examination of a construct by means of an explorative study. Poster presented at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Montreal, Quebec, CA.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Keywords: Secondary Traumatization Vicarious Traumatization

Accuracy Verified: Yes

91. Shapiro, F. (1995, September/October). Doing our homework. Family Therapy Networker, 19(5), 49-53.

Language: English

Format: Journal

Abstract:
Michael Lerner's call to arms at last spring's Family Therapy Network Symposium (see page 44) challenged therapists to become a greater moral force in the world and to take more responsibility for the collective good. Lerner stirred an audience of 2,500 therapists with his impassioned appeal for the mental health community to mobilize politically, yet 1 was struck by an important omission in his address there was little mention of our own individual and collective responsibility for the current crises feeing our profession. I don't think therapists can take the moral high ground with anyone when we haven't cleaned up our own house. I remember hearing about a conversation in which a therapist who said he did family therapy was asked where he was trained. "What's the big deal?' he replied. "I'm a therapist and 1 was born into a family. What more do I need?" I asked the person who told the story, "How did you respond to that?" She shrugged and said, "Nothing. You know how people are. It goes on all the time."

In a field that prides itself on its mavericks and creative innovators, from Freud to Milton Erickson, doing therapy without training is often viewed as an indicator of a willingness to reject stultifying orthodoxies and break with outmoded clinical traditions. But the argument that individual clinicians need the autonomy to work intuitively can often become an excuse for not bothering to become thoroughly prepared and knowledgeable about what has already been developed.

As the originator of a new therapeutic approach called Eye Movement De-sensitization and Reprocessing (EMDR), I have had the opportunity to get a close-up view of how therapists incorporate new clinical methods into their practices. After publishing a controlled study on EMDR in 1989, I decided to teach it to licensed mental health professionals as an experimental procedure. This way, as we awaited further research, clinicians could use EMDR judiciously, careful to employ other procedures if the method did not work. However, I soon began getting reports about clients who appeared to be harmed by EMDR and discovered that they had been treated with improvised versions of the method taught to their therapists by past participants in EMDR trainings. Some participants had even trained lay hypnotists and massage therapists in their version of EMDR. There seemed to be little understanding that you are not qualified to teach something you just learned. My psychiatrist friends laughed at my shock and said, "Why are you surprised? Haven't you heard of 'See one, do one, teach one?" Advertisements for "eye movement therapy" started appearing around the country taught by people who had never been fully trained themselves. Some even started to run workshops based on their reading of the two-page procedure section of my eight-year-old research publication.

The intentions of these therapists may have been benign, but the consequences for their clients were sometimes disastrous. One young woman who had been raped was treated by a therapist who had heard that EMDR was useful for treating trauma. Without any other information, preparation or procedural safeguards, the therapist started using the eye movement component of EMDR, without any real grasp of the method. The young woman appeared to calm slightly, but when she returned home, she started crying uncontrollably, ended up in a fugue state and had to be hospitalized. When I told the story to another therapist, his response was, "Clients do that all the time. How do you know it wouldn't have happened anyway?" The answer is I don't, but I know that there is much less likelihood of a client being hurt if clinicians are well trained in their methods. As long as we shrug off the use of methods by colleagues who haven't been adequately trained in them, we have to accept part of the responsibility for their results.

Keywords: Cautions Training

Accuracy Verified: Yes

92. Herbert, C. (2010, June). Do‘s and don‘ts in trauma therapy: Strategies for enhancing the work with trauma of different levels of complexity – a positive growth approach. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Hamburg, Germany.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Working with traumatized clients can be overwhelming for the therapist, especially when the trauma is complex, involves dissociative symptoms or different personality states, fragmented memories or client affect is intense and poorly regulated. My experience as a supervisor of EMDR practitioners has shown that it is not uncommon for therapists, in an attempt to be helpful to the traumatized clients, to unintentionally use strategies, which are experienced as re-traumatizing or which lead to an increase in their clients’' survival based coping strategies, including the further strengthening of the ANP (Apparently Normal Personal- ~ t y- van der Hart, Nijenhuis and Steele. 2006). This workshop highlights different therapeutic challenges, which often arise for therapists when working with trauma and introduce strategies that EMDR practitioners can use in their work with such clients. This workshop embeds the principles of Positive Growth Therapy (PGT - Herbert, 20071, which encompasses combined knowledge from a variety of disciplines, including positive psychology, information-processing theory, neurobiology, somatic psychology, developmental psychology and attachment theory, mindfulness and others. These strategies, designed to nurture growth rather than dysfunction, are linked to specific therapeutic factors relevant to the work with trauma, such as different types of trauma, the nature of dissociation, the therapeutic pathway toward integration. the concept of safety, the importance of resource installation, individual pacing of therapy and the window of tolerance, different types of processing, and the integration of rational and experiential processing systems and others, which will be explored in the course of this workshop This workshop offers opportunities for both, EMDR therapists, who are fairly new to the trauma field and would like to enhance and deepen their knowledge base, and those already experienced in the trauma field who would like to use this workshop as an opportunity to re-view, further refine or validate their current ways of working. The specific learning objectives for this workshop are: 1. To find out about specific therapeutic factors that is relevant to the work with trauma. 2. To learn about strategies to avoid and strategies, which are helpful for trauma clients. 3. To increase therapist confidence in working with traumatized clients of varying levels of complexity. This workshop is unique in the way in which it transcends specific (and sometimes too narrowly defined) therapeutic modalities or psychiatric diagnoses and instead offers solutions to EMDR practitioners of all modalities by providing deeper understanding of specific therapeutic factors relevant to the work with trauma of different complexities.

Keywords: Trauma Treatment

Accuracy Verified: Yes

93. Bar-Sade, E. (2003, May). Early trauma: Revisited and revised through EMDR, the narrative story and the implementation of attachment theory concepts. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Rome, Italy.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
If we regard adult psychotherapy as the basis for a kind of attachment relationship in which the client seeks proximity by having a physical and emotional closeness with the therapist through which the client tries to create a”safe haven” soothing him or her when upset while providing a sense of security, child therapists often regard child-psychotherapy as a means to develop an attachment relationship between child and caregiver, whenever possible. It is a common assumption, that in child-psychotherapy, especially while dealing with trauma, the therapist must stress the importance of empowering the parental figure as an attachment figure and as a “secure base”.

Keywords: Attachment Theory Complex Trauma

Accuracy Verified: Yes

94. Markowitz, L. (1992, September-October). Easing trauma. Family Therapy Networker, 16(5), 10-11.

Language: English

Format: Magazine

Abstract:
For the first time, therapists may have a prcedure to quickly and effectively desensitize their traumatic memories. When psychologist Francine Shapiro first published her initial study on Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing (EMDR) in 1989, many clinicians were skeptical, but since then some of the most eminent therapists in the trauma and behavior therapy fields have become convinced that EMDR is an important discovery.

Keywords: Practice Theory

Accuracy Verified: Yes

95. Maxfield, L. (2007). Editorial. Journal of EMDR Practice and Research, 1(2), 66-67. doi:10.1891/1933-3196.1.2.66.

Language: English

Format: Journal

Abstract:
This second issue of the Journal of EMDR Practice and Research highlights the strong relevance of the clinical application of EMDR (eye movement desensitization and reprocessing). The purpose of this editorial is to encourage therapists to consider submitting a clinical article to the journal. Many readers of the journal are clinicians, with interesting cases of their own and whose published contributions could advance the field. This editorial provides an overview of the types of articles published by the journal, most of which could easily be written by an individual practitioner. This journal also publishes Controlled Research Studies, in which two or more groups are compared to each other. In conclusion, I want to strongly encourage EMDR clinicians to consider submitting articles to the Journal of EMDR Practice and Research. This will allow you to contribute to the field, educate fellow therapists, and advance knowledge about EMDR applications for various disorders. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2008 APA, all rights reserved)

Keywords: Editorial

Accuracy Verified: Yes

96. Greenwald, R., & Seubert, A. (2010, September/October). The effect of resolving early memories on the level of distress associated with later memories: Two cases. Poster presented at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Minneapolis, MN.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Trauma therapists must make clinical judgments about which memories to target in what order, taking into account the palticular client's abiiity to tolerate a potentially challenging trauma-focused session (eg., see Greenwald, 2007). Greenwald & Schmitt (2008) previously found that working on an earlier "floated back to" - presumably thematically related - memory led to signiiicantly reduced SUDS on the later untreated memory. However, the participants were non-trearment seeking therapists, and the reduced SUDS was found immediately following treatment of the carlier memory. The questions for thc present study: Does this beneficial effect occur with real clients in treatment? Does this beneiiciai effect persist over time?

Keywords: Case Report Memories Poster

Accuracy Verified: Yes

97. Dexter, B. A. (2006, September). Effective therapy with military and their families. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Philadelphia, PA.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Many more families are now affected dramatically by military service and combat. War is a disturbing experience for the service member and the family. Yet military culture is something that mental health providers do not receive training on in graduate school. Military medical systems tend to lead military families to expect certain services and knowledge when they seek help from a therapist. If military families are able to utilize military medical facilities they expect they providers to be experts on military culture. It is not neccssary however, for therapists to have served in the military in order to provide high quality service to military individuals and their families. The military community is an entire culture with many honorable customs and traditions. To fail to learn about military culture when working with military families would be tantamount to telling a client that ethnic minority issues were not worthy of therapeutic consideration. It is more critical now for mental health providers to learn about military culture because many Activated Reservists, National Guard and their families will need to receive mental health services outside of the structured military mental health setting. There is no one "central source" for military information needed by a clinician in order to provide the most effective therapy. In this workshop we will include up-todate handouts and referral sources for therapists serving military families. We will also identify how to use military culture knowledge to build rapport and to set up effective targets for EMDR processing.

Keywords: Families Military

Accuracy Verified: Yes

98. Borstein, S. S. (2009, August). The effectiveness of brief adjunctive EMDR: A pilot study. Poster presented at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Atlanta, GA.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
A pilot study was conducted to assess the effectiveness of brief adjunctive EMDR treatment, in the naturalistic setting of an outpatient clinical office. All clients referred for adjunctive EMDR were considered for this study. A total of 14 individuals were accepted for treatment and completed that treatment, utilizing the standard EMDR protocol. Length of treatment was four to thirteen 50 minute sessions (mean = 8.8 sessions). Each subject was administered five self-report measures pre- and post-treatment. In addition, referring therapists were asked to rate the intensity of one to three presenting problems, pre- and post-treatment. Four out of five self-report measures indicated statistically significant improvement, with significance greater than .001. The effect size was Large or Very Large for those four measures.

Keywords: Adjunctive Treatment Brief Adjunctive EMDR Treatment Poster

Accuracy Verified: Yes

99. Rubin, Al., Bischofshausen, S., Conroy-Moore, K., Dennis, B., Hastie, M., Melnick, L., Reeves, D., & Smith, T. (2001, July). The effectiveness of EMDR in a child guidance center. Research on Social Work Practice, 11(4), 435-457. doi:10.1177/104973150101100402.

Language: English

Format: Journal

Abstract:
Objective: This study evaluated the effectiveness of adding EMDR to the routine treatment regimen of child therapists. Method: 39 child guidance center clients were randomly assigned to an experimental group that received EMDR plus the center's routine treatment package or a control group that received only the center's routine treatment package. Results: Analyses of variance found no significant differences in Child Behavior Checklist scores between groups. Subanalyses conducted for 33 clients with elevated pretest scores found moderate effect sizes that approached, but fell short of, statistical significance. Conclusions: These findings raise doubts about notions that EMDR produces rapid and dramatic improvements with children whose emotional and behavioral problems are not narrowly connected to a specific trauma and who require improvisational deviations from the standard EMDR protocol. Further research is needed in light of the special difficulties connected to implementing the EMDR protocol with clients like those in this study. [Sage]

Keywords: Affective Disorders Behavior Problems Effectiveness Emotional & Behavioral Problems Empirical Study Treatment Treatment Effectiveness Evaluation Treatment Outcome/Clinical Trial

Accuracy Verified: Yes

100. Ernst, R. (2011, Juli). Effectiviteit van oogbewegingen, klikjes en geen dubbeltaak bij EMDR in een klinische steekproef [Effectiveness of eye movements, clicks and no double task of EMDR in a clinical sample]. Utrecht: Universiteit Utrecht.

Language: Dutch

Format: Dissertation/Thesis

Abstract:
Een werkgeheugen rekening van Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing (EMDR) is op grote schaal ondersteund door laboratoriumonderzoek. Taken die belasting werkgeheugen voldoende Het een traumatische gebeurtenis herinneren terwijl het verminderen van emotionaliteit en levendigheid van traumatische herinneringen. Vaak therapeuten vervangen EMDR-Eye Movements met minder belasten binaurale piept, terwijl de laatste Suggest Sommige onderzoeken zijn inferieur aan oogbewegingen. De huidige studie direct vergelijken oogbewegingen en piept met EMDR in een klinisch monster. In een within-subjects design, 51 patiënten verwezen voor EMDR traumatherapie Hun herinneringen herinnerde tijdens het (a) het maken van gaten horizontale bewegingen, (b) binauraal luisteren naar pieptonen en (c) gericht op een punt (controle). Volgorde van de stimulaties gerandomiseerde WAS Deelnemers en Elke stimulatie over duurde zes minuten. De resultaten toonden aan dat oogbewegingen emotionaliteit en levendigheid van de herinnering reduceert aanzienlijk meer dan de controle, terwijl de emotionaliteit Meer met aanzienlijk minder in de buurt van oogbewegingen dan met pieptonen. Geen significante verschillen in Vermindering van levendigheid en emotionaliteit Beide werden gevonden tussen piept en controle. Hun trauma patiënten gewaardeerd meestal visuele herinneringen, terwijl meer in de buurt van visuele herinneringen significant geassocieerd met een grotere daling van de emotionaliteit en levendigheid met oogbewegingen. De studie ondersteunt Bewijs voor een cumulatief voordeel van oogbewegingen met EMDR. Resultaten worden besproken Deze modaliteit in termen van een specifieke werkgeheugen rekening en klinische implicaties worden besproken.

A working memory account of Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing (EMDR) has been widely supported by laboratory research. Tasks that sufficiently tax working memory while recollecting a traumatic event reduce emotionality and vividness of traumatic memories. EMDR-therapists often substitute eye movements with less taxing binaural beeps, while some studies suggest the latter are inferior to eye movements. The present study directly compares eye movements and beeps with EMDR in a clinical sample. In a within-subjects design, 51 patients referred for EMDR therapy recollected their trauma memories while (a) making horizontal eye movements, (b) listening to binaural beeps and (c) focusing on one point (control). Sequence of stimulations was randomized across participants and each stimulation lasted for six minutes. Results showed that eye movements reduce emotionality and vividness of the memory significantly more than control, while emotionality reduced near significantly more with eye movements than with beeps. No significant differences in reduction of both emotionality and vividness were found between beeps and control. Patients rated their trauma memories mostly visual, while more visual memories were near significantly associated with a larger decrease of emotionality and vividness with eye movements. The study supports evidence for a cumulative benefit of eye movements with EMDR. Results are discussed in terms of a modality specific working memory account and clinical implications are discussed.

Keywords: Eye Movements Posttraumatic Stress Disorder PTSD Working Memory

Accuracy Verified: Yes

101. Altan Aytun, O., Ozcan, G., Ciftci, A,. Konuk, E. Yuksek, H., Karakus, D., Cavusoglu S., & Vatan Ozcelik, D. (2010, June). The effects of early EMDR interventions (EMD and R-TEP) on the victims of a terrorist bombing in Istanbul. In Treatment of children/acute stress. Symposium conducted at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Hamburg, Germany.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Presenter: Filiz Kaya
The present study is carried out within a psychological counseling project which is governed by Istanbul metroplitan Municipality. The study was designed to assess the effects of Early EMDR Intervention (EEI) on the victims of a terrorist bombing in Gungoren, Istanbul. Subjects were the victims of a terrorist bombing in Gungoren, Istanbul. The participants were selected from a pool of children and adults, who lived in Gungoren and scored high on the Turkish version of 'Impact of Event Scale' (IES) and PTSD Symptom Checklist. The subjects were contacted 2 days after the bomb attack so that we were able to measure the event impact right after the traumatic experience, which will help us to demonstrate how EMDR affects the impact of the event more accurately. Eye Movement Desensitization (EMD) as an EEI technique was used to treat the child participants, whereas Recent Traumatic Event Protocol (R-TEP) which incorporates the EMD and Recent Event (RE) protocols, was received by the adult participants The therapists (EMDR certified therapists, who were receiving supervision) met with the participants weekly to work only on the trauma of the bombing and participants completed impact of Event Scale prior to each session. The number of the sessions was restricted to the completion of EMD and R-TEP. The study is completed with a three month follow-up. Analyses of the data collected from the participants demonstrates the level of effectiveness of EMDR in children and adults, in prevention of PTSD and the use of EMDR as a crises intervention tool.

Keywords: Acute Stress Bombing Early Interventions EMD Istanbul Recent Events R-TEP Symposoium Terrorism

Accuracy Verified: Yes

102. Bumke, P. J., & Sodemann, U. (2010, July). The efficacy of EMDR in a new context: Some findings from the ACEH survey. Symposium (Carolyn L. Neunuebel, Chair) conducted at the 1st EMDR Asia Conference, Bali, Indonesia.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Context: As a response to the Tsunami in 2004 the Aceh Project organized by TraumaAid and sponsored byTDH and the BMZ from 2007 to 2009 treated more than 3200 clients for psychic disorders related to traumatic experiences .The treatment was given by Indonesian therapists who against the background of a lack of local therapists trained in psychotraumatology had to be trained within the project under the auspices of TraumaAid. This combination of EMDR-Training and EMDR-Therapy in an extremely challenging context also offered an unique opportunity for a parallel and wide ranging monitoring and evaluation of the social and diagnostic parameters involved. Methodology: To guide the therapeutic process and to check on its long term efficacy 1200 adults and 1000 children were at the outset of their therapies asked to contribute detailed diagnostic data. While for adults the Hopkins Anxiety and Depression scales along with a 42-item Harvard Trauma Questionnaire was administered, children and adolescents up to age of 17 were given an adapted version of the CBCL. At the conclusion of their therapies 20 % of all respondents were rechecked with the same diagnostic scales, another group of 5 % again after 6 months. Results: The diagnostic data indicate a dramatic improvement after therapies that involved a range of therapeutic techniques including stabilising and EMDR protocols. The relation between diagnostic dimensions (intrusions, somatic reactions, social relations, expression of feelings and attention problems) and social factors (gender, age) was further explored.

Keywords: ACEH Survey

Accuracy Verified: Yes

103. Jeffres, M. J. (2003). The efficacy of EMDR with traumatized children. Fielding Graduate Institute, Santa Barbara, CA. AAT 3100543.

Language: English

Format: Dissertation/Thesis

Abstract:
This study evaluated the effectiveness of up to five 60-minute sessions of eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR) for children (ages 8-12) who had suffered one or more traumas. Participants (N = 48) were randomly assigned to either an EMDR experimental group or a waiting list control. They were provided treatment by one of five therapists, all of whom were experienced, independent clinicians having received Level 2 training in the EMDR technique. The therapists followed Shapiro's protocol for children and were in 90% compliance with the protocol. The participants were carefully screened according to Shapiro criteria. This study was unique in that it included an integrated outcome measure (UCLA PTSD Index), consisting of an assessment of PTSD criteria and a rating of symptoms, reported by both parent and child. Analysis of pre-post changes consisted of two 2 x 3 ANCOVAs, one each for the child and adult report. The analysis of covariance revealed a main effect for the covariate (the pretest total PTSD Score), a main effect for group, and a significant group x time interaction effect, for both the child and adult report. Post hoc (Scheffe) analysis revealed that participants maintained the benefits of treatment at 1-month follow-up. [Author Abstract] Dissertation Abstracts International: Section B: The Sciences and Engineering. 64(8-B), 2004, pp. 4042.

Keywords: Emotional Trauma Empirical Study Eye Movements Quantitative Study

Accuracy Verified: Yes

104. Wilson, S. A. (1995). Efficacy of eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR) treatment for psychologically traumatized individuals. Union Institute and University, Cincinnati, OH. AAT 9524675.

Language: English

Format: Dissertation/Thesis

Abstract:
The effects of three, 1.5-hour Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing (EMDR) treatment sessions on traumatic memories and psychological symptoms of 80 subjects were studied. The treatment sessions were administered within a two week period. 40 and 40 men ranging in age from 21-67 were interviewed and selected from a pool of 117. Subjects reported continuous difficulty and suffering (mean 13 years) in some area of their life since the occurrence of the traumatic event. Approximately 1/3 of subjects had no prior therapy experience. Subjects were randomly assigned to either EMDR treatment or delayed EMDR treatment condition, and to one of five EMDR trained therapists. Treatment therapists (licensed psychologists and counselors) consisted of 2 women and 2 men, each working with 5 men and 5 women in each group (gender study issues). The therapists had been trained in EMDR by Francine Shapiro. Each had various levels of EMDR experience and training, ranging from facilitator training with two to three years EMDR clinical experience, to Level I and minimal EMDR clinical experience. Treatment fidelity was consistent throughout the study. Subjects receiving EMDR showed decreases in anxiety and presenting complaints, and increases in positive self-evaluations. The six standardized tests and subjective reports were administered by an objective independent assessor (licensed psychologist) pre and post treatment, and at a 90-day follow-up. Subjects in the delayed EMDR treatment group showed no improvement on any of these measures during the 30 days before treatment. After treatment, the delayed EMDR treatment group showed decreases in anxiety and presenting complaints and increases in positive self-evaluations. All ANOVA interactions for both groups were significant at p < .001. These effects were maintained or improved at the 90-day follow-up. The main effect sizes in the present study range from 0.50 to 2.3, with an overall average of 0.93. [Author Abstract] Dissertation Abstracts International: Section B: The Sciences and Engineering. 56(4-B), Oct 1995, pp. 2347

Keywords: Adults Empirical Study Stressors Survivors Treatment Effectiveness Treatment Outcome/Clinical Trial

Accuracy Verified: Yes

105. Wilson, S. A., Tinker, R. H., & Becker, L. A. (1994). Efficacy of eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR): Treatment for trauma victims. Presentation at the International Society for Traumatic Stress Studies Fall Conference, Chicago, IL.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
The effects of three, 1.5 hour eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR) sessions on traumatic memories of 80 subjects were studied. Subjects were randomly assigned to treatment or delayed treatment conditions and to one of give licenses therapists trained in EMDR. Subjects receiving EMDR showed decreases in presenting complains and in anxiety, and increases in positive cognitions (all ps < .006). Subjects in the delayed treatment groups showed no improvement on any of these measures prior to treatment (all ps > .05). After treatment, the delayed treatment group showed similar improvement on all measures. These effects were maintained at the 90-day follow-up.

Keywords: Trauma

Accuracy Verified: Yes

106. Jensen, J. A. (1992). Efficacy of eye movement desensitization and reprocessing as a treatment for PTSD symptoms of Vietnam combat veterans. University of Wisconsin, Madison, WI. AAT 9221917.

Language: English

Format: Dissertation/Thesis

Abstract:
The efficacy of eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMD/R) was compared with that of a control (no treatment) condition in the treatment of Vietnam combat veterans with postraumatic stress disorder. 27 volunteer subjects were randomly assigned to the EMD/R and control conditions, with 13 EMD/R and 12 control subjects completing the entire study. Two therapists trained in EMD/R, and three trained interviewer/testers contributed in running the study.Prior to random assignment, subjects indicated one PTSD-related goal for the study. They were also assessed on a measure of present PTSD symptoms, a measure of subjective anxiety, and a measure of belief in a positive cognition related to war trauma. They were then randomly assigned to conditions, with EMD/R subjects receiving three treatment sessions within a week. Approximately 17 days after the initial assessment, each subject was retested on the measures of PTSD symptoms, subjective anxiety, and of the desired positive cognition. At this time, goal attainment was also assessed, and another general PTSD instrument was given. Statistical analysis of both test-retest and posttest only measures indicated a general lack of effectiveness of EMD/R with the subjects in this study. While EMD/R was effective and statistically superior to the control condition in reducing in-session subjective anxiety, neither condition was effective in improving scores on the two PTSD symptom measures, in contributing to goal attainment, or in increasing subjects' beliefs in their stated desired positive cognition regarding war trauma. This study's lackluster results are in sharp contrast to the considerable success reported in Shapiro'soriginal EMD/R study incorporating few combat veterans. With certain procedural diversions acknowledged, this study's findings provide little support for widespread use of EMD/R as an intervention for Vietnam combat veterans' PTSD symptoms. Implications are that combat veterans with PTSD may comprise a population with distinctly chronic and disturbing symptomotology, and that the brief and novel EMD/R procedure may not be successful with such a population. [Author Abstract]

Keywords: Americans Males Middle Aged Posttraumatic Stress Disorder PTSD Treatment Effectiveness Veterans Vietnam War

Accuracy Verified: Yes

107. Sellers, J. L. (1997, October). Efficacy of the eye movement desensitization procedure as compared to accelerated massed desensitization in the treatment of test anxiety. California School of Professional Psychology, San Diego, CA. ATT 9729659.

Language: English

Format: Dissertation/Thesis

Abstract:
The Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing (EMDR) procedure had been widely promoted as an effective anxiety reducing treatment, yet the methodology of many studies has not been adequate to clearly investigate the procedure (Lohr, Kleinknecht, Conley, Dal Cerro, Schmidt, & Sonntag, 1992) and comparison treatments have been inappropriately applied (Lohr, Kleinknecht, Tolin & Barrett, 1995). This study compared EMDR and Accelerated Massed Desensitization (AMD), which has been empirically supported as a short term intervention in the treatment of test anxiety. All participants were screened for participation and 38 were determined test anxious, according to the Test Anxiety Inventory (TAI; Spielberger, 1980). No subjects were involved in any form of relaxation training or taking any medications to reduce anxiety at the time of their participation. All participants were recruited from college and university classes in the Orange and San Bernardino counties and were paid $10 for their participation. Six therapists and the primary investigator conducted therapy sessions for both treatments. All therapists completed the EMDR training, completed relevant reading materials for the AMD procedure, and followed protocols for both procedures throughout the therapy sessions. Participants were randomly assigned to either the EMDR or AMD treatment condition and a therapist. Participants completed the state portion of the State-Trait Anxiety Inventory (STAI; Spielberger, 1983) and the Subjective Units of Distress scale (SUD; Wolpe, 1982) measures at pre and post treatment and at pre and post in-class exam. Participants received two sessions of treatment for each of the conditions. This study hypothesized that the EMDR treatment would significantly reduce anxiety as measured by the STAI and the SUD as compared to the AMD treatment. This study also hypothesized that EMDR would significantly reduce anxiety in both treatment and in vivo settings. Supplementary hypotheses predicted that the AMD treatment would reduce anxiety in both the treatment and in vivo settings. Results indicated that students in the AMD condition experienced more anxiety reduction than students in the EMDR condition. However, both treatments were effective in reducing anxiety in both the treatment and in vivo setting, as measured by the STAI and SUD scales. These results suggest that both treatments may be effective for reducing anxiety. However, the AMD treatment led to greater reductions in anxiety, as compared to the EMDR treatment. It is suggested that further research of the EMDR procedure include suitable comparison groups in order to assess its effectiveness and allow clinicians to choose appropriate treatments based on empirical support. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2008 APA, all rights reserved) Dissertation Abstracts International: Section B: The Sciences and Engineering. 58(4-B), Oct 1997, pp. 2139.

Keywords: College or University Students Identified As Test Anxious Efficacy of Eye Movement vs Accelerated Massed Desensitization for Treating Test Anxiety Psychotherapeutic Techniques Sellers Test Anxiety

Accuracy Verified: Yes

108. Balderrama, M. (2010, October 6). El Paso therapists using breakthrough PTSD treatment. KFOX News, El Paso, Texas.

Language: English

Format: Newspaper

Abstract:
The number of people suffering from post traumatic stress disorder is rising in the El Paso area. It's not just soldiers returning from war; it's also children and families exposed to the violence in Juarez.

Keywords: El Paso, General Overview

Accuracy Verified: Yes

109. Adler-Tapia, R. L., & Settle, C. S. (2009, March). EMDR and adaptive information processing theory: A comprehensive approach to child psychotherapy. Clinical Child Psychology and Psychiatry, (1), 12-15.

Language: English

Format: Journal

Abstract:
Whether you are first learning about Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing (EMDR) or you have participated in EMDR training, the goal of this article is to provide the reader with a brief overview of strategies for using the full protocol with young children. To understand the process by which the phases of the protocol are applied with child clients, it is important to understand the theoretical underpinnings that Adaptive Information Processing (AIP) theory creates as a foundation for healing and health with children. After discussing the application of AIP to children, the chapter will continue with an overview of skills therapists can use to create a toolbox that can be integrated into the EMDR eight phase treatment protocol with references for additional study and training on using EMDR with children. Finally, therapists will begin to learn how to adapt the full EMDR protocol for effective psychotherapy through developmentally suited language and interventions with even the youngest of clients.

Keywords: Adaptive Information Processing AIP

Accuracy Verified: Yes

110. Morris-Smith, J. (2007, April). EMDR and children: Europe leads the way. Therapy Today, 18(3), 9-12.

Language: English

Format: Magazine

Abstract:
It may come as a surprise to discover that Europe is leading the way in the development of Eye Movement Desensitisation and Reprocessing (EMDR) psychotherapy for children and adolescents, and in teaching therapists how to adapt the adult protocol1 for the developmental needs of childhood. How has this been achieved.[Author]

Keywords: Children

Accuracy Verified: Yes

111. Moses, M. D. (2002, June). EMDR and conjoint couples therapy. Presnetation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Assocation, San Diego, CA.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
This presentation represents an integration of EMDR with Conjoint Couples Therapy. The protocol offered is clinically and anecdotal derived, applying EMDR with both members of a couple witnessing the other's work. This mutual sharing around triggers and traumas, holds powerful potential for building mutual understanding, compassion and empathy in the relationship. As a work in progress, the presenter will welcome dialog and empirical investigation of this protocol. The workshop will include: guidelines; potential benefits; indications and contraindications; protocol for EMDR and Conjoint Couples Therapy; case illustration; do's and don'ts: coordination with other therapies/therapists; and when Conjoint EMDR is not possible or indicated.

Keywords: Conjoint EMDR Couples Therapy

Accuracy Verified: Yes

112. Richman, A. (2003, March). EMDR and cross-cultural issues. Presentation at the 1st annual Conference of the EMDR UK & Ireland Association, London, UK.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
As trauma therapists, we are increasingly encountering the challenges of using EMDR cross-culturally with highly traumatised clients who are refugees from war torn countires and/or oppressive regimes. This presentation seeks to address some of the difficulties of working across cultures, often with the aid of interpreters.

Keywords: Cross-Cultural Issues

Accuracy Verified: Yes

113. Gonzalez, A., & Mosquera, D. (2012, June). EMDR and dissociation: The progressive approach. A. I. [Amazon.co.uk].

Language: English

Format: Book

Abstract:
After the first cautions for the use of EMDR in dissociative disorders, many proposals have been done to adapt EMDR procedures to this specific population. Interesting interventions have been done for the use of EMDR in the preparation phase, but in spite of these useful proposals, EMDR is still considered by many clinicians as an intervention that is limited for the treatment of traumatic memories. From this conceptualization, which we have called the all/nothing perspective, the use of EMDR is strongly limited. Many clinicians wait years for trauma reprocessing. As a consequence of this conceptualization, many EMDR therapists do not use EMDR with most of their dissociative clients, and just use it with highly functioning patients, sometimes after years of therapy with other approaches. In this workshop we will describe (and exemplify with clinical cases and videos) different interventions with EMDR in dissociative clients, from the preparatory phase, in what we have called a Progressive Approach. The way in which specific EMDR procedures can contribute to enhance recovery in survivors will be explained. For doing this, concepts from the different approaches and scientific knowledge about severe traumatization will be integrated with the Adaptive Information Processing Model from EMDR. The idea is to propose a holistic model for EMDR therapy in Dissociative Disorders. The interweaving between theoretical concepts and clinical procedures, theoretical developments and video examples, will allow the audience to assimilate information and translate it to their clinical practice. Therapist from approaches different from EMDR will understand what this therapy can offer to the treatment of severely traumatized people. EMDR therapists will learn new proposals of interventions at the different phases of the treatment. We will present different examples of interventions in severely traumatized patients: DID, DESNOS, BPD and Somatoform dissociation.

Keywords: Dissociation

Accuracy Verified: Yes

114. Errebo, N., & Sommers-Flanagan, R. (2007). EMDR and emotionally focused couple therapy for war veteran couples. In F. Shaprio, F. W. Kaslow, & L. Maxfield (Eds.), Handbook of EMDR and family therapy processes (pp. 202-222). Hoboken, NJ: John Wiley & Sons Inc.

Language: English

Format: Book Section

Abstract:
To help veteran couples, therapists need to understand the effect of war on the warrior, the impact of the warrior's experience on intimate relationships, and effective individual and couple treatments. These considerations are discussed in this chapter. Topic include war trauma and complex posttraumatic stress disorder (PTSD); effects of PTSD symptoms on veterans and their intimate relationships; problems in veterans' marital relationships; and treatment considerations. The therapy process described here is an integration of Emotionally Focused Couple Therapy (EFT) and Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing (EMDR). In case conceptualization and treatment planning, EMDR and EFT can be woven together harmoniously; many of their theoretical concepts and procedural steps are compatible with or parallel to one another. EFT and EMDR are first described separately. Next, the parallels between the two treatments are discussed. Then a plan is presented for combining EMDR and EFT in comprehensive treatment for couples affected by war trauma. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2008 APA, all rights reserved)

Keywords: Couples Therapy EFT Emotionally Focused Couple Therapy Emotion Focused Therapy Emotional Freedom Technique Military Posttraumatic Stress Disorder PTSD Trauma Veterans War Trauma War Veteran Couples

Accuracy Verified: Yes

115. St-André, E. (2009, August). EMDR and OCD. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Atlanta, GA.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Obsessive Compulsive Disorder (OCD) is a chronic illness with recurrent obsessions, persistent thoughts and compulsions, such as repetitive behaviors that are performed after obsessions. Current treatment for such a disorder includes antidepressants (SSRI, with additional treatment such as antipsychotics) and psychotherapy, usually cognitive behavioral approaches. Nevertheless, there is a lack of available evidence for the long-term effectiveness of psychological treatment (Cochrane Reviews on OCD treatment will be cited). EMDR can be useful in a severe case of OCD and might be of interest for other therapists struggling with OCD cases in their caseload.

Keywords: Obsessive Compulsive Disorder OCD

Accuracy Verified: Yes

116. Wachtel, P. (1999, June). EMDR and psychoanalysis: An intriguing interface. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Las Vegas, NV.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Participants will learn: 1) the key differences in the ways that psychoanalytic and cognitive-behavioral therapists view the objectives of therapy and understand what is troubling the patient or client; 2) the key differences in the ways that psychoanalytic and cognitive-behavioral therapists approach the task of evaluating the effectiveness of the therapy they do; 3) the ways that EMDR has incorporated a cognitive-behavioral epistemology and assumption set; 4) the ways that introducing some of the perspectives of the psychoanalytic approach can enrich and add to the repertoire of EMDR; and 5) the ways that introducing aspects of EMDR can enrich and add to the repertoire of psychoanalytic therapists.

Keywords: Psychoanalysis

Accuracy Verified: Yes

117. Lipke, H. (2000). EMDR and psychotherapy integration: Theoretical and clinical suggestions with focus on traumatic stress. Boca Raton, FL: CRC Press.

Language: English

Format: Book

Abstract:
This book is about what I have learned about EMDR and its clinical use, especially with combat veterans. It is also about what trying to understand how EMDR works has taught me about psychotherapy in general. That second lesson is what I call the Four-Activity Model (FAM) of Psychotherapy, which grows out of a concept that Francine Shapiro refers to as Accelerated Information Processing (AIP). Shapiro's AIP description gives name to the idea that learned psychopathology can be considered dysfunctional held information, including thoughts, emotions, sensations, and behavior, that can be modified more quickly than previously believed by most therapists. The Four-Activity Model is an attempt to conceptualize how psychotherapeutic activity can be used most efficiently to reprocess dysfunctional held material and thereby resolve psychological problems.Finally, this book is about what psychotherapy in general has taught me about EMDR. Even in her early explanations of EMDR, Shapiro taught that it was an integrative method, that it relied on the lessons learned by years of clinical work using dynamic, behavioral, and humanistic methods. In this book I will attempt to elaborate on that relationship and offer specific therapeutic suggestions that will rely on the wisdom of previously established therapeutic methods, as well as the wisdom of past philosophical inquiry and religion. The book starts with EMDR, proceeds to try to describe how EMDR and other methods can be integrated into an overall model of psychotherapy, and then works its way back to the concrete practical integration of psychotherapy in general. The second half of the book has a practical focus on examples that are created mostly from my experience working with combat trauma. I hope that readers will see how these examples of interventions are easily generalized to other learning-based problems. [Author Introduction]

Keywords: Posttraumatic Stress Disorder Psychotherapeutic Processes PTSD Stressors Survivors

Accuracy Verified: Yes

118. Konuk, E., & Epozdemir, H. (2010, July). EMDR and strategic family therapy. Presentation at the 1st EMDR Asia Conference, Bali, Indonesia.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Strategic Family Therapy developed some 50 years ago by a handful of visionaries at MRI (Mental Research Institute) in Palo Alto, California. This is why sometimes it is known as the “Palo Alto Group”. The kind of therapy evolved at that time changed the therapy world radically. The major shift was that: • The theory was a theory of change. The emphasis was on change rather than to understand how and why problems exist. • The focus was relationships rather than the phenomena going on under the skin of an individual. This meant that the way the therapist approached the clients was Systemic or interactional. • Strategic map was large enough to allow the therapist work with almost any kind of problem, borrow and use different techniques that belong to other approaches without conflict and confusion. • At that time therapy meant globally 4-5 sessions a week for many years. This was reduced to an average of 7-10 sessions. So when a therapist learned one of the Family Therapies, he learned essentially how to do therapy briefly. One of the approaches that EMDR therapists may integrate efficiently into their practice is Family Therapy. It may speed up the therapy especially when both trauma and relationships are particularly having a role in the formation and maintenance of the problem. In this workshop, the participants will learn: • The basic principles and techniques of Strategic Family Therapy, • Why and how change occurs, • When Strategic Family Therapy is called upon for help, • How interventions are designed and implemented.

Keywords: Strategic Family Therapy

Accuracy Verified: Yes

119. Konuk, E. & Epozdemir, H. (2010, March). EMDR and strategic family therapy. Presentation at the XVIII World International Family Therapy (IFTA) Congress, Buenos Aires, Argentina.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract: Strategic Family Therapy developed some 50 years ago by a handful of visionaries at MRI (Mental Research Institute) in Palo Alto, California. This is why sometimes it is known as the “Palo Alto Group”. The kind of therapy evolved at that time changed the therapy world radically. The major shift was that: • The theory was a theory of change. The emphasis was on change rather than to understand how and why problems exist. • The focus was relationships rather than the phenomena going on under the skin of an individual. This meant that the way the therapist approached the clients was Systemic or interactional. • Strategic map was large enough to allow the therapist work with almost any kind of problem, borrow and use different techniques that belong to other approaches without conflict and confusion. • At that time therapy meant globally 4-5 sessions a week for many years. This was reduced to an average of 7-10 sessions. So when a therapist learned one of the Family Therapies, he learned essentially how to do therapy briefly. One of the approaches that Family and Marriage Therapists integrate efficiently into their practice is EMDR. Though EMDR (Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing) is relatively new in the therapy world, now it is credited by many professional and governmental organizations as either “treatment of choice” or a valid psychotherapy approach. Especially when trauma is particularly have a role in the formation of the problem, then EMDR is a “life saver” for the therapist. In this workshop, the participants will learn: • The basic principles and techniques of EMDR and Strategic Family Therapy • Why and how change occurs • When EMDR is called upon for help • How interventions are designed and implemented The cases will be presented by live video recordings of sessions.

Keywords: Strategic Family Therapy

Accuracy Verified: Yes

120. Adler-Tapia, R., & Settle, C. (2008). EMDR and the art of psychotherapy with children. New York, NY: Springer Publishing.

Language: English

Format: Book

Abstract:
In this book the authors present an overview of how therapists can get started in conceptualizing psychotherapy with Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing (EMDR) methodology through Adaptive Information Processing (AIP) theory. The focus of the book is to teach therapists to effectively use the entire EMDR protocol with young children (Springer).

Keywords: Children

Accuracy Verified: Yes

121. Weston, D. L. (1995, June). EMDR and the issues of gay clients. Presentation at the EMDR Network Conference, Santa Monica, CA.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
EMDR is an effective therapeutic method for working with the emotional issues of gay clients. The first portion of this workshop will examine the "pubic" and "relationship" definitions of homosexuality. Being gay is much more than how people express themselves sexually. A brief historical and cultural kamework for understanding the emotional issues of lesbian I gay persons will be presented. There will be a review of the psychological theories and the research about the origins of homosexuality. The second portion of the workshop will focus on the psychological path of persons recognizing they are gay. The changes in the "pre-stonewall' and "post-stonewall" experience will be highlighted. This review of psychological experience will look at the points where EMDR therapists can be sensitive to the presence of emotional issues related to being gay. Feeling "different" is often a precursor to recognizing that one is gay. It is impossible to grow up in our culture without internalization of negative attitudes about gay people. When an individual recognizes (s)he is lesbian or gay, this negative learning now applies to one's self. EMDR is effective in resolving this "internalized homophobia." "Coming out" to one's self is a shock because, "I am no longer the person I believed myself to be." EMDR helps clients see gayness, not as an event happening in Me at this moment, but as something with a history related to earlier life experiences and feelings. This perception of continuity reduces the sense of crisis around being homosexual. As internalized homophobia is resolved, acceptance and valuing of self increases. Using the EMDR "future template" protocol assists people in preparing to "come out" to family, fiiends, employers, etc. Gay activists suggests that lesbian/gay persons need to be "out" in all situations. EMDR can help people understand why they want to come out to various people in various situations. It assists in idenhfxation of what people want as the result of "coming out." EMDR is effective in workmg with the myths about homosexuality; the cultural homophobia. Among the myths to be focused are: gay men are promiscuous, being gay is immoral, gay sexual expression is perversion, gay relationships don't last, lesbian/gay persons recruit young people, etc. The third portion of this workshop will focus on issues of HIV disease. There will be a brief epidemiological presentation and focus on the medical and psychological issues of persons with HIV disease. Application of EMDR at "crisis points" of HIV disease will be presented: (1) the worried well, a diminishing population as the aids epidmc continues, (2) the time of HIV+ diagnosis when the potential for suicide is highest, (3) the time of the first AIDS defining illness, (4) response to declining health and approaching death, and (5) issues of "meaning" as life moves toward death. EMDR's application in grief and multiple loss will be presented. Our culture's attitude that grief is something to "be resolved" and "get over" is a mistake. Grief is an ongoing process, especially when people are dealing with multiple losses of partners, fiends, etc. EMDR is effective in reducing the pain around loss so that the grief process can proceed more comfortably. The workshop will end with discussion of characteristics which therapists need to evaluate in relation to the decision to work or not work with gay and gay HIV infected clients. Working with gay men leads to working with clients with HIV disease. Therapists need to be clear about their boundaries and comfort in dealing with home and hospital visits, touching people who have AIDS, being present at the death of a client, and other issues that arise in HIVIAIDS care. The rewards of working with this population and the life changes it may make for the therapist will also be highlighted.

Keywords: Gay Clients Homosexuality

Accuracy Verified: Yes

122. Adler-Tapia, R. (2009, January). EMDR and the treatment of childhood depression: Findings from a pilot study. Presentation at the 23rd Annual San Diego International Conference on Child & Family Maltreatment.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
This article describes a study initially designed to assess the ability of therapists to adhere to the Eye Movement Desensitization Reprocessing (EMDR) protocol with children two to ten years of age. Child subjects in the study were administered pre and post test measures to assess for trauma, as well as, emotional and behavioral symptoms. Initial results indicate a reduction in depressive symptoms following the child subject’s participation in the EMDR research protocol. Even though the children in this study were identified victims of crime, the children did not demonstrate symptoms of post-traumatic stress based on standardized measures; however, the children did demonstrate symptoms consistent with depression. After participating in the research protocol, the children’s depressive symptoms were no longer exhibited at post-treatment assessment. This study is limited by the small number of children included in the study; however, the unanticipated treatment outcomes identified in this study suggest that future research needs to assess the efficacy of EMDR treatment for children displaying symptoms of childhood depression.

Keywords: Children Depression

Accuracy Verified: Yes

123. DiGiorgio, K. E., Arnkoff, D. B., Glass, C. R., Lyhus, K. E., & Walter, R. C. (2004, September). EMDR and theoretical orientation: A qualitative study of how therapists integrate eye movement desensitization and reprocessing into their approach to psychotherapy. Journal of Psychotherapy Integration, 14(3), 227-252. doi:10.1037/1053-0479.14.3.227.

Language: English

Format: Journal

Abstract:
This study examined how 3 therapists from differing theoretical orientations (psychodynamic, humanistic, and cognitive–behavioral) integrate eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR) into their work with clients. The consensual qualitative research method was used to analyze interview responses from each of the therapists. All of the therapists deviated from the standard EMDR protocol to some degree, and their decisions to either add to or leave out various aspects of the protocol were greatly influenced by their theoretical orientation. They reported that the integration of EMDR into their usual therapy styles varied depending on their clients. The present study expands on previous psychotherapy integration research because it provides detailed descriptions as to how therapists actually use a specific method with clients. Findings may be particularly useful for researchers and therapists interested in the practice of EMDR, as well as the process of assimilative integration.

Keywords: Assimilative Integration Cognitive Behavior Therapy Cognitive-Behavioral Therapy Empirical Study Humanistic Psychotherapy Integrative Psychotherapy Humanistic Therapy Psychodynamic Psychotherapy Psychodynamic Therapy Psychotherapeutic Processes Psychotherapy Integration Qualitative Study Treatment Outcomes

Accuracy Verified: Yes

124. Stevens, M. J., & Florell, D. (1999). EMDR as a treatment for test anxiety. Imagination, Cognition and Personality, 18(4), 285-296. doi:10.2190/FJWQ-HKQQ-UEJW-6VLH .

Language: English

Format: Journal

Abstract:
We assigned sixty-two test-anxious undergraduates to eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR), rational emotive therapy (RET), and information only, which were administered in a single session by trained, "blind" therapists. At posttest, EMDR was most effective in reducing distress whereas RET decreased global test anxiety more than information only. These results may reflect the differential impact of EMDR and RET on verbalized distress and on combined affective and cognitive dimensions of test anxiety, respectively. Perceptions of therapist credibility and helpfulness of treatment moderated the results. We discuss the clinical and research implications of these findings.

Keywords: Empirical Study Information Rational Emotive Behavior Therapy Test Anxiety

Accuracy Verified: Yes

125. Stevens, M. J., & Florell, D. W. (1997, August). EMDR as a treatment for test anxiety. Preentation at the annual meeting of the American Psychological Association, Chicago, IL..

Language: English

Format: Conference

Keywords: Information Rational Emotive Behavior Therapy Test Anxiety

Accuracy Verified: Yes

126. Groenendijk, M. (2011, April). EMDR bij dissociatieve stoornissen [EMDR with dissociative disorders]. Presentatie op de 5e jaarlijkse conferentie van EMDR Vereniging, Nijmegen, Nederland.

Language: Dutch

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Na met veel succes deze workshop op de Europese congressen in Amsterdam en Hamburg te hebben gegeven, is Mariëtte gevraagd om ook op het Nederlandse congres haar kennis te delen. De workshop gaat over welke aanpassingen er nodig zijn om EMDR ook bij dissociatieve stoornissen te kunnen inzetten en aan de hand van de videoband van Maria zal getoond worden hoe dat werkt. De workshop is bedoeld voor therapeuten zijn die al werkende met getraumatiseerden bij een deel van hen stuiten op vroeger of ernstiger trauma dan ze aan het begin wisten en ook pas gaandeweg dissociatieve fenomenen ontdekken.

After this very successful workshop at the European conferences in Amsterdam and Hamburg have given, Mariette also asked the Dutch conference to share her knowledge. The workshop is about what changes are needed to EMDR also deploy and dissociative disorders on the basis of the videotape of Mary will demonstrate how that works. The workshop is intended for therapists already working with traumatized by a number of them encounter severe trauma or earlier than they did at the beginning and only gradually explore dissociative phenomena.

Keywords: Dissociative Disorders

Accuracy Verified: Yes

127. ter Heide, J. J. (2011, August). EMDR bij getraumatiseerde vluchtelingen [EMDR with traumatized refugees]. Psychologie & Gezondheid, 39(3), 180-185. doi:10.1007/s12483-011-0036-2.

Language: Dutch

Format: Journal

Abstract:
While EMDR is treatment of choice for traumatized adults with PTSS, its efficacy has not been validated with traumatized refugees. As long as no evidence is available for EMDR with this population, EMDR with refugees should be informed by theoretical approaches to treatment of PTSS in adults. Four approaches are discussed: the phased approach that advocates stabilization before EMDR; the multimodal approach that advocates combining EMDR with other interventions; the trauma-focused approach that advocates offering EMDR to all adults with PTSS, including refugees and, the transcultural approach that advocates a culturally sensitive administration of EMDR. Several pilot studies on EMDR with traumatized refugees, randomized controlled trials of EMDR with multiply traumatized populations, and a trial of EMDR in a non-western setting may further inform EMDR-therapists working with traumatized refugees. Suggestions are made for combining the four approaches and scientific evidence in treatment planning and execution of EMDR with this population. The EMDR protocol itself prescribes several interventions for treating multiply traumatized patients, such as resource development and installation, clustering of traumatic experiences, and cognitive interweaves. Additionally, culturally sensitive interventions may enable the refugee to actively partake in the treatment process by increasing motivation for trauma processing, by diminishing language barriers, and by facilitating the formulation of culturally congruent meanings to trauma. The question remains whether EMDR, which offers an individualistic approach to trauma, is sufficiently suited to address the collective traumatization of victims of war and organized violence.

Keywords: Refugees Trauma

Accuracy Verified: Yes

128. Lievegoed, R., & Giltaij, H. (2005, November). EMDR bij mensen met een verstandelijke en/of meervoudige beperking [EMDR with people with mental and/or multiple restriction]. Workshop gepresenteerd aan de eerste congres van de Vereniging EMDR Nederland, Ede, The Netherlands.

Language: Dutch

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Na een korte inleiding over de speciale problemen die mensen met een Verstandelijke en/of Meervoudige (visueel-en-verstandelijke) Beperking in hun leven ontmoeten en de vele vormen van psychotrauma, die voor hen ontstaan door situaties die door anderen vaak niet als traumatisch worden ervaren (door het vermogen ervaringen zin en plaats te geven), zal vooral aan de hand van casuïstiek worden toegelicht hoe het EMDR standaardprotocol en de werkwijze aangepast kunnen worden aan de meer beperkte vaardigheden van de mensen in deze doelgroep. Hierbij zal ook gerefereerd worden aan de aanpassingen van het protocol zoals die voor jonge kinderen door diverse therapeuten is ontwikkeld, en die voor de onderhavige doelgroep vaak ook zeer relevant zijn. De behandeling van een vrouw met een sterke visuele beperking plus een verstandelijke handicap zal d.m.v. een video gedemonstreerd worden, nadat kort gewezen is op de problemen die iemand heeft met een dubbele handicap: er staan dan immers minder compensatiemogelijkheden voor de handicap(s) ter beschikking.
Doelstelling: Deelnemers leren zien dat EMDR ook bij de genoemde doelgroep(en) toegepast kan worden en maken kennis met enkele voorbeelden van hoe de behandeling specifiek vorm gegeven kan worden. Maar belangrijkste doelstelling van deze workshop is dat behandelaars enthousiast kunnen worden voor de toepassing van EMDR juist ook voor deze kwetsbare mensen!

After a brief introduction to the special problems that people with intellectual and / or Multiple (visual and mental) limit in their lives meet and the many forms of psychotrauma, for them arise from situations that others often not as traumatic to experienced (the ability to experience meaning and place), will focus on using case studies explain how EMDR standard protocol and the method can be adapted to the more limited abilities of the people in this audience. It will also be referred to the adjustments of the protocol as for young children by different therapists was developed and used for this target group often highly relevant. Treating a woman with a strong visual impairment and a mental disability will be using demonstrated a video, after briefly pointed to the difficulties that someone with a double Disabled: There are after all less than redress for disability (s) available.
Objective: Participants learn that EMDR also said the target group (s) can be applied and become familiar with some examples of how the specific form of treatment can be given. But most important objective of this workshop is that therapists are enthusiastic for the use of EMDR for these very vulnerable people! After a brief introduction to the special problems that people with intellectual and / or Multiple (visual and mental) limit in their lives meet and the many forms of psychotrauma, for them arise from situations that others often not as traumatic to experienced (the ability to experience meaning and place), will focus on using case studies explain how EMDR standard protocol and the method can be adapted to the more limited abilities of the people in this audience. It will also be referred to the adjustments of the protocol as for young children by different therapists was developed and used for this target group often highly relevant. Treating a woman with a strong visual impairment and a mental disability will be using demonstrated a video, after briefly pointed to the difficulties that someone with a doubleDisabled: There are after all less than redress fordisability (s) available.
Objective:Participants learn that EMDR also said the target group(s) can be applied and become familiar with some examples of how the specific form of treatment can be given. But most important objective of this workshop is that therapists are enthusiastic for the use of EMDR for these very vulnerable people!

Keywords: Mental Disabilities Visual Impairments

Accuracy Verified: Yes

129. van den Berg, D., & Staring, T. (2011, April). EMDR bij patiënten met psychosen, wie durft? [EMDR in patients with psychosis, who dares?]. Presentatie op de 5e jaarlijkse conferentie van EMDR Vereniging.

Language: Dutch

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Patiënten met psychosen hebben vaak ernstige trauma’s meegemaakt. PTSS is bij hen een van de meest voorkomende co-morbide stoornissen. De meeste therapeuten hanteren een psychotische stoornis echter als contra-indicatie voor EMDR. Tijdens deze presentatie tonen wij dat EMDR ondanks psychotische problematiek gewoon kan worden toegepast en dat dit slechts minimale aanpassingen vergt. Wij zetten daarna uiteen wat de verschillende toepassingsgebieden bij deze doelgroep zijn. EMDR kan namelijk niet alleen veilig en effectief toegepast worden bij psychosen met co-morbide PTSS, het kan ook een belangrijke rol hebben binnen CGT bij stemmen en wanen. Traumatische (leer)ervaringen zijn immers vaak betrokken bij het ontstaan van wanen en hallucinaties. Daarnaast liet recent onderzoek zien dat niet alleen retrospectieve targets behandeld kunnen worden met EMDR, maar ook situaties in de toekomst, de zogenoemde ‘flash forwards’. Dit is nuttig voor patiënten die herhaaldelijk geconfronteerd worden met stemmen of met situaties waarin paranoide gedachten worden getriggerd. Videomateriaal wordt getoond om de presentatie te ondersteunen. Tot slot is er aandacht voor obstakels in de toepassing van EMDR bij deze doelgroep. Aan het einde is er ruimte voor vragen en discussie.

Patients with psychoses often experienced severe trauma. PTSD is with them one of the most common co-morbid disorders. Most therapists use a psychotic disorder but as a contraindication to EMDR. During this presentation we demonstrate that EMDR despite psychotic problems can easily be applied and that it requires only minimal adjustments. We then set out what the different application of this target group. EMDR can not safely and effectively used in psychoses with co-morbid PTSD, it can also have an important role in CBT for voices and delusions. Traumatic (learning) experiences are often involved in the pathogenesis of delusions and hallucinations. In addition, recent studies showed that not only retrospective targets can be treated with EMDR, but also situations in the future, called "flash forwards". This is useful for patients who are repeatedly confronted with situations in which voices or paranoid thoughts are triggered. Video material is shown to support the presentation. Finally, consideration of obstacles in the application of EMDR with that audience. At the end there is room for questions and discussion.

Keywords: Pyschosis

Accuracy Verified: Yes

130. Aelen, F., & Chateau, K. (2005, November). EMDR bij systeemtherapie [EMDR therapy and systems]. Workshop gepresenteerd aan de eerste congres van de Vereniging EMDR Nederland, Ede, The Netherlands.

Language: Dutch

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Bij de keuze systeemleden bij de behandeling te betrekken spelen, ook bij behandelaren, cognities een rol mee. Cognities over de groei-en helingmogelijkheden die het gezin (van oorsprong) biedt en over zijn beperkende of zelfs schadelijke invloed op de ontwikkeling van individuen. De systeemtherapeut beweegt zich in het -voor anderen soms onoverzichtelijke- moeras van kansen en gevaren voor het individu: zij heeft leren sturen en wijken, neemt risico’s om gedragsverandering te bewerkstelligen, maar stelt veiligheid voorop. Hoe kan een individueel therapeut op een veilige manier systeemleden betrekken en waartoe kan een systeemtherapeut EMDR inzetten ? Getraumatiseerd is een individu op zijn kwetsbaarst: Het besluit om systeemleden bij de behandeling te betrekken moet dan ook altijd in het voordeel van de getraumatiseerde cliënt zijn Wanneer traumatisering heeft plaatsgevonden binnen het gezinssysteem van oorsprong (of wanneer de ouders niet bij machte zijn geweest om op traumatisering ‘van buiten’ adequaat te reageren) ontwikkelt een individu disfunctionele cognities over zichzelf en over zijn kernrelaties, die vaak generaliseren naar de wereld buiten het gezin. Dit is van invloed op o.m. latere partnerrelaties. Het betrekken bij de EMDR-behandeling van een ‘good enough’ partner kan de individuele cliënt helpen deze gegeneraliseerde cognities te vervangen door passender en meer productiever cognities. In de workshop besteden we aandacht aan de vraag hoe een individueel therapeut op een veilige manier systeemleden kan betrekken bij de EMDR-behandeling en aan de vraag waartoe een systeemtherapeut EMDR kan inzetten. Een eerste stap in het gebruik maken van de extra kansen die het systeemdenken biedt aan EMDR-therapeuten, is het, hypothetisch, in kaart brengen van de positieve en negatieve systeeminvloeden voor de cliënt middels het maken van het genogram . Dit om de effecten van de EMDR te plaatsen in de relationele leergeschiedenis van het individu. Een tweede stap is het betrekken van liefdevolle en betrouwbaar geïnvolveerde partners (of vrienden) en het “verzilveren” van de EMDR met de kernrelatie, waarbij op natuurlijke wijze verbeteringen of soms (tijdelijke) moeilijkheden aan bod komen. Een derde stap is het ineenweven van EMDR en systeemgesprekken, waarbij naast traumaverwerking gezonder verhoudingen het doel zijn en resultaten op beide gebieden elkaar logischerwijs versterken.

In select members for the treatment system involvement, here when medical professionals play a role with Cognitions. Cognitions about the growth and healing potential of the family (or origin) and limiting or Has Been here Harmful Effects on the Development of Individuals. The therapist moves the system to others-Sometimes-confuse Morass of opportunities and risks for the Individual: the therapist has learned to steer and districts, taking risks for behavior change, but does put safety first. How Can an Individual therapist in a safe way to members and involvement System Which Can Deploy a system EMDR therapist? A traumatized individuality to be vulnerable: The decision to members in the treatment system involvement Should therefore always in favor of the traumatized client When trauma occurred HAS Within the Family System of Origin (or When parents are Unable to bone traumatization 'outside' appropriate response) initially develop an individuality Dysfunctional Cognitions about himself and his key relationships in loss or That Generalize to the world outside the family. This subsequent component seem ambiguous to partner relationships. The involvement of the EMDR treatment or a 'good enough' partner, an individuality to help client thesis generalized Cognition to replace more and more Productive Appropriate Cognitions. In the workshop we focus on how an individuality in a safe system therapist members Can Participate in the EMDR treatment and to demand a System Which Can use EMDR therapist. A first step in making use of the extra opportunities the system offers to think EMDR Therapists, it is, hypothetically, identify the positive and negative Influences on the client system through the creation of the genogram. That the effects of EMDR to place in the relational learning history of the individuality. A second step is the involvement or permission and secure agreement of the partners (or friends) and "Redeem" the core relationship with EMDR, which Sometimes Naturally Speaking Improvements or (temporary) problems to be addressed. A third step is weaving together of EMDR and system calls, which in addition to trauma and healthy relationships are the results in objectifying both areas reinforcement each other logically.

Keywords: Systems Therapy

Accuracy Verified: Yes

131. Adler-Tapia, R., & Settle, C. (2008, February). EMDR butterfly hug/group protocol: Fidelity research manual. Hamden, CT : EMDR Humanitarian Assistance Programs.

Language: English

Format: Book

Abstract:
This manual is based on EMDR theory created by Dr. Francine Shapiro and documented in Dr. Shapiro's books (1995, 2001); and, the EMDR Group Protocol created by Dr. Ignacio Jarero and Dr. Lucina Artigas documented in Artigas,L., Jarero,I., Mauer,M., López Cano,T., & Alcalá,N.(2000); Jarero, Artigas, López Cano, Maure, & Alcalá, (1999). This manual also references the fidelity manual created by Korn, D.L. & Spinazzola, J. (January, 2001); and the fidelity scales created by Korn, D.L., Zangwill, W., Lipke, H. & Smyth, N. (January, 2001). In addition, we have included information provided by Dr. Robert Tinker and Dr. Sandra Wilson regarding additional directions for the group protocol with children. This protocol references the book and treatment manual, EMDR and the Art of Psychotherapy with Children (2008) by Dr. Adler-Tapia and Ms. Settle. This is a fidelity manual created for use in research. The protocol will need to be adjusted for the environment, culture and unique needs of the participants. All resources are documented in the reference section of this manual. This manual was donated to the EMDR Humanitarian Assistance Program in order to sustain and advance the EMDR HAPKIDS Project which supports programs providing EMDR for children by training therapists, conducting research, and most importantly, providing treatment for those children who are most in need.

Keywords: Butterfly Hug Group Protocol

Accuracy Verified: Yes

132. O’Dell, K. (2005, April 05). EMDR can fight fears, soften troubling memories. Springfield, MO: Springfield News-Leader, Health, E4.

Language: English

Format: Newspaper

Abstract:
Psychologists say Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing, or EMDR, appears to help clients thoroughly process old painful events so they "unstick" from the conscious mind and move into resolved memory. Several Springfield-area therapists say they have used EMDR to successfully treat troubled war veterans as well as clients with a host of phobias, eating disorders, a history of sexual abuse, depression and low-self esteem.

Keywords: General Mike Murrell Overview Springfield

Accuracy Verified: Yes

133. Kiessling, R. (2010, September/October). EMDR case conceptualization from a belief focused perspective. Presentation at the annual meeting of EMDR International Association, Minneapolis, MN.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
While many understand the EMDR Approach to Psychotherapy, many do not fully understand the power of using core beliefs as the focal point of their EMDR case conceptualization. This workshop, through lecture, case examples and practice, will assist EMDR Trainers, Approved Consultants, Certified therapists and the newly trained EMDR therapists, in understanding the EMDR Approach, based upon the AIP model, from the core belief perspective. Using this core belief focus, targeting sequence plans will be designed, necessary and/or needed resources will be developed, and intervention strategies anticipated to help facilitate processing.

Keywords: Core Beliefs

Accuracy Verified: Yes

134. Lewis, V. M. (1993, Spring). EMDR client safety checklist. EMDR Network Newsletter, 3(1), 5.

Language: English

Format: Newsletter

Abstract:
The idea for a Checklist arose from a concern that clinicians use EMDR competently and ethically. This checklist is one attempt to assist EMDR-trained therapists in developing professional attitudes and standards that reflect excellence.

Keywords: Client Checklist

Accuracy Verified: Yes

135. Freitag, W., & Swan, S. (2011, August). EMDR consultation: Comprehensive review and new directions. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Orange County, CA.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Consultation is vital to the proper training and professional development of EMDR therapist. Effective consultation can aid in the development of highly competent EMDR therapists, which is always the goal. Although the general goals of consultation may seems clear; the purpose, role and implementation of consultation at the differing credential levels have caused confusion for many EMDRIA Approved Consultants (AC). This workshop will provide both comprehensive reviews of clinical and administrative issues of the four types of consultation conducted by Approved Consultants. The clinical review includes, but is not limited to, the level of competency, skills and capabilities that should be demonstrated at each credential level. The administrative review will include organizational strategies for effective evaluation and record-keeping, as well as the formal documentation requirements of EMDRIA.

Keywords: Consultation

Accuracy Verified: Yes

136. Hartung, J. (2007, Novembero). EMDR e Psicologia de la Energía [EMDR and the psychology of energy]. Pós-Conferência presentación en el Congresso Ibero-Americano de EMDR, Brasilia, Brasil.

Language: Spanish

Format: Conference

Abstract:
John Hartung, Psy.D. tem trabalhado há mais de dez anos em 25 países como clínico e treinador de EMDR. Defende o uso do EMDR para eliminação de sintomas assim como para o aprimoramento do pensamento, emoções e comportamentos positivos. John tem observado que a aplicação do EMDR pode avançar se outras estratégias forem utilizadas em conjunto com EMDR, tais como aquelas idealizadas para a contenção de emoções intensas (“ab-reações”), que ocorrem freqüentemente no EMDR. Com o aumento da contenção emocional, certos riscos vinculados ao emprego do EMDR por profissionais também são reduzidos: 1) EMDR pode ser utilizado com populações mais vulneráveis e que tradicionalmente tem sido excluídas do tratamento com esta abordagem, e 2) os terapeutas têm menor relutância em expandir o seu alcance. Entre as estratégias e táticas a serem discutidas e apresentadas neste workshop estão: respiração terapêutica e parassimpática, treinamento em coerência cardíaca da tradição Heartmath, métodos baseados na medicina chinesa, e métodos especiais para o uso de estimulação bilateral do EMDR de forma mais lenta e menos intensa.

John Hartung, Psy.D. has worked for more ten years in 25 countries as an EMDR clinician and trainer. Advocates the use of EMDR for disposal of symptoms as well as for the improvement of thought, emotions and behaviors positive. John has observed that the application EMDR can move forward if other strategies are used in conjunction with EMDR, such as those envisioned for the containment of emotions intense ("ab-reactions") that occur frequently in EMDR. With increasing emotional restraint, certain risks linked to use of EMDR professionals are also reduced: 1) EMDR can be used with vulnerable populations and has traditionally been excluded from treatment with this approach, and 2) the therapists are less reluctant to expand their reach. Among the strategies and tactics to be discussed and presented in this workshop are: breathing therapy and parasympathetic training in cardiac coherence of tradition HeartMath, methods based in medicine Chinese, and special methods for the use of bilateral stimulation of EMDR more slow and less intense.

Keywords: Energy Psychology

Accuracy Verified: Yes

137. Hartung, J. (2007, Novembro). EMDR e psicologia positiva: Treinamento em resiliência, aprimoramento de desempenho e outros assuntos que nunca ouvimos na universidade [Positive psychology and EMDR: Training resilience, performance enhancement and other matters that we have never heard in the university]. Apresentação no I Congresso Ibero-Americano de EMDR, Brasília, Brasil.

Language: Spanish

Format: Conference

Abstract:
No treinamento profissional de um psicoterapeuta, tende-se a focalizar aquilo que está “errado” com clientes: psicopatologia, transtornos de ajustamento, categorias diagnósticas, mesmo abordagens de tratamento baseiam-se na premissa de que nossos clientes vêm nos ver apenas quando algo está errado com eles. O terapeuta, por sua vez, pode finalizar o trabalho depois que os sintomas foram corrigidos, ou ao menos reduzidos. Nos últimos anos, muitos terapeutas (e seus clientes) têm prestando atenção ao que está certo conosco; como podemos incrementar nossos recursos pessoais e nossas emoções positivas, com a finalidade de obter maiores benefícios para nós mesmos e os outros com quem convivemos.

In the professional training of an psychotherapist, tends to focus on what is "wrong" with customers: psychopathology, adjustment disorders, categories diagnostic, treatment approaches that based on the premise that our customers come see us only when something is wrong with them. The therapist, in turn, may end work after the symptoms have been corrected, or at least reduced. In recent years, many therapists (and their customers) are paying attention to what is right with us, as we increase our resources and our personal positive emotions, in order to obtain greater benefits for ourselves and others with whom we live.

Keywords: Positive Psychology

Accuracy Verified: Yes

138. Schlattmann, N. (2006). EMDR en de allerkleinsten: Een gevalsbeschrijving [EMDR and the very young: A case study]. Kinder en Jeugdpsychotherapie, 33(3), 25-38.

Language: German

Format: Magazine

Abstract:
Voor de behandeling van de posttraumatische stress stoornis (PTSS) bestaan er twee behandelmethoden waarvan de werkzaamheid voldoende is aangetoond: gedragstherapie (imaginaire exposure) en Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing (EMDR) (de Jongh en ten Broeke, 2003). EMDR is in Amerika door Shapiro ontdekt en ontwikkeld. In de 90’er jaren is deze behandelmethode in Nederland geïntroduceerd. Oorspronkelijk is het een vorm van psychotherapie voor volwassenen. In Amerika zijn onder anderen Lovett, Tinker en Wilson begonnen om EMDR ook bij kinderen toe te passen. Het eerste onderzoek naar de behandeling van kinderen met EMDR is in 1996 gepubliceerd door Chemtob (Lovett, 1999). Inmiddels zijn er in Nederland verschillende artikelen geschreven over de toepassing van EMDR bij kinderen (de Roos en Beer, 2003; Beer en de Roos, 2004). EMDR kan goed bij schoolgaande kinderen gebruikt worden. Er wordt dan gewerkt met het kinderprotocol. Adolescenten, pubers en lagere schoolkinderen worden nu vaak met EMDR behandeld als er sprake is van PTSS. De toepassing bij peuters is minder bekend. Hoe jonger het kind des te sneller therapeuten geneigd zijn om niet met het kind zelf te werken. Dikwijls wordt dan volstaan met ouderbegeleiding. Ouders krijgen adviezen hoe zij hun kind kunnen helpen bij de verwerking van het trauma. Naast de ouderbegeleiding krijgt het kind zelf vaak helemaal geen behandeling, terwijl behandeling van het kind wel datgene is waar ouders om vragen. Het kind behandelen werkt directer en waarschijnlijk ook efficiënter en effectiever. Bij kinderen onder de vier jaar zijn een heleboel elementen uit het EMDR protocol niet uitvoerbaar. Toch is het heel goed mogelijk om EMDR ook bij de allerkleinsten te gebruiken, namelijk door middel van de “storytelling” techniek van Lovett (1999). De hulp en inzet van ouders is daarbij een vereiste. In dit artikel wordt deze techniek beschreven aan de hand van een gevalsbeschrijving van een jongetje van drie jaar, Tommy. Het artikel begint met een uiteenzetting van de voorgeschiedenis van de casus. Daarna wordt aangegeven welke elementen van het EMDR protocol aangepast moeten worden bij peuters en wordt de “storytelling” techniek, oftewel de verhalenmethode, beschreven. Dan volgt een weergave van het verhaal dat de ouders van Tommy met behulp van de therapeut voor hem schreven. Vervolgens wordt de behandeling van Tommy beschreven. Het artikel eindigt met een conclusie.

For the treatment of post traumatic stress disorder (PTSD), there two treatments for which efficacy has been adequately demonstrated: behavioral therapy (imaginal exposure) and Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing (EMDR) (de Jongh and Ten Broeke, 2003). EMDR in America discovered and developed by Shapiro. In the 90's, this treatment method introduced in the Netherlands. It was originally a form of psychotherapy for adults. In America, among others Lovett, Tinker and Wilson began to EMDR in children applying. The first research on the treatment of children with EMDR in 1996 published by Chemtob (Lovett, 1999). There are now several articles on the Netherlands use of EMDR in children (de Roos and Beer, 2003, Bear and Rose, 2004). EMDR may well be used in school children. It is then worked with the children's protocol. Adolescents, adolescents and lower school children are now often treated with EMDR when there is PTSD. The application in toddlers is less known. The younger the child the faster therapists tend not to child to work. Often parent guidance are sufficient. Parents get advice on how they can help their child in the processing of the trauma. Besides the parent guidance, the child itself is often no treatment, while treatment of the child does what is true for parents questions. The child works deal more directly and probably more efficient and effective. In children under four years are a lot of elements from the EMDR protocol is not feasible. Yet it is quite possible to EMDR also in toddlers to use, namely through the storytelling technique of Lovett (1999). The help and commitment of parents is a prerequisite. This article describes the technique using a case report of a boy of three years, Tommy. The article begins with an account of the history of the case. Then identifying the elements of the EMDR protocol adapted to are young children and the storytelling technique, or the stories method described. Then follows a representation of the story that Tommy's parents by the therapist wrote for him. Then the treatment of Tommy described. The article ends with a conclusion.

Keywords: Case Study Children

Accuracy Verified: Yes

139. Garcia, F. (2011, Julio). EMDR en el tratamiento del dolor crónico [EMDR treatment and chronic pain]. En Aplicación de EMDR en el tratamiento de distintos trastornos (Francisca García Guerrero, Coordinadora). Simposio realizado en el IX Congreso Nacional de Psicología Clínica, San Sebastián, España.

Language: Spanish

Format: Conference

Abstract:
El modelo de intervención psicoterapéutica EMDR integra elementos de distintas escuelas de psicoterapia, haciendo de este acercamiento una herramienta eficaz aplicable a una enorme variedad de patologías y accesible a terapeutas de distintas orientaciones dentro de una serie de protocolos estandarizados (Van der Kolk, B., 1997). Es el caso del dolor crónico, donde EMDR ha desarrollado un protocolo específico para el tratamiento del mismo. La comprensión científica del dolor va evolucionando rápidamente. Antes se pensaba que su presencia implicaba únicamente la existencia de un daño físico, sin embargo, actualmente la ciencia nos ha llevado a descubrir la importancia que tienen las consecuencias de la vivencia del dolor. Porque el dolor genera importantes reacciones emocionales que pueden potenciar el sufrimiento que lleva asociado (García, J.A. 2009). Desde el modelo de procesamiento de la información, el dolor puede concebirse como una señal de que hay algo que no va bien, independientemente de la multifactorialidad de su etiología. Sin embargo, el dolor puede continuar a veces más de lo que puede ser funcional. En este sentido, el dolor a largo plazo puede conducir a cambios en el sistema nervioso, que pueden cronificar el dolor o intensificarlo. Según el modelo de procesamiento adaptativo de la información desde el que trabaja EMDR, el dolor se mantiene porque "se trabó" en el sistema nervioso, se dio un bloqueo de la información en la red de memoria somática. El EMDR se presenta como una herramienta eficaz para tratar el dolor, de manera que es un medio de estimular el sistema nervioso para ayudarle a la persona cambiar las respuestas al dolor. En esta comunicación se presenta la conceptualización y tratamiento del dolor crónico desde esta perspectiva a través de la presentación de un caso.

The EMDR intervention model integrates various elements schools of psychotherapy, making this an effective approach applicable to a huge variety of pathologies and accessible to therapists of different orientations within a set of standardized protocols (Van der Kolk, B., 1997). This is the case chronic pain, where EMDR has developed a specific protocol for the treatment of same. Scientific understanding of pain is evolving rapidly. before you thought his presence meant only the existence of a physical injury, without But now science has led us to discover the importance of consequences of the experience of pain. Because pain reactions generates significant can enhance emotional suffering associated with it (Garcia, JA 2009). From the model of information processing, the pain can be conceived as a sign that something is wrong, regardless of the multifactorial in its etiology. However, the pain can sometimes continue more than which may be functional. In this regard, the long-term pain can lead to changes in the nervous system, which can become chronic pain or intensify. According to the model of adaptive processing of information from which EMDR works, the pain maintains that "locked" in the nervous system, there was an information blockade in somatic memory network. The EMDR is presented as an effective tool for treating pain, so that is a means to stimulate the nervous system to help the person changing responses to pain. This communication presents the conceptualization and treatment of pain chronic from this perspective through the presentation of a case.

Keywords: Chronic Pain Symposium Treatment

Accuracy Verified: Yes

140. Rijnders, H. (2006, November). EMDR en schemagerichte therapie: Casusconceptualisate en traumatische kernervaringen [EMDR and schema-focused therapy: Heart and traumatic experiences case conceptilization]. Workshop gepresenteerd aan de tweede congres van de Vereniging EMDR Nederland, Arnhem, The Netherlands.

Language: Dutch

Format: Conference

Abstract:
In deze presentatie zal een conceptueel model gepresenteerd worden voor het vinden van de kerntraumatische ervaringen( targets) die aan de basis liggen van de schema’s van Young. Er zal kort worden ingegaan op de theorie van de schemagerichte therapie van Jeffrey Young. De belangrijkste schema’s in zijn model zullen worden besproken die in veel gevallen verantwoordelijk zijn voor de persoonlijkheidsproblematiek en complexe ptss klachten waar wij als behandelaars mee kunnen worden geconfronteerd. Daarnaast hoe met behulp van het emdr standaard protocol de targets worden opgespoord die ten grondslag kunnen liggen aan de eerdergenoemde schema’s of valkuilen.Het zijn deze traumatische ervaringen die later in de behandeling zullen moeten worden gedesensitiseerd. De integratieve psychotherapeutische behandeling van persoonlijkheidsproblematiek en complexe ptss klachten gaat uit van een fasengericht traumamodel. Het thema tijdens deze presentatie omvat een belangrijk onderdeel van deze behandelingswijze. Het biedt de behandelaar zowel als de cliënt(e) inzicht in de ontwikkelingspsychologische aspecten van de klachten en kan extra motiverend werken voor langer durende behandelingen. Interessant is hoe de voorgestelde cognitieve domeinen van Eric ten Broeke en Ad de Jongh een belangrijk hulpmiddel zijn bij het vinden van de correcte NC’s en PC’s bij bovengenoemde problematiek. De schemagerichte therapie van Young heeft op basis van recent wetenschappelijk onderzoek bewezen een van de meest effectieve behandelvormen te zijn bij ingrijpende persoonlijkheidsproblematiek. De emdr therapie van Shapiro wordt door onderzoek voortdurend genoemd als een van de meest effektieve behandelvormen bij acuut trauma. Experimenteel wordt emdr nu ook aangewend bij complex trauma. Samen vormen zij een gouden duo. Deze presentatie lijkt geschikt voor beginnende emdr therapeuten die zich meer willen gaan bezighouden met complex trauma en persoonlijkheidsproblematiek. Voor gevorderde therapeuten is de presentatie een platform voor discussie aangezien vele wegen naar Rome leiden. Een en ander zal worden toegelicht met casuïstiek en mogelijk met videobeelden.

This presentation will be presented a conceptual model for Finding the key traumatic experiences (targets) that form the basis of the diagrams of Young. It will briefly examine the theory of schema-focused therapy by Jeffrey Young. The main schemes in his model will be discussed in many cases responsible for PTSD complex personality problems and complaints that we clinicians may be faced with. In addition, how to use the EMDR standard protocol targets are identified that may underlie the aforementioned schedules or valkuilen. These traumatic experiences will be desensitized later in treatment. The integrative psychotherapy of personality problems and complex PTSD symptoms is based on a phase oriented trauma model. The theme of this presentation includes an important component of this treatment method. It provides both the therapist and client (e) understanding of the developmental aspects of the complaint and may provide additional motivation to work for longer term treatments. It is interesting how the proposed cognitive domains of Eric ten Broeke and Ad de Jongh an important tool in finding the correct NCs and PCs to the abovementioned issues. The schema-focused therapy for Young, based on recent scientific study proved one of the most effective forms of treatment to be for major personality problems. The EMDR therapy research by Shapiro constantly mentioned as one of the most effective forms of treatment in acute trauma. EMDR is now used experimentally to complex trauma. Together they form a golden combination. This presentation appears to be suitable for beginning EMDR therapists who want to deal with complex trauma and personality problems. For experienced therapists, presenting a platform for discussion, since many roads lead to Rome. This will be illustrated by case studies and possibly video.

Keywords: Schema Focused Therapy

Accuracy Verified: Yes

141. Maiberger, B. (2009). EMDR essentials: A guide for clients and therapists. New York: W. W. Norton.

Language: English

Format: Book

Abstract:
1)In easy-to-understand terms, Barb Maiberger explains EMDR to clients and, in turn, equips clinicians with a shorthand way of explaining it to their own patients. Topics include understanding trauma and its symptoms, how and why EMDR works (and when it won't), how to find the right therapist, and sample relaxation exercises. 2)This book discusses eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR) therapy. Part I explains EMDR, the phases involved in treatment, the nature of trauma and its effect on memory. Theories about why EMDR works, how it can work for children, and safety issues are addressed. Part II provides illustrations from the author's experiences as an EMDR therapist, presenting client issues and how EMDR helped them. The author notes that the purpose of this book is to inform potential EMDR clients what to expect from EMDR therapy and how it may help in trauma healing. (PsycINFO Database)

Keywords: Practice Theory

Accuracy Verified: Yes

142. Matthess, H., & Mehrotra, S. (2008, June). EMDR Europe Humanitarian Assistance Programme (HAP): The efficacy of using EMDR in the aftermath of an earthquake in India. Keynote presented at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, London, England.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
India, the world’s second largest democracy, is known for its diversity in terrain, culture and ethnicity. Prone to both natural and man made calamities along with a high population density and not enough resources, mental health does not rank high on the list of people’s priorities. The earthquake of January 2001, was the second deadliest experienced by the country through its recorded history. Trauma therapy, specifically EMDR was still at its inception in the country with very few fully trained professionals. These professionals put together a response that reached out to more than 16000 affected individuals, mostly children and adolescents and a few parents, teachers and adults from the society. The keynote address discusses the approach that was adapted in working in Gujarat in the aftermath of the earth quake, the processes that were modified to make them relevant both to the culture and the trauma experienced by the people. The address also discusses the documented findings while work was underway, the experiences and observations of the therapists along with a few representative cases. The data for this keynote was generated through the drawings of children done as a part of the therapy itself. The impact on adolescents using the Impact of Event scale will also be presented.

Keywords: Earthquake India Keynote

Accuracy Verified: Yes

143. Meignant, M. (2012, April). EMDR for a child (EMDR training on the River Kwai). Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Canada, Montreal, Quebec, Canada.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
During the EMDR training session, organized in Thailand by Trauma-Aid, HAP Germany and «Terre des Hommes» Germany , psychologist, Dagmar Eckers treated a young Indonesian boy called Ooz, who suffered from the Tsunami. His symptoms showed nightmares and a lack of concentration. This documentary film presents two sessions of EMDR on the 10 year-old child. It also shows the efforts of the EMDR trainers who, with the help of charitable organizations, trained the Burmese, Chinese, Indian, Indonesian and Thai therapists to become autonomous in practicing and teaching EMDR.
Learning objectives: 1. How to use EMDR to relieve the traumatic consequences of a disaster 2.The use of EMDR with a child in a different social and cultural setting. (the 8 phases of EMDR in this context)

Keywords: Children River Kwai Training

Accuracy Verified: Yes

144. Waters, F. S., & Adler-Tapia, R. (2009, November). EMDR for children with trauma and dissociation: Case conceptualization from stabilization to integration. Presentation at the 26th annual meeting of the International Society for the Study of Trauma and Dissociation, Washington, DC .

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract: This workshop initially will review the 8 phase EMDR protocol for implementation with severely traumatized and dissociative children and provide advanced skills utilizing the EMDR protocol with this population. The 8 phase EMDR protocol will be described. Therapeutic challenges for therapists in implementing this protocol with young children with complex trauma will be explored with recommendations for clinicians on how to provide efficacious treatment to children. Each phase of the protocol will be discussed identifying specific goals and specialized interventions presented with linguistic sensitivity to maintain adherence to the EMDR protocol with young children. Client History and Treatment Planning Phase, and the Preparation Phase of the EMDR Protocol will be detailed. The assessment of dissociation in young children will include recommendations for specific assessment tools. Stabilization skills for helping children address the phobic response to reprocessing traumatic events with mastery and resourcing while learning self-soothing and calming techniques will be demonstrated. Innovative and creative interventions integrating play and art therapy will be presented with child friendly language using the protocol sequence for effective treatment with children. In addition, adjustments to the EMDR protocol through the trauma processing phases, including integration, will be described and demonstrated with case presentations and videos. Creatively maneuvering these phases with children who display dissociative symptoms will be explored with recommendations for the successful implementation of the protocol throughout the healing process

Keywords: Case Conceptualization Children Dissociation Stabilization Trauma

Accuracy Verified: Yes

145. Lievegoed, R. (2005, June). EMDR for mentally retarded people. Poster presented at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Brussels, Belgium.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
After a short introduction concerning the special problems people with an intellectual handicap often have in their iives and the many forms of psychotrauma which arise for them in situations which are by others sometimes not experienced as traumatic, we'll show by means of case studies how the protocol can be adapted to the limited skills of people in this target group. We also refer to the adaptations of the protocol for young children. Participants will learn to see that EMDR can very well be applied for this target group and how they should proceed with the treatment. Our most important aim is that therapists can become motivated to also use EMDR for these people!

Keywords: Mental Retardation Poster

Accuracy Verified: Yes

146. Luber, M. (2013, February). EMDR handbook for clients. Humanitarian Assistance Programme UK & Ireland (HAP UK&I).

Language: English

Format: Other

Abstract:
If you're interested, or already engaged, in EMDR therapy with a registered EMDR therapist, this is the ideal supporting guide to take you through preparation and the main work. This is the electronic version of a simple EMDR Clients Handbook usually to be found on sale at EMDR Conferences and workshops in the UK and Ireland. All proceeds go to support the work of EMDR HAP UK&I, taking trauma training to therapists in regions around the world of conflict or disaster. Please visit the HAP UK&I website for more background information, at www.hapuk.org.

Keywords: Handbook

Accuracy Verified: No

147. Meise, S. (2010, Juli). EMDR heilsame Augenbewegungen [EMDR healing eye movements]. Psychologie-Heute. Retrieved from http://www.psychologie-heute.de/archiv/detailansicht/news/emdr_heilsame_augenbewegungen/?type=0%2525252525252525252..cmd%3Dinfomailcmd%3Dinfomailcmd%3Dinfomail&cHash=9bb26b334680750cd6eb8f28f5e65e01 on 8/9/2010.

Language: German

Format: Magazine

Abstract:
Traumapsychotherapien mit EMDR sind 20 Jahre nach dessen Einführung unbestritten erfolgreich. Während die Wirkfaktoren noch erforscht werden, wenden Therapeuten es längst nicht mehr ausschließlich zur Behandlung schwerer Traumata an. Auch bei Allergien, Essstörungen, chronischen Erkrankungen und verhaltensgestörten Kindern hat sich das Verfahren bewährt Revolution oder Humbug? Die Psychotherapie Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing, kurz EMDR, polarisiert die Traumaforschung, seit sie 1989 von der amerikanischen Psychologin Francine Shapiro für posttraumatische Belastungsstörungen, PTBS, entwickelt wurde. Mittlerweile ist sie eine auch von offiziellen Gremien anerkannte Methode, denn über 20 kontrollierte Studien weisen deren teils frappierend schnelle Wirkung nach. Trotzdem gibt es erst seit etwa 10 Jahren einschlägige Fachartikel meist wird EMDR darin als Scharlatanerie oder Form der Hypnose abgekanzelt und mit dem Etikett...

Trauma with EMDR psychotherapies are 20 years after its introduction undoubtedly successful. While the effective factors are elucidated, it is no longer consult therapists exclusively for the treatment of severe trauma on. Even with allergies, eating disorders, chronic diseases and behavioral disorders, the procedure has proven Revolution or humbug? The Psychotherapy Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing, EMDR brief, polarized the trauma research, since it was developed in 1989 by the American psychologist Francine Shapiro for post-traumatic stress disorder, PTSD. She is now an accepted method by official bodies, for more than 20 controlled studies demonstrate the sometimes striking quick effect. Nevertheless, it is only since about 10 years of relevant professional articles is EMDR is usually dismissed as quackery or form of hypnosis and with the label...

Keywords: Eye Movements

Accuracy Verified: Yes

148. Ichii, M. (2010, July). EMDR history in Asia: Past, present and future. Keynote presented at the 1st EMDR Asia Conference, Bali, Indonesia.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
To know the present status of EMDR in Asian countries: Method: Inquiries by e-mail to the representatives of Asian countries and related US or European people were sent. Replies were received from countries like Australia, Cambodia, China, Hong Kong, India, Indonesia, Japan, Korea, Sri Lanka, Taiwan, and Thailand. Questions were on the origin of EMDR, the first training, the number of trainings so far, the number of trained practitioners, credentials, academic organization, acceptance from government, media, and professional world, future possibilities, and difficulties expected. Results: Some countries like Australia, Japan and Korea have already reached the moderate stage, but still they have problems to be solved. In Australia, their first training was in 1993 and many therapists have received training, but, organization started very recently and network is not strong. In Japan, Japan EMDR Association has more than 800 members and started publishing their own academic journal in 2009. However sceptical statements about EMDR can be seen in some books on trauma. In Korea, they have health insurance system for EMDR but practitioners are few. The other countries are in the early stage to grow the EMDR community or support the EMDR therapists. Most of them began the history after a big natural disaster like Tsunami or earthquake. HAP from Europe and/or US supports their beginning. The first Asian conference could be a good opportunity to start mutual understanding and cooperation in Asia.

Keywords: Asia Keynote History

Accuracy Verified: Yes

149. Liz Royle, L., & Kerr, C. (2012). EMDR i klinisk praktik [EMDR in clinical practice]. Studentlitteratur, Holmberg: Lund.

Language: Swedish

Format: Book

Abstract:
EMDR är en evidensbaserad metod för att behandla PTSD (Post Traumatic Stress Disorder). Emellertid kan EMDR tillämpas på ett betydligt bredare sätt. Många av de besvär som människor bär på har inte orsakats av något livshotande trauma men kan förstås utifrån att plågsamma minnen inte kunnat bearbetas. Författarna använder en enkel, rättfram framställning med många kliniska exempel. Vanliga nybörjarfel och missuppfattningar illustreras, men boken lyfter också fram sådant som underlättar bearbetningen av plågsamma minnen. Terapeuter och klienter berättar om egna erfarenheter på ett instruktivt sätt. Läsaren får följa tillämpningen av EMDR-protokollet genom samtliga åtta faser – från den första anamnesdelen till den avslutande behandlingsutvärderingen, och får praktiska råd såsom ”Vad du än gör, gör inte så här!” Boken ersätter inte en grundkurs i EMDR eller Francine Shapiros ursprungliga bok, men är ett utmärkt komplement, en handbok med konkreta förslag, väsentlig vägledning, och strategier för att undvika vanliga fallgropar i EMDR- arbete med vuxna klienter.

EMDR is an evidence-based approach to treating PTSD (Post Traumatic Stress Disorder). However, EMDR applicable to a much broader way. Many of the problems that people carry has not been caused by something life-threatening trauma but can be understood from the painful memories could not be processed. The authors use a simple, straightforward production with many clinical examples. Frequently nybörjarfel and misconceptions illustrated, but the book also highlights things that facilitate processing of painful memories. Therapists and clients talk about their experiences in an instructive way. The reader may follow the application of the EMDR protocol through all eight phases - the first history part of the final treatment evaluation, and get practical advice such as "Whatever you do, do not do this!" The book does not replace a basic course in EMDR or Francine Shapiro's original book, but is an excellent addition, a handbook of practical suggestions, guidance material, and strategies for avoiding common pitfalls in EMDR work with adult clients.

Keywords: Practice

Accuracy Verified: Yes

150. Kaslow, F. W., Nurse, A. R., & Thompson, P. (2002). EMDR in conjunction with family systems therapy. In F. Shapiro (Ed.), EMDR as an integrative psychotherapy approach: Experts of diverse orientations explore the paradigm prism (1st ed.) (pp. 289-318). Washington: American Psychological Association.

Language: English

Format: Book Section

Abstract:
The field of family therapy seemed to coalesce around 1960, although some of the early pioneers were already conducting and writing about family systems and treating multipatient units before then. This chapter offers a brief overview of the field and then provides case studies in which EMDR is the primary treatment methodology, used within a family systems perspective, or both. [Text, p. 289]TOPICS TREATED: Evolution of the field (key concepts; various conceptual models); EMDR and family systems therapy (Case studies: EMDR used to break an impasse, EMDR used to facilitate effective coparenting during a divorce, EMDR used in a transgenerational transmission process; additional uses of EMDR with family systems therapy); EMDR and traditional thought in family systems therapy; Description of positive treatment effects of EMDR; How EMDR lets family therapists use what they know; How EMDR extends the outcomes of family therapy; Suggestions for strengthening EMDR; Using EMDR to investigate interesting areas in family therapy.

Keywords: Adults Family Therapy Life Experiences Marital Problems Psychotherapeutic Processes Survivors

Accuracy Verified: Yes

151. Beer, R. (2006). EMDR in de behandeling van jongeren met een eetstoornis [EMDR in the treatment of adolescents with an eating disorder]. Kinder- & Jeugdpsychotherapie, 33(3), 54-64.

Language: Dutch

Format: Journal

Abstract:
Eetstoornissen zijn ernstige ziektebeelden met een grote kans op een chronisch beloop, hoge morbiditeitcijfers en veel co-morbiditeit (van Elburg & Rijken, 2004). In de DSM IV worden verschillende eetstoornissen onderscheiden: Anorexia Nervosa, Boulimia Nervosa en Eetstoornis Niet Anders Omschreven. Eetstoornissen komen meestal tot bloei tijdens de adolescentie. Bij Anorexia Nervosa ligt de piek van het ontstaan tussen veertien en achttien jaar, Boulimia Nervosa begint doorgaans pas na het zestiende jaar (Robbe e.a., 1999; Fleminger, 2002; Vandereyken & Noordenbos, 2002). Anorexia Nervosa (AN) heeft het hoogste mortaliteitspercentage van alle psychiatrische stoornissen en bij adolescenten staat het op de derde plaats in de rij van meest voorkomende stoornissen. Behandelingsresultaten zijn weinig bemoedigend (Vandereyken & Noordenbos, 2002). Voor AN is nog geen ‘evidence based’ behandeling voorhanden. Zie: National Institute of Clinical Excellence (2004) en de Multidisciplinaire Richtlijn Eetstoornissen (2006). Behandelaars zijn daarom nog steeds op zoek naar nieuwe invalshoeken. Op de afdeling jeugdpsychiatrie van het Universitair Medisch Centrum Utrecht is een zorgprogramma eetstoornissen ontwikkeld, waarmee jongeren met AN en met een Eetstoornis NAO worden behandeld door een multidisciplinair team2. Zie voor een beschrijving van dit programma: van Elburg & Rijken (2004). Tijdens mijn werkzaamheden voor deze afdeling (2000-2005) heb ik hieraan mogen bijdragen door het implementeren van cognitieve gedragstherapie en EMDR als potentiële onderdelen van een breed-spectrum behandeling. Een beschrijving van een protocol voor cognitieve gedragstherapie is in voorbereiding ( Beer & Tobias). In dit artikel wordt beschreven hoe EMDR kan worden ingezet bij de behandeling van jongeren met een eetstoornis. De hier beschreven experimentele status. De voorgestelde mogelijkheden zijn weliswaar uitgeprobeerd door meerdere psychotherapeuten, maar van systematische toetsing is nog geen sprake geweest. Een gedetailleerde beschrijving en theoretische onderbouwing van de voorgestelde toepassing van EMDR is eveneens in voorbereiding (Beer & Hornsveld). In dit artikel wordt besproken waarom (theoretisch kader), hoe (aangrijpingspunten) en wanneer (timing) EMDR kan worden ingezet. Na een aantal illustratieve behandelfragmenten wordt besproken waarom het juist voor jongeren een waardevolle module kan zijn in een multidisciplinaire behandeling (toegevoegde waarde). Afgesloten wordt met een conclusie.

Eating disorders are serious illnesses with a high risk of chronic course, high morbidity rates and many co-morbidity (Elburg & Rich, 2004). The DSM IV eating disorders several distinguished: Anorexia Nervosa, Bulimia Nervosa and Eating Disorder Not Otherwise Specified. Eating disorders usually come to fruition during adolescence. In Anorexia Nervosa is the peak of emergence between fourteen and eighteen, Bulimia Nervosa usually begins after the age of sixteen (Robbe et al, 1999; Fleminger, 2002; Vander Eyken & Noorden, 2002). Anorexia Nervosa (AN) has the highest mortality rate of all psychiatric disorders and among adolescents is on the third row of the most common disorders. Treatment results are very encouraging (Vander Eyken & Noorden, 2002). AN is no "evidence based treatment available. See: National Institute of Clinical Excellence (2004) and Multidisciplinary Directive Eating Disorders (2006). Clinicians are therefore still looking for new angles. The adolescent psychiatry department at the University Medical Center Utrecht is an eating disorder care program developed for young people with AN and with an ED-NOS treated by a multidisciplinary team2. For a description of this program from Elburg & Rich (2004). During my work on this section (2000-2005) I have this may contribute by implementing cognitive behavioral therapy and EMDR as potential components of a broad-spectrum treatment. A description of a protocol for CBT in preparation (Beer & Tobias). This article describes how EMDR can be used in the treatment of adolescents with eating disorders. The described experimental state. The options proposed are indeed tested by several therapists, but systematic review has not been a case. A detailed description and theoretical underpinning of the proposed use of EMDR is also in preparation (Beer & Horn Field). This article discusses why (theoretical framework), how (targets) and when (timing) EMDR can be used. After several treatments illustrative excerpts discuss why it is a valuable youth module in a multidisciplinary treatment (value added). Completed with a conclusion.

Keywords: Adolscents Eating Disorders

Accuracy Verified: Yes

152. Sack, M., Lempa, W., & Lamprecht, F. (2003). EMDR in der behandlung dissoziativer störungen [EMDR in the treatment of dissociative disorders]. Zeitschrift für Psychotraumatologie und Psychologische Medizin, 1 (3), 25-33.

Language: German

Format: Journal

Abstract:
Psychologische Behandlung von traumatischen Belastungsstörungen mit EMDR. Die EMDR-Behandlung ist nach unserer Erfahrung eine sehr effektive Technik zur Behandlung von traumatischen Erinnerungen bei Patienten mit dissoziativen Störungen. Das Ziel der Traumabehandlung bei dissoziativen Patienten zusätzlich zu der Verringerung der Belastung von posttraumatischen Symptomen, Aussetzen der zuvor abgespaltenen Erinnerungen im Sinne einer Integration von dissoziierten Erfahrung liegt. Die EMDR-Behandlung dissoziativer Patienten brauchen, wenn nötig. durch Ändern der Standard-Protokoll auf den einzelnen Elastizität eingestellt werden. Da dissoziative Speicher Barrieren durch eine EMDRBehandlung sehr schnell untergraben werden kann, kombiniert mit dem Risiko der Übererflutung durch aversive Reize, sollte dies nur von entsprechend erfahrenen Therapeuten und mit Sorgfalt im Rahmen einer umfassenden Traumatherapie eingesetzt werden.

Psychological treatment of traumatic stress disorders with EMDR. The EMDR treatment is, in our experience a very effective technique for the treatment of traumatic memories in patients with dissociative disorders. The aim of trauma treatment in dissociative patients in addition to reducing the burden of post-traumatic symptoms, exposing the previously split-off memories in the sense of an integration of dissociated experience content. The EMDR treatment of dissociative patients need, if necessary. be adjusted by modifying the standard protocol on the individual resilience. Since dissociative memory barriers through a EMDRBehandlung may be undermined very quickly, combined with the risk of Übererflutung by aversive stimuli, this should only be used by suitably experienced therapists and with care in the context of a comprehensive trauma therapy.

Keywords: Dissociative Disorders, Psychotherapeutic Processes

Accuracy Verified: Yes

153. Gonzalez, A., Mosquera, D., & Seijo, N. (2011, November). EMDR in dissociative disorders: The progressive approach. Presentation at the 26th Annual International Society for the Study of Trauma and Dissociation Conference, Montreal, QE .

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract: Abstract: After the first cautions for the use of EMDR in dissociative disorders, many proposals have been done to adapt EMDR procedures to this specific population. Interesting interventions have been done for the use of EMDR in the preparation phase, but in spite of these useful proposals, EMDR is still considered by many clinicians as an intervention that is limited for the treatment of traumatic memories. From this conceptualization, which we have called the all/nothing perspective, the use of EMDR is strongly limited. Many clinicians wait years for trauma reprocessing. As a consequence of this conceptualization, many EMDR therapists do not use EMDR with most of their dissociative clients, and just use it with highly functioning patients, sometimes after years of therapy with other approaches. In this workshop we will describe (and exemplify with clinical cases and videos) different interventions with EMDR in dissociative clients, from the preparatory phase, in what we have called a Progressive Approach. The way in which specific EMDR procedures can contribute to enhance recovery in survivors will be explained. For doing this, concepts from the different approaches and scientific knowledge about severe traumatization will be integrated with the Adaptive Information Processing Model from EMDR. The idea is to propose a holistic model for EMDR therapy in Dissociative Disorders. The interweaving between theoretical concepts and clinical procedures, theoretical developments and video examples, will allow the audience to assimilate information and translate it to their clinical practice. Therapist from approaches different from EMDR will understand what this therapy can offer to the treatment of severely traumatized people. EMDR therapists will learn new proposals of interventions at the different phases of the treatment. We will present different examples of interventions in severely traumatized patients: DID, DESNOS, BPD and Somatoform dissociation.

Keywords: Dissociative Disorders

Accuracy Verified: Yes

154. Gonzalez, A. (2013, June). EMDR in dissociative disorders: The progressive approach. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Geneva, Switzerland.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
After the first cautions for the use of EMDR in dissociative disorders, many proposals have been done to adapt EMDR procedures to this specific population. Nevertheless EMDR is still considered by many clinicians as an intervention that is limited to the treatment of traumatic memories in highly functioning dissociative clients, after a long preparation phase. From this conceptualization the use of EMDR is strongly limited, and many trauma survivors cannot benefit of it.
In this workshop a comprehensive model for EMDR therapy in Dissociative Disorders (the Progressive Approach) will be proposed. From this extended framework, different interventions with EMDR in dissociative clients will be described, including procedures to prepare and stabilize these clients. The integration of these specific EMDR procedures into a group therapy for trauma survivors will be described. The interweaving between theoretical developments, clinical procedures and video examples will allow the audience to assimilate information and translate it to their clinical practice. Learning objectives: Propose a comprehensive model to approach dissociative clients from the EMDR perspective, connecting theoretical developments and clinical procedures; Identify difficult situations in EMDR therapy of severely traumatized people and describe EMDR procedures for dissociative clients, all along the different phases of treatment; Illustrate the “progressive approach” for the treatment of dissociative disorders with clinical examples and video fragments of individual and group sessions so EMDR therapists can understand when, where and how to apply these procedures in their clinical practice.

Keywords: Dissociative Disorders Progressive Approach

Accuracy Verified: Yes

155. Mehrotra, S., & Wei Geng (2011, February). EMDR in India. Journal of Xihua University (Philosophy & Social Sciences). doi:CNKI:SUN:CDSF.0.2011-02-000.

Language: English

Format: Journal

Abstract:
After the earthquake in January 2001 in India,40 trained EMDR Therapists participated in helping more than 1600 people.The symptoms of Post Traumatic Stress Disorder(PTSD) were observed both in children and adults;no gross disintegration of personality was noted.Through analyzing children's drawings,the study finds the relationship between individual emotions and traumatic impact on their psychological health.Although people who had suffered greater destruction and severe loss demonstrated greater emotional upheaval,people in the large residential areas mostly intact from the earthquake felt more insecure than those in severely destructed areas,due to the threat of further destruction.

Keywords: Drawings India Posttraumatic Stress Disorder PTSD

Accuracy Verified: Yes

156. Parnell, L. A. (2003, September). EMDR in the treatment of adults abused as children. Preconference presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Denver, CO.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
EMDR therapists need specific and advanced understanding of the EMDR method as well as additional skills to complete treatment successfully. In this workshop the overall course of treatment with EMDR is briefly outlined but specific areas are focused on in more detail. These areas include: 1) the development and installation of resources; 2) strategic target development including the bridging technqiue; 3) modification of the standard EMDR procedural steps, 4) techniques for unblocking blocked processing including advanced interweave strategies; and 5) technqiues for closing incomplete sessions.

Keywords: Adults Children Bridging Technique Incomplete Sessions Interweave Strategies Resource Development Sexual Abuse

Accuracy Verified: Yes

157. Parnell, L. A. (2002, June). EMDR in the treatment of adults abused as children. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, San Diego, CA.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
EMDR therapists need specific and advanced understanding of the EMDR method, as well as additional skills, to complete treatment successfully. In this workshop the overall course of treatment with EMDR is briefly outlined, but specific areas are focused on in more detail. These areas include 1) the development and installation of resources; 2) strategic target development, including the bridging technique; 3) modifications of thc standard EMDR procedural steps; 4) techniques for unblocking blocked processing including advanced interweave strategies; and 5) techniques for closing incomplete sessions.

Keywords: Adults Blocked Processing Bridging Children Incomplete Sessions Resource Installation Sexual Abuse

Accuracy Verified: Yes

158. Hofmann, A. (2005, June). EMDR in the treatment of complex PTSD patients. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Brussels, Belgium.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Patients with complex PTSD are a challenging patient population. Even if concepts like the Disorder of Extreme Stress (Herman et 01.1 and the new research on structural dissociation (Nijenhuis et al.) helps to understand these patients better, their treatment course is often complicated. In the treatment of these patients EMDR can be one of the key treatments approaches in a therapy setting that usually needs to also enclose other treatment modalities and the overall treatment plan. The objective of this course is to help therapists use the opportunities that the 8 phase EMDR treatment plan offers and to reduce the risks for their treatment course. Also the implications of the use of the standard protocol for EMDR and the inverted standard protocol are discussed. Depending on the size of the group, time for discussion about clinical cases of participants is welcome.

Keywords: Complex Posttraumatic Stress Disorder Complex PTSD C-PTSD

Accuracy Verified: Yes

159. Richman, A. (2006, March). EMDR in the treatment of victims of torture. Presentation at the 4th annual Conference of the EMDR UK & Ireland Association, London, UK.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
As trauma therapists we are increasingly encountering the challenges of using EMDR cross-culturally with highly traumatised clients who are refugees from wartorn countries and/or oppressive regimes. This presentation seeks to address some of the issues to be taken into consideration and the difficulties in working with the victims of systematic infliction of physical and/or psychological torture. Use of EMDR with these highly traumatised individuals will be examined and ways in which the basic EMDR protocol may need to be adapted to treat these highly traumatised individuals will be examined.

Keywords: Victims of Torture

Accuracy Verified: Yes

160. Rodriguez, G., Luber, M., Hofmann, A., Marquis, P., Sprowls, C., & Snyker, E. (1998, July). EMDR in the world: Training and practice in different cultures. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Baltimore, MD.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Participants will learn to: 1) share different experiences of working in different cultures to help therapists in their work; 2) realize the possibilities of the EMDR method across different languages and cultures; 3) facilitate development training practices that are sensitive to preserve cultural differences.

Keywords: Multi-Cultural Practice Training

Accuracy Verified: Yes

161. Jarero, I., Amaya, C., Givaudan, M., & Miranda, A. (2013). EMDR individual protocol for paraprofessional use: A randomized controlled trial with first responders. Journal of EMDR Practice and Research, 7(2), 55-64. doi:10.1891/1933-3196.7.2.55.

Language: English

Format: Journal

Abstract:
The eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR) individual protocol for paraprofessional use in acute trauma situations (EMDR-PROPARA) is part of a project developed at the initiative of Dr. Francine Shapiro. This randomized clinical trial examined the effectiveness of the protocol administered by experienced EMDR therapists. There were 39 traumatized first responders on active duty randomly assigned to receive two 90-min sessions of either EMDR-PROPARA or of supportive counseling. Participants in the EMDR-PROPARA group showed benefits immediately after treatment, with their scores on the Short PTSD Rating Interview (SPRINT) showing further decreases at 3-month follow-up. In comparison, supportive counseling participants experienced a nonsignificant decrease after treatment and an increase in the SPRINT scores at the second follow-up. The significant difference between the two treatments provides preliminary support for EMDR-PROPARA's effectiveness in reducing severity of posttraumatic symptoms and subjective global improvement. More controlled research is recommended to evaluate further the efficacy of this intervention.

Keywords: Acute Trauma Early Psychological Intervention First Responders Peer Support

Accuracy Verified: Yes

162. Hofmann, A. (2006, September). EMDR Master Series – I. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Philadelphia, PA.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
EMDR is a method that has a number of interesting possibilities that are needed to work with some of the more challenging complex PTSD patients. Concepts like the Disorder of Extreme Stress (Herman et al.) and the concept of structural dissociation (Nijenhuis et al.) help to understand the patient better. The treatment course, also with the use of EMDR, is often complicated. EMDR can be one of the key treatment approaches in a therapy setting for those patients, however, it usually needs also to enclose other treatment modalities in an overall treatment plan. The objective of this presentation is to help therapists use the opportunities that EMDR offers and to reduce the risks for their treatment course. Depending in the size of the group, time for discussion about clinical cases of participants is welcome.

Keywords: Disorder of Extreme Stress Master Series Structural Dissociation

Accuracy Verified: Yes

163. Zangwill, W. (2004, September). EMDR master series– I. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Montréal, Quebec Canada.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Many therapists erroneously think of EMDR as the phase of treatment involving eye movements or other forms of bilateral stimulation. EMDR treatment begins the moment there is contact between client and clinician. From first contact, to target assessment, from bilateral stimulation to reevaluation, effective EMDR processing depends on a case formulation that enables the clinician to vary EMDR implementation depending on the client's underlying issues and maladaptive coping strategies. Using discussion, videotapes and live demonstration, this presentation will provide the EMDR clinician with an increased ability to recognize and target both the clients' painful memories and their underlying blocking beliefs. In every aspect of EMDR, from developing a therapeutic relationship to choosing targets, from obtaining negative and positive cognitions to developing cognitive interweaves, and even knowing when to restart bilateral stimulation, developing and using a conceptual framework will enable the EMDR clinician to provide much more effective treatment.

Keywords: Master Series

Accuracy Verified: Yes

164. Tinker, R. H., & Wilson, S. A. (2000). EMDR mit kindern: Ein handbuch [EMDR with children: A handbook]. Paderborn: Junfermann.

Language: German

Format: Book

Abstract:
EMDR (Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing) hat Tausenden von Erwachsenen geholfen, die unter den Nachwirkungen traumatischer Erlebnisse litten. Für die Arbeit mit Kindern und Heranwachsenden wird das EMDR-Protokoll so modifiziert, dass es sogar bei Kindern im Alter von zwei Jahren angewandt werden kann. Ein System zur Klassifizierung von Kindheitstraumata, das es Therapeuten ermöglicht, die Reaktion eines Kindes auf EMDR einzuschätzen, wird ebenfalls vorgestellt. Fallbeispiele veranschaulichen die Anwendung von EMDR bei unterschiedlichen Traumata. Ein ausführlicheres Bild von diesem Buch können sich die Leser durch die Leseproben auf der Verlags-Website machen.

EMDR (Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing) has helped thousands of adults who suffered from the aftereffects of traumatic experiences. To work with children and adolescents, the EMDR protocol is modified so that it can be applied even in children aged two years. A system for classification of childhood trauma, which allows therapists to assess the reaction of a child to EMDR is also presented. Case studies illustrate the application of EMDR with various traumas. A more complete picture of this book can make the reader through the excerpts on the publisher's website.

Keywords: Children

Accuracy Verified: Yes

165. Silver, S. M., & Rogers, S. (2007, September). EMDR on the firing line: Working with war and terrorism survivors. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Dallas, TX.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
A great deal of the history of EMDR involves its use with war and terrorism survivors. In recent years, that use has included the newest generation of American veterans from the War on Terror. In the face of steadily increasing numbers of people with trauma reactions, many therapists are reporting that they are seeing more veterans seeking help outside the traditional venues, such as the Veterans Administration. This presentation will focus on what has been learned, why it is important for clinicians to be aware of the needs of this population, and the sometimes unique demands such work places on clinicians.

Keywords: Survivors Terrorism War

Accuracy Verified: Yes

166. de Roos, C., & Veenstra, S. (2009). EMDR pain control for current pain. In M. Luber (Ed.), Eye movement desensitization (EMDR) scripted protocols: Special populations (pp. 537-557). New York: Springer Publishing Co.

Language: English

Format: Book Section

Abstract:
It is estimated that approximately 30% of the population world-wide suffer from chronic pain. In this workshop you will learn how to use EMDR in order to treat patients who have specific forms of chronic pain e.g. phantom limb pain, whiplash and chronic differentiation pain. Theoretical information, practical instructions with demonstration videos of illustrative cases and exercises or role-playing to practise yourself will all be utilised. You will be provided with enough information and skills in order to be confident to start treating pain patients in your own clinical practice.
This workshop will provide you with the following information:
•relevant neurobiological information about chronic pain in order to determine whether a specific type of pain can be treated using EMDR
•the empirical status of the application of EMDR on pain and a short review of current research and literature
•how to motivate this difficult patient group to try EMDR
•how to conceptualise a case for EMDR, the indications and contraindications
•how to choose suitable targets with pain patients
•the use of the EMDR protocol in its specific application to pain patients and how to work with pain itself as a target
•complications you can expect and how to deal with these.
Aims:
•identify clients with chronic pain for whom EMDR may be appropriate
•increase knowledge and understanding of the use of EMDR in the treatment of chronic pain
•apply EMDR in the treatment of patients with chronic pain.
Target group:
EMDR trained therapists working with patients with chronic pain.

Keywords: Current Pain Pain Control Protocol

Accuracy Verified: Yes

167. Blore, D., Dunne, T., Bodill, B., Hudson, P., & Armstrong, R. (2011, March). EMDR research. Symposium conducted (D. Farrell, Chair) at the 9th annual Conference of the EMDR UK & Ireland, Bristol.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Introduction & Background: Based on study of 83 EMDR Therapists who attended 10th EMDR Europe Conference, London, 2009 & York Regional Conference, Sept 2009. Quantitative & Qualitative Methods used 20 Item Questionnaire with N= 74 Quantitative data Semi-structured interview N= 9 Qualitative data [Excerpt]

Keywords: Research Symposium

Accuracy Verified: Yes

168. Laub, B. (2006, June). EMDR standard protocol in the personal resources and the settlement to be found. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Istanbul, Turkey.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Resource Development, EMDR is an addition to standard protocol. Procedure of each session to reveal the source of healing and therapy by the end of the beginning of a resource series covers the creation. Personal resources and the settlement to be found exactly matching procedure to the problem of uncovering the unconscious and strengthen cross-country skiing in both sessions, as well as in everyday life is to make accessible. There are three types of resource development: Historical Resource Development, Present and Future Development Resources Resources Development. Standard protocol problems, sensory, cognitive, emotional and somatic components are becoming a focus can be achieved. Personal Resources Development in the settlement, resources focus dialectic movement is intensified. Sources of development activity in recent years both in Israel and other EMDR therapists Brurit Laub'ın is observed in the practice. Procedures and video images live applications and small groups will be presented with applications that can be made, personal resources development and placement will be given immediately to the practice of protocol participants.

Keywords: Historical Resource Development Resource Development

Accuracy Verified: Yes

169. Zangwill, W., & Britt, V. (2006, September). The EMDR therapist as case consultant. Presentataion at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Philadelphia, PA.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
As EMDR's reputation for powerful and effective treatment grows, EMDR clinicians are increasingly being asked to provide services as consulting or adjunct therapists. These consultations can be intensely productive and stimulating if done properly; they can also be counterproductive if not. This workshop will provide the consulting therapist with specific techniques for ethical and effective treatment of the patient and guidelines for working with the primary therapist. It will include: 1) setting realistic goals with both the patient and the primary therapist; 2) exploring the eight phases of EMDR treatment from a consulting perspective; 3) understanding the ethical issues concerned with this type of treatment; 4) dealing with treatment implications such as splitting and transference; 5) how to avoid common pitfalls such as judging the primary clinician's performance; and 6) the satisfaction of developing an ongolng productive, collegial relationships. The workshop will provide a step-by-step framework for consultation work, clear case examples and didactic information woven into a lively interactive format.

Keywords: Case Consultation

Accuracy Verified: Yes

170. Dunne, T. (2011, March). EMDR therapists integrating EMDR into their clinical practice. Presentation at the 9th annual Conference of the EMDR UK & Ireland, Bristol.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
This research project investigated how EMDR Therapists integrated EMDR into their clinical practice post-training and what, if any, difficulties they experienced. A total of 74 respondents completed a questionnaire and 9 respondents were interviewed using a semi-structured interview, giving a total of 83 respondents. 40% of both samples (which came from around the world) reported experiencing difficulties with integrating EMDR into their clinical practice. The types of difficulties which they reported included differences between EMDR protocol and the therapists’ original training and orientation, patient characteristics, therapists’ own anxieties and confidence as well as organizational and management hostility to EMDR up to and including bullying of the therapist in different ways including “being sent to Coventry”. These organization & management issues are not covered in the current training model for EMDR and whilst supervision is necessary post training, it is not be sufficient to address the organizational issues relating to integration of EMDR into clinical practice. This will be highlighted in the presentation.

Keywords: Practice Theory

Accuracy Verified: Yes

171. Kreck, C. (1996, September 4). EMDR therapists responded to Oklahoma City. Denver, CO: The Denver Post, Rockies, Living, G-02.

Language: English

Format: Newspaper

Abstract:
On April 19, 1995, only two months after Sandra Wilson finished a followup on the first unassailable study proving EMDR's spectacular success with trauma victims, the Oklahoma City bomb went off.

Keywords: Denver Oklahoma City Bomb Sandra Wilson

Accuracy Verified: Yes

172. Shapiro, F. (2012, February 27). EMDR therapy and Getting Past Your Past. Good Therapy. Retrieved from http://www.goodtherapy.org/blog/emdr-therapy-your-past-0227126/ on 6/26/012.

Language: English

Format: Other

Abstract:
The purpose of Getting Past Your Past is to help liberate readers by giving them a comprehensive understanding of why they respond to the world in ways that don’t serve them and what they can do about it. The book provides self-help procedures derived from EMDR therapy to identify the earlier memories that are the basis of the problem and other techniques to help change their reactions. Through stories, detailed descriptions, and step-by-step instructions, readers will be able to take self-exploration and healing into their own hands. Guidelines are also provided to help them decide if additional professional assistance is needed. The book is written in an easy conversational style so that it is accessible to both the general public and therapists interested in exploring a different paradigm. A wide range of luminaries in the field of psychology have highly recommended the book for both clinicians and laypeople (http://www.emdr.com/coming-soon.html). [Excerpt]

Keywords: General

Accuracy Verified: Yes

173. Ralaus, D. (2005, June). EMDR training in a new country. In Psychotrauma and EMDR in China and Slovakia, Part 2. Symposium conducted at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Belgium, Brussels.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
In Slovakia, as a country with socialist past, the problem of psychotraumatology was underestimated. Thanks to the Humanitarian Assistance Program-Europe (HAP], it was possible to bring the new knowledge and skills to this field. At the beginning there was the EMDR training in Germany for two psychiatrists from Slovakia, then the seminars and supervisions in Slovakia with mentors from HAP, which still continue. The result is 40 therapists with the training including Psychotraumatology in general and EMDR Level I and II.
This talk offers you the review of a history of bringing psychotraumatology and EMDR to our country, first results and feedback.

Keywords: China Psychotrauma Slovakia Symposium Training

Accuracy Verified: Yes

174. Galvin, M. (2007, June). EMDR treatment tactics: Using the accelerating-decelerating model and energy psychology to enhance interventions. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Paris, France.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
EMDR therapists are frequently faced with two situations where treatment must be adjusted: blocked processing and incomplete sessions. The first is address in the Part I Training Manual under Facilitating Black Processing in Phase Four. That secion describes three situations: Where processing proceeds “favorably,” where the client over-responds, and where the client under-responds. The manual then describes decelerating tactics for addressing the second situation and accelerating strategies for addressing the third situation. We will use a format introducing an expansion of the TICES (Trigger, Image, Cognition, Emotion, Sensation) model for improves pacing of treatment. The expanded model draws on Multimodal Therapy and adds the modalities of Behavior, Interpersonal Aspects, and Drugs (actually all areas of health including diet, mediation, exercise, and the like). Clinicians can utilize the concepts to recognize when therapy has stalled (or is about to stall) because of client’s under responding and over responding in the sesson, and then apply appropriate interventions. The interventions are from EMDR, from other methods, and from Energy Psychology (EP). Increasingly, EMDR therapists are also practitioners of EP. The second challenging situation faced by EMDR therapists us when time is running out, yet the level of disturbance is still elevated. The Training Manual describes a procedure for closing such a session in Phase Seven, including a containment exercise. This workshop will show how EP techniques are an additional resource to bring to bear when dealing with incomplete sessions. There will be a description and demonstration of a couple of simple but powerful EP techniques. Participants can quickly learn these methods and will be able to immediately incorporate them into their practices. Handouts on the TICES/BID/Acceleration-Decelerating model and on the Energy Psychology techniques will be distributed.

Keywords: Energy Psychology Treatment Tactics

Accuracy Verified: Yes

175. Lipke, H. (2001). EMDR und andere ansätze der psychotherapie - Ein integratives modell: Theoretische und klinische empfehlungen mit schwerpunkt auf traumatischem stress [EMDR and other approaches of the psychotherapy - An inclusive model: Theoretical and clinical recommendations focusing on traumatischem stress]. Paderborn: Junfermann.

Language: German

Format: Book

Abstract:
EMDR (Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing) wurde vor mehr als zehn Jahren von Dr. Francine Shapiro entwickelt und galt anfangs insbesondere aufgrund nachweislich sehr schneller und überzeugender Behandlungserfolge als eine der ungewöhnlichsten psychotherapeutischen Methoden überhaupt. Aufgrund der positiven Ergebnisse wissenschaftlicher Untersuchungen wird EMDR mittlerweile von vielen Therapeuten erfolgreich eingesetzt. Im Mittelpunkt des Buches steht das von Lipke entwickelte Vier-Aktivitäten-Modell, eine Ergänzung zu dem von Francine Shapiro (1995) entwickelten AIP-Modell der beschleunigten Informationsverarbeitung. Damit schafft Lipke einen Rahmen für das Verständnis psychotherapeutischer Arbeit im allgemeinen und für die Integration von Shapiros Theorie über die Verarbeitung dysfunktionaler Erinnerungen in die bisherigen Formen psychotherapeutischer Arbeit. Das vorgestellte Modell liefert eine Handlungsanleitung für die Anwendung von EMDR in der therapeutischen Praxis. Dabei kann Lipke auf seine fast dreißigjährige klinische Erfahrung mit traditionelleren Behandlungsansätzen ebenso zurückgreifen wie auf seine über zehnjährige Praxis in der Anwendung und Vermittlung von EMDR. Das Buch ist nicht als Einführung in die Theorie und Praxis von EMDR, sondern eher als Erläuterung der Arbeit mit dieser Methode in einem umfassenderen therapeutischen Zusammenhang gedacht.

EMDR (Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing) was developed more than ten years ago by Dr. Francine Shapiro and was initially due in particular proved very fast and impressive treatment success as one of the most unusual methods of psychotherapy in general. Due to the positive results of scientific studies EMDR is now used by many therapists successfully. The focus of the book which is developed by Lipke four activities model, a complement to the Francine Shapiro (1995) developed the AIP model of accelerated information processing. This creates a framework for understanding Lipke psychotherapeutic work in general and for the integration of Shapiro's theory about the dysfunctional processing of memories in the previous forms of psychotherapeutic work. The proposed model provides a guide to action for the application of EMDR in therapeutic practice. It can draw on his nearly thirty years Lipke clinical experience with more traditional treatment approaches as well as on its more than ten years of practice in the use and placement of EMDR. The book is not intended as an introduction to the theory and practice of EMDR, but rather as an explanation of the work with this method in a wider therapeutic context.

Keywords: Practice Theory

Accuracy Verified: Yes

176. Dellucci, H. (2011, February /March). EMDR using gearbox technique and letters. Presentation at the EMDR Association of India – Mumbai Chapter, Delhi, India .

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
The new protocol has been likened to the gears of a vehicle where on each speed a certain amount of work is done to deal with the trauma in a gradual fashion.
Speed zero deals with stabilization; speed 1 deals with desensitizing future fears; speed 2 touches upon desensitizing emotions or body sensations without touching on the actual trauma. At speed 3 the client works on early imprints (any issues from the age of birth to 3 years). Speed 4 deals with desensitizing present triggers and speed 5 deals with use of EMDR on past events. Helene will also be teaching how she also ingeniously uses LETTER WRITING(from the future or standard) with bilateral stimulation. The above protocol is useful even for dissociative or complex trauma clients Helene has summarized her therapy by saying: “Different clients evolve at different speeds, as a function of many parameters that we often are not able to control as therapists. Our basic assumption is that clients go as fast as they can, given their particular situation. If they slow down, it is because they have good enough reasons, whether conscious or not. What we try to avoid is them slowing down because of the therapist. Our motto is to progress as fast as possible, as long as the road and the weather permit it, and go as slowly as necessary to keep the journey secure.”

Keywords: Gearbox

Accuracy Verified: Yes

177. Hornsveld, H. (2008, Maart). EMDR werkt! Maar hoe? [EMDR works! But how?]. Presentatie op de derde conferentie van de Vereniging EMDR Nederland, Ede, Nederland.

Language: Dutch

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Het leidt geen enkele twijfel dat EMDR een effectieve behandelvorm is. EMDR is opgenomen in de guidelines van de International Society for Traumatic Stress Studies (ISTSS) waarbij zowel EMDR als Imaginaire Exposure (IE) als ‘treatment of choice’ bij de behandeling van PTSS gelden. Ook in de Nederlandse GGZ-richtlijnen (Trimbos Instituut, 2003) worden EMDR en imaginaire exposure (IE) genoemd als superieure behandelvormen voor PTSS. Rechtstreekse vergelijking van CGt en EMDR leverde echter wisselende resultaten op. Over het geheel genomen kan worden gesteld dat wat betreft effectiviteit er geen duidelijk verschil is vastgesteld tussen CGt en EMDR. Dit is opvallend, omdat de procedures en de veronderstelde werkingsmechanismen bij IE en EMDR duidelijk verschillen. Bij IE wordt reliving essentieel geacht en bij EMDR distancing. Hier is echter nog nauwelijks expliciet onderzoek naar gedaan; het meeste onderzoek heeft zich tot nu toe gericht op de effectiviteit van EMDR en op de rol van de BLS. In deze presentatie zullen drie eigen experimenten worden besproken die worden uitgevoerd met masterstudenten van de Universiteit Utrecht naar het effect van reliving versus distancing. Het onderzoek bouwt voort op het werk van de Chris Lee en zijn collega’s. (Lee et al 2006) In het onderzoek worden 3 experimenten uitgevoerd, waarbij de variabele distancing en reliving worden gevarieerd. Verondersteld wordt (vanuit de EMDR visie) dat responses tijdens de desensitisatiefase, die getuigen van distancing leiden tot meer verbetering dan responses die getuigen van reliving. Een tweede onderzoeksvraag die wij beogen te beantwoorden is of dit verschil groter is voor narigheid uit het domein “zelfwaardering” dan voor narigheid uit het “domein controle en machteloosheid”. Een derde onderzoeksvraag betreft de vraag of een verhoogde parasympatische (arousal onderdrukkende) activiteit (een reeds aangetoond effect van BLS) samengaat met veranderingen in SUD-niveau en levendigheid van de herinneringen. De workshop is bedoeld voor therapeuten die geïnteresseerd zijn in de achtergronden van EMDR. Op zo eenvoudig mogelijke wijze zal een overzicht worden gegeven van de “state of the art” met betrekking tot de veronderstelde werkingsmechanismen. Dit zal worden geïllustreerd met bovengenoemd onderzoek en videomateriaal. Aan het eind van de workshop zal de therapeut zijn cliënten en collega’s iets meer kunnen zeggen dan “ dat EMDR de verwerking stimuleert door de linker en de hersenhelften beter te laten samenwerken, waardoor gevoel en verstand beter met elkaar verbonden raken.”

There is no doubt that EMDR is an effective form of treatment. EMDR is included in the guidelines of the International Society for Traumatic Stress Studies (ISTSS) where both EMDR and imaginal exposure (IE) as treatment of choice in the treatment of PTSD are. Also in the Dutch mental health care directives (Trimbos Institute, 2003) are EMDR and imaginal exposure (IE) identified as superior forms of treatment for PTSD. Direct comparison of CBT and EMDR yielded mixed results, however. Overall it can be stated that in terms of effectiveness there is no clear difference observed between CBT and EMDR. This is striking because the procedures and mechanisms assumed by IE and EMDR markedly different. When IE is reliving considered essential to EMDR and distancing. There is still little research has been done explicitly, most research has hitherto focused on the effectiveness of EMDR and the role of the BLS. This presentation will discuss three own experiments conducted with master students of the University of Utrecht to the effect of relieving versus distance. The research builds on the work of Chris Lee and his colleagues. (Lee et al 2006) In the study, three experiments, with variable distancing and reliving be varied. It is assumed (from the EMDR vision) that responses during desensitisatiefase, evidence of distancing lead to more improvement than responses that show reliving. A second research question we seek to answer is whether this difference is in trouble from the domain "esteem" than for trouble from the "domain control and powerlessness". A third research question concerns whether an increased parasympathetic (arousal suppressive) activity (an effect already demonstrated BLS) is associated with changes in SUD level and vividness of the memories. The workshop is designed for therapists interested in the backgrounds of EMDR. In the simplest possible manner, an overview of the state of the art "regarding the supposed mechanisms of action. This will be illustrated with the above study and video material. At the end of the workshop, the therapist will have clients and colleagues can say little more than "that EMDR stimulates the processing by the left and the brain work better together, making sense and intellect more interrelated."

Keywords: Practice Theory

Accuracy Verified: Yes

178. Amann, B. (2013, June). EMDR with bipolar disorder. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Geneva, Switzerland.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Research of the last decade suggests a decisive role of traumatic events on the onset and on the course of severe mental disease, especially affective disorders. The robustness of this data has been largely ignored by the psychiatric community, also due to a striking lack of trials designated to traumatized patients with severe mental disease. With this workshop we aim to create awareness on that issue by reviewing existing evidence of the impact of trauma on the patients’ life with severe mental disease. We also will show first controlled data of EMDR in instable, traumatized bipolar patients, with a focus on its effect on trauma and mood stabilization. Furthermore, we will present for the first time a Spanish Bipolar EMDR protocol as direct result of the above-mentioned study; to highlight practical details of this protocol, we also will discuss two cases of the study in an interactive way with the audience.
Learning objectives: Trauma in severe mental disorder is so far not adequately recognized and treated by therapists; Understanding the role of trauma in severe mental disorder, with a focus on bipolar disorder; Results of a first controlled pilot study of instable bipolar patients suggest that EMDR reduces effectively trauma symptoms and trauma load; and Results also suggest that EMDR stabilizes better the mood of subsyndromal, instable bipolar patients than a control group.

Keywords: Bipolar Disorder

Accuracy Verified: Yes

179. Morris-Smith, J. (2006, December). EMDR with children. Counselling Children and Young People, 24-26.

Language: English

Format: Newsletter

Abstract:
Joanne Morris-Smith reports on how European therapists are integrating Eye Movement Desensitisation and Reprocessing into their work with young people, resulting in accelerated resolution of maladaptive emotions, memories and behaviours.

Keywords: Children

Accuracy Verified: Yes

180. Settle, C. (2007, June). EMDR with children 2-10 years of age: Practical and creative therapuetic tools derived from an ongoing fidelity study based on the adaptive information processing model. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Paris, France.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
This presentation will encompass the findings from a current and ongoing research study on EMDR with young children, with implications for clinical practice arising from this study. The clinical experiences of the presenter, which include treating traumatized children and training EMDR therapists, led to the first EMDR fidelity study on children. From that study, our preliminary findings led us to formulate suggestions about training therapists; these ideas will be explained in the workshop.
Examples will be discussed of how issues related to the therapist, client, and patient, home environment, clinical environment, and therapist training all impact the EMDR treatment protocol with children 20 to 10 years of age. Participants will also learn to identify developmentally appropriate and child-specific languaging in order to conceptualize the treatment of children using the EMDR protocol. Using Dr. Shapiro’s Adaptive Information Processing model, participants will learn to attune to the child verbally and non-verbally to understand how the child has learned to store the trauma in their memory network, versus how the parent or therapist believes the trauma to be stored. Specific tools like mapping and graphing that are used to tease out all the pieces of the EMDR protocol and develop case conceptualization will be demonstrated with associated videos. Through the use of Powerpoint presentation, case presentation, and handouts, additional practical and interesting tools will be presented to assist therapists in using Resource Development, Mastery, and Safe Place exercises in the efficacious treatment of young children. Creative tools used to identify targets, emotions, body sensation, and negative and positive cognitions, will be demonstrated, as well as measurements to aid the child in eliciting the VOC and SUDs. Also, the important of the three-pronged approach (the process of addressing targets from the past, present, and future), and how to develop targets from a child’s often concrete perspective, will be discussed. Finally, participants will be able to use a specific format for reevaluation from both the child’s and parents’ point of view. With these advanced skills in translating EMDR into developmentally appropriate terms and imaginative tools for implementation, participants will return to their practices encouraged to use the entire EMDR protocol with even the youngest of clients. The workshop, which is based on clinical experience and research, will teach creative skills in applying the eight-phase protocol to young children.

Keywords: Adaptive Information Processing AIP Children Fidelity Study Techniques

Accuracy Verified: Yes

181. Murray, K. (2012). EMDR with grief: Reflections on Ginny Sprang’s 2001 study. Journal of EMDR Practice and Research, 6(4), 187-191. doi:10.1891/1933-3196.6.4.1.

Language: English

Format: Journal

Abstract:
“Translating Research Into Practice” is a new regular journal feature in which clinicians share clinical case examples that support, elaborate, or illustrate the results of a specific research study. Each column begins with the abstract of that study, followed by the clinician’s description of their own application of standard eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR) procedures with the population or problem treated in the study. The column is edited by the EMDR Research Foundation with the goal of providing a link between research and practice and making research findings relevant in therapists’ day-today practices. In this issue’s column, Katy Murray references Sprang’s (2001) study, which investigated EMDR treatment of complicated mourning and describes how she used EMDR with three challenging cases—a mother mourning for her young adult son who died by suicide, a woman struggling with the loss of her mother to Alzheimer’s disease, and a young mother whose baby was stillborn. Case examples are followed with a comprehensive discussion.

Keywords: Bridging Research Grief Mourning Practice

Accuracy Verified: Yes

182. Romain, L. B.-S. (2013). EMDR with recurrent “flash-forwards:“ Reflections on Engelhard et al.'s 2011 study. Journal of EMDR Practice and Research, 7(2), 106-111. doi:10.1891/1933-3196.7.2.106.

Language: English

Format: Journal

Abstract:
“Translating Research Into Practice“ is a new regular journal feature in which clinicians share clinical case examples that support, elaborate, or illustrate the results of a specific research study. Each column begins with the abstract of the study, followed by the clinician's description of their own application of standard eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR) procedures with the population or problem treated in the study. The column is edited by the EMDR Research Foundation with the goal of providing a link between research and practice and making research findings relevant in therapists' day-to-day practices. In this issue's column, Lisa Bellecci-St. Romain references Engelhard et al.'s (2011) study examining the impact of eye movements on recurrent, intrusive visual images about potential future catastrophes-“flash-forwards.“ Illustrating the findings by Engelhard et al., Bellecci-St. Romain describes the successful use of the EMDR standard protocol in two cases-a woman fearful of returning to work even after past memories are cleared and a young man in early sobriety whose reprocessing of the past is interrupted by concerns of an imminent court appearance. The case examples are followed with a discussion of the importance of recognizing and targeting flash-forwards as present triggers in the three-pronged EMDR standard protocol.

Keywords: Bridging Research and Practice Eye Movements Flash-Forward Intrusive Images

Accuracy Verified: Yes

183. Friberg, M. (2004, June). EMDR with two adolescents suffering from dissociative symptoms after sexual abuse: both with considerable weight-loss during treatment. In children and EMDR (R. Oras, Chair). Symposium conducted at the EMDR Europe Association annual meeting, Stockholm, Sweden .

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Clinical case-presentation of EMDR-treatment of a boy and a girl, sixteen and eighteen years of age respectively, both with a history of different dissociative symptoms. Both were sexually abuse and both had a considerable weight-loss during EMDR-treatment. Symptoms prior to my contact with the body was pseudo-epileptic fits with shaking, cramps, eyes turning “inside out” and sometimes turning quite blue. After he could be spoken to, he could drink and seemed oriented in time and space, but later had total amnesia of the dissociative episode that could last for several hours. He also had pain in one leg and got the diagnosis “Sympatic Dystrophia” and “Complex Regional Pain Syndrome.” Memory of the sexual abuse was completely hidden behind a screen memory of being abuse physically by a schoolmate until very late in EMDR-treatment. The girl had family relations problems, eating disturbance, suicidal behavior and intense sways in temper and server conflicts with her mother. The sexual abuse by a relative was known and the dissociation was not diagnosed before screening with DES>
Both had different kinds of somatic and/or psychological long treatment, with little success, before entering EMDR-treatment. Both had an EMDR-treatment period of almost one-year and both were given the Putnam DES-scale before, during, and eight months after treatment.
In both cases, there was decline from very high Putnam DES scores to normal. At the eight month follow-up, the boy’s results persisted and weight was regained. The girl us just about to end treatment so there are no follow-up results. However, her weight is back to normal.
Is weight loss during EMDR-treatment noticed by other EMDR-therapists?

Keywords: Children Dissociation Sexual Abuse Symposium

Accuracy Verified: Yes

184. Cooper, A. (1995, June). EMDR with victims of trauma: Protecting your client, protecting yourself. Presentation at the EMDR Network Conference, Santa Monica, CA.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
EMDR is an innovative and rapidly expanding new, treatment technique. Therapists are provided with two weekends of intensive training and encouraged to obtain supervision and be active in peer consultation groups and networks, and work to refine their skills. It is uncertain what percentage follow through in this regard. Estimates of the numbers of people who are victims of sexual trauma in our society are staggering (one in 3 girls, one in seven boys). Research finds that approximately half the people who present for psychotherapy have some sexual trauma in their history. EMDR has been hailed as an important new technique in facilitating the treatment of those who have been sexually traumatized. With correct usage, EMDR can greatly facilitate the treatment. At the same time, sexual trauma is a complex and volatile issue and awkward, poorly timed, or overly simplistic usage of EMDR could potentially lead to adverse consequences for the patient and treatment. As with any therapeutic technique or paradigm it can only be as helpful as that of the overall treatment. In addition the mere usage of EMDR will have an impact on the therapy, as well as the therapeutic container, and therapists need to be cognizant of what that impact will be as well as to be sure that they know how to incorporate the patient reactions into the treatment in a positive way and not allow them to undermine, or otherwise detrimentally effect both patient and therapist primary therapy goals. Particularly in these times of increased litigation, malpractice suits, and professional grievances against therapists those professionals utilizing EMDR would be wise to be aware of the particular risks inherent in the patient population in which they work, as well as the inherent vulnerability of utilizing a newly developed technique. In treating sexual trauma many experts agree that the crucible of the therapeutic container- is whether the healing will occur if the therapist sucessfully deals with the challenges the patient will offer lip. Again how those utilizing EMDR negotiates those challenges may be he difference between a successful course of therapy and a disaster. Finally, working with sexual trauma is an emotionally, intellectually, and sometimes physically demanding undertaking. Many therapists do not fully realize or acknowledge the toll that this type of work exacts and may be blind to the countertransferentia1 responses which arise and how they are communicated to the patient. In this workshop we will first reveal, some of the current thinking on the primary treatment issues (and obstacles) in therapy with victims of sexual trauma. We will then examine how and when is the most propitious time to use EMDR with this population and what reactions patients are likely to have to this type of intervention. Specific ways that EMDR and its implementation may activate certain issues in sexual trauma victims be elucidated as well as strategies for addressing those issues. Finally participants will engage in a series of experiential exercises designed to heighten their awareness of their own personal reactions and feelings (i.e., countertransference) to working with the intensity of sexual trauma. Once again these potential reactions will be linked to more or less effective usage of EMDR.

Keywords: Trauma

Accuracy Verified: Yes

185. Garcia, F. (2010, Abril). EMDR y el procesamiento adaptativo de la información [EMRD and adaptive processing of the information]. In EMDR: Un abordaje integral de la personalidad traumatizada (Francisca García Guerrero, Coordinadora). Simposio realizado en el Congreso Internacional sobre Avances en Tratamientos Psicológicos, Granada, Spain.

Language: Spanish

Format: Conference

Abstract:
El EMDR se ha desarrollado como una psicoterapia integrada que se ha utilizado a nivel mundial en la última década como tratamiento empíricamente validado para el trauma. A lo largo de este tiempo, se ha hecho evidente que es posible aliviar el sufrimiento, ayudar a parar el ciclo de la violencia y abordar los devastadores efectos de la transmisión generacional. Este acercamiento psicoterapéutico utiliza un protocolo de tratamiento para acceder a los sucesos vitales perturbadores, los disparadores actuales y las experiencias futuras proyectadas, y procesarlas con una resolución adaptativa (Shapiro, 2002). Se accede a todos los aspectos de la experiencia (imaginación, creencias, afecto y sensaciones corporales), mientras de forma simultánea se da estimulación dual de la atención, por movimientos oculares bilaterales, tonos o estimulación táctil. El procesamiento de las memorias perturbadoras indica un cambio simultáneo en la cognición, el afecto y las sensaciones físicas, dando como resultado una integración adaptativa de la experiencia. Este acercamiento integra elementos de distintas escuelas de psicoterapia, haciendo del EMDR aplicable a una enorme variedad de patologías y accesible a terapeutas de distintas orientaciones dentro de una serie de protocolos estandarizados (Van der Kolk, B., 1997). En esta presentación exponemos las líneas generales de este modelo psicoterapéutico a partir de la descripción del protocolo básico en EMDR que se estructura en ocho fases: 1) Recopilación sobre la historia del cliente; 2) preparación del cliente para el trabajo a realizar; 3) valorar todos los componentes de la diana de tratamiento 4) desensibilizar el material traumático objeto de la diana mediante la estimulación bilateral; 5) instalar la cognición positiva identificada; 6)revisar el cuerpo para localizar cualquier material residual sin resolver; 7) cierre de la sesión y 8) reevaluación del impacto del evento reprocesado.

EMDR has been developed as an integrated psychotherapy has used worldwide in the last decade as a treatment empirically validated for trauma. Throughout this time, it has become evident it is possible to alleviate suffering, help stop the cycle of violence and address the devastating effects of the generational transmission. This approach uses a psychotherapeutic treatment protocol accessing disruptive life events, current triggers and projected future experiences, and process them with a resolution Adaptive (Shapiro, 2002). Access to all aspects of the experience (Imagination, beliefs, affection and bodily sensations), while in simultaneously gives dual attention stimulation for movement bilateral eye tones or tactile stimulation. The processing of memories disturbing indicates a simultaneous change in cognition, affection and physical sensations, resulting adaptive integration experience. This approach integrates elements from different schools of psychotherapy, doing the EMDR applicable to a wide variety of pathologies therapists and accessible to different orientations within a range of standardized protocols (Van der Kolk, B., 1997). In this paper we present the outlines of this model psychotherapeutic from the description of the basic EMDR protocol which is divided into eight phases: 1) collection on the history of the client; 2) preparing the client for the work to be performed, 3) evaluate all components treatment of the target 4) desensitize traumatic material object of the target by bilateral stimulation; 5) install cognition positively identified; 6) reviewing the body to locate any residual material unresolved; 7) logoff and 8) reassessment of the impact of reprocessed event.

Keywords: Adaptive Information Processing AIP

Accuracy Verified: Yes

186. Moura, J. G. D. (2012, Novembro). EMDR – Construção de diagnóstico comum ou acertando o alvo [EMDR - Construction of common diagnosis or hitting the target]. In temas diversos. Apresentação no II Congresso Brasileiro de EMDR, Brasília, Brasil.

Language: Portuguese

Format: Conference

Abstract:
A estabilização é o momento do processo onde recebemos o paciente construímos rapport, entendimento comum do que esta se passando, damos informações psicopedagógicas sobre o trauma e o que é EMDR e o preparamos para as próximas fases. Esta apresentação pretende focar esta primeira etapa, que seria a construção do que convencionamos chamar de setting terapêutico dentro da perspectiva do EMDR. Este é um momento fundamental para o sucesso do tratamento. Quando nos posicionamos de forma correta frente a ele construindo um entendimento comum, que também podemos chamar de diagnostico comum, emparelhamos, damos sentido e fluidez ao processo. Reproduzimos e ativamos dentro do jogo psicoterapêutico capacidade inata de nós seres humanos de mimetização e sincronização com o outro na intenção de realizar algo, aprender e melhorar nossas chances de sobreviver. Lançamos mão constantemente como terapeutas desta aptidão para resolução das equações trazidas por nossos pacientes e não raramente nos beneficiamos aprendendo mais sobre nós e o mundo. Este processo pressupõe um exercício de entrar na plástica do outro, estranhá-la e refletir para e com ele sobre o que o aflige e suas potencialidades. Como se dá este processo? Como podemos transformar impressões em narrativa? Como construímos um diagnostico comum?

The stabilization process is the time where we get the patient build rapport, common understanding of what is going on, we psychopedagogical information about trauma and what is EMDR and prepare for the next phases. This presentation aims to address this first phase, the construction of what would conventionally call the therapeutic setting within the perspective of EMDR. This is a critical time for successful treatment. When positioned correctly in front of him building a common understanding, which we can also call common diagnosis, emparelhamos, give direction and fluidity to the process. Reproduced within the game and activate innate ability psychotherapeutic us humans to mimic and synchronize with each other in an attempt to accomplish something, learn and improve our chances of survival. We used this constantly as therapists ability to solve the equations brought by our patients and not infrequently we benefit by learning more about ourselves and the world. This process involves an exercise of plastic entering the other, her strange and reflect and to him about what ails you and your capabilities. How is this process? How can we turn impressions into narrative? How to build a common diagnosis?

Keywords: Body Language Building Common Diagnosis Phases 1 Phase 2 Stabilization

Accuracy Verified: Yes

187. Herbert, C. (2011, June). EMDR – Practical applications and different treatment protocols for different needs. Presentation at the 7th International Congress of Cognitive Therapy, Istanbul, Turkey.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Eye-movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR) was introduced by Shapiro (1989) as a cognitivebehavioural therapy for clients with trauma a little over 20 years ago. After an initial period of intense controversy and scepticism regarding its proclaimed evidence base, EMDR has been studied extensively, its efficacy has been confirmed (Van Etten & Taylor, 1998; Shepherd et al. 2000, Alto, 2001; Davidson & Parker, 2001; Maxfield & Hyer, 2002; Bisson & Andrew, 2005; Bradley, et.al., 2005; Bisson, Ehlers, Matthews, Pilling, Richards, & Turner, 2007) and is one of the effective treatments of PTSD recommended by the National Institute of Clinical Excellence (NICE) of the UK Department of Health in March 2005. It has been estimated (Farrell & Keenan, 2010) that in the United Kingdom and Ireland approximately 6,000 mental health clinicians have been trained in EMDR. Although studies have evaluated EMDR as a distinct therapeutic modality, during the course of their different levels of EMDR training, clinicians are encouraged to integrate the EMDR treatment protocol into their predominant therapeutic orientation. Thus, EMDR can be used across different psychological therapies, including the Cognitive Psychotherapies. While this makes EMDR a highly versatile modality, it can pose a practical challenge to clinicians in terms of when and how to integrate EMDR into their work with clients. Further, for therapists not trained in EMDR, the concepts may seem strange and scepticism may remain to this date. This workshop seeks to close the gap between false perception and reality about EMDR, by drawing on the facilitator’s 14 years of practical experience in the use and integration of EMDR alongside her work as a Cognitive Behavioural Psychotherapist. This practice-oriented workshop will explore different applications of EMDR across the trauma spectrum, as well as, some treatment protocols for other client problems. The important roles of resource installation and interweaves will be introduced. Several forms of bilateral stimulation (DAS - Dual attention stimulus) and an EMDR-based protocol for the installation of a Safe Place for complex trauma (Herbert, 2002) will be practically demonstrated. Learning Objective • To learn about different EMDR applications both in the treatment of different types of trauma, as well as, other psychological problems. • To alleviate scepticism and encourage understanding on how EMDR can be integrated alongside the Cognitive Psychotherapies. • To gain some practical exposure on how EMDR is applied. Training Modality • Training will be practice-oriented and will include some experiential exercise.

Keywords: Protocols Treatment

Accuracy Verified: Yes

188. Couto, M., Farate, C., Ramos, S., & Fleming, M. (2012, June). EMDR, setting and therapeutic relationship: A comparative study with CBT and psychoanalytic therapists. Poster presented at the annual meeting of EMDR Europe, Madrid, Spain.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract: The therapeutic efficacy of EMDR is increasingly documented in process and outcome studies. However there is an ongoing debate on whether this effectiveness is mainly due to EMDR therapeutic techniques or to other variables. Since EMDR technical procedures are also related to the way the therapist manages both the space and the therapeutic relationship with the patient there is a growing trend towards the study of the influence of contextual and therapist variables on treatment outcome. This study aims to compare the management of both setting and therapeutic relationship among experienced EMDR, CBT and psychoanalytic therapists. The data and sample correspond to a preliminary phase of a broader research project whose aim is the construction of a psychometric instrument of trans-theoretical nature (Management of the Setting Scale-MSS) aimed at the assessment of setting on therapeutic outcome.

Keywords: CBT Cogntive Behavior Therapy, Poster Psychoanalysis

Accuracy Verified: Yes

189. Wesselmann, D., Schweitzer, C., Bruckner, D., & Armstrong, S. (2012, October). EMDR-family therapy integrative team approach for healing attachment trauma in children. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Arlington, VA.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Children who have experienced early maltreatment and who have been relinquished or removed from birth families frequently exhibit severe and challenging behaviors. Therapists are caught in a Catch-22, as children require an emotionally supportive environment from caregivers to open up emotionally and address the traumas underlying their behaviors, and yet the child behaviors create feelings in the the parents that prevent them from being able to provide emotional support. The EMDR Integrative Team model allows for collaboration between a family therapist and an EMDR therapist in order to change parent-child patterns and create a “secure holding environment” for trauma therapy.

Keywords: Attachment Trauma Children Family Therapy Intergrative Approach

Accuracy Verified: Yes

190. Forgash, C. A. (2002, June). EMDR/ego state work in trauma response situations: Working with survivors of the WTC 9/11 tragedy. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, San Diego, CA.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Therapists who respond to massive trauma find that some clients (i.e., people who escaped the WTC Towers, rescue workers, firefighters, and those who have lost family members) may be triggered into reexperiencing earlier traumas and may present with a dissociative disorder. Integration of EMDR and Ego State Therapy provides a safer approach. Unresolved trauma necessitates dealing with ego states that hold earlier memories/symptoms to prevent poor response to standard EMDR. This presentation emphasizes practical, safety focused innovations; planing for longer EMDR treatment; developing resources, stability and readiness; container and imagery exercises to help clients deal with triggering stressful situations. This workshop will provide handout and bibliography; case illustrations and slides of clients treated in the aftermath of disaster.

Keywords: 9/11 Disaster Ego State Therapy September 11th Survivors World Trade Center WTC

Accuracy Verified: Yes

191. Capps, F., Andrade, H., & Cade, R. (2005). EMDR: An approach to healing betrayal wounds in couples counseling. In G. R. Walz & R. K. Yep (Eds.), VISTAS: Compelling Perspectives on Counseling (pp. 107-110). Alexandria, VA: American Counseling Association.

Language: English

Format: Book Section

Abstract:
Since its introduction by Francine Shapiro in 1989, eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR) has gained wide acceptance as an efficacious clinical treatment. It is particularly useful in the treatment of posttraumatic stress disorder (PTSD) (Alto, 2001). Despite its relative novelty, EMDR has been used to treat survivors, emergency workers, and disaster relief counselors worldwide. EMDR therapists have successfully employed EMDR in Oklahoma City, Belfast, Zagreb, Rwanda, Dunblane, Sarajevo, Columbine, and Londonderry. EMDR has also been used in the treatment of PTSD for combat veterans from World War II, the Korean War, Beirut, and the Vietnam War (Silver & Rogers, 2002, p. xix). EMDR effects exceed those of nonspecific effects shared by all treatments and are independent of client expectations. Moreover, EMDR effects are at least equal to effects of cognitive behavioral therapy, and EMDR requires less time than other models with less client attrition (Silver & Rogers, p. 254). Importantly, the American Psychological Association has listed EMDR as an efficacious treatment for civilian PTSD (Alto, 2001).

Keywords: Betrayal Wounds Couples Counselling Couples Therapy

Accuracy Verified: Yes

192. Doner, K. (1994, September). EMDR: Miracle cure or sleight of hand? . . . Eye movement desensitization and reprocessing. American Health, 13(7), 78-79.

Language: English

Format: Magazine

Abstract:
Thousands of victims of phobias, rape, childhood abuse, natural disasters, and combat-related post-traumatic stress disorder have benefited from a controversial new treatment called Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing (EMDR). Developed in the late 1980s by psychologist Francine Shapiro, EMDR involves having patients move their eyes back and forth, following a practitioner's fingers, while the practitioner evokes an image or feeling about a specific trauma. Shapiro speculates that the method may unlock traumatic feelings and pictures from the nervous system because the eye movements in EMDR are similar to movements that occur during REM sleep, which is when the brain processes disturbing memories. Researchers are currently trying to measure the effectiveness of EMDR, which is used by an estimated 7,000 therapists across the U.S. Some critics dismiss EMDR as pop psychology promoted by hucksters.

Keywords: Practice Theory

Accuracy Verified: Yes

193. Balbo, M. (2006). EMDR: Uno strumento di dialogo fra le psicoterapie [EMDR: A tool for dialogue among the psychotherapies]. Milano: McGraw-Hill.

Language: Italian

Format: Book

Abstract:
Negli ultimi anni, con l’affermarsi dell’EMDR (Eye Movement Desensitization Reprocessing) come approccio terapeutico consolidato, sono stati formati nel mondo più di 80.000 terapeuti di matrice psicoterapeutica diversa, 1600 soltanto in Italia. Un così ampio interesse per questo metodo potrebbe far rilevare che proprio nell’EMDR i terapeuti, seppure di differente formazione, abbiano ricercato e intravisto uno strumento per poter avviare un dialogo, costruttivo e non soltanto oppositivo, iniziando a considerare la patologia attraverso un nuovo e integrante punto di vista. Il paradigma dell’Elaborazione Adattiva dell’Informazione messo a punto da Francine Shapiro parte dal presupposto che i fenomeni patologici dipendono da esperienze disturbanti del passato che avviano un modello permanente di emozioni, cognizioni, comportamenti e le strutture di identità che ne conseguono. Il paradigma, pertanto, offre una teoria unificante che può essere considerata come substrato per tutti gli orientamenti terapeutici quando si definisce la patologia come informazione immagazzinata in modo disfunzionale e che può essere adeguatamente integrata attraverso un sistema di elaborazione e risoluzione adattiva, attivato attraverso il protocollo EMDR. Questo è il primo testo che affronti il tema assai vivo e di attualità dell’integrazione fra i diversi orientamenti psicoterapeutici attraverso un metodo eclettico quale l’EMDR. I contributi degli autori - rappresentanti delle principali scuole di pensiero attualmente presenti nel mondo della psicoterapia italiana - tracciano un percorso di lettura che dimostra come i costrutti teorici e il protocollo EMDR siano compatibili ed efficacemente integrabili con i maggiori nuclei teorici, tradizionali e innovativi. E sono proprio l’elaborazione dei vissuti e i nuovi e più adattivi insight dei pazienti che si attivano attraverso l’approccio EMDR a poter consentire ai terapeuti di capirsi e di utilizzare un linguaggio comune.

In recent years, with l’affermarsi dell’EMDR (Eye Movement Desensitization Reprocessing) as consolidated therapeutic approach have been trained in the world of 80,000 practitioners of different psicoterapeutica array, 1600 only in Italy. A so broad interest for this method could detect that your nell’EMDR therapists, albeit different training, have looked up and saw a tool to be able to start a constructive dialogue and not only oppositivo, beginning to consider the disease through a new and an integral point of view. The Adaptive Information Processing model paradigm made to point by Francine Shapiro part from the assumption that the pathological phenomena depend on disturbing experiences of the past that initiate a permanent model of emotions, knowledge, attitudes and structures of identity that it entails. The paradigm, therefore, provides a unifying theory that can be considered as a substrate for all therapeutic guidelines when you define the pathology as information stored so dysfunctional and can be adequately integrated through a system of processing and adaptive resolution activated through the EMDR protocol. This is the first text that tackles the issue very live and topical dell’integrazione between the different psychotherapy guidelines through an eclectic method such as EMDR. Contributions by authors - representatives of major schools of thought are currently in the world of Italian psychotherapy - draw a path of reading that shows how the theoretical constructs and EMDR Protocol are compatible and effectively integrate with the more theoretical, traditional and innovative nuclei. And its elaboration of the living and the new and more adaptive insight of patients that trigger through EMDR to allow practitioners understand you and use a common language.

Keywords: Practice Theory

Accuracy Verified: Yes

194. Dunne, T. (2009, June). EMDR: What do therapists believe?. In K. Zaal (Chair), Research. Symposium presented at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Amsterdam, the Netherlands .

Language: English

Format: Conference

Keywords: Research Symposium Therapist

Accuracy Verified: Yes

195. Βεντουράτου, Δ. [Ventouratos, D.]. (2005). EMDR: Μια νέα μέθοδος για την επεξεργασία τραυματικών εμπειριών [EMDR: A new method for the treatment of traumatic experiences]. Τετράδια Ψυχιατρικής [Notebooks of Psychiatry], 92, 4.

Language: Greek

Format: Journal

Abstract:
EMDR (Eye Movement Απευαισθητοποίηση και επανεπεξεργασίας - απευαισθητοποίηση οφθαλμοκινητικών και επανεπεξεργασίας) είναι μια νεότερη (ανακαλύφθηκε από τον F. Shapiro το 1989-1991) και ίσως πιο αποτελεσματική θεραπευτική μέθοδος για τη θεραπεία του μετατραυματικού στρες, όπως αποδεικνύεται από πλήθος ερευνών. Σε διεθνές επίπεδο αναγνωρίζεται τόσο από το APA (American Psychological Association), καθώς και η ISTSS (International Society for μετατραυματικού στρες Σπουδών), και ήδη 53.000 θεραπευτές σε όλο τον κόσμο έχουν εκπαιδευτεί στην αίτηση. Μετά από μια παρουσίαση σχετικά με τις αρχές και την θεραπευτική μέθοδο EMDR, θα αναφερθώ εν συντομία σε κάποια έρευνα που αποδεικνύουν την αποτελεσματικότητα. Τέλος, η παρουσίαση της κλινικής εκδήλωσης έχει ως στόχο να δώσουμε μια ιδέα της μεθόδου στην πράξη.

The EMDR (Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing - oculomotor desensitization and reprocessing) is a newer (discovered by F. Shapiro in 1989-1991) and perhaps more effective therapeutic method to treat PTSD, as evidenced by a multitude of investigations. At international level recognized by both the APA (American Psychological Association), and the ISTSS (International Society for Traumatic Stress Studies), and already 53,000 therapists throughout the world have trained in the application. After a presentation on the principles and therapeutic method EMDR, we briefly introduce some research demonstrating effectiveness. Finally, the presentation of a clinical event aims To give an idea of the method in practice.

Keywords: Trauma Treatment

Accuracy Verified: Yes

196. Staff (2011, Juni). EMDR: Belasting werkgeheugen verklaart werkzaamheid [EMDR: Tax memory activity states]. Psychopraktijk, 3(3), 38. doi:10.1007/s13170-011-0048-y.

Language: Dutch

Format: Journal

Abstract:
Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing (EMDR) is een omstreden behandelmethode. Eerst werd het beschouwd als een ritueel met oogbewegingen, en later als een vorm van korte exposure door het oproepen van een traumatisch beeld. Echter, uit gecontroleerde studies bleek dat EMDR een effectieve behandelmethode is voor post traumatisch stress stoornis (PTSS; zie ook elders in dit nummer). EMDR werd in de multidisciplinaire richtlijnen aanbevolen als eerste keus behandeling bij PTSS naast imaginaire exposure. Adepten van EMDR menen dat je het kunt toepassen bij elke willekeurige stoornis, maar daar lijkt nog onvoldoende evidentie voor. Vervolgens kwam er discussie waardoor EMDR überhaupt werkt. Zou het een vorm van korte exposure kunnen zijn? Deze verklaring bleek niet houdbaar. Vanuit de EMDR-therapeuten kwam een theorie over bilaterale stimulatie van de beide hemisferen. Een EMDR-therapeut kan dan niet alleen gebruik maken van oogbeweging, maar ook van piepjes afwisselend in beide oren of aanrakingen op beide handen. Maar experimenteel onderzoek liet zien dat ook deze theorie niet houdbaar is.

Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing (EMDR) is a controversial treatment method. First, the considered a ritual with eye movements, and later as a form of short exposure by calling a traumatic image. However, controlled studies showed that EMDR is an effective treatment for post-traumatic stress disorder (PTSD; see elsewhere in this issue). EMDR was in the multidisciplinary guidelines recommended first choice treatment for PTSD in addition to imaginal exposure. adepts EMDR believe that you can apply to any disorder, but there seems insufficient evidence for. Next came a discussion which EMDR works anyway. Could it be a form of short exposure be? this statement proved untenable. From the EMDR therapists came a theory of bilateral stimulation of both hemispheres. An EMDR therapist can not only use eye movement, but also of beeps alternately in both ears or touches on both hands. But experimental research showed that this theory is not tenable.

Keywords: Tax Memory

Accuracy Verified: Yes

197. Shapiro, F., & Forrest, M. S. (1997). EMDR: The breakthrough therapy for overcoming anxiety, stress, and trauma (1st ed). New York: Basic Books.

Language: English

Format: Book

Abstract:
Hailed as the most important method to emerge in psychotherapy in decades, Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing (EMDR) has successfully treated psychological problems and illnesses--from depression, phobias, and recurrent nightmares to post-traumatic stress disorders and grief--in more than one million sufferers worldwide, with a rapidity that almost defies belief. This Updated Edition Features a new introduction and new appendices by the author, reflecting the changes and additional research that has been done since the book's original publication. It describes a breakthrough therapy acclaimed by many clinicians and supported by exhaustive research The book also includes an extensive list of EMDR resources and directions for finding and choosing one of the more than 20,000 trained EMDR therapists in the United States Finally, this work presents case histories of people whose lives have been transformed through EMDR. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2008 APA, all rights reserved)

Keywords: Anxiety Depression Emotional Trauma Grief Major Depression Mental Disorders Nightmares Phobias Posttraumatic Stress Disorder PTSD Stress Therapy Trauma

Accuracy Verified: Yes

198. Morris-Smith, J. (2002). EMDR: Clinical applications with children. ACPP Occasional Paper No. 19, Oxford: Blackwell Publishers.

Language: English

Format: Book

Abstract:
Since Francine Shapiro published her original study on Eye Movement Desensitisation Reprocessing (EMDR) in 1989, more than 20,000 therapists in 55 countries have been taught to use this technique. Over the past decade, the procedure has evolved, making it accessible to a wider range of psychological difficulties. The ACPP recently held a very successful conference examining the context in which EMDR can be applied and the range of psychological disorders that it can help. Contents: Robert H. Tinker. EMDR for traumatised children around the world Ricky Greenwald. EMDR and trauma-focused treatment for conduct problems Joanne Morris-Smith. EMDR: a case for pre-verbal memory? Eamon McMahon. EMDR in the treatment of attachment and bonding difficulties Guinevere Tufnell. EMDR: working with the legal system Alison Russell & Mike O'Connor. Interventions for recovery: the use of EMDR with children in a community-based project Umran Korkmazler-Oral & Seniz Pamuk. Group EMDR with child survivors of the earthquake in turkey Tony Roberts. Websites relating to psychological trauma: with emphasis on children

Keywords: Children

Accuracy Verified: Yes

199. Lazarus, C. N., & Lazarus, A. A. (2002). EMDR: An elegantly concentrated multimodal procedure?. In F. Shapiro (Ed.), EMDR as an integrative psychotherapy approach: Experts of diverse orientations explore the paradigm prism (1st ed.) (pp. 209-224). Washington: American Psychological Association.

Language: English

Format: Book Section

Abstract:
The active ingredients of many therapeutic processes remain open to conjecture. Regardless of what actually underlies the putative benefits of eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR), its degree of overlap with many of the multimodal therapy (MMT) features and components is noteworthy. In essence, EMDR is a highly systematized, elegant therapeutic package using many of the same modalities that comprise MMT. Be that as it may, MMT methods are broader and more comprehensive than the EMDR methodology. EMDR is thought of as an accelerated and facilitated information-processing therapy, whereas MMT is considered a theory of personality as well as a system for implementing comprehensive biopsychosocial therapy. MMT therapists can probably enhance their treatment outcomes by knowing when and how to apply EMDR, and EMDR therapists would be well advised to become proficient with the MMT framework and its many applications. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2008 APA, all rights reserved)

Keywords: Adults Multimodal Therapy Multimodal Treatment Approach Psychotherapeutic Techniques Psychotherapeutic Processes Posttraumatic Stress Disorder PTSD Stressors Survivors

Accuracy Verified: Yes

200. van den Hout, M. A., Engelhard, I. M., Rijkeboer, M. M., Koekebakker, J., Hornsveld, H., Leer, A., Toffolo, M. B. J., & Akse, N. (2011, February). EMDR: Eye movements superior to beeps in taxing working memory and reducing vividness of recollections. Behaviour Research and Therapy, 49(2), 92-98. doi:10.1016/j.brat.2010.11.003.

Language: English

Format: Journal

Abstract:
Posttraumatic Stress Disorder (PTSD) is effectively treated with eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR) with patients making eye movements during recall of traumatic memories. Many therapists have replaced eye movements with bilateral beeps, but there are no data on the effects of beeps. Experimental studies suggest that eye movements may be beneficial because they tax working memory, especially the central executive component, but the presence/degree of taxation has not been assessed directly. Using discrimination Reaction Time (RT) tasks, we found that eye movements slow down RTs to auditive cues (experiment I), but binaural beeps do not slow down RTs to visual cues (experiment II). In an arguably more sensitive “Random Interval Repetition” task using tactile stimulation, working memory taxation of beeps and eye movements were directly compared. RTs slowed down during beeps, but the effects were much stronger for eye movements (experiment III). The same pattern was observed in a memory experiment with healthy volunteers (experiment IV): vividness of negative memories was reduced after both beeps and eye movements, but effects were larger for eye movements. Findings support a working memory account of EMDR and suggest that effects of beeps on negative memories are inferior to those of eye movements.

Keywords: Eye Movements Recollection Vividness Working Memory

Accuracy Verified: Yes

201. Derksen, M. T. H., & Baeten, B. M. (2011, April). EMDR: theorie en praktijk binnen de ziekenhuispsychiatrie [EMDR: Theory and practice within the psychiatric hospital]. Presentatie op het 39ste Voorjaarscongres Nederlandse Vereniging voor Psychiatrie, Amsterdam.

Language: Dutch

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Inhoud van de workshop: EMDR (eye movement desensitisation and reprocessing) is een intensieve vorm van psychotherapie voor mensen die last houden van de gevolgen van een (of meerdere) schokkende ervaring(EN). Over het effect van emdr is wetenschappelijk aangetoond dat het mogelijk is kwellende herbelevingen van vroegere gebeurtenissen kwijt te raken. emdr is, volgens (inter)nationale richtlijnen, de eerste keus bij behandeling van posttraumatische stressstoornis (PTSS). emdr maakt de in het geheugen opgeslagen traumatische ervaringen toegankelijk en activeert het natuurlijk verwerkingsproces zodat deze gebeurtenissen worden ontdaan van hun emotionele lading en een nieuwe betekenis krijgen. emdr kan ook toegepast worden bij traumagerelateerde stoornissen zoals bij angststoornissen, eetstoornissen, somatoforme stoornissen, seksuele stoornissen, verslaving en chronisch pijn. EMDR is een relatief nieuwe therapie, overigens alweer 20 jaar oud. Grondlegster is de Amerikaanse Francine Shapiro, die in 1989 een eerste versie van emdr beschreef. Door Shapiro zelf en later ook door andere therapeuten is het EMDRprotocol aangescherpt en verbeterd. Halverwege de jaren ’90 van de vorige eeuw introduceerden Ad de Jongh en Erik ten Broeke emdr in Nederland. De laatste jaren wordt er nauwelijks nog iets aan het basisprotocol veranderd of toegevoegd. De belangrijkste ontwikkelingen vinden plaats in de theorievorming en de toepassingsmogelijkheden. Hoe werkt EMDR, welke hersengebieden zijn erbij betrokken, wat is het werkzame mechanisme en bij welke stoornissen kan deze therapie worden toegepast. De kern van deze workshop is het leren kennen van recente verklaringsmodellen over de werking van emdr. De bijzondere kenmerken en effecten van EMDR en de verschillende toepassingsgebieden worden besproken. Vorm: Presentatie, geïllustreerd met videobeelden, tijd voor vragen en een interactieve discussie. Leerdoel: Na de workshop heeft de deelnemer zicht op de verschillende recente theoretische verklaringsmodellen van emdr en heeft hij kennis van het brede indicatiegebied van EMDR en de plaats van emdr binnen de psychotherapie.

Contents of the workshop: EMDR (Eye Movement Desensitisation and Reprocessing) is a intensive form of psychotherapy for people that to suffer the consequences of one (or more) shocking experience (S). On the effects of EMDR has been scientifically proven that it is possible agonizing reliving past losing events. EMDR is, according to (inter) national guidelines, The first choice of treatment for posttraumatic stress disorder (PTSD). EMDR allows the memory traumatic experiences accessible and activates the natural process so that events are stripped of their emotional charge and a new meaning. EMDR can also be applied in trauma-related disorders such as anxiety disorders, eating disorders, somatoform disorders, sexual disorders, addiction and chronic pain. EMDR is a relatively new therapy, however already 20 years old. Founder is the U.S. Francine Shapiro, who in 1989 first version of EMDR described. By Shapiro himself and later by other therapists is EMDRprotocol strengthened and improved. Mid-90s of the last century Ad de Jongh introduced and Erik ten Broeke EMDR in the Netherlands. In recent years there hardly anything to change the basic protocol or added. The main developments are place in the theory and application. How does EMDR, which brain areas are involved, what is the active mechanism and disorders which can therapy administered. The core of this workshop is to learn Declaration of recent models on the operation EMDR. The particular characteristics and EMDR and the effects of different application are discussed. Methods: Presentation, illustrated with video, time for questions and an interactive discussion. Objective: After the workshop, the participant view of the various recent theoretical explanatory models of EMDR and has broad knowledge of the indication area of EMDR and the location of EMDR in psychotherapy.

Keywords: Practice Psychiatric Hospital Theory

Accuracy Verified: Yes

202. Morgan, S. (2008, October 17). EMDR: Unlocking and unblocking the ties that bind us. Presentation at the BACP annual conference, Telford, UK.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Dr. Francine Shapiro, psychologist and Senior Research Fellow at the Mental Research Institute in Palo Alto, USA discovered the powerful effect of eye movements in 1987. She then developed and researched a psychotherapeutic approach called EMDR (Eye Movement Desensitisation and Reprocessing) which is now widely acknowledged as a highly effective treatment for PTSD (post traumatic stress disorder). In 2005 it was validated by NICE as a preferred treatment for PTSD. There are now over 4,000 EMDR trained therapists in the UK and Ireland, from a wide variety of theoretical backgrounds, integrating EMDR into their treatment of numerous presenting psychological problems.

Keywords: Practice Theory

Accuracy Verified: Yes

203. Gannon, J. P. (1992, October). EMDR: Magic wand or breakthrough technique?. San Francisco Psychologist, 6-8.

Language: English

Format: Other

Abstract:
Eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR) is a new technique rapidly gaining recognition among clinicians specializing in the treatment of post-traumatic stress disorder (Shapiro, 1989b,c, 1991; Wolpe & Abrams, 1991, Puk, 1991). At first glance (or should I say saccadic flick?), my skepticism was evoked when I heard some trumpet EMDR as a "breakthrough tehcnique," the 21st century's answer to free association. Furthermore, for psychodynamically-oriented therapists, any technique with the word "desensitization" in the name is bound to put us off. We've all been around the block more than once with the advent of some new behavioral technique that was supposed ot set the mental health world afire.

Keywords: Skepticism

Accuracy Verified: Yes

204. Marsa, L. (2002, April 16). EMDR: Movement with meaning? Some psychologists think it's a potent therapy; others call it exaggerated. Burns Harbor, IN: Post-Tribune, All, Lifestyle, D1.

Language: English

Format: Newspaper

Abstract: W
atching a therapist's hands move back and forth in front of your face while recalling painful memories may seem an unlikely way to alleviate trauma. But hundreds of thousands of people have reportedly tried the technique, and some psychologists -- and their patients -- say it works. The therapy, called eye-movement desensitization reprocessing, involves a combination of hand movements (or sometimes finger taps or sounds), accompanied by verbal commands. The patient follows the therapists' movements with his or her eyes while discussing the event or problem that led the patient to seek help.

Keywords: Burns Harbor General Overview

Accuracy Verified: Yes

205. Doner, K. (1994, April). EMDR: A radical new treatment for psychological trauma. Self, 16(4), 70.

Language: English

Format: Magazine

Abstract: Reports on the eye-movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR) as a psychotherapy method. Therapy for victims of post-traumatic stress disorder (PTSD); Methodology of EMDR; Development in 1987 by Francine Shapiro, senior research fellow at the Mental Research Institute in Palo Alto, California; Relief on 100,000 people; Belief on EMDR; Number of therapists trained in the method.

Keywords: General Overview

Accuracy Verified: Yes

206. Karpel, M. A. (2006, September). EMDR: Targeting the repetition compulsion in couples therapy. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Philadelphia, PA.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
EMDR constitutes a valuable tool for couples therapists when one or both partners are stuck in repetitive, reactive cycles. This workshop describes the circumstances in which EMDR is most likely to be helpful in couples therapy. It examines the benefits of EMDR through the lens of the repetition compulsion, with pariicular emphasis on common - and often intractable - impasses in in the treatment of couples. The origins of the repetition compulsion in early failures of attunement are described, as in the re-enactment of these experiences in the adult couples relationship. Working with EMDR is nested within the context of a resource-based approach to couples therapy, emphasizing how emotional reactivity and defensive withdrawal impede the expression of empathy, trustworthiness, intimacy and repair in the couples relationship. Different formats for conducting EMDR (separately with one partner; separately with both partners; conjointly with both partners; or adjunctively with another therapist) are presented, along with indicators, advantages and disadvantages of each format. Special considerations (such as when to introduce EMDR, balancing alliances, sequencing sessions and instructions to an observing partner) and modifications of the standard protocol when EMDR is used in the context of couples treatment are also clarified. Finally, circumstances in which EMDR is unlikely to be helpful or in which it is contraindicated are examined.

Keywords: Couples Therapy Repetition Compulsion

Accuracy Verified: Yes

207. Siano, J. (2008, April). Emergency intervention in art therapy with EMDR and somatic experiencing. Presentation at the 1st Bi-annual International European Society for Trauma and Dissociation Conference, Amsterdam, The Netherlands .

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
The following presentation shows a model, which was built and applied with many different populations, children, aged people and adults, during the Lebanon War 2006 and after it. The purpose was prevention of PTSD and overcoming the difficult and painful period. Originally it was aimed at art therapists, psychologists, and other mental health staff – Jews and Arabs. They work with already traumatized children and youth in the shelled north of Israel, have to contain much pain and to be strong for others. They were close to break down, or already broke down. The same model served the presenter later in many cases of crisis, with groups and individuals. Especially it was adapted with some much dissociated clients, giving voice (visual representation) to the different sub – personalities. The model aims for (1) bridging between state of freezing or collapsing and functioning; (2) providing tools for self regulation and helping others to self regulate; and (3) strengthening the felt sense of well-being connected to resources within the person and preventing PTSD. The methods used are: (1) evaluation of body-sensation, feeling and thoughts with SUDS (Subjective Units of Disturbance Scale); (2) drawing a picture of resource; installation of resource; (3) drawing a deficiency picture, a picture which represents the disturbing part in one’s present life; (4) EM (eye movements) between both pictures, through working in couples - bilateral stimulation; (5) re-evaluation of body – sensation, feeling and thought with SUDS. Learning objectives: 1. To demonstrate the impact of art in developing inner boundaries towards integration of ego states. 2. To legitimize extreme emotions and to understand that they are normal defenses to trauma. 3. To acquire tools for coping with trauma in the present.

Keywords: Art Therapy Emergency Intervention Somatic Experiencing

Accuracy Verified: Yes

208. Rubin, A. (1999). Empirically evaluating EMDR with single-case design: A step-by-step guide for EMDR therapists. New Hope, PA: EMDR Humanitarian Assistance Programs.

Language: English

Format: Book

Abstract:
A step-by-step guide for EMDR Therapists. A practical, clinician-friendly guide for EMDR therapists in conducting single-case evaluations of EMDR as part of their clinical practice, thus allowing one to assess the effects of EMDR on diverse populations, and to evaluate their own protocols. [EMDR-HAP]

Keywords: Single Case Design

Accuracy Verified: Yes

209. DeRubeis, R., & Crits-Christoph, P. (1998, February). Empirically supported individual and group psychological treatments for adult mental disorders. Journal of Consulting & Clinical Psychology, 66(1), 37-52. doi:10.1037/0022-006X.66.1.53 .

Language: English

Format: Journal

Abstract:
The experimental literature on individual and group psychological treatments for adult disorders is reviewed. For each of the 11 disorders or problems covered, treatments that fall into the following categories, as defined by D.L. Chambless and S. D. Hollon (1998), are identified: efficacious and specific, efficacious, and possibly efficacious. Behavioral and cognitive-behavioral treatments dominate the lists, especially in the anxiety disorders, with notable exceptions. Reasons for the hegemony of the behavioral and cognitive modalities are discussed, and some limitations of the empirically supported treatment concept are addressed. Continued research is recommended on Aptitude x Treatment interactions, cost-benefit ratios, and generalization of treatments to a variety of patient populations, therapists, and treatment settings.

Keywords: Review

Accuracy Verified: Yes

210. Weisz, J. R., Hawley, K. M., & Doss, A. J. (2004). Empirically tested psychotherapies for youth internalizing and externalizing problems and disorders. Child and Adolescent Psychiatric Clinics of North American, 13, 729–815. doi:10.1016/j.chc.2004.05.006.

Language: English

Format: Journal

Abstract:
The term psychotherapy has come to be applied to a broad array of nonmedical interventions designed to alleviate psychologic distress, reduce maladaptive behavior, or increase deficient adaptive behavior through counseling, interaction, a training program, or a predetermined treatment plan. Although the specific term is relatively recent historically, the general idea is ancient. Roots of psychotherapy can be found in the ageless tradition of helping by listening, discussing, and questioning. Among the early Greek philosophers, Socrates developed a method and a thesis that presaged some modern forms of psychotherapy. His approach involved questioning others to provoke them to examine their beliefs, with the goal of bringing them closer to truth. His method reflected his ‘‘midwife thesis,’’ the notion that the philosopher’s role is to deliver the truth that already is within others, much as the midwife delivers the baby that is within a mother. This idea, of course, is not so different from the view many modern therapists have of their own professional roles. Other approaches that fall under the ‘‘psychotherapy umbrella’’ do not involve talk therapies but rather procedures that parents, teachers, and other adults use to limit disobedient or disruptive behavior by boys and girls or to help youngsters focus attention or behave less impulsively. The struggle by adults to shape, manage, and guide youth behavior certainly predates even the ancient Greeks.

Keywords: Adolescents Externalization Internalization

Accuracy Verified: Yes

211. Peterson, G. (2003, September). Energy healing methods to supplement EMDR in the treatment of DID. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Denver, CO.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Eye movement desensitization and reprocessing treatment (EMDR) is a powerful method for the treatment of PTSD. Therapists may uncover a covert dissociative disorder in the course of applying EMDR. The presentation will compare the major components of EMDR and energy psychotherapy techniques. Both of these treatment methods have in common 1) focusing on (attuning to) a disturbing problem, issue, or event; 2) applying a prescribed set of procedures to resolve the disturbance or imbalance. Participants will grasp the indications/risks/contraindications of use of EMDR and energy methods with DID. They will understand how energy healing methods can support EMDR.

Keywords: Dissociative Disorders Energy Psychology Energy Therapies

Accuracy Verified: Yes

212. Hartung, J., & Galvin, M. (2003). Energy psychology & EMDR: Combining forces to optimize treatment (1st ed). New York: W. W. Norton.

Language: English

Format: Book

Abstract:
As clinical and consulting psychologists, we have continually searched for ever better ways to help people. At this point after almost 60 years of combined practice, we have come to rely on energy psychology (EP) and eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR) as our preferred methods. In this book we present the clinical findings that have led us to believe that these methods excel -- especially in combination -- in helping clients achieve profound change and growth, usually quickly and with stable results.We hope to persuade energy therapists to look at the richness that EMDR has to offer, keeping in mind that the interests of some clients sometimes might be better served by treatment with EMDR than EP. We also hope to convince EMDR clinicians to consider using energy techniques as additional resources for those times when EMDR stalls. For readers yet untrained in either, we offer an overview of the two brief therapies that have transformed our professional lives. [Adapted from Preface]

Keywords: Energy Psychotherapy Psychotherapeutic Processes Stressors Survivors

Accuracy Verified: Yes

213. Datta, P., & Wallace, J. W. (1996, June). Enhancement of victim empathy along with reduction in anxiety and increase of positive cognition of sex offenders after treatment with EMDR. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Denver, CO.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Treatment of sex offenders who have been themselves sexually abused in their childhood, offers a significant challenge for many therapists. The traumas related to abuse are unique to the individual offender and need to be addressed to enhance victim empathy that is so crucial in breaking the cycle of offense. Treatment of a group of sexually abused adolescent sex offenders using eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR) showed reduction in anxiety and increase in positive cognition. A pre- and post-treatment evaluation using the Datta Empathy Scale (DES), after an average of 3 sessions, showed a significant increase in empathy for respective victims. The DES was administered one year after the cessation of EMDR treatment and the results showed a sustaining effect of EMDR on victim empathy, anxiety and positive cognition.

Keywords: Empathy Sex Offenders

Accuracy Verified: Yes

214. Datta, P. C., & Wallace, J. W. (1996, November). Enhancement of victim empathy along with reduction in anxiety and increase of positive cognition of sex offenders after treatment with EMDR: Maintenance after three years. Presentation at the EMDR Special Interest Group at the Annual Convention of the Association for the Advancement of Behavior Therapy, New York.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Treatment of sex offenders who have been themselves sexually abused n their childhood, offers a significant challenge for many therapists. The traumas related to abuse are unique to the individual offender and need to be addressed to enhance victim empathy that is so crucial in breaking the cycle of offense. Treatment of a group of sexually abused adolescent sex offenders using eye movement desensittization and reprocessing (EMDR) showed reduction in anxiety and increase in positive cognition. A pre- and post-treatment evaluation using the Datta Empathy Scale (DES), after an average of 3 sessions, showed a significant increase in empathy for respective victims. The victim empathy (using DES), anxiety (using SUDS0, and cognition control (using VoC scale) were also measured in the available subjects one year after and three years after the cessation of EMDR treatment, the results showed a sustaining effect of EMDR on victim empathy, anxiety, and positive cognition.

Keywords: Anxiety Sex Offenders

Accuracy Verified: Yes

215. Hartung, J. (2009). Enhancing postive emotion and performance with EMDR. In M. Luber (Ed.), Eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR) scripted protocols: Basics and special situations, (pp. 339-375). New York: Springer Publishing Co.

Language: English

Format: Book Section

Abstract:
The scripts included in this chapter exemplify how an EMDR therapist might talk with a client when the focus is on positive psychology and performance enhancement: reaching for a goal not yet realized, looking for a way to strengthen a positive quality, or hoping to fine-tune existing skills. The scripts accompany a model that has been taught in a number of countries to therapists, coaches, and human resource advisors. The model combines elements of coaching and psychotherapy. Coaches attend to a client's skills and deficits, look for solutions that are behavioral and strategic, and focus on the present and future while downplaying the past. Psychotherapists, on the other hand, attend to the client's internal experience: emotions, self-talk, beliefs, and other not-so-observable factors. The focus is largely on the past and present. It follows that the model will be most useful to persons who practice both coaching and psychotherapy. As a coach, the practitioner is familiar with the situation in which the client seeks to perform, whether the client hopes to run faster, lead more effectively, parent better, or study smarter. Competency issues for coaches have been detailed by Hays. As a psychotherapist, the practitioner—it will be assumed—will be comfortable using EMDR in the treatment of traumatic memories and other matters that interfere with the client's personal growth. This chapter provides appropriate scripts. [PsycINFO Database]

Keywords: Performance Positive Emotion Protocol

Accuracy Verified: Yes

216. Butler, K. (1993, November/December). The enigma of EMDR: Too good to be true?. Family Therapy Networker, 17(6), 19-31.

Language: English

Format: Magazine

Abstract:
Since 1987, when an unknown clinical psychology graduate student named Francine Shapiro discovered the technique while walking in a California park, more than 4,000 therapists in America, Israel and Australia have been trained in eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR), and it has captured the attention of respected therapists from widely divergent psychological traditions.This article discusses the effectiveness of such treatment, including clinical, research, professional and ethical issues. Emphasis is especially given to the importance of training therapists in its use. [Adapted from Text, p. 22]

Keywords: Professional Training

Accuracy Verified: Yes

217. Levin, C. (1993, July/August). The enigma of EMDR: An intriguing, new treatment method promises dramatic results. Family Therapy Networker, 17(4), 75-83.

Language: English

Format: Magazine

Abstract:
EMDR produces extraordinarily rapid results. Therapists across the country are reporting success with Vietnam veterans, incest victims and other survivors of trauma. This article describes its successful use in curing sexual problems attributed to childhood trauma.

Keywords: Case Report Diseases Males Middle Aged Professional Criticism Professional Criticism Reply Sexual Dysfunctions Survivors

Accuracy Verified: Yes

218. Gabarra, D. O. (2012, Novembro). Estados de ego e o EMDR em quadros dissociativos [Ego states and EMDR in dissociative frames]. Apresentação no II Congresso Brasileiro de EMDR, Brasília, Brasil.

Language: Portuguese

Format: Conference

Abstract:
O objetivo da oficina é abordar como os processos de dissociação consciente de papéis ou estados de ego podem ser utilizados para potencializar a reintegração psíquica dos pacientes dissociativos. Pacientes dissociativos sempre foram um dos grandes temores dos terapeutas em EMDR para o uso da fase 3 em diante. Geralmente esses quadros requerem um grande tempo de preparação além de um manejo mais avançado e interventivo durante o reprocessamento. Entretanto, entre pacientes com alto grau dissociativo é comum encontrarmos pessoas com grande fragilidade psíquica, acesso a um pobre histórico de recursos, uma grande dificuldade em se expressar, perceber e nomear seus sentimentos além de grande dificuldade em relatar seus traumas. Então, como avançar no protocolo de EMDR com pessoas tão fragilizadas e que quase não nos dão dicas do conteúdo de seus traumas? Alguns critérios hipotéticos auxiliam a instrumentalizar tanto o profissional quanto o paciente a enfrentarem o reprocessamento. Primeiramente, (a) se diante de uma história de traumas intensos a pessoa sobreviveu e chegou até você, é porque ela tem recursos importantes, mesmo que tenha dificuldade de acessá-los. Um desses recursos é o próprio quadro dissociativo que a protege da intensidade dos traumas e possibilita a vida “apesar de...”. (b) Se essas partes estão tão distantes uma da outra, é porque elas tiveram um motivo para isso, mas talvez esse motivo já esteja no passado, e hoje podemos caminhar para uma conversa. (c) Sendo todos esses papéis ou egos são partes do eu, certamente eles querem algo de positivo para esse eu, mesmo que aparentemente seja difícil perceber isso. Essas hipóteses ou crenças positivas a respeito do paciente devem ser checadas com dados de realidade para que possam ser fortalecidas, mas, mais do que isso, é fundamental que elas "transpirem por todos os poros do corpo do terapeuta". Identificados os estados de ego presentes no evento traumático parece ser mais fácil seguir com a etapa do reprocessamento de deforma menos interventiva, principalmente quando não se tem o conteúdo do evento em questão. Obviamente que todo esse processo deve levar todo o tempo necessário e seguido de todos os cuidados que a aplicação do EMDR demanda.

The goal of the workshop is to discuss how the processes of conscious dissociation of roles or ego states can be used to enhance the reintegration of the psychic dissociative patients. Dissociative patients have always been one of the great fears of EMDR therapists for use in phase 3 onwards. Generally these paintings require a great preparation time plus a more advanced and interventional management during reprocessing. However, among patients with high dissociative is common to find people with great fragility psychic, poor access to a historical resource, a great difficulty in expressing themselves, perceive and name their feelings besides great difficulty in reporting their trauma. So, how to advance the EMDR protocol with people so fragile and hardly give us hints of the contents of their trauma? Some hypothetical criteria help to equip both the professional and the patient to face the reprocessing. First, (a) in front of a history of severe trauma the person survived and came to you, it is because it has important features, even if you have difficulty accessing them. One of these features is the very dissociative disorder that protects the intensity of the trauma and allows life "although ...". (B) If these parties are so far apart, it's because they had a reason for that, but maybe that reason is already in the past, and today we can walk into a conversation. (C) Since all these roles and egos are part of me, surely they want something positive to me, although apparently it is difficult to realize this. These positive beliefs or assumptions about the patient be checked against data from reality so that they can be strengthened, but more than that, it is crucial that they "transpire from every pore of the body of the therapist." Identified ego states present at the traumatic event seems to be easier to follow with step of reprocessing deforms less interventionist, especially when you do not have the content of the event in question. Obviously, this entire process should take all the time necessary and followed by all care that the application of EMDR demand.

Keywords: Advanced Management Dissociation Ego States

Accuracy Verified: Yes

219. Wolff, R. P. (2004). Evaluation of effectiveness of individual therapy sessions over 60 minutes. California Institute of Integral Studies, San Francisco, CA. AAT 3158599.

Language: English

Format: Dissertation/Thesis

Abstract:
Research has produced few studies that support the 50-minute therapy session as the most effective session length for achieving optimal therapeutic results. This descriptive study attempted to determine differences in therapists' perceptions of how session length might impact therapeutic process, therapeutic outcome, treatment of specific psychological disorders, and if session length preference was based on theoretical orientation or procedures/techniques. A total of 65 practicing therapists drawn from the International Society for the Study of Dissociation, EMDR International Association, Trauma Incident Reduction Practitioners, San Francisco Society of Lacanian Study, and California Psychological Network completed questionnaires regarding their perceptions about psychotherapy for individuals employing longer session lengths versus the standard 50-minute session.Overall frequencies of questionnaire responses and between groups comparisons were analyzed using Chi-Square. The sample endorsed the use of longer sessions at statistically significant frequencies on the following questionnaire items: three therapeutic outcome items: Increases client's satisfaction, Shortens overall duration of therapy, and Facilitates corrective emotional experience; and nine therapeutic process items: Access to client's emotional material, Integration of experience before leaving session, Deepens development of transference, Working through defenses, Access to traumatic experiences, Integrate traumatic experience within session, Working through traumatic experience, and Improving likelihood of breakthrough experiences. The sample also agreed on the use of longer sessions as potentially contributing to positive outcome for treatment of the following disorders: Substance Abuse, Panic Disorder, Agoraphobia, Specific Phobia, Social Phobia, PTSD, GAD, and Eating Disorders. The findings of this study suggest that longer session lengths may have a positive impact on therapeutic process, therapeutic outcome, and certain disorders. Specific implications for the field of psychology and suggestions for research are discussed. [Author Abstract]

Dissertation Abstracts International: Section B: The Sciences and Engineering. 65(12-B), 2005, pp. 6680.

Keywords: Empirical Study Health Personnel Attitudes Individual Psychotherapy Posttraumatic Stress Disorder Psychotherapeutic Processes PTSD Quantitative Study Treatment Duration Treatment Effectiveness

Accuracy Verified: Yes

220. Smyth, N. J. (2004, September). Evidence-based practice: Ethical and clinical issues for EMDR therapists. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Montreal, Quebec Canada.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
International and national movements toward evidence-based practice (EBP) in the treatment of health, mental health and substance abuse Problems are resulting in policy changes for therapists all over the world. This workshop will provide participants with an overview of the EBP movement and explore the ethical and clinical issues raised for EMDR practitioners.

Keywords: Clinical Issues Ethical Issues

Accuracy Verified: Yes

221. Nicol, M. (2009, November). Experiences of peer supervision for EMDR in Lanarkshire. DCP in Scotland, 1, 23-26.

Language: English

Format: Newsletter

Abstract:
Following a decision by NHS Lanarkshire to provide funding for training in Eye Movement Desensitisation and Reprocessing (EMDR) 11 professionals, including clinical psychologists, counselling psychologists, a clinical associate and a psychological therapist undertook the three-part training in 2008 and 2009 provided by EMDR workshops, a leading UK EMDR training organisation and affiliated to the European EMDR Network. The rationale for providing this training was to allow staff to offer a variety of therapeutic interventions for individuals who have experienced trauma. EMDR is an evidence-based treatment for trauma and is recommended by the National Institute for Health and Clinical Excellence (NICE) guidelines as a treatment for Post Traumatic Stress Disorder (PTSD). Whilst it is acknowledged that there continues to be some debate within clinical psychology regarding the use of EMDR and its scientific status, this will not be discussed within this article (see Van Etten & Taylor, 1998; Davidson & Parker, 2001; and Chemtob et al., 2000 for more information). As most of the therapists who undertook this training already had experience of working with trauma, mostly within a Cognitive Behavioural Therapy (CBT) framework, it was felt that providing an additional theoretical and practical framework for working with these individuals would provide further client choice

Keywords: Lanarkshire Peer Supervision

Accuracy Verified: Yes

222. Schottenbauer, M. A. (2006). Expert therapists and practicing clinicians: Reported prototypical treatments of trauma. The Catholic University of America. AAT 3239353.

Language: English

Format: Dissertation/Thesis

Abstract:
PTSD is a frequent psychiatric response to a variety of extreme psychological stressors. While several effective treatments for PTSD such as cognitive-behavioral therapy (CBT) and eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR) have been included on lists of empirically supported treatments, nonresponse rates to these treatments can be high. According to patient report, psychodynamic interventions are more common than CBT for PTSD in the community, yet only one randomized controlled trial has included a psychodynamic treatment for PTSD. This dissertation reviews the treatment dropout and non-response rates in studies of empirically supported treatments for PTSD. Next, a case for the value of psychodynamic treatment of PTSD is made, utilizing empirical research on links between the psychopathology of PTSD and psychodynamic concepts such as defenses and relationship patterns. Then, an empirical study was conducted to find out how psychodynamic and CBT therapists treat patients with PTSD, to discover commonalities and defining characteristics of treatment within each group of respondents, and to delineate the unique contributions of psychodynamic psychotherapy to the treatment of such patients.Therapists who identified themselves primarily with psychodynamic/psychoanalytic or cognitive-behavioral theoretical orientations were recruited online through professional organization listservs. They were randomly presented one of four case studies, describing variations on trauma. Participants then completed a Psychotherapy Process Q-Sort to describe quantitatively their ideal treatment of the given patient. Results indicated many similarities among clinicians of widely different perspectives. Among clinicians who indicated that their primary theoretical orientation was psychodynamic, three prototypical treatments were discovered, and among clinicians who indicated that their primary theoretical orientation was cognitive-behavioral, four prototypical treatments were found. Overall, the prototypes in the current study were correlated with, but not identical to, prototypes of PD, CBT, or interpersonal therapy (IPT) developed in previous studies based on experts' ratings. While the literature has suggested that clinicians who treat patients who have PTSD may make alterations in their techniques to address issues that are specific to PTSD, the current study provides some evidence that therapists are not aware of how their treatment for trauma is different from the theoretical approaches they endorse. [Author Abstract] Dissertation Abstracts International: Section B: The Sciences and Engineering. 67(10-B), 2007, pp. 6077.

Keywords: Cognitive Therapy Empirical Study Health Personnel Attitudes Mental Health Personnel Posttraumatic Stress Disorder Psychoanalytic Psychotherapy Psychotherapeutic Processes PTSD Quantitative Study

Accuracy Verified: Yes

223. Turpin, R. C. (1999, August). An exploration of reported transpersonal/spiritual experiences during and after eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR) treatment of traumatic memories. California Institute of Integral Studies, San Francisco, CA. AAT 9962663.

Language: English

Format: Dissertation/Thesis

Abstract:
This research project sought to investigate if EMDR therapists observed their clients reporting transpersonal/spiritual experiences during or following EMDR. In addition, it sought to identify and explore the client and therapist factors that may influence the frequency with which these experiences are observed. One hundred sixty-nine questionnaires were mailed to EMDR facilitators throughout the United States and 50 were returned with usable data. Quantitative statistical analyses were performed on much of the questionnaire data and several significant associations and differences were found (p < .05). However, these significant associations and differences did not lead to more global statements regarding the factors that were analyzed. Interviews were conducted with 11 of the respondents in an attempt to shed light on these research questions. The results indicate that a number of EMDR therapists are observing their clients reporting transpersonal/spiritual experiences during or following EMDR. Several potentially important client and therapist factors were noted that may be influencing factors in therapists observing their clients reporting these experiences. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2008 APA, all rights reserved)Dissertation Abstracts International: Section B: The Sciences and Engineering. 61(2-B), Aug 2000, pp. 1099.

Keywords: Emotional Trauma Empirical Study Religious Experiences Therapists Transpersonal Psychology Transpersonal/Spiritual Experiences

Accuracy Verified: Yes

224. Manfield, P. (1998). Extending EMDR: A casebook of innovative applications. New York: W. W. Norton.

Language: English

Format: Book

Abstract:
"Extending EMDR" is divided into two parts: those cases in which it was possible to target a relatively small number of distinct traumatic experiences, and those in which the client's symptoms have resulted from ongoing childhood trauma or neglect for which they are initially unable to identify representative discrete traumatic events. The cases in which clear targets were available required the therapists to identify those targets and work with a variety of resistances in order to achieve adaptive resolution. These clients could generally address their maladaptive defenses directly. Typically, their therapists relied on extensive cognitive interweave, structuring, support, and sometimes direct nurturing to make it possible for these clients to tolerate and utilize EMDR to process their targeted traumas.Where there were no distinct memories to target, the therapists needed to create innovative interventions. Their clients tended to be unable to address their maladaptive defenses directly without fragmenting or closing off. These cases required far more treatment time than those for which there were a limited number of discreet traumatic memories to target and process. Each therapist working with these clients needed to find a way to strengthen their ability to maintain internal cohesion and increase their sense of safety so that they could relinquish defenses without the threat of becoming overwhelmed and fragmented. Several of the therapists attempted to address directly the deficits that prevented their clients from recalling their past experiences, organizing them, and gaining access to specific memories and affect. [Text, pp. 9-10] [Pilots]

Keywords: Adults Americans Child Abuse Complex PTSD Defense Mechanisms Depressive Disorders Females Life Experiences Males Neglect Personality Disorders Posttraumatic Stress Disorder Psychotherapeutic Processes PTSD Survivors Treatment Effectiveness

Accuracy Verified: Yes

225. Scroppo, F. (2001, December). Extreme stress. Chatelaine Magazine for Canadian Women, 74(12).

Language: English

Format: Magazine

Abstract:
Most of us have suffered bouts of severe stress triggered by work or family troubles. At other times, the anxiety stems from trauma such as physical abuse, a serious car accident or witnessing the World Trade Center tragedy. In the past, professionals advised people with acute stress and post-traumatic stress disorder to get long-term counselling. These days, more and more therapists are turning to a much shorter form of therapy: eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR).

Keywords: Stress

Accuracy Verified: Yes

226. Fernandez, I. (2001, Aprile). Eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR). Psicoterapia Cognitiva e Comportamentale, 7(1), 35.

Language: English

Format: Journal

Abstract:
L'articolo di J. Wolpe e J. Abrams presenta un caso trattato nel 1991 con Eye Movement Desensitization (EMD), erano le prime applicazioni cliniche dopo la scoperta di F. Shapiro nel 1989 dell'azione dei movimenti oculari sullo stress traumatico e sulle situazioni ansiogene. Negli anni successivi l'EMD è diventato EMDR, infatti, la desensibilizzazione è il primo effetto che avviene durante una seduta dove viene applicata la stimolazione bilaterale, ma successivamente l'osservazione massiccia ed approfondita degli effetti clinici di questo metodo terapeutico ha rivelato che il processo che avviene è molto più complesso. È stato notato che simultaneamente alla desensibilizzazione avviene una ristrutturazione cognitiva e che entrambe sono il risultato dell'elaborazione dell'informazione legata ai ricordi traumatici. Nel lavoro realizzato con la paziente Shirley, Wolpe descrive tutta la storia di terapie a cui era stata sottoposta fino a quel momento che però non erano riuscite ad affrontare e risolvere l'esperienza traumatica della violenza sessuale. L'EMDR è stato efficace perché ha lavorato sul piano neurofisiologico, dove l'informazione è immagazzinata in modo disfunzionale ed è accessibile soltanto a questo livello, infatti, le terapie prettamente verbali non sempre riescono ad accedere e ad agire su questo piano e di conseguenza non riescono a modificare gli aspetti clinici legati alle esperienze di stress traumatico. Il programma terapeutico di Wolpe per l'introduzione dell'EMDR si è focalizzato inizialmente sull'esperienza traumatica della violenza (2 sedute) e dopo aver elaborato l'esperienza in sé sono stati individuati altri bisogni terapeutici legati all'ansia sociale e agli spunti agorafobici. Le 5 sedute successive sono state utilizzate per la desensibilizzazione di una serie di situazioni a cui era stato attribuito dalla paziente un valore della scala SUD. Si è iniziato dalla situazione più ansiogena (85) nella scala SUD e anziché utilizzare il rilassamento proprio della desensibilizzazione sistematica, sono stati realizzati movimenti oculari. La paziente riportava una riduzione dell'ansia dopo ogni set di stimolazione bilaterale e l'immagine della situazione temuta tendeva a sparire e in alcune situazioni addirittura diventava positiva. La ristrutturazione cognitiva è avvenuta nella paziente in modo spontaneo man mano che la terapia procedeva, fino a riportare che poteva camminare per strada sentendosi una cittadina normale, avendo un progetto per il futuro, inoltre aveva smesso quasi completamente di bere e si sentiva che un peso si era sollevato dalle sue spalle. Riportava di essere più rilassata sul lavoro, si godeva le passeggiate solitarie sulla spiaggia, aveva cominciato a curare il suo aspetto fisico e aveva iniziato ad avere interesse per gli uomini e ad avvicinarsi a qualcuno, ha riportato che non temeva più di essere violentata e non aveva più i pensieri suicidi e gli autori hanno ritenuto la terapia conclusa. I risultati si sono mantenuti ai vari follow up realizzati nel tempo. Quindi possiamo vedere i risultati della terapia con EMDR a livello cognitivo, nelle attribuzioni che fa del mondo e di se stessa, differenziando i pericoli veri da quelli meramente ansiogeni, soggettivo per quello che la paziente riporta emotivamente e a livello comportamentale, dove ha messo in atto dei nuovi comportamenti adattivi in modo spontaneo. Nella parte conclusiva gli autori menzionano una serie di 100 casi che sarebbero stati pubblicati nel Journal of Behaviour Therapy and Experimental Psychiatry e si augurano che altre pubblicazioni potessero rispondere al bisogno di delucidare i meccanismi che permettono questi cambiamenti dopo una seduta di EMDR. Come si evince dagli articoli che vengono pubblicati in questo numero la ricerca, il lavoro empirico e le osservazioni cliniche hanno dato un grande contributo in questo senso negli ultimi anni. Sull'EMDR sono stati pubblicati più di 150 articoli che ne dimostrano la efficacia. Tra le riviste scientifiche più accreditate dove sono pubblicati dei lavori di ricerca sull'EMDR troviamo: Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology, British Journal of Clinical Psychology, Journal of Anxiety Disorders, Journal of Behaviour and experimental psychiatry, Behavioural and Cognitive psychotherapy, Behaviour Therapy, Journal of traumatic stress, The Clinical Psychologist, Journal of Psychotherapy integration, Harvard Mental Health letter, Journal of Clinical psychology, Psychotherapy, British Journal of Psychiatry, International Journal of Psychiatry. Inoltre, sono stati pubblicati libri e manuali per terapeuti tradotti in varie lingue (in Italia dall'Astrolabio e dalla Mc Graw Hill Italia). Inoltre, recentemente, l'International Society for Traumatic Stress Studies (ISTSS) ha stabilito e comunicato che l'EMDR è uno dei metodi terapeutici più rapidi ed efficaci per superare e risolvere il disturbo post-traumatico da stress.

The article by J. Wolpe, J. Abrams has a case treated in 1991 with Eye Movement Desensitization (EMD), were the first clinical applications since the discovery of F. Shapiro in 1989 of the eye movements on traumatic stress and anxiety-provoking situations. In subsequent years the EMD became EMDR, in fact, the first effect is the desensitization that occurs during a session where the stimulation is applied bilaterally, but then observing massive and thorough clinical effects of this therapy revealed that the process that takes place is much more complex. It was noted that desensitization occurs simultaneously with a cognitive restructuring, and that both are the result of information related to traumatic memories. In work done with the patient Shirley, Wolpe describes the history of therapies that had been subjected up to that point but had failed to address and resolve the traumatic experience of sexual violence. EMDR was effective because he worked on the neurophysiological level, where information is stored in a dysfunctional and is accessible only at this level, in fact, purely verbal therapies are not always able to access and act on this plan and therefore can not modify the clinical aspects related to the experience of traumatic stress. The treatment plan for the introduction of Wolpe EMDR focused initially traumatic experience of violence (2 sessions) and after processing the experience itself more therapeutic needs were identified related to social anxiety and agoraphobic cues . 5 The subsequent sessions were used for the desensitization of a variety of situations to which the patient was given a value of SUD scale. It was started by the most anxiety-inducing situation (85) in the scale instead of using SUD and their relaxation in systematic desensitization, eye movements were made. The patient reported a reduction in anxiety after each set of bilateral stimulation and the image of the feared situation, and tended to disappear in some situations even became positive. The cognitive restructuring has taken place in the patient spontaneously as the therapy progressed, he could bring up to walk down the street feeling like a normal citizen, having a vision for the future, also had almost completely stopped drinking and felt that a weight had lifted from his shoulders. Reported to be more relaxed at work, enjoyed solitary walks on the beach, he began to treat her physical appearance and had started to have interest to men and to approach someone, reported that no longer feared being raped and not had more suicidal thoughts and the authors have considered the therapy ended. The results were maintained at various follow-up made in time. So we can see the results of EMDR therapy at the cognitive level, which is within the functions of the world and of itself, differentiating the real dangers than mere anxiety, subjective to what the patient experiences emotional and behavioral level, where he implemented of new adaptive behaviors in a spontaneous way. In the concluding section the authors refer to a series of 100 cases were published in the Journal of Behavior Therapy and Experimental Psychiatry and hope that other publications might respond to the need to elucidate the mechanisms that allow these changes after a session of EMDR. It is clear from articles published in this issue the research, the empirical work and clinical observations have given a great contribution in this direction in recent years. EMDR has been published over 150 articles which demonstrate its effectiveness. Among the most accredited scientific journals which are published on EMDR research work are: the Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology, British Journal of Clinical Psychology, Journal of Anxiety Disorders, Journal of Behavior and Experimental Psychiatry, Behavioural and Cognitive Psychotherapy, Behaviour Therapy , Journal of Traumatic Stress, The Clinical Psychologist, Journal of Psychotherapy Integration, Harvard Mental Health Letter, American Journal of Clinical Psychology, Psychotherapy, British Journal of Psychiatry, International Journal of Psychiatry. Were also published books and manuals for therapists translated into several languages (in Italy and the McGraw Hill dall'Astrolabio Italy). In addition, recently, the International Society for Traumatic Stress Studies (ISTSS) has established and communicated that EMDR is one of the fastest and most effective treatment methods to overcome and resolve the post-traumatic stress disorder.

Keywords: Practice Theory

Accuracy Verified: Yes

227. de Jongh, A., & ten Broeke, E. (2010, January). Eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR). Bijblijven, 26(1), 15-20. doi:10.1007/s12414-010-0004-5.

Language: Dutch

Format: Journal

Abstract:
EMDR is een geprotocolleerde, evidence-based behandelprocedure gericht op het ‘desensitiseren’ – verzwakken – van herinneringen aan beschadigende gebeurtenissen. Volgens de Multidisciplinaire richtlijn Angststoornissen uit 2003 is EMDR één van de twee meest in aanmerking komende psychologische interventies bij de posttraumatische stressstoornis (PTSS). Een belangrijk voordeel ten opzichte van andere behandelmethoden is de snelheid waarmee resultaten worden bereikt. Daarnaast ervaren veel patiënten en therapeuten EMDR als relatief weinig emotioneel belastend. Wij zullen de behandelaanpak illustreren aan de hand van twee casussen en informatie verschaffen over verwijzing, opleiding, beroepsvereniging en kwaliteitsbeleid.

EMDR is a manualized, evidence-based treatment procedure aimed at 'desensitisation' - weaken - memories of damaging events. According to the Anxiety Disorders Multidisciplinary guideline in 2003, EMDR is one of the two most appropriate psychological interventions for posttraumatic stress disorder (PTSD). An important advantage over other treatment methods is the speed of results. In addition, many patients experienced EMDR therapists and have relatively low emotionally stressful. We will illustrate the treatment approach using two case studies and information about referral, education, professional associations and quality.

Keywords: Practice Theory

Accuracy Verified: Yes

228. Parnell, L. (1996). Eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR) and spiritual unfolding. Journal of Transpersonal Psychology, 28(2), 129-153.

Language: English

Format: Journal

Abstract:
The purpose of this article is to desctibe how EMDR functions therapeutically and explore some of the psychospiritual potentials that may have been associated with its use. EHtically, only licensed mental health professionals and interns who are supervised by EMDR-trained clinicians may practice EMDR. Once such professionals have completed such training, they will also need to apply all of their clinical skils to help their clients safely experience the deep and complex transformations that come about in the intensive sessions. For these reasons, non-therapists and therapist not formoally trained in EMDR should not attempt to use the eye movements of this procedure on themselves and others. (Author purpose]

Keywords: Psychospirituality

Accuracy Verified: Yes

229. Ali, M. W., & Rana, M. H. (2008, June). Eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR) in patients of PTSD following earthquake 2005, Pakistan. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, London, England.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Objective: The purpose of the study is to asses the usefulness of EMDR in patients of PTSD who survived the October 2005 earthquake in Pakistan. Background: On October the 8th an earthquake of 7.6 on rector scale struck Kashmir and Northwest of Pakistan leaving millions injured and more than 80,000 dead. A survey of the affected areas has shown a high prevalence of PTSD amongst the survivors. A selected series of patients with the diagnosis of PTSD from amongst the survivors is enrolled for EMDR at CTRPI. The study is based on their response to this intervention. Design and Settings: The study involves an ongoing compilation of clinical data and the study of therapeutic responses to various interventions including EMDR, at a tertiary mental health facility and Centre for Trauma Research and Psychosocial Interventions (CTRPI), Rawalpindi /Islamabad, Pakistan. This mental health facility is the tertiary care referral point for patients from metal health relief units located allover in earthquake affected areas of Azad Kashmir and Northwest of Pakistan. Method: Earthquake survivors who develop psychosocial sequelae referred to CTRPI from Kashmir, who go on to fulfill the criteria of Post-traumatic Stress Disorder according to ICD-10 are registered for further studies and appropriate interventions. A select group who give informed consent for EMDR are then included for detailed evaluation and follow up. Sessions are conducted in eight phases from manuals by therapists who are trained till level 2 in the method. Pre- treatment assessment is done by an independent assessor for scores on Impact of Event Scale and Global Assessment of Functioning (GAF). The post treatment assessment is conducted 1 week after the treatment with the same procedures as at pretreatment. In session Scoring of subjective unit of distress is also recorded serially. According to the degree of improvement and severity of illness, sessions of EMDR are carried out with the duration of about 60 to 90 minutes each session and with a minimum of 6 sessions using the bilateral stimulation. The authors plan to compile their work with ten patients who fulfill the prerequisites of the study in process. Results: The work has been done so far on three clients which suggest that EMDR is effective in reducing the scores of IES back to normal and there is marked difference in the GAF level after the said intervention. It has a dramatic effect on 29 within-session SUD levels .Furthermore, at a qualitative level it is observed that involvement of other family members in the therapeutic process may improve treatment adherence. Conclusions: Ongoing results of this study tend to suggest that the EMDR is an effective intervention for patients of PTSD following a natural disaster like an earth quake. However, the results drawn cannot be generalized on account of their small count.

Keywords: Earthquake Pakistan Posttraumatic Stress Disorder PTSD

Accuracy Verified: Yes

230. Luber, M. (2009). Eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR) scripted protocols: Basics and special situations, (Ed.). New York, NY: Springer Publishing Co.

Language: English

Format: Book

Abstract:
EMDR has become an important tool in the use of treating trauma. As therapists have worked with this methodology, EMDR has been used in many different areas of human suffering such as addictions, anxiety, pain, dissociative disorders, and many other issues. Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing (EMDR) Scripted Protocols serves as a one-stop resource where therapists can access a wide range of protocols, including the past, present, and future templates, as well as any auxiliary information. The book sets forth a template for therapists and researchers to use so that the form of working in the EMDR idiom is consistent, valid, and reliable. Written in an easy-to-use manual style, the book is replete with detailed techniques, exercises, and scripts as developed by recognized EMDR experts.

Keywords: Scripted Protocols

Accuracy Verified: Yes

231. Luber, M. (2009). Eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR) scripted protocols: Special populations. New York, NY: Springer Publishing Co.

Language: English

Format: Book

Abstract:
EMDR has become an important tool in the use of treating trauma. As therapists have worked with this methodology, EMDR has been used in many different areas of human suffering such as addictions, anxiety, pain, dissociative disorders, and many other issues. Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing (EMDR) Scripted Protocols serves as an authoritative, one-stop resource where therapists can access the full protocols, including the past, present, and future templates, as well as any auxiliary information. The book sets forth a template for therapists and researchers to use so that the form of working in the EMDR idiom is consistent, valid, and reliable. Written in an easy-to-use manual style, the book is replete with detailed techniques, exercises, and scripts as developed by recognized EMDR experts.

Keywords: Scripted Protocols

Accuracy Verified: Yes

232. Wilson, S., Becker, L., & Tinker, R. (1995, December). Eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR) treatment for psychologically traumatized individuals. Journal of Consulting & Clinical Psychology, 63(6), 928-937. doi:10.1037/0022-006X.63.6.928.

Language: English

Format: Journal

Abstract:
The effects of 3 90-minute eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR) treatment sessions on traumatic memories of 80 participants were studied. Participants were randomly assigned to treatment or delayed-treatment conditions and to 1 of 5 licensed therapists trained in EMDR. Participants receiving EMDR showed decreases in presenting complaints and in anxiety and increases in positive cognition. Participants in the delayed-treatment condition showed no improvement on any of these measures across the 30 days before treatment, but after treatment participants in the delayed-treatment condition showed similar effects on all measures. The effects were maintained at 90-day follow-up. [Author Abstract]

Keywords: Adults Americans Empirical Study Intrusive Thoughts Longitudinal Study Posttraumatic Stress Disorder PTSD Random Clinical Trial RCT Stressors Survivors Treatment Effectiveness

Accuracy Verified: Yes

233. Shapiro, F. (2002). Eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR): Historical context, recent research, and future directions. In L. Vandecreek, S. Knapp, & T. L. Jackson (Eds.), Innovations in clinical practice: A source book. V. 16, 1998 edition. (pp. 143-162) Sarasosta, FL: Professional Resource Press.

Language: English

Format: Book Section

Abstract:
I here only briefly review the 8 treatment phases of which EMDR (Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing) is compromised. The remainder of this contribution reviews the current state of EMDR research and clinical practice. Specifically, I (a) explore the historical context in which EMDR is placed, (b) review the extant publications and emerging research on this method, (c) make some suggestions for clinicians who are offering or evaluating new innovations, and (d) describe some recent clinical applications of EMDR. The earlier controversy that swirled around EMDR appears symptomatic of a lamentable split between practicing therapists and researchers (usually academic) which has manifested itself in professional psychology in a variety of ways. Because of its visibility, EMDR may well prove a vehicle to help close this gap. Hopefully, the experience of offering EMDR to the field of psychology provides lessons that will prove useful to practicing clinicians and future innovators. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2008 APA, all rights reserved)

Keywords: Disorders Future Directions History Research

Accuracy Verified: Yes

234. Field, A., & Cottrell, D. (2011, November). Eye movement desensitization and reprocessing as a therapeutic intervention for traumatized children and adolescents: A systematic review of the evidence for family therapists. Journal of Family Therapy, 33(4), 374-388. doi:10.1111/j.1467-6427.2011.00548.x.

Language: English

Format: Journal

Abstract:
Eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR) is a relatively new form of psychotherapy for post-traumatic symptoms of relevance to systemic therapists. The literature available on individual EMDR in traumatized children is reviewed in this article. A sample of eight studies was examined, consisting of three controlled trials, two uncontrolled studies and three case reports or series. The controlled trials compared EMDR with waiting list controls or cognitive behavioural therapy (CBT). The study samples were small and their methodological quality variable. In all the studies, the results suggested a positive effect for EMDR but did not appear superior to CBT. It is therefore possible that systemic interventions may be improved by the integration of EMDR and family therapy with children and adolescents.

Keywords: Adolescents Children Family and Systemic Therapy

Accuracy Verified: Yes

235. Servan-Schreiber, D., Schooler, J., Dew, M. A., Carter, C., & Bartone, P. (2006). Eye movement desensitization and reprocessing for posttraumatic stress disorder: A pilot blinded, randomized study of stimulation type. Psychotherapy and Psychosomatics, 75(5), 290-297. doi:10.1159/000093950.

Language: English

Format: Journal

Abstract:
Backgroound: Eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR) is becoming a recognized and accepted form of psychotherapy for posttraumatic stress disorder (PTSD). Yet, its mechanism of action remains unclear and much controversy exists about whether eye movements or other forms of bilateral kinesthetic stimulation contribute to its clinical effects beyond the exposure elements of the procedure. Methods: Twenty-one patients with single-event PTSD (average Impact of Event Scale score: 49.5) received three consecutive sessions of EMDR with three different types of auditory and kinesthetic stimulation (tones and vibrations): intermittent alternating right-left (as commonly used with the standard EMDR protocol), intermittent simultaneous bilateral, and continuous bilateral. Therapists were blinded to the type of stimulation they delivered, and stimulation type assignment was randomized and counterbalanced. Results: All three stimulation types resulted in clinically significant reductions of subjective units of distress (SUD). Yet, alternating stimulation resulted in faster reductions of SUD when only sessions starting with a new target memory were considered. Conclusions: There are clinically significant effects of the EMDR procedure that appear to be independent of the nature of the kinesthetic stimulation used. However, alternating stimulation may confer an additional benefit to the EMDR procedure that deserves attention in future studies.

Keywords: Bilateral Kinesthetic Stimulation Type Distress Empirical Study Posttraumatic Stress Disorder Psychotherapy PSTD Quantitative Study Stimulus Parameters Subjective Units of Distress SUD

Accuracy Verified: Yes

236. Marich, J. (2010, September). Eye movement desensitization and reprocessing in addiction continuing care: A phenomenological study of women in recovery. Psychology of Additive Behaviors, 24(3), 498-507. doi:10.1037/a0018574.

Language: English

Format: Journal

Abstract:
Traditional models of addiction treatment and relapse prevention fail to consider the role that unresolved trauma plays in an addicted woman's recovery experience. Implementing Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing (EMDR) into the treatment process offers a potential solution to this problem. Ten women (alumnae of an extended-care treatment facility) participated in a semistandardized interview to share their experiences with active addiction, treatment, EMDR therapy, and recovery. With the use of A. P. Giorgi's descriptive phenomenological psychological method for analysis, four major thematic areas emerged from the interview data: the existence of safety as an essential crucible of the EMDR experience, the importance of accessing the emotional core as vital to the recovery experience, the role of perspective shift in lifestyle change, and the use of a combination of factors for successful treatment. All 10 women, to some degree, credited EMDR treatment as a crucial component of their addiction continuing-care processes, especially in helping with emotional core access and perspective shift. Implications emerge from the data on how to best implement EMDR into a comprehensive addiction treatment program.

Keywords: Client-Centered Therapy Client Safety Phenomenology Protocols Therapeutic Alliance Therapists Training

Accuracy Verified: Yes

237. Legg, E., O'Halloran, M. S., & Oyer, L. (2012, October). Eye movement desensitization and reprocessing in conjoint couples therapy: A grounded theory study. Poster presented at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Arlington, VA.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
EMDR is a comprehensive evidence-based treatment, typically offered through individual therapy. Though it has been incorporated into couples therapy, limited research has examined its use within conjoint couples therapy, and none has included interviews with couples and therapists, The purpose of this qualitative grounded theory study was to explore the experience of clients and therapists during conjoint EMDR treatment.
Specific researcg questions included: 1) How do members of a couple describe their experience of conjoint couples therapy involving EMDR? 2) How do therapists describe their experience providing EMDR treatment within couples therapy? 3) What do participants perceive as valuable or meaningful about the conjoint EMDR process? 4) What do they perceive as impeding the process? 5) How does each participant describe the status of the couple prior to and following EMDR, both individually and relationally? An initial theory was developed about the conjoint EMDR process. Interviews were conducted with 21 participants, including both partners of ocuples in treatment and the therapists. interviews were analyzed using Strauss and Corbin's (1998) grounded theroy data analysis. The theory emerging from the data provides perspectives not captured in previous research and may prove useful in decision making about the appropriateness of conjoint EMDR for couples as well as methods of assessment and preparation.

Keywords: Conjoint Couples Therapy Poster

Accuracy Verified: Yes

238. Derksen, M. T., & Baeten, B. M. (2009). Eye movement desensitization and reprocessing in de ziekenhuispsychiatrie: Een stap voorwaarts [Eye movement desensitization and reprocessing in hospital psychiatry: A step forward]. Tijdschrift voor Psychiatrie, 51(3).

Language: Dutch

Format: Journal

Abstract:
EMDR (eye movement desensitization and reprocessing) is een intensieve vorm van psychotherapie voor mensen die last houden van de gevolgen van een schokkende ervaring. Een deel van de getroffenen 'verwerkt' deze ervaringen op eigen kracht. Anderen ontwikkelen psychische klachten. Juist deze klachten in het hier en nu als gevolg van een schokkende gebeurtenis in het verleden maken de gebeurtenis tot een traumatische gebeurtenis. In 1993 werd emdr in Nederland geïntroduceerd. Na een bloeiende ontwikkeling onder therapeuten die werken met getraumatiseerde patiënten en tegelijkertijd veel wetenschappelijke scepsis, is emdr tegenwoordig vastgesteld als behandeling van eerste keus voor posttraumatische stressstoornis (ptss). In de afgelopen jaren werd de procedure verfijnd en evolueerde zij tot een volwaardige therapeutische behandelmethode met protocollen voor verschillende vormen van traumagerelateerde psychopathologie zoals ptss, fobieën, rouw, pijnstoornis, paniekstoornis, somatoforme stoornis en verslaving. Het is een snelle, effectieve therapievorm die zelfstandig of aanvullend binnen de behandeling kan worden gebruikt. Vorm: Tijdens deze workshop wordt de emdr-procedure in hoofdlijnen uiteengezet. De bijzondere kenmerken en effecten van emdr worden besproken en geïllustreerd met videobeelden van behandelingen van patiënten met traumatische ervaringen in de levensgeschiedenis. Het toepassingsgebied wordt besproken zodat adequaat verwezen kan worden. Er is tijd voor vragen en een interactieve discussie. Leerdoel: (1) Kennis van de emdr-procedure; (2) kennis van de plaats van emdr binnen de psychotherapie; (3) inzicht in de indicatiestelling van emdr; (4) inzicht in het nut voor psychiaters zich de emdr-methode eigen te maken als welkome aanvulling op bestaande psychotherapieën.

EMDR (Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing) is an intensive form of psychotherapy for people to suffer from the effects of a shocking experience. Some of the victims 'process' these experiences on their own. Others develop psychological problems. Precisely these problems in the here and now because of a shocking event in the past to make the event a traumatic event. In 1993, EMDR was introduced in the Netherlands. After a thriving development among therapists working with traumatized patients, while many scientific skepticism, EMDR is now established as the treatment of choice for post-traumatic stress disorder (PTSD). In recent years, the procedure was refined and evolved it into a valuable therapeutic approach with protocols for various forms of trauma related psychopathology such as PTSD, phobias, grief, pain disorder, panic disorder, somatoform disorder and addiction. It is a fast, effective form of therapy on their own or within the additional treatment may be used. This workshop will form the EMDR procedure guidelines put out. The particular characteristics and effects of EMDR are discussed and illustrated with video images of treatment for patients with traumatic experiences in the life. The scope is to be discussed so that appropriate reference. There is a time for questions and interactive discussion. learning goal (1) Knowledge of the EMDR procedure, (2) knowledge of the location of EMDR in psychotherapy, (3) understand the indications for EMDR, (4) perceptions of the usefulness of psychiatrists to the EMDR method to own make a welcome addition to existing psychotherapies.

Keywords: Hospital Psychiatry

Accuracy Verified: Yes

239. Protinsky, H., Sparks, J., & Flemke, K. (2001, June). Eye movement desensitization and reprocessing: Innovative clinical applications. Journal of Contemporary Psychotherapy, 31(2), 125-135. doi:10.1023/A:1010217707351.

Language: English

Format: Journal

Abstract:
Neurologically-based therapies such as Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing (EMDR) are being clinically implemented and researched in the field of psychotherapy. While EMDR has a theoretical base and some research support for its effectiveness with PTSD, therapists are now developing and using EMDR for other clinical problems. This report illustrates some of the unique applications of EMDR with clinical problems such as: driving phobia, interpersonal arguments, dyspareunia, depression, anxiety, and eating problems. [Author Abstract]

Keywords: Anxiety Conflict Depressive Disorders Dyspareunia Eating Disorders Interpersonal Interaction Phobia Posttraumatic Stress Disorder PTSD Sexual Dysfunctions Somatic Symptoms Stressors Survivor Treatment Effectiveness

Accuracy Verified: Yes

240. Feener, R. S. (2004). Eye movement desensitization and reprocessing: A new method in the treatment of performance anxiety for singers. Florida State University, Tallahassee, FL. AAT 3156073.

Language: English

Format: Dissertation/Thesis

Abstract:
The purpose of this thesis is to provide information and exposure for EMDR therapy as it relates to performance anxiety in singers and other musicians. Since EMDR therapy is a relatively new approach to relieving issues of anxiety, this thesis provides a description of its discovery, background, development, and proper procedures and protocols. In 1987 Francine Shapiro discovered and began to develop a new method in the treatment of trauma using guided eye movements. These guided eye movements were theorized to create bilateral brain stimulation, which through the simultaneous component of recalling ones trauma both physically and emotionally, an individual’s trauma can be processed toward a state of mental health. This is similar to what is theorized to happen during REM sleep. Francine Shapiro states that every human being possesses an innate information processing system that guides each individual toward a balanced state of mental health, similar to the way our bodies heal physically. Once an individual experiences a trauma, the events become locked into the nervous system into its own separate neuro-network, unable to be accessed by the individual for positive processing. Our ability to process the traumatic experience is hindered and the trauma relives itself through nightmares, flashbacks, disturbing or intrusive thoughts, anxiety, or any number of life hindering events. The theory of EMDR is that through guided eye movements, or other sources of bilateral brain stimulation such as hand taps, alternating lights or sounds, or hand buzzers, the traumatic information held in its separate neuro-network is able to bridge itself to more positive information stored in the individual’s memory. EMDR not only helps to desensitize our traumatic memories but also helps to reprocess our thoughts and feelings regarding the trauma with positive statements and beliefs such as “I am in control” and “I deserve this”. One of the most impressive aspects of the therapy is the rate in which patients improve. The success rate of EMDR is between 84 and 90 percent effective in one to three sessions or less, depending on the severity of the trauma. EMDR began treating patients suffering primarily from PTSD (Post-Traumatic Stress Syndrome) but has expanded over the years to include a wide range of pathologies, traumas, and anxiety disorders. Francine Shapiro is continuously striving to enhance the protocols and procedures of EMDR in order to better understand and improve its effectiveness. I discovered EMDR only a ew years ago and realized that it was being used by therapists across the country in the treatment of performance anxiety, but very little had been written on this topic. Therefore, my goal is to expose both singers and instrumentalists to this new method as a new option in the treatment of performance anxiety.

Keywords: Bilateral Brain Stimulation Brain Stimulation Cognitive Processes Emotional Trauma Eye Movements Information Processing System Mental Health Musicians Performance Anxiety Posttraumatic Stress Disorder PTSD Singers Stress Syndromes Trauma

Accuracy Verified: Yes

241. Sonnenberg, M. (2005, November 22). Eye therapy eases intense fear trauma victims feel. Melbourne, FL: Florida Today, Final/All, Health, G01.

Language: English

Format: Newspaper

Abstract:
Peters, along with several other therapists in the area, instead have turned to EMDR, or eye movement desensitization and reprocessing.

Keywords: Fear Melbourne, FL Trauma Victims

Accuracy Verified: Yes

242. Dees, L. (2006, November 2). Eye-movement therapists tackle post-traumatic stress. Portland, OR: The Forecaster.

Language: English

Format: Newspaper

Abstract: Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing (EMDR) is a form of psychotherapy used to relieve the symptoms of post-traumatic stress disorder. EMDR was developed in 1987 by American psychologist Dr. Francine Shapiro. Shapiro studied the impact of EMDR on reducing the symptoms of post-traumatic stress syndrome in Vietnam combat veterans. EMDR has since been expanded to include applications for grief, phobias, anxiety, depression, abuse, performance anxiety and addictions.

Keywords: General Molly Stanley Overview Portland Posttraumatic Stress Disorder PTSD

Accuracy Verified: Yes

243. Bowden, M. (1994, June 26). The eyes have it in a new therapy: It looks like finger-wagging, but it’s a treatment that has caught fire. Philadelphia, PA: The Philadelphia Inquirer, Final, National, A01.

Language: English

Format: Newspaper

Abstract:
Over the years, therapists have tried a bizarre variety of methods to heal people's minds.

Keywords: General Overview Philadelphia

Accuracy Verified: Yes

244. Staff. (1996, March 14). The eyes have it: How the method works -- Here's how eye-movement desensitization and reprocessing is performed. Salt Lake City, UT: Salt Lake Tribune, Final, C8.

Language: English

Format: Newspaper

Abstract:
Therapists say clients with a single tramuatic event may need only one to three 90-minute sessions. Those with chronic post-traumatic stress disorder -- women molested for years as children or Vietnam veterans -- can require many more sessions as well as other kinds of assistance to treat what EMDR creator Francine Shapiro calls ``secondary gain.'' These are the benefits that reinforce the trauma, such as the disability checks a Vietnam veteran receives or the attention and nurturing a molestation victim gets.

Keywords: General Overview Salt Lake City

Accuracy Verified: Yes

245. Wildwind, L. (1995, June). Facilitating live consultation. Presentation at the EMDR Network Conference, Santa Monica, CA.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
The objectives of this presentation are to define ADHD in the various ways it presents adults, using EMDR cognitions and observations of clients as clues; then, to clarify why and EMDR works differently before, during, and after diagnosis, The presenter will provide background on the biological differences of those with the disorder, some thoughts on why this diagnosis is becoming so frequent at this time, and why therapists who use EMDR may be more likely to have the disorder and to see it in their clients. During the workshop participants will explore their own attitudes toward ADHD and learn about how these attitudes influence their ability to identify and assess ADHD symptoms in clients. Values, judgments and common myths about ADHD will be briefly discussed. Specific suggestions about modifying treatment when ADHD is suspected, suggested as a possible diagnosis to the client, and treated will be given, including a list of modified positive cognitions. Treatment planning ideas for clients with a variety of concurrent diagnoses will be offered, with special attention to the problems of resistance to the diagnosis, the medications use for treatment, and the process of adapting patterns to solve specific problems, using a specific example a group treatment planning exercise will be conducted. The actual treatment history of the case will be given clarifying how the treatment goals were reached. There will he time for participants to formulate negative and positive cognitions regarding their attitudes toward ADHD clients and the use of appropriate medications, and to assess the strength those attitudes, SUDS scales will be used. Participants will have an opportunity to ask questions and will obtain a bibliography, a client questionnaire, a list of modified cognitions, and a summary of resources for medical treatment, education and social support.

Keywords: Consultation

Accuracy Verified: Yes

246. Vanhoeck, K., & Gykiere, K. (2010). Fantasiemanagement bij seksuele delinquenten [Fantasy management in sexual offenders]. Tijdschrift voor Seksuologie, 34, 224-235.

Language: Dutch

Format: Journal

Abstract:
Fantasy management for sex offenders Sexual fantasies of sex offenders are a complex therapeutic issue. First, there is not so much we know yet for sure about sexual fantasies. Secondly, the question is what role sexual fantasies play as a risk factor for sexual abuse. And third, therapists see themselves confronted with the difﬁcult task how to affect the sexual fantasies of their client (if they are willing to do this at all). In part 1 of this article, we brieﬂy go through the scientiﬁc knowledge about sexual fantasies of sex offenders and will primarily have to ﬁnd out that we do not know much. In part 2 we present four ethical statements as a therapeutic framework for fantasy management. Finally we describe six steps to make it practical to get started.

Keywords: Fantasy Management Sex Offenders

Accuracy Verified: Yes

247. Brown, L. S. (2002). Feminist therapy and EMDR: theory meets practice. In F. Shapiro (Ed.), EMDR as an integrative psychotherapy approach: Experts of diverse orientations explore the paradigm prism (1st ed.) (pp. 263-287). Washington: American Psychological Association.

Language: English

Format: Book Section

Abstract:
This chapter includes a review of certain core concepts of feminist therapy theory and an exploration of how EMDR can be integrated into feminist practice as a means of operationalizing that theory. Because feminist therapy is inherently technically eclectic, embracing interventions ranging from the psychodynamic to the most radically behavioral, the question to be addressed regarding EMDR as a feminist practice is whether its use in therapy supports feminist models of change. In feminist practice, that question is the boundary condition for inclusion of a strategy: Can its use promote feminist models and outcomes? Not every way of practicing therapy does this, and some strategies, particularly those that emphasize strategic approaches in which therapists intentionally use their power over the client, are per se problematic. However, EMDR seems to fall easily within the parameters of feminist practice and even in the hands of nonfeminist therapists advances the goals of feminist social and personal change that are at the core of feminist therapy models. In arguing that EMDR does support feminist strategies, this chapter explores the way feminist practice conceptualizes the notions of change and goodness of outcome. To some degree, these notions are very similar to those of nonfeminist therapies, and in other respects they are radically different. [Text, p. 266]

Keywords: Adults Feminist Psychotherapeutic Processes Stressors Survivors

Accuracy Verified: Yes

248. de Jongh, A. (2010, April). Fijne kneepjes bij angsten en fobieën [Intricacies of fears and phobias]. Workshop gepresenteerd aan de vierde congres van de Vereniging EMDR Nederland, Nijmegen, The Nederlands.

Language: Dutch

Format: Conference

Abstract:
De fijne kneepjes van het behandelen van angsten- en fobieën Een fobie is de meest voorkomende psychische aandoening. Het hebben van een dergelijke angst is vervelend en degene die er last van heeft wordt vaak behoorlijk beperkt in het dagelijks functioneren. Omdat angsten meestal ontstaan als gevolg van gebeurtenissen blijkt EMDR – middels het op therapeutische wijze beïnvloeden van de kennisbestanden die daaraan ten grondslag liggen - een bijzonder geschikte behandelaanpak. Deze workshop is bedoeld voor ervaren therapeuten die hun reikwijdte ten aanzien van behandeling van patiënten met een angst of fobie - al dan niet met behulp van EMDR - verder wil vergroten. De deelnemers krijgen naast tips en ideeën, een nieuwe vorm van casusconceptualisatie en targetselectie aangereikt die vooral bij patiënten met veel vermijdingstendenties effectief is. Daarnaast wordt uitgelegd hoe cognitieve gedragstherapeutische interventies behulpzaam kunnen zijn om de patiënt voor te bereiden op - of te laten wennen aan – toekomstige, potentieel moeilijke confrontaties met de fobische stimulussituatie. Het aangeleerde materiaal - dat wordt ondersteund door videobeelden uit de praktijk - kan direct in de praktijk worden toegepast. Aan de orde komen een grote variëteit aan voorbeelden van behandelingen van patiënten met fobische problematiek: braakfobie, tandartsfobie, stikfobie, kattenfobie en bloed-letsel-injectiefobie. De workshop is geschikt voor behandelaars, zowel op het terrein van volwassenen als kinderen en jeugd. Het doel van de workshop is deelnemers na de workshop in staat te stellen om: ● fobische problematiek te conceptualiseren in termen van EMDR ● gebruik te maken van een nieuwe methode van casusconceptualisatie en targetselectie voor het behandelen van angsten en fobieën ● de verschillende effectieve componenten van een EMDR behandeling aan te wenden en te integreren (cognitive interweaves, future template, mental video etc.) ten behoeve van de behandeling van angsten en fobieën ● EMDR te combineren met diverse evidence based interventies zoals, copingstrategieën (bijvoorbeeld bij injectiefobie) gedragsexperimenten (bijvoorbeeld bij stikfobie) en applied tension (bij bloed-letsel-injectiefobie)

This workshop is designed for experienced therapists who range in relation to treatment of patients with a fear or phobia - or not using EMDR - continue to increase. Participants receive tips and ideas in addition, a new form of target selection and casusconceptualisatie handed mainly in patients with many avoiding tendencies effective. Besides explaining how cognitive behavioral interventions may be helpful to the patient to prepare for - or get used to - future, potentially difficult confrontation with the phobic stimulussituatie. The learned material - supported by video footage from the ground - straight into practice. It discusses a variety of examples of treatments of patients with phobic problem: empty phobia, dentist phobia, phobia sewing, cats phobia and blood-injection-injury phobia. The workshop is suitable for therapists, both in the field of adults and children and youth. The aim of the workshop participants after the workshop to allow for: ● phobic to conceptualize problems in terms of EMDR ● Using a new method of target selection and casusconceptualisatie to treat fears and phobias ● the various components of an effective EMDR treatment to use and integrate (cognitive interweaves futures template, mental video etc.) for the treatment of fears and phobias ● EMDR combined with various evidence based interventions such as coping strategies (eg injection phobia) behavioral experiments (eg nitrogen phobia) and Applied tension (In blood-injection-injury phobia)

Keywords: Fears Phobias

Accuracy Verified: Yes

249. Evans, R. (2000, February 21). Finger-flash therapy catches on. Healtheon/WebMD. Retrieved from http://archives.cnn.com/2000/HEALTH/alternative/02/15/eye.movement.wmd/index.html on 3/4/2006.

Language: English

Format: Magazine

Abstract:
Though skeptics still criticize this unusual treatment, in which therapists wave their fingers in front of their patients' eyes, EMDR is gaining acceptance in the psychotherapy community. The approach was first developed by psychologist Francine Shapiro, Ph.D., of the Mental Research Institute in Palo Alto, California.

Keywords: Postraumatic Stress Disorder PTSD Therapy Treatment

Accuracy Verified: Yes

250. Bowden, M. (1994, July 3). Finger-wagging seems to work: Treatment is the latest rage for dealing with traumatic memories. Mobile, AL: Mobile Register, AM, E13.

Language: English

Format: Newspaper

Abstract:
Now, they've taken to furiously wagging their fingers in front of the patient's face. It's called ``Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing,'' or EMDR to the cognoscenti, and it's the latest rage, practiced now by thousands of respected therapists in the treatment of traumatic memories and phobias.

Keywords: General Overview Mobile

Accuracy Verified: Yes

251. Bowden, M. (1994, July 3). Finger-wagging, schoolmarm style, the rage in therapy. Tampa, FL: The Tampa Tribune, Metropolitan Edition, Nation/World, 16.

Language: English

Format: Newspaper

Abstract:
Now, they've taken to furiously wagging their fingers in front of the patient's face. It's called "Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing," or EMDR to the cognoscenti, and it's the latest rage, practiced now by thousands of respected therapists in the treatment of traumatic memories and phobias.

Keywords: General Overview Tampa

Accuracy Verified: Yes

252. Cahill, S., Foa, E., Rothbaum, B., & Resnick, P. (2004, November). First do no harm: Worsening or improvement after prolonged exposure. In A. Maercker & G. Berthold (Chairs), Beyond RCT research: Evaluating cmmon and new treatment components. Symposium conducted at the 20th International Society of Traumatic Stress Studies Conference, New Orleans, LA .

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
During the past years, PTSD treatment competencies raised tremendously due to the development and evaluation in randomized controlled trials. Exposure and cognitive restructuring techniques are basics of a variety of effective psychotherapies. Our symposium discusses challenges, possible shortcomings, implications, and new applications of efficacious techniques (e.g., using the internet).
First do no harm: Worsening or improvement after prolonged exposure: Despite a substantial body of research accumulated over the 15 years indicating that exposure therapy programs are highly effective in reducing PTSD symptom severity and associated anxiety and depression across a wide range of trauma populations, few therapists utilize this treatment. One reason offered by therapists for not providing this treatment is their concern that exposure therapy may result in symptom worsening among individuals with PTSD (Becker et al., 2003). The purpose of this study was to investigate the frequency of symptoms worsening and symptom improvement following Prolonged Exposure (PE), one particular exposure therapy protocol developed for use in the treatment of PTSD, across five separate treatment studies (Foa et al., 1991, 1999, in preparation; Resick et al., 2002; Rothbaum et al., in preparation) and to compare it with other forms of cognitive behavior therapy (stress inoculation training, cognitive processing therapy, EMDR) and waitlist controls. Preliminary results based on two of the five studies (Foa et al., 1999; in preparation) found worsening of PTSD symptom in less than 1% of participants completing active treatment (N = 162) and 8% of participants completing waitlist (N = 39). PTSD symptom improvement was found in 90% of participants completing cognitive behavior therapy (N = 149) compared to 36% participants completing waitlist.

Keywords: Prolonged Exposure Symposium

Accuracy Verified: Yes

253. Grand, D. (2001, May). Flow EMDR - Advanced clinical practice. Presentation at the EMDR Europe Association annual meeting, London, UK.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Although the structured protocols and procedures of EMDR practice have provided therapists with enhanced healing opportunities, the awkwardness of the procedure remains unnatural to many EMDR therapists. However, EMDR can be modified to a more natural face-to-face flowing treatment process. This presentation will comprehensively examine flow EMDR and its dual naturalising components of "essential listening" and extended bi-lateral stimulation. "Essential listening" entails the therapists accepting that all potential answers reside in the clients system. This information and the ensuing healing process is supported by the therapist suspending all meta communications emanating from the client. Following this procedure, combined with the targeted information of the protocol activated by bi-lateral stimulation, allows the client to process information until they arrive at their "essential truths". Flow EMDR also utilises longer sets and/or continuous bi-lateral stimulation afforded by auditory and tactile stimulation. Innovations in eye movement, called ''paint brushing", will also be demonstrated with varied pace, direction, pausing and distance. Auditory stimulation will be reviewed as to its current modes and tactile stimulation will also be explored in terms of tapping, pressing and mechanical activation. Flow EMDR also actively integrates ego state work, part protocols, multiple protocols, parallel protocols, self questioning interweaves, targeting of present mood states, resource activation's of locating and installing positive body sensations and body processing enhanced by colour and image associations. This presentation will include lecture, clinical demonstratipn, audience participation and extensive hand-out material.

Keywords: Essential Listening Flow EMDR

Accuracy Verified: Yes

254. Terwilliger, K. (1994, September 25). Fly anxiety: Fears of air travel can be paralyzing. Colorado Springs, CO: The Gazette, Lifestyle, 1.

Language: English

Format: Newspaper

Abstract:
Some therapists claim success with Eye Movement Densensitization and Reprocessing - EMDR - an innovative technique that involves eye movement in tandem with visualization. Friedman participated in a recent Colorado Springs study of EMDR; she's also done some conventional therapy. Neither seemed to help her overcome her phobia - "but in some ways, I gave up," she says. Now, she's considering trying again.

Keywords: Colorado Springs Fear of Flying

Accuracy Verified: Yes

255. McGuire-Bouwman, K. (1998). Focusing and the "power" therapies. Presentation at the 10th International Focusing Conference, Spring Valley, New York .

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
While research is needed to prove what look to be dramatic effects, the attention of medical and psychological science is being captured by approaches which work with the "body,"such as Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing (EMDR), Thought Field Therapy, and Emotional Freedom Techniques™. Focusing has always been a "body-based" therapy and has always, in the experience of we who practice focusing-oriented therapy, produced results much more dramatic than "just talking" therapy. What is the relationship between focusing, EMDR, TFT, and EFT? How are they similar/different? How can knowledge of focusing therapy integrate with and enhance the application of these new "power" therapies? Without claiming to be an expert in the new techniques, Dr. McGuire will demonstrate Focusing Therapy, EMDR, and EFT with audience volunteers and lead a discussion on inter-relationships. Other focusing-oriented therapists who are specialized in one of the power therapies would be welcome to participate. If others have submitted similar proposals, we could combine into a three-hour panel with demonstrations. 1.5 hrs. Kathy McGuire-Bouwman, PhD.

Keywords: EFT Focusing Therapy

Accuracy Verified: Yes

256. Winkler, N. (2013, February 25). Free Therapy Offered to Minnesota Veterans. KSTP-TV, 5 Eyewitness News, St. Paul/Minneapolis. Retrieved from http://kstp.com/news/stories/S2943598.shtml?cat=1 on 3/13/2013.

Language: English

Format: Video

Abstract:
It's part of the Minnesota Resilience Project for Veterans, which has trained therapists across the state in EMDR therapy.

Keywords: Minnesota Resilience Project for Veterans Veterans

Accuracy Verified: Yes

257. Adler-Tapia, R. (2006, September). From research to practice: What the research has taught us about training therapists to use EMDR with young children. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Philadelphia, PA.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Our initial research study explored the therapist's ability to demonstrate fidelity to the EMDR protocol with young children. While data collection focused on documenting fidelity to the EMDR protocol, ancillary data emerged that identified skills and training that therapists needed in order to successfully implement the full EMDR protocol in the treatment of children. The preliminary content analysis of the data from the research group identified six major themes that impact treating children with the full EMDR protocol that include therapist issues, client issues, treatment issues, parent/home environment issues, clinical environment issues and therapist training issues. This presentation will review the findings from the research with focus on teaching specific skills for therapists to improve their practice of using EMDR with young children. Therapists need to understand the implication of attachment and attunement in the therapeutic relationship, the impact of parents and the home environment on the treatment, and learn skills to teach children emotional literacy in order to improve the efficacy of EMDR in the treatment of young children. This presentation will summarize the advanced skills that therapists working with young children will need after completing basic training in EMDR. With consultation focused on EMDR and additional training in using EMDR with young children, the research study has demonstrated that therapists trained in child development and play therapy can successfully implement the full eight phases of EMDR with children.

Keywords: Children

Accuracy Verified: Yes

258. Adler-Tapia, R., & Settle, C. (2010, September/October). From sandboxes to the classroom: EMDR for the treatment of trauma and dissociation in children. Presentation at the annual meeting of EMDR International Association, Minneapolis, MN.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Recognizing and treating symptoms of attachment trauma and dissociation are imperative clinical skills for effective treatment throughout the eight Phases of the EMDR Protocol with clients of any age. The presentation will review AIP theory and the eight-phase EMDR treatment protocol, the three-phase Dissociative Theory treatment, and tools for assessing dissociation in children and adolescents. Once evaluated, therapists will need to continue to assess emerging symptoms that can continue to arise and impede EMDR treatment. Clinical skills including grounding techniques, visualizations, identifying and integrating ego states, and mirroring and nurturing techniques, will be described and demonstrated for participants to implement throughout the EMDR Protocol.

Keywords: Children Dissociation Trauma

Accuracy Verified: Yes

259. Royle, L., & Kerr, C. (2012). From the general to the specific—selecting the target memory. Journal of EMDR Practice and Research, 6(3), 101-109. doi:10.1891/1933-3196.6.3.101.

Language: English

Format: Journal

Abstract:
This article is an excerpt from the book Integrating EMDR Into Your Practice (Royle & Kerr, 2010), which is a hands-on guide to facilitate the successful integration of eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR) training into therapists' practice while recognizing that trainees come from a range of theoretical backgrounds. This excerpt focuses on identifying the appropriate target memory and its related negative cognition (NC) in preparation for desensitization. Clients and therapists need to understand the rationale for selecting a particular target utilizing prioritization and clustering techniques. The importance of the belief system is discussed and methods of identifying the initial targets are offered, including the floatback technique. Many practitioners experience difficulty in getting the right NC, and methods for drawing this out are illustrated. Final preparations prior to desensitization are considered as well as the importance of addressing client anxieties and expectations. Throughout the excerpt, case vignettes are used to outline cautions and common pitfalls encountered by the novice EMDR therapist.

Keywords: Client Anxiety Negative Cognition Preparation Phase Target Memory Treatment Plan

Accuracy Verified: Yes

260. Adler-Tapia, R. L., & Settle, C. S. (2009, March). The full works. Counselling Children and Young People, 12-15.

Language: English

Format: Newsletter

Abstract:
Whether you are first learning about Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing (EMDR) or you have participated in EMDR training, the goal of this article is to provide the reader with a brief overview of strategies for using the full protocol with young children. To understand the process by which the phases of the protocol are applied with child clients, it is important to understand the theoretical underpinnings that Adaptive Information Processing (AIP) theory creates as a foundation for healing and health with children. After discussing the application of AIP to children, the article will continue with an overview of skills therapists can use to create a toolbox that can be integrated into the EMDR eight phase treatment protocol with references for additional study and training on using EMDR with children. Finally, therapists will begin to learn how to adapt the full EMDR protocol for effective psychotherapy through developmentally suited language and interventions with even the youngest of clients.

Keywords: Adaptive Information Processing AIP Children Child Psychotherapy

Accuracy Verified: Yes

261. York, C., & Leeds, A. (2001, June). Gate theory: An accelerated information processing model for developing functional state change. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Austin, TX.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
A "Gate Theory: will be proposed to synthesize concepts of Attachment Theory, Affect Theory; Discrete Behavioral States, and Short-Term Anxiety-Regulating Psychotherapy, and to help clinicians using EMDR to identify blocks in emotional states and behavioral goals. A protocol be will presented to assist therapists and clients to identify blocks and to develop functional transitions in affect states with the aim of helping clients to achieve behavioral goals and greater emotional well-being. Case examples and videos will be used to demonstrate the protocol and to facilitate the understanding of "targeted material" and strategies to enhance processing information.

Keywords: Gate Theory

Accuracy Verified: Yes

262. Gaynor, S. T. (2002). Getting ahead of the data: Not all threats are equal. the Behavior Therapist, 25(7/8), 137-139.

Language: English

Format: Newsletter

Abstract:
I have different replies to the two responses to my recent paper (Corrigan, 2001). Thanks to Gaynor (2002) for providing single-subject evidence about Functional Analytic Psychotherapy (FAP). My goal was not to dismiss FAP or any of the other therapies as ineffective. Rather, I wanted to encourage researchers to look at the data, much as Gaynor has done here. It also seems that Gaynor and I agree that “going beyond the data in promoting and disseminating new treatments” should be a matter of concern to behavior therapists. We seem to part company in considering when specific therapies fall in this error. Gaynor seems to view behavior therapy more liberally, suggesting the dissemination of FAP before its empirical findings are obtained serves the purpose of promoting discussion and research. I have a more conservative view. Therapies and data are co-synchronous; one should not precede the other

Keywords: Acceptance & Commitment Therapy Behavior Therapy Dialectical Behavior Therapy Functional Analytic Psychotherapy Letter

Accuracy Verified: Yes

263. Brayne, M. (2011, March). Giving evidence in court on behalf of an EMDR client. Symposium conducted at the 9th annual Conference of the EMDR UK & Ireland, Bristol .

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
What’s it like to give court evidence in the UK on behalf of an EMDR client? And what can EMDR unleash in a survivor of child sexual abuse now become war reporter? In 2007, Mark Brayne became one of the very few EMDR therapists internationally to have taken the witness stand for a client, involving sexual abuse charges against a former priest at a prominent Catholic school in the UK. Mark’s client “G”, a former war correspondent, had always known he was abused as a child. But it was in EMDR, more than 20 years later, that he recalled the detail. Four years after the trial, “G” has now given permission for his story to be told. This workshop will a space to explore some of the legal challenges of working with EMDR, and also EMDR’s table-turning and at times colourfully cartoon-like impact on the narrative of dysfunctional memory networks.

Keywords: Court Evidence

Accuracy Verified: Yes

264. Wylie, M. S. (1996, July/August). Going for the cure. Family Therapy Networker, 20(4), 20-37 .

Language: English

Format: Magazine

Abstract:
This article discusses the challenges that working with PTSD clients present to therapists who wish to avoid vicarious traumatization. In addition, the work of Charles Figley and Joyce Carbonell to further understanding and treatment of PTSD is addressed, with particular emphasis on eye movement desensitization, traumatic incident reduction, visual kinesthetic dissociation, and thought field therapy.

Keywords: Behavior Therapy Commentary Epidemiology Neurolinguistic Programming NLP Posttraumatic Stress Disorder Psychotherapeutic Processes PTSD Research Needs TFT Thought Field Therapy TIR Traumatic Incident Reduction Treatment Effectiveness

Accuracy Verified: Yes

265. Staff. (2012, July 18). The great accomplishments of Francine Shapiro. News Direct. Retrieved from http://www.newsdx.com/articles/162890-the-great-accomplishments-of-francine-shapiro/ on 7/22/2012.

Language: English

Format: Other

Abstract:
If you learn about the accomplishments of Francine Shapiro, you will quickly discover that she is a humanitarian who cares deeply about the well being of people. In addition to all of these great successes, she also offers various different continuing education courses. These courses are available to all professional therapists who need to keep their licenses up to date. It all takes place so that these professionals can stay informed of all the new developments in psychology and mental health care so the best proper treatment can be given to all clients. [Excerpt]

Keywords: Francine Shapiro Practice Theory

Accuracy Verified: Yes

266. Leeds, A. M. (2012, November). Guía de protocolos estándar de EMDR para terapeutas, supervisores y consultores [A guide to the standard EMDR protocols for clinicians, supervisors, and consultants]. Bilbao ESPAÑA: Desclée De Brouwer.

Language: Spanish

Format: Book

Abstract:
Aprender a utilizar el EMDR con seguridad y eficacia requiere la integración de una amplia gama de conocimientos y competencias. Esta guía quiere ser una orientación para las cuestiones clínicas, profesionales y de gestión de riesgos con las que los profesionales del EMDR se encuentran a diario. Siguiendo el modelo de las ocho fases de la EMDR, el libro propone una guía clara y detallada para la utilización de los protocolos convencionales de EMDR para el tratamiento del trastorno de estrés postraumático, fobias y ataques de pánico. También se incluyen pautas para la formulación de casos, la planificación del tratamiento y para preparar a los pacientes para el reprocesamiento con EMDR. Además, la guía también contiene muestras de contratos para supervisión y formularios para documentar los resúmenes de los casos y los resultados de los tratamientos, así como: - gráficos, formularios, ilustraciones, tablas y árboles de decisión para guiar la planificación del tratamiento y la documentación. - estudios de casos con trascripciones que ilustran los distintos protocolos y pautas para tomar decisiones informadas. - cuestiones éticas de aplicación clínica, consulta, supervisión e investigación. Gracias a las pautas de tratamiento claras y concisas sobre el uso clínico del EMDR, este libro es un recurso de incalculable valor para terapeutas en activo, supervisores, consultores y directores clínicos.

Learning to use EMDR safely and effectively requires the integration of a wide range of knowledge and skills. This guide is intended as a guide for clinical, professional and risk management with which EMDR practitioners encounter daily. Modeled after the eight phases of EMDR, the book offers a clear and detailed guide to the use of EMDR protocols for treating PTSD, phobias and panic attacks. Also included are guidelines for case formulation, treatment planning and to prepare patients for reprocessing with EMDR. The guide also contains samples for monitoring contracts and forms to document summaries of cases and treatment outcomes, as well as: - Charts, forms, illustrations, tables and decision trees to guide treatment planning and documentation. - Case studies with transcripts illustrating the different protocols and guidelines to make informed decisions. - Ethical issues in clinical application, consultation, supervision and research. With treatment guidelines clear and concise on the clinical use of EMDR, this book is an invaluable resource for practicing therapists, supervisors, consultants and clinical directors.

Keywords: Prtactice Protocols Theory

Accuracy Verified: Yes

267. Shapiro, F. (2013). HAP UK EMDR Therapists' Handbook - for trained EMDR clinicians only. Humanitarian Assistance Programme UK & Ireland (HAP UK&I).

Language: English

Format: Other

Abstract:
Based on the work of Dr Francine Shapiro, this concisely written handbook sums up all the basics you need to know as an EMDR therapist working with clients. All profits from the sale of this handbook go to support the invaluable work of EMDR's Humanitarian Assistance Programme UK & Ireland (HAP UK&I), taking EMDR training to therapists in zones around the world of conflict and disaster. The therapists' handbook can be used in conjunction with the HAP UK&I EMDR client's handbook, also available here on Amazon Kindle. For further information about the work of HAP UK&I, please visit our website, www.hapuk.org.

Keywords: Handbook

Accuracy Verified: Yes

268. Vogelmann-Sine, S. (1998). Healing hidden pain: resolving the effects of childhood abuse and neglect. In P. Manfield (Ed.), Extending EMDR: A casebook of innovative applications (1st ed.) (pp. 167-190). New York: W. W. Norton.

Language: English

Format: Book Section

Abstract: W
hen EMDR is incorporated into a treatment plan, the treatment outcome is primarily determined by the clients' willingness and ability to trust their therapists and face the painful feelings that are limiting their functioning. Each treatment plan has to be carefully designed in order to assist individuals to overcome behavior adaptations based on trauma and assist them to function more adequately in the present. I have found it most effective to educate clients about their trauma history and the adaptations they have to make and enlist them as active participants in the healing process. A collaborative relationship is necessary in order to determine whether clients are willing and able to take the risks necessary to face painful emotions and experiences in order to overcome barriers in their lives. The therapeutic journey discussed in this chapter is inspiring because it illustrates the complexity of such a healing process. "Susan's" story demonstrates that EMDR is a tool that can help clients go back in time and develop those parts of their personalities that could not emerge because of an invalidating environment. [Text, p. 169]

Keywords: Adults Americans Case Report Child Abuse Females Life Experiences Neglect Psychotherapeutic Processes Self Concept Survivors Treatment Effectiveness

Accuracy Verified: Yes

269. Crenshaw, D. (2008, September-October). The healing power of play; Helping the traumatized child find safety again. Psychotherapy Networker, 32(5), 61-65.

Language: English

Format: Magazine

Abstract: W
hen children are too anxious, afraid, or traumatized to play, they can't utilize this natural resource of childhood to relieve a painful emotional state. Child therapists can help children reclaim this vital feature of emotional self-regulation by teaching, modeling, and setting the stage for the child to play.

Keywords: Children Play Therapy Psychotherapy Youth

Accuracy Verified: Yes

270. Forgash, C. A., & Copeley, M. (2008). Healing the heart of trauma and dissociation with EMDR and ego state therapy. New York, NY: Springer Publishing Co.

Language: English

Format: Book

Abstract:
"This book pioneers the integration of EMDR with ego state techniques and opens new and exciting vistas for the practitioners of each." --From the foreword by John G. Watkins, PhD, founder of ego state therapy "This is a book about polypsychism and trauma. It offers a number of creative syntheses of EMDR with several models of polypsychism. It also surveys and includes many other models of contemporary trauma theory and treatment techniques. The reader will appreciate its enrichment with case examples and very generous bibliographic material. If you are a therapist who works with patients who have been traumatized, you will want this book in your library." --Claire Frederick, MD, Distinguished Consulting Faculty, Saybrook Graduate School and Research Center "Training in EMDR seems to have spread rapidly among therapists in recent years. In the process, awareness is growing that basic EMDR training may not be adequate to prepare clinicians to effectively treat the many cases of complex trauma and dissociation that are likely to be encountered in general practice. By integrating it with ego state therapy, this book may just serve as a crucial turning point in the development of EMDR by providing a model for productively applying it to the treatment of this important and sizeable clinical population." --Steven N. Gold, PhD, President Elect, APA Division of Trauma The powerful benefits of EMDR in treating PTSD have been solidly validated. In this groundbreaking new work nine master clinicians show how complex PTSD involving dissociation and other challenging diagnoses can be treated safely and effectively. They stress the careful preparation of clients for EMDR and the inclusion of ego state therapy to target the dissociated ego states that arise in response to severe and prolonged trauma. [Springer]

Keywords: Dissociation Ego State Therapy

Accuracy Verified: Yes

271. Adler-Tapia, R., & Settle, C. (2009). Healing the origins of trauma: An introduction to EMDR in psychotherapy with children and adolescents. In A. Rubin & D. W. Springer (Eds.) Treatment of traumatized adults and children - Clinician's guide to evidence-based practice series (pp. 349-418). New York, NY: Wiley.

Language: English

Format: Book Section

Abstract:
What if the brain had a similar mechanism for healing psychological injuries as the body does, just like a finger can heal a cut? Imagine tapping into that healing process in the brain and helping a child who witnessed her brother accidentally killed by a school bus, who then developed a school phobia, be able to return to school and eliminate her depression. What if you could help a foster child with a history of severe and chronic abuse, reduce his disruptive symptoms within a 9-month period so that he could stabilize and be adopted? Eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR) can be used in psychotherapy to help children heal from stressful experiences of both traumatic and developmental origins. And, while EMDR is not a magic wand, it is remarkable in its efficiency in reducing or eliminating significant mental health symptoms and healing the origins of trauma. This chapter is written for clinicians who have had little or no exposure to the EMDR treatment methodology or for those who may have wondered what it is and how it works. The goal of this chapter is to summarize the use of EMDR with children with case presentations woven through the steps of the EMDR protocol. As a potential paradigm shift for child and adolescent therapists who have been trained in child development and play therapy, this chapter will not only explain why EMDR with children and adolescents makes sense, but why EMDR is the treatment of choice for many children presenting with symptoms of trauma. The experienced child therapist will also learn how child development, play therapy, and other child-focused therapies can be integrated to overall case conceptualization with the eight phases of the EMDR protocol. Initially, this chapter provides a brief description of EMDR. While Chapter 5 covered EMDR with adult clients, this chapter will focus on translating the EMDR protocol into child language from a developmentally grounded perspective for use with child clients. Given that focus, this chapter will minimize coverage of generic EMDR content that was already covered in Chapter 5. However, some overlap is inescapable. For example, like Chapter 5, this chapter will address the Adaptive Information Processing (AIP) theory that underlies the eight phases of the EMDR treatment protocol. This chapter also includes a brief theoretical overview of trauma and the impact on neurodevelopment as it guides psychotherapy. With a detailed explanation of the description, purpose, and concepts of each phase of the EMDR protocol, this chapter describes the clinical implications and procedural considerations for effectively using EMDR with children through each phase of the protocol. The chapter concludes with information for clinicians to learn how to get basic training in EMDR and advanced training in using EMDR with children. Integrated throughout this chapter are practical applications for successfully using EMDR in psychotherapy with children in order to heal the origins of trauma. With this introduction to EMDR, the reader should note that throughout this chapter, the terms client and child are often interchanged, and any reference to a child includes children and adolescents unless otherwise noted. Finally, the terms parent and caregiver refer to the child's primary caregiver. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2010 APA, all rights reserved)

Keywords: Adolescents Children

Accuracy Verified: Yes

272. Maltz, W. (1995, June). Healing the sexual problems caused by sexual abuse. Presentation at the EMDR Network Conference, Santa Monica, CA.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Sexual abuse is abuse to a person's sexuality. It can seriously harm the development of healthy sexual attitudes, self-concept, and behavior. In particular, survivors are often troubled by a variety of sexual problems, such as, fear and avoidance of sex, approaching sex as an obligation, automatic negative reactions to touch, difficulty becoming aroused or feeling sensation, emotional detachment during sex, disturbing sexual thoughts and fantasies, compulsive sexual behaviors, difficulty with intimate partners, and sexual functioning concerns. EMDR is a technique which can effect significant changes in cognition, sensation, and emotional experience. It can be a powerful tool to help survivors reprocess traumatic material blocking healthy sexual experience. But because sex is often an extremely loaded issue for survivors, and EMDR is seen as technique in which the therapist "does something" to the client, precautions must be taken to avoid negative, retraumatizing reactions and increase positive results. Due to the high potential for negative transference in sex therapy with survivors, the therapist must present the EMDR technique in a style which values client safety and empowerment. This can involve associating the techque with safe images and prior positive experiences, developing relaxation and containment skills, and modifying the physical aspects associated with the technique. There are a variety of sexual concerns which respond well to EMDR intervention. EMDR can be used to help replace old negative messages about sex with new messages which view sex as based on consent, equality, respect and safety. Sexual self-concept can be improved as survivors undo irrational belief systems which blame their sexuality and/or sexual parts for having caused the abuse. EMDR can help introduce new experiences of self-forgiveness and self-acceptance. EMDR can also help desensitize particular objects, sexual settings, types of touch, and associations to the intimate partner which trigger negative reactions. Therapists who focus on sexual healing need to be familiar with a variety of sexual healing techniques. These include the sexual response cycle exercise, relearning touch exercises, techniques for healing unwanted sexual fantasies, and techniques for improving sexual functioning. Therapists can use EMDR to help survivors work through blocks and impasses encountered with the techniques.

Keywords: Sexual Abuse Sexual Issues

Accuracy Verified: Yes

273. Waldon, A. P. (2006). Hello Strength & Bravery: A Resource Workbook for Children. (Online) LuLu.com and EMDRResources.com.

Language: English

Format: Book

Abstract:
Using this workbook, the child EMDR psychotherapist guides the child client to create a notebook of drawings of the child`s own strengths and resources. Each page offers a "pick list" of examples related to the positive thought in the headline for that page. On each page the child is instructed to create a drawing or sculpture, or to tell or write a story related to that positive thought or resource. This workbook is helpful to the EMDR therapist in several situations - for installation of resources in the Preparation phase of EMDR Therapy, for positive hands-on activities at the end of child therapy sessions, for selected parents to use at home to reinforce installation of positive resources, and for strength building if the child`s home life is too unstable for trauma processing. This workbook serves as a good companion to Goodbye Yucky Thoughts and Feelings. The workbook is also designed for use by non-EMDR therapists to help build confidence and a sense of mastery.[EMDRResources Abstract]

Keywords: Children

Accuracy Verified: Yes

274. Ventouratou, D. (2012, June). Help the helpers with EMDR(For all EMDR professionals) [Ayudar a los formadores del EMDR (Especialmente para Supervisores)]. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Madrid, Spain.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Most therapists are confronted with feelings of insufficiency, helplessness and even anger if a therapy is not successful. Feelings of shame often prevent the therapist to come in contact with his own countertransference during a supervision session. Supervisors often get lost in analyzing history details and making interpretations or offering tools, but they sometimes fail to help the therapists to get in touch with their own feelings. Therefore, a “stuck” therapeutic process is probably followed (or actually “mirrored”) by a “stuck” in supervision process. In this workshop we will demonstrate how we can utilize the EMDR-‐protocol in difficult supervision or intervision cases, in order to overcome impasses in therapeutic processes, negative emotions or beliefs, matters of countertransference and secondary traumatization of the therapist. Case examples will show how utilizing EMDR in supervision can lead to a sudden change of feelings towards the client and to a deeper understanding of his attitude, show the connection to the therapists blocking issues, and therefore re-‐enable conscious empathy. The presentation of a specially modified EMDR – Supervision-‐ Protocol and case examples will be followed by a live demonstration. The workshop is addressed to all clinicians who work as supervisors. The modified EMDR-‐Supervision-‐Protocol can be used by all EMDR-‐Practitioners (NOT only accredited consultants!), whereas their supervisors do not necessarily need to be familiar with EMDR.

La Mayoría de los terapeutas tienen que enfrentarse con sentimientos de insuficiencia, frustración e incluso ira si la terapia no tiene éxito. Sentimientos de vergüenza a menudo previenen al terapeuta a ponerse en contacto con su propia contratransferencia durante una sesión de supervisión. Los supervisores a menudo se pierden en analizar los detalles de la historia y hacer sus interpretaciones u ofrecer herramientas terapéuticas, pero en muchos casos, fallan en ayudar al terapeuta a ponerse en contacto con sus propios sentimientos. Por eso un “atasco” en el proceso terapéutico esta probablemente seguido por (o “reflejado”) por un “atasco” en el proceso de supervisión. En este taller vamos a demostrar cómo podemos utilizar el protocolo EMDR en supervisiones o intervenciones de casos difíciles, con el fin de sobreponer los obstáculos del proceso terapéutico, las emociones negativas, o las creencias relacionadas con la contratransferencia y secundariamente la traumatización del terapeuta Casos prácticos mostrarán, cómo utilizando el EMDR, en la supervisión puede promover un cambio repentino de cara al cliente y de un más profundo entendimiento de sus actitudes, mostraremos la conexión con los problemas de bloqueos de los terapeutas, y por tanto, reactivar la empatía consciente. La presentación de esta modificación especial del protocolo EMDR – Supervisión-‐ Protocolo y ejemplos de casos se llevaran a cabo con demostraciones en directo.

Keywords: Burnout

Accuracy Verified: Yes

275. de Jongh, A., & ten Broeke, E. (2005, November). Het EMDR protocol: werk in uitvoerig [The EMDR protocol: A work in progress). Presentatie aan de eerste congres van de Vereniging EMDR Nederland, Ede, The Netherlands.

Language: Dutch

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Sinds de introductie van EMDR heeft het basis-protocol veel veranderingen doorgemaakt, zowel in de Verenigde Staten als daarbuiten. Voor een deel waren dat min of meer cosmetische aanpassingen, maar verscheidene aanpassingen zijn ingegeven door culturele, conceptueel-inhoudelijke of technische overwegingen. Een deel van de aanpassingen zijn afkomstig van Shapiro zelf, een ander deel is voortgekomen uit ervaringen in de praktijk. De afgelopen jaren is met name sprake geweest van tekstuele aanpassingen die er op gericht zijn de lastigste stukken in het EMDR-protocol (bijvoorbeeld de vraag: “Welke uitspraak over u zelf past daar het beste bij?”) te vereenvoudigen en (vooral) sneller en doelgerichter te komen tot - wat wij graag noemen - 'scherpstellen'.
Deze workshop is bedoeld voor iedereen die de afgelopen 3 jaar geen oficiele EMDR (basis of vervolg) opleiding heeft gevolgd. Stilgestaan wordt bij de doelstelling, de structuur en (vooral) de actuele, exacte formuleringen in het EMDR-protocol van 2005. Telkens zal worden aangegeven wat de achtergrond van de doorgevoerde aanpassingen is. De verwachting is dat het huidige protocol zich soepeler laat toepassen in de therapeutische praktijk. En dat is goed voor zowel therapeuten als patiënten.

Since the introduction of the basic EMDR protocol made many changes, both in the United States and abroad. In part, some were more or less cosmetic changes, but modifications are motivated by several cultural, conceptual, technical or substantive considerations. Some of the changes come from Shapiro herself, somechanges arose from practical experience. In recent years there has been some particular textual changes at AIM. The most difficult pieces in the EMDR protocol (e.g. the question: "Which statement best fits with yourself about you?") To simplifying and (especially) faster and targeted to achieve - what we like to call it - 'Focus'.
This workshop is for anyone over the past three years of no company EMDR Approved (or basic) education followed. Stood is the objectifying, structuring and (Especially) the current, exact genesis of the EMDR protocol or 2005. Each will be given the background to the adjustments is. The expectation is that the current protocol allows more flexible use in therapeutic practice. And that's good for bone healing therapists and patients.

Keywords: Standard Protocol

Accuracy Verified: Yes

276. van Beek, F. (2011). Het werkingsmechanisme van EMDR en het effect van associëren op negatieve herinneringen [The mechanism of action of EMDR and the effect of associating to negative memories]. .

Language: Dutch

Format: Dissertation/Thesis

Abstract:
Eye Movement and Desensitization and Reprocessing (EMDR) is een effectieve behandeling voor PTSS. Twee belangrijke onderdelen van deze behandeling zijn het maken van oogbewegingen en associaties tijdens het ophalen van een negatieve herinnering. Uit eerder onderzoek blijkt dat het maken van oogbewegingen de naarheid en de levendigheid van een stilstaand beeld van een negatieve herinnering vermindert. De rol van het stimuleren van associëren tijdens de behandeling is niet eerder onderzocht, terwijl dit wellicht ook tot een afname van de naarheid en levendigheid kan leiden. Therapeuten merken op dat niet enkel de naarheid en levendigheid van het beeld verandert. Andere aspecten lijken ook te veranderen, zoals de scherpte van het beeld, de mate waarin het beeld dichtbij lijkt te staan, het aantal details van het beeld en de mate waarin iemand het gevoel heeft teruggebracht te worden naar het moment dat de gebeurtenis plaatsvond. Aan dit onderzoek, met een gemengd binnen en tussen proefpersonen design, hebben 40 studenten deelgenomen. Elke deelnemer haalde twee negatieve herinneringen op. 20 deelnemers maakten oogbewegingen. Deze groep werd tijdens het ophalen van één herinnering wel gestimuleerd om associaties te maken, en bij de andere herinnering niet. De andere 20 deelnemers werden geen oogbewegingen aangeboden, zij fixeerden hun blik op een wit vel papier. Ook bij deze groep werd tijdens het ophalen van één herinnering wel geassocieerd, en bij de andere herinnering niet. Het effect van oogbewegingen is in dit onderzoek niet teruggevonden. Wel is er een effect van associëren gevonden. Het maken van associaties tijdens het herinneren van negatieve herinneringen vermindert de naarheid en levendigheid van die herinneringen. Verder blijkt uit dit onderzoek dat het beeld van een negatieve herinnering minder scherp wordt, en dat de mate waarin iemand het gevoel heeft teruggebracht te worden naar het moment dat de gebeurtenis plaatsvond vermindert. Deze veranderingen kunnen echter niet verklaard worden door het gebruik van associaties of oogbewegingen. De bevindingen van het onderzoek tonen een belangrijk effect aan van het associëren tijdens de behandeling EMDR.

And Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing (EMDR) is an effective treatment for PTSD. Two important components of this treatment are making eye movements and associations during retrieval of a negative memory. Previous research shows that making eye movements to the nature and the vibrancy of a still image of a negative memory reduces. The role of stimulating associate during treatment has not been previously investigated, while this might also lead to a decrease in lead and liveliness. Therapists noted that not only the dreariness and vividness of the image changes. Other aspects also seem to change like the sharpness of the image, the extent to which the image appears to be close, the amount of detail of the image and the degree to which one feels to be reduced to the time the event occurred. In this study, with a mixed within and between subjects design, 40 students have participated. Each participant took two negative memories. 20 participants made eye movements. This group was while retrieving a memory is encouraged to make associations, and other non reminder. The other 20 participants were offered no eye movements, they fixated their gaze on a white sheet of paper. Also in this group, while retrieving a memory is associated, and not in the other memory. The effect of eye movements in this study found. However, there is an effect of associating found. Making associations during recall of negative memories reduce the dreariness and vividness of these memories. It also appears from this study that the image of a negative memory less sharp, and the degree to which one feels to be reduced to the time the event occurred decreases. These changes, however, can not be explained by the use of associations or eye movements. The findings of the study show a significant effect of associating during EMDR treatment.

Keywords: Mechanisms of Action Negative Memories

Accuracy Verified: Yes

277. Azar, B. (1994, October). Highlights: Controversial therapy could reduce trauma. Monitor on Psychology, 27(10), 6.

Language: English

Format: Magazine

Abstract:
Discusses eye movement desensitization and reprocessing therapy (EMDR)--a controversial new treatment for psychological trauma. Talk of EMDR has been sweeping through the popular press over the past few months. Headlines have called the treatment "too good to be true," "trendy" and a "miracle cure." All the attention on EMDR stems not only from the claims by therapists of unusually rapid cures in patients for whom no other therapy has worked, but also from the unorthodox technique.

Keywords: Treatment

Accuracy Verified: Yes

278. Martin, K. M. (2012). How to use Fraser's Dissociative Table Technique to access and work with emotional parts of the personality. Journal of EMDR Practice and Research, 6(4), 179-186. doi:10.1891/1933-3196.6.4.179.

Language: English

Format: Journal

Abstract:
This Clinical Q&A article responds to a question about what process to use to access and identify ego states when working with complex trauma. The procedure for implementing Fraser's Dissociative Table Technique is explained and detailed in 8 clearly defined steps. The author builds on Fraser's original instructions and adds several innovations for use by EMDR therapists. Tips on implementing this technique are given. The article then concludes with a session transcript to illustrate the use of this powerful tool.

Keywords: ANP Apparently Normal Part of the Personality EMD Dissociative Table Emotional Part of the Personality EP Eye Movement Desensitization Meeting Place

Accuracy Verified: Yes

279. Grainger, R. K. (1992, December). Hurricane Andrew response team. EMDR Network Newsletter, 2(2), 16-17.

Language: English

Format: Newsletter

Abstract:
On November 1, 1992, a three-person disaster response team of EMDR trained therapists, consisting of Nancy Walker, MFCC, from Sunnyvale, CA, and Bill Reid, LSW, and Bill Owens, LISW, Columbus, OH, paid their way to Miami for the privilege of working with disaster survivors and utilizing EMDR. This is report on the work of that team and related information about emergency disaster work.

Keywords: EMDR Volunteer Disaster Response Team Florida Disaster Response Team Hurricane Andrew Recent Events

Accuracy Verified: Yes

280. Plassmann, R. (2009). Im eigenen rhythmus, die EMDR-behandlung von essstörungen, bindungsstörungen, allergien, schmerz, angststörungen, tinnitus und süchten [In our own rhythm, the connection allergy disorders EMDR treatment of eating disorders, pain, anxiety disorders, tinnitus and addictions]. Giessen, Deutschland:: Psychosozial-Verlag.

Language: German

Format: Book

Abstract:
Weil Emotionen direkt mit dem Körper in Verbindung stehen, treten bei starken emotionalen Belastungen regelmäßig körperliche Störungen auf, beispielsweise Magersucht, Bulimie, Allergien, Schmerzen, Tinnitus, Süchte und Kopfschmerzen. Mit erstaunlichem Erfolg haben nun einzelne innovative Therapeutinnen und Therapeuten begonnen, solche emotional bedingten Störungen mit EMDR zu behandeln, und berichten in diesem Buch darüber. Bei der EMDR-Therapie regt der Therapeut den Patienten nach strukturierter Vorbereitung zu bestimmten Augenbewegungen an, wodurch belastende Gedanken besser verarbeitet werden können. Weitere Kapitel schildern die Behandlung von Angststörungen mit EMDR, das seelische Auftanken (Ressourcenorganisation) und die Wirkmechanismen des EMDR. In ihrem Kapitel über Bindungstherapie mit EMDR zeigt Marion Seidel, wie sie mit Müttern und Kindern gemeinsam arbeitet und sich dabei die emotionalen Blockierungen lösen können. Das Buch gibt Behandelnden und Patienten einen sehr ermutigenden Einblick in die neu entwickelten Behandlungsmöglichkeiten dieser Erkrankungen.

Because emotions directly with the body are connected to contact with strong emotional stress regularly to physical disorders, such as Anorexia, bulimia, allergies, pain, tinnitus, headaches and addictions. With amazing success now have some innovative therapists and Therapists begun such emotionally related disorders with EMDR to treat, and report in this book about it. Excited at the EMDR therapy the therapist to the patient according to certain structured preparation Eye movements, thereby upsetting thoughts workable can. Other chapters describe the treatment of anxiety disorders with EMDR, the emotional refueling (Resource Organization) and the mechanisms of action of EMDR. In her chapter on bond with EMDR therapy Marion Seidel shows how it together with mothers and children working and it's emotional Can dissolve blockages. The book gives a very encouraging patients administering treatment and insight into The newly developed treatment of these diseases.

Keywords: Addictions Anxiety Disorders Eating Disorders Pain Tinnitus

Accuracy Verified: Yes

281. Laub, B., & Bar-Sade, E. (2009). The IMMA EMDR group protocol. In M. Luber (Ed.), Eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR) scripted protocols: Basics and special situations, (pp. 289-296). New York: Springer Publishing Co.

Language: English

Format: Book Section

Abstract:
The Imma Group Protocol is based on the Integrative Group Treatment Protocol (IGTP) by Jarero, Artigas, Alcala, and Lopez Cano (see record 2009-08399-029), the Four Elements Exercise by Elan Shapiro (see record 2009-08399-009), and the principles of group therapy work. This protocol is designed for small groups of children from the age of 5 upward. The language can, of course, be adjusted to suit the developmental level of the group. The protocol is to be used only by EMDR-trained therapists. The therapist must have the ability to react on the spot, evaluate, and provide further treatment for clients who are overwhelmed by the traumatic material. We recommend that work with this protocol include at least two group facilitators, in addition to the leader, in order to monitor the group and help the children carry out the instructions. The younger the children, the more facilitators are needed to insure that each child feels safe and emotionally supported. The appropriate scripts are provided. [PsycINFO Database]

Keywords: Group Imma Protocol

Accuracy Verified: Yes

282. Goldfried, M. R. (1993, November). Implications of research for the practicing therapist: An unfulfilled promise?. Clinician’s Research Digest, 10, 1-3.

Language: English

Format: Magazine

Abstract:
Supplemental Bulletin; SB #10
There is an ongoing debate among practicing therapists and psychotherapy researchers about the potential contributions that research might have for clinical practice. lhis essential tension between research and practice - indeed between researcher and practitioner- is evidenced in several ways. Practicing therapists complain that psychotherapy research, because of the methodological constraints associated with the research design, tends to oversimpIify and is not directly relevant to clinical practice. On the other hand, therapy researchers lament the neglect of the research literature by practicing therapists.

Keywords: Research

Accuracy Verified: Yes

283. Talan, J. (2001, October 23). In the mix. Melville, NY: Newsday, Health & Discovery, C04.

Language: English

Format: Newspaper

Abstract:
A volunteer network of therapists trained in post-traumatic stress disorder is providing free treatment programs for people affected by the World Trade Center terrorist attack. The clinicians are trained in a technique called eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR) that is proven to help the stress disorder, and the free service is part of the nonprofit Disaster Mental Health Recovery Network. The Mental Health Association of Suffolk County will provide names of EMDR specialists participating in the program. For information call the association at 631-226-3900, or 917-626-9117 for clinicians in the five boroughs. The Nassau County Mental Health Association also has social workers trained to deal with people contemplating suicide. The help line is 516-504-HELP.

Keywords: Overview General Melville, NY

Accuracy Verified: Yes

284. Seedat, R. (2010, July). Incorporating EMDR in IMEGO couple's therapy. Presentation at the 1st EMDR Asia Conference, Bali, Indonesia.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
This paper will look at the effective use of the eight phases of the EMDR protocol in IMAGO therapy. It will be used to provide theoretical linkages between the use and integration of EMDR and IMAGO in couple’s therapy. Both these will be understood in relation to how they will help achieve integration with couples at diverse levels. Therapists will learn how to utilise both modalities (EMDR & IMAGO) effectively. They will understand the use of the touchstone event, to bring about shifts in individual and couples behaviour. They will also witness that without the use of EMDR the behavioural change cannot be long term. Capacitate participants in process and strategies for incorporating EMDR into IMAGO couples therapy practices. Provide participants with practical examples of EMDR and IMAGO through the behaviour change.

Keywords: Couples Therapy IMEGO

Accuracy Verified: Yes

285. O'Malley, A. (2009, March). Infant mental health & EMDR. Symposium conducted at the 7th annual Conference of the EMDR UK & Ireland Association, Manchester, UK.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
The watch wait and wonder (www) approach to parental and infant mental health was developed in Toronto over the last 20 years. In the last few years a number of therapists have set up www clinics in the UK. We have been running a joint EMDR and www clinic in the North West since Jan 2007. As far as we know this is the only clinic to offer trauma focussed psychotherapy together with infant mental health in either the UK or Ireland. Infant brain development occurs sequentially implying vulnerabilities during the early years of life. This has a direct relationship on attunement, which is influenced by developmental neglect and trauma. The effects of this trauma for EMDR therapy are explored. New information about the probable mechanism of action of the bilateral stimulation used in EMDR is presented. The mechanism of translating sensory input into new neuronal patterns is explained. The hypothesis of a ‘window of tolerance’ in trauma is mentioned with the reasons why EMDR can help alleviate trauma by expanding the window of tolerance. An additional model of applying EMDR is outlined. This involves multilateral activation of sympathetic nervous systems to consciously overcome traumas. This process will be shown to lead to brainstem stimulation activating the cranial nerves, which innervate the ocular muscles generating rapid eye movement. This approach involves motor and sensory integration at the level of the 12 cranial nerves. Some case examples using bilateral olfactory desensitisation are discussed. Recommendations for the development of parent infant mental health services within the NHS are outlined

Keywords: Infants Symposium

Accuracy Verified: Yes

286. Hartung, J. (2010, Octubre/Noviembre). Información sobre trauma psicológico para terapeutas que usan EMDR y en el tratamiento del trauma y en la psicologia positiva [Information about psychological trauma therapists using EMDR and the treatment of trauma and positive psychology]. Pre congreso presentación en el II Congreso Iberoamericano de EMDR y Psicotrauma, Quito, Ecuador.

Language: Spanish

Format: Conference

Keywords: Practice Theory

Accuracy Verified: Yes

287. Manfield, P. (2000). Innovative EMDR-Ansätze: Die Anwendungsfelder von EMDR [Innovative approaches to EMDR]. Paderborn: Junfermann.

Language: German

Format: Book

Abstract:
EMDR wurde von Francine Shapiro infolge einer zufälligen Entdeckung, die sie im Jahre 1987 machte, entwickelt. Wie sie selbst in ihrem Vorwort zu diesem Buch schreibt, ist "EMDR ... mittlerweile zu einer Methodologie geworden, die Aspekte aller wichtigen psychotherapeutischen Methoden zu einem fokussierten Ansatz für die Behandlung eines großen Spektrums von Pathologien vereint." Das vorliegende Buch setzt an, wo die formelle EMDR-Ausbildung endet. Mittlerweile wurde mit Hilfe wissenschaftlicher Untersuchungen nachgewiesen, daß EMDR die psychologischen Nachwirkungen traumatischer Erinnerungen ungeheuer erfolgreich zu behandeln vermag. Anhand von Fallstudien wird im vorliegenden Buch untersucht, in welchen anderen Bereichen EMDR nützliche Dienste leisten könnte. Unter diesen befinden sich so schwierig zu behandelnde Probleme wie längerfristiger Kindesmißbrauch und komplexe Fälle von posttraumatischer Belastungsstörung. Die wiedergegebenen elf Fallberichte veranschaulichen die Anwendung von EMDR auf ein großes Spektrum von Fällen. Die zahlreichen klinischen Beispiele werden angehenden EMDR-Therapeuten helfen, die neu erlernte Methode bei ihren Klienten anzuwenden, und sie liefern erfahrenen EMDR-Praktikern Modelle zur Erweiterung der Anwendung dieser Methode. Durch die gut verständlichen Erklärungen des Behandlungsprozesses wird EMDR sowohl für Kliniker als auch für Klienten entmystifiziert. Die Autoren der Einzelbeiträge sind Vertreter unterschiedlicher psychotherapeutischer Ansätze, unter anderem des psychodynamischen, des behavioristischen, des kognitiven und des systemischen.

EMDR was developed by Francine Shapiro as a result of an accidental discovery she made in 1987. As she writes in her foreword to this book, "EMDR is ... now become a methodology that combines aspects of all major psychotherapeutic methods into a focused approach to the treatment of a wide spectrum of pathologies." This book is at, where the formal EMDR training ends. Now been shown through scientific studies that EMDR can handle the psychological aftermath of traumatic memories enormously successful. Through case studies is examined in this book could make in what other areas EMDR useful services. Among these are so difficult to treat problems such as longer-term complex cases of child abuse and post traumatic stress disorder. The reproduced eleven case reports illustrate the application of EMDR to a wide range of cases. The numerous clinical examples will help prospective EMDR therapists who learned new method for their clients to apply and provide experienced EMDR practitioners to increase their use of this method. Due to the easily understandable explanations of the treatment process is demystified both EMDR for clinicians and for clients. The authors of individual contributions are representatives of different psychotherapeutic approaches, including the psychodynamic, the behavioral, cognitive, and systemic.

Keywords: Innovations

Accuracy Verified: Yes

288. Parnell, L. (2010, September/October). Integrating an attachment repair orientation into EMDR treatment for clients with relational trauma. Presentation at the annual meeting of EMDR International Association, Minneapolis, MN.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Clients who have experienced childhood traumas that have impacted their sense of safety and capacity to form close emotional relationships in adulthood require adjustments to the EMDR phases and procedural steps. These relational traumas can include childhood physical or sexual abuse, neglect, early losses, birth trauma, medical trauma, caregiver misattunement and vicarious trauma. In order for EMDR therapists to be most successful with this population it is important to incorporate an attachment repair orientation into the therapy. Through lecture, case examples, and video clips, participants will learn how an attachment-repair orientation can be integrated into all phases of EMDR treatment.

Keywords: Attachment Repair Orientation Relational Trauma

Accuracy Verified: Yes

289. Forgash, C., & Knipe, J. (2008). Integrating EMDR and ego state treatment for clients with trauma disorders. In C. Forgash & M. Copeley (Eds), Healing the heart of trauma and dissociation with EMDR and ego state therapy (pp. 1-59) New York, NY: Springer Publishing Co.

Language: English

Format: Book Section

Abstract:
In this chapter, we will introduce what we have termed the "cross-training model," an approach that integrates several lines of psychotherapy theory, practice, and research in order to assist clients with complex presentations. This model consists of EMDR (Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing), ego state therapy, and dissociative disorder treatment methods. We believe that this model will enable therapists to extend the scope of treatment beyond trauma resolution to include the extensive life issues often faced by clients with complex disorders (Wachtel, 2002) and to have the opportunity to develop mastery and competence in treating these challenging clients. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2008 APA, all rights reserved)

Keywords: Egp State Therapy Dissociative Disorders Trauma

Accuracy Verified: Yes

290. Sherzer, M. (2008, June). Integrating EMDR in family & couple therapy. Poster presented at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, London, England UK.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
In this poster I am going to raise the question of integrating EMDR in family and couple therapy. This is a philosophical question. I actually am asking if it's possible to integrate an individual approach with a systemic one. Those scholars who dealt with this question found some common roots in the attachment period. For example, the Hendrix' IMAGO approach presume that the marital crisis has its roots in the childhood wounds. We can find other approaches that enforce this assumption. The literature that deals with integrating EMDR with couple therapy does not find differences between traumas caused by marital crisis and traumas caused by other stimuli. This brings us to the idea it is possible that EMDR will be useful in a marital crisis also. The novelty was that those therapists who mastered both skills, family therapists and EMDR therapists, started with protocols that integrate EMDR in couple therapy in the presence of both spouses. From the first beginning, Francine Shapiro mentions in her basic book on EMDR that are cases where EMDR is contra-indicated in couple therapy in the presences of both mates. Later on we found that we can classify the cases when to use EMDR in the presence of both spouses and when to use it individually. Of course, this categorization is based on clinical observation. We like to refer this question to the members of this poster presentation if they have some more insights about this

Keywords: Couples Therapy Family Therapy Poster

Accuracy Verified: Yes

291. Lipke, H. (2003, December). Integrating EMDR into clinical work: When getting started is a problem. EMDRIA Newsletter, 8(4), 11-13.

Language: English

Format: Newsletter

Abstract:
Updated May 31, 2004
As EMDR is traditionally taught the components are each described and then combined for the practice sessions. When EMDR is then used with clients it is natural for therapists to expect themselves to apply it as a whole, with the exception of perhaps pairing eye movement with a “safe place” or “resource installation” exercise instead of a trauma processing protocal. For many new EMDR practitioners this is an effective and satisfactory way of introducing EMDR. For many others it does not work as well, for reasons such as differential comfort thresholds in trying a new method with a client, or having no clients who appear to meet the criteria for beginning EMDR. Because, in these, and other situations, it is difficult to bring the whole package to clients at once, the method doesn’t get used, even when the practitioner has had positive experiences in the training sessions.

Keywords: Practice

Accuracy Verified: Yes

292. Royle, L., & Kerr, C. (2010). Integrating EMDR into your practice. New York: Springer Publishing.

Language: English

Format: Book

Abstract: The book offers practical guidance and strategies to avoid the common pitfalls of EMDR practice through the 8-phase protocol. Chapters will include Frequently Asked Questions about subjects, such as confidence and other 'horror stories' that are often heard by EMDR therapists. The text proposes to guide those therapists into a safer way of working while encouraging them to access accredited training and supervision for their practice. The scope of the book is limited to EMDR practice with adults. It includes case studies that illustrate common pitfalls and strategies for preventing them. There are FAQ's and 'Whatever you do, don't do this' provided for each stage. Narratives from EMDR clients offer insight for the practitioner.

Keywords: Practice Theory

Accuracy Verified: Yes

293. O'Malley, O. (2010, March). Integrating EMDR mindfulness & sensorimotic psychotherapy. Presentation at the 8th EMDR Association UK & Ireland Annual Conference & AGM, Dublin, Ireland.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
The watch wait and wonder (www) approach to parental and infant mental health was developed in Toronto over the last 20 years. In the last few years a number of therapists have set up www clinics in the UK. We have been running a joint EMDR and www clinic in the North West since Jan 2007. As far as we know this is the only clinic to offer trauma focussed psychotherapy together with infant mental health in either the UK or Ireland. Over the last 12 months the service has developed as a combined clinic between Adult mental health and child & adolescent mental health services. The team comprises myself and my colleagues Dr Sheena Pollet and Thelma Osborn. Dr Pollet is a consultant psychiatrist in psychotherapy and also practices as a psychoanalyst. She initially receives referrals from the access and advice team or directly from the adult inpatient unit. Thelma Osborn practises as a specialist health visitor in primary care and is employed by the Primary Care Trust (PCT). She runs both individual and group psychotherapy for mothers referred with post natal depression. She has recently completed basic EMDR training (2008-9) I have integrated EMDR and sensorimotor psychotherapy with mindfulness and trauma focussed psychotherapy in a new theoretical paradigm which I have termed integrated reprocessing therapy (IRT). I will outline the use of this approach where traumatic births and neonatal vulnerabilities are a key feature of the presentation Recommendations for the development of parent infant mental health and a tier 3 perinatal mental health services within the 5 Boroughs Partnership Foundation Trust will be outlined.

Keywords: Watch Wait and Wonder Approach WWW Approach

Accuracy Verified: Yes

294. Glang, C., & Penner, C. (1996, June). Integrating EMDR with marital and family systems therapy. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Denver, CO.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
This presentation reflects our thoughts and clinical experiences regarding ways that EMDR can broaden the therapeutic interplay between individual and systemic issues. We will discuss iwmerous areas of consideration, along with case examples. A list of questions will be handed out, which can help to guide therapists' thinking. We will also suggest ways to design cognitive interweaves with a systemic focus.

Keywords: Family Therapy Marital Therapy

Accuracy Verified: Yes

295. Keenan, L. (2010, June). The integration and progression of EMDR within a generic primary care mental health service. In Trainiing issues. Symposium conducted at the annual meeting of the Europe Association, Hamburg, Germany.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
In 2007 the Department of Health (DoH. UK) published "Improving Access to Psychological Therapies" (IAPT). This meant that primary care mental health services (PCMHS) had to seriously consider the mode, method and efficacy of their service delivery. This paper will consider one such service, critically reflecting on the integration of EMDR as a mainstream therapeutic intervention. The service utilises therapists from various therapeutic paradigms, counselors, graduate workers, cognitive behavioural psychotherapists, cognitive analytical psychotherapists, clinical psychologists and registered mental nurses. Clients are referred with a wide range of psychological issues such as Depression, anxiety disorders, OCD, and PTSD. Following a further EMDR training initiative in 2007 (Birmingham University), the service now boasts, One EMDR Consultant/Facilitator, three accredited practitioners, three level three trained therapists and two clinicians at level two. This paper will present a brief history of the development of EMDR within the PCMHS, exploring how EMDR has been utilised not only in the treatment of PTSD (NIHCE 20051, but also in the treatment of other psychological pathologies. The paper will highlight the number of clients treated with EMDR (retrospectively over a twelve month period), the average number of sessions per client and the therapeutic outcomes as measured by the Patients Health Questionnaire [PHQ-9) (Kroenke & Spitzer, 2002) and the Generalized Anxiety Disorder Questionnaire (CAD-7) ( Spitzer et al 2006). The Dissociative Experience Scale is used when considering EMDR as an intervention strategy and the Impact of Events Scale- Revised (WEISS et al 2004) when appropriate. The paper will conclude with a brief analysis of qualitative data from clinicians as to the impact EMDR has had on their clinical practice. Learning Outcomes: By the conclusion of the presentation the participants will: 1. Be able to discuss the application of EMDR in the treatment of psychopathologies other than PTSD. 2. To consider the integration of EMDR with other psychotherapeutic paradigms. 3. To critical consider the treatment outcomes and in particular the cost effectiveness of EMDR as a psychotherapeutic tool in a generic primary care setting. 4. Be aware of the ethical and political considerations of integrating EMDR into a generic primary care mental health service. Innovation: This work is innovative as it focuses on how EMDR can be utilised within generic mental health services. It critically reflects on the phenomenology of integrating EMDR into a PCMHS and it has encouraged the training of other EMDR clinicians outside of the primary care mental health team.

Keywords: Generic Primary Care Symposium Training Issues

Accuracy Verified: Yes

296. Yordy, J. (2008, Mai). Intégration des techniques de gymnastique cérébrale et de psychologie énergétique afin d’améliorer le traitement EMDR avec les enfants et les adultes [Integrating brain gym & energy techniques to Enhance EMDR processing (for children and adults)]. Présentation à la Conférence EMDR Canada, Montréal, Québec, Canada.

Language: French

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Cet atelier regroupe à la fois des éléments de la théorie triunique du cerveau, la kinésiologie éducative et les développements récents sur le fonctionnement du cerveau. Le matériel présenté aidera le thérapeute EMDR à comprendre pourquoi le retraitement des traumas cesse ou bloque pendant les stimulations bilatérales avec certains clients lorsqu’il cible du matériel traumatique. L’atelier aborde aussi l’évolution et le développement du cerveau et comment des informations sensorielles envahissantes peuvent déclencher des réactions primaires qui bloquent un fonctionnement adapté du cerveau. Une portion de la discussion portera sur la relation entre les 3 vecteurs énergétiques du cerveau/corps et leur influence sur le retraitement des traumatismes. Enfin, cet atelier présente et offre des outils et stratégies que les cliniciens peuvent utiliser pour aider leurs clients à être présents, équilibrés et intégrés au plan énergétique de façon à optimiser le travail avec l’EMDR.

Integrating Brain Gym and Energy Techniques to Enhance EMDR Processing is a presentation which encompasses the Triune Brain Theory, Educational Kinesiology and recent research on Brain development and functioning. Information will be presented which will help EMDR trained therapists to understand why their clients stop processing while conducting bilateral stimulation for issues related to trauma. This workshop will look at evolutionary brain development and how overwhelming sensory information can trigger the brain into habitual “bottom up” processing which will block adaptive functioning. A discussion of the three energy vectors of the brain/body and their influence on trauma processing will also be correlated. The workshop will end with the sharing of practical, hands on tools which therapists can use to assist clients to become energetically present, balanced and to have integrated brain functioning for optimal EMDR processing.

Keywords: Brain Gym Energy Techniques

Accuracy Verified: Yes

297. Konuk, E., & Epozdemir, H. (2010, June). The integration of EMDR and brief strategic therapy. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Hamburg, Germany.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Directives and strategic interventions were used in therapy for the first time almost half a century ago by a small number of 'communication researchers' at MRI (Mental Research institute) in Palo Alto. California. First time in the history of therapy, the therapist was not alone with the dent in the therapy room. He began inviting to the sessions the family members. people who are contributing to the problem and people who will come up and help to find solutions. The radical difference was that; The Palo Alto Group was not preoccupied with searching the reasons why there is a problem. Their emphasis was to find a solution to the problems the individual or the family is having. Therefore they always asked how change is possible. Another major shift in therapy was that: they focused not on the "intra-psychic" phenomena but on the relationships. Hence the terms 'interactional' and 'systemic'. They assumed that, if you can manage to change the interaction (behavior) or the system (how the family gets organized around the problem) you can overcome the problem. Another contribution was that the new map or the new paradigm was large enough to allow the therapist to incorporate and use varieties of techniques that belong to other approaches without any confusion. In '50s and '60s therapy used to take couple of sessions a week for many years. The Interactional or the Systemic approach heaped reduce the number of sessions per client to an average of 7-15 sessions. They coined the term 'Brief' to described their approach. Traditionally the new approach took several names: Interactional Therapy, Family Therapy, Brief Strategic Family Therapy, Systemic Family Therapy, Solution Focus Therapy and some others. One of the approaches that Family and Marriage Therapists integrate efficiently into their practice is EMDR. Especially when trauma is particularly having a role in the formation of the problem, then EMDR 18 a "life saver" for the therapist. Our learning objectives are: 1. to describe basic principles and techniques of EMDR and Brief Strategic Family Therapy 2 to explain the rationale of integrating EMDR and BSFT 3 to demonstrate skills on designing and implementing an intervention. The innovative view which stands behind this workshop is that the BSFT and EMDR can be efficiently integrated, which has not been frequentiy addressed in previous literature. At times the therapist may need to intervene in the process by using interventions other than BSFT EMDR very nicely serves this purpose without causing any mental confusion on the part of the therapist and the client.

Keywords: Brief Strategic Therapy

Accuracy Verified: Yes

298. Dunne, T. (2010, June). Integration of EMDR into clinical practice: What therapists are saying. In Training issues. Symposium conducted at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Hamburg, Germany.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
40% of Therapists trained in EMDR report difficulties integrating EMDR into their clinical practice. This paper will report on a qualitative study of Therapists who were interviewed as part of my Doctoral research project at the University of Middlesex, London. The paper will explore and report on the types of difficulties which therapists are reporting and the reasons why. It will explore ways forward to resolve these issues including the implications for training, and the need for ongoing clinical supervision post training. Participants will learn of the difficulties in integration of EMDR in clinical practice and the reasons why. Participants will come away with a better understanding of the professional and organizational difficulties involved in integration Participants will also learn how to resolve these issues. This study is unique because it is the first study undertaken with Therapists trained in EMDR outside the USA and because the qualitative nature of the study is counterbalanced with the findings of quantitative data which make the findings more generalizable and cross cultural in nature.

Keywords: Research Symposium Training Issues

Accuracy Verified: Yes

299. Lyhus, K. E. (2003, April). Integration of EMDR with other therapeutic approaches: A survey investigation. Catholic University of America, Washington, DC. AAT 3067496.

Language: English

Format: Dissertation/Thesis

Abstract:
The present study examined assimilative integration, i.e., when techniques from various therapeutic approaches are imported into a single, consistent theoretical framework. Specifically, the aim of this study was to investigate how Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing (EMDR), a manualized therapeutic approach originally developed as a treatment for traumatic memories, is incorporated into clinical practice. In assimilative integration, elements of the EMDR protocol would be expected to be conceptualized and possibly modified in ways that are consistent with the therapist's theoretical framework. A survey design, using web-based questionnaires, was implemented to gather information from therapists who use EMDR. Therapists responded to a broad range of questions regarding their theoretical orientation, involvement in EMDR organizations, and practice of EMDR. A large sample (N = 532) was obtained, and results demonstrated that most therapists integrated EMDR with other therapeutic methods. Further, there was some evidence that therapists were practicing assimilative integration. Specifically, therapists typically added methods consistent with their primary theoretical orientation and conceptualized the effective elements of EMDR as those that were most consistent with their orientation. Most therapists reported using most of the elements of the EMDR protocol, perhaps reflecting the high level of interest in EMDR among therapists in the sample. However, there were some differences related to therapists' level of commitment to EMDR. For example, members of the EMDR International Association used more elements of the protocol and were more likely to report that they did not combine other methods with EMDR when compared to nonmembers. The diagnosis of the client was also an important factor in how EMDR was integrated into treatment. For example, therapists treating clients with PTSD were more likely to report on their use of EMDR as the primary therapeutic approach and to integrate cognitive/behavioral methods than were those treating clients with other disorders. This study was among the first to examine the process of assimilative integration. The findings show that psychotherapy integration varies by therapists' base theoretical orientation, client factors, and therapists' commitment to the treatment method being integrated. [Author Abstract] Dissertation Abstracts International: Section B: The Sciences and Engineering. 63(10-B), Apr 2003, pp. 4912.

Keywords: Assimulative Integration Posttraumatic Stress Disorder Psychotherapeutic Processes PTSD Traumatic Memories

Accuracy Verified: Yes

300. Tobin, S. (2004, Spring). The integration of relational gestalt therapy and EMDR. International Gestalt Journal, 27(1), 55-82.

Language: English

Format: Journal

Abstract:
In this article I attempt to show how the integration of “eye movement desensitization and reprocessing” (EMDR) techniques within a relational gestalt therapy approach results in a more powerful method than either therapeutic method alone. I describe the steps in the EMDR standard protocol, as outlined by Francine Shapiro, the founder of EMDR. I briefly discuss what we now know about how trauma affects brain functioning and EMDR’s effectiveness in resolving ‘simple’ trauma. I then explain how EMDR, within the context of a relational gestalt approach, can help to resolve therapeutic impasses, enhance the working through process of therapy and trigger associations that neither therapists nor clients anticipate or predict.

Keywords: Brain Brain Functioning Emotional Trauma Gestalt Therapy Integrative Therapy Integrative Psychotherapy Psychotherapy Trauma

Accuracy Verified: Yes

301. Rossman, M. & Bresler, D. (1995, June). Interactive guided imagery and EMDR: Synergy and complementarity. Presentation at the EMDR Network Conference, Santa Monica, CA.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
I. What is Imagery? An image is a thought-form with sensory qualities. It is an internal representation of personal reality. Imagery is the natural, efficient way the human nervous system stores, processes and accesses information. Imagery is the major natural language of the unconscious II. What is Interactive Communication? There are three levels of interactive communication. (1) Non-interactive communication in which the client is a passive participant of suggestion and the guide sets the pacing and direction of the experience. (2) One way interactive communication in which the guide provides the direction but the client sets the pace (e.g. "let me know when you are feeling more comfortable and relaxed). (3) Two way interactive communication in which the client provides both the pace and the direction of the experience. There are many great advantages to working interactively. Greater client participation in the process leads to greater client empowerment, and with a greater sense of personal control, clients are able to progress more rapidly with less resistance to the change process. III. What is Interactive Guided Imagery"? - Interactive Guided Imagery is a therapeutic approach that quickly accesses and simultaneously utilizes the rich resources available from both the client's conscious and unconscious minds. It includes a set of techniques designed to enhance relaxation, reduce the effects of stress, modulate affect, increase motivation, expand creativity and problem solving abilities, resolve conflicts and the sequellae of trauma and facilitate action planning. IV. The Inner Advisor - The Inner Advisor is an internalized image that has the qualifies of wisdom and compassion. It can represent a crucial inner support system for clients dealing with PTSD. Participants are taught how to find their own Inner Advisors and to establish a dialogue that can lead to future inner exploration. The benefits and potential complications of working with Advisor figures are discussed. V. EMDR and Interactive Guided Imagery - (IGI) Drs. Bresler and Rossman discuss what Interactive Guided Imagery and EMDR have in common and how they differ. In particular, EMDR therapists are encouraged to utilize Conditioned Relaxation to enhance the clearing process during eye movements, and to recruit the assistance of the Inner Advisor to prevent or reduce flooding, traumatic insight, and/or regression panic. Conflict resolution techniques are also discussed.

Keywords: Guided Imagery

Accuracy Verified: Yes

302. Rutten, J., & Schlattmann, N. (2006). Interview met Renée Beer en Carlijn de Roos. Kinder- & Jeugdpsychotherapie, 33(3), 7-13.

Language: Dutch

Format: Journal

Abstract:
In een themanummer over EMDR mag een interview met Renée Beer en Carlijn de Roos, de grondlegsters voor de toepassing bij kinderen en jeugdigen in Nederland, niet ontbreken. Enerzijds omdat EMDR nog steeds veel vragen oproept, anderzijds omdat wij hen aan het woord wilden laten over de wijze waarop zij, in ons land, EMDR als behandelmethode voor kinderen en jeugdigen tot ontwikkeling hebben gebracht. Beiden bleken meteen enthousiast voor dit interview en wij raakten al snel onder de indruk van het vele wat zij in korte tijd bereikt hebben. Hoe zijn zij in aanraking gekomen met EMDR? Waren ze meteen enthousiast of eerst nog wat sceptisch? Wat zijn de indicaties voor een EMDR behandeling en wat de contra-indicaties? Welke EMDR behandelingen zullen ze nooit meer vergeten? Voor welke problematiek vinden zij EMDR toepasbaar en wat zien zij als de beperkingen van EMDR? Tegen welke misvattingen en vooroordelen hebben ze moeten opboksen? Naast de antwoorden op deze vragen, wilden wij tevens weten of EMDR al toegepast wordt ingeval van nationale rampen en of Nederlandse EMDR therapeuten internationaal een rol spelen. Tenslotte wilden we natuurlijk horen hoe zij tegen de toekomst met betrekking tot EMDR aankijken.

In a special issue on EMDR may be an interview with Renee Beer and Carlijn the Rose, the ground legs heaters for use in children and adolescents in the Netherlands, not missing. Firstly, because EMDR still many questions calls, and secondly because we wanted to let them have their say on the way which they, in our country, EMDR as a treatment for children and youth development have brought. Both were immediately excited for this interview and we soon became impressed by the many things they have achieved in a short time. How did they come into contact with EMDR? They were immediately enthusiastic or get a little skeptical? What are the indications for EMDR treatment and what the contraindications? What EMDR treatments, they will never password? For what issues they find EMDR applicable and see what they see as the limitations of EMDR? At what misconceptions and prejudices they have to compete? Besides the answers to these questions, we wanted also know if EMDR is already applied in cases of national disasters and whether Dutch EMDR therapists play an international role. finally Of course we wanted to hear how they view the future with respect to EMDR look.

Keywords: Carlijn de Roos Interview Renée Beer

Accuracy Verified: Yes

303. Miller, K. (2013, May). The intricacies of time orientation: Going beyond “What year is this? . Presentation at the annual EMDR Canada Conference, Banff, Alberta CAN.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Dual attention is necessary for successful EMDR trauma reprocessing. This implies the client has sufficient time orientation, knowing the feelings are from a memory and the event is not happening now. Complex trauma and PTSD’s component of flashbacks and reliving requires that clinicians have a myriad of time orientation skills readily available when needed. EMDR therapists need to be especially attentive to this issue because of the high intensity of affect EMDR can stimulate. This 90 minute workshop will teach the art and intricacies of time orientation within an EMDR framework. Lecture, case transcripts and video clips will show the power, depth and art of time orientation skills. Learning Objectives: • Describe the theoretical reason why time orientation skills are • Necessary when using EMDR with PTSD and complex trauma • Describe the EMDR Standard Protocol Phase where the majority of time orientation interventions are used. • Describe 5 ways to time orient a client • Understand the power of time orientation to stabilize a client when using EMDR.

Keywords: Orientation Interventions Time Orientation Skills

Accuracy Verified: Yes

304. Lendl, J., & Foster, S. (2011, August). Intro to EMDR performance enhancement psychology: A twenty year update. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Orange County, CA.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
While EMDR Performance Enhancement Psychology can address clinical issues such as performance anxiety, self-defeating beliefs, behavioral inhibitions, PTSD, and psychological recovery from injury for creative and performing artists, workplace employees, and athletes; it can also be very useful with everyday non-pathological complaints such as procrastination, fear of failure, setbacks and life transitions. Lendl and Foster initiated EMDR-PEP in 1991. This workshop will be a twenty year update to the introduction of EMDR-PEP. There will be a brief history of EMDR-PEP, research, AIP theory, and useful performance skills that therapists can integrate into their work with clients. The workshop will include lecture, role playing demo with group practice and, hopefully, time for questions.

Keywords: Performance Enhancement Update

Accuracy Verified: Yes

305. Dunne, T., & Farrell, D. (2011). An investigation into clinicians' experiences of integrating EMDR into their clinical practice. Journal of EMDR Practice and Research, 5(4), 177-188. doi:10.1891/1933-3196.5.4.177.

Language: English

Format: Journal

Abstract:
This study was conducted in the United Kingdom at two major conferences to examine how therapists (N = 83) integrated eye movement desensitization reprocessing (EMDR) into their clinical practice. Data from a mixed methodology suggests that up to 40% of the sample experienced difficulties post-EMDR training. Results indicated that analytically trained and humanistic therapists experienced significantly more difficulties in integrating EMDR into the current clinical practice than integrative or cognitive behavioral clinicians. This study also ascertained that EMDR clinicians experienced workplace difficulties and challenges. Consideration is given to how the study findings may have implications for both the teaching and learning of EMDR and workplace issues.

Keywords: Dissemination of Empirically Supported Therapies Integration Psychtherapeutic Orientations

Accuracy Verified: Yes

306. Dunne, T. (2010, March). An investigation into therapists’ beliefs about how eye movement desensitization & reprocessing (EMDR) works in clinical practice: Do the eyes have it?. Poster presented at the 8th EMDR Association UK & Ireland Annual Conference & AGM, Dublin, Ireland.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
These were subject to statistical analysis using Analysis of Variance (ANOVA) and Chi-Square tests to examine the relationships between Questionnaire items for significance. A total of 9 subjects agreed to be interviewed regarding their EMDR practice and integration issues. This qualititative data was content analyzed. No differences were found between both groups on Biodata factors, years of experience as a Therapist or years using EMDR which gives further confidence in the results when comparing both cohorts. Results: Respondents endorsed two types of explanation as to why they believed EMDR works (ie) EMDR facilitates communication between the Limbic system and Frontal Lobes (77%) and Adaptive Information Processing (73%). This suggests that Therapists are not just following Shapiro’s AIP model slavishly but are rather making up their own minds. There were no significant differences between Analytic, CBT, Integrative and Humanistic Therapists in terms of explanatory mechanisms endorsed about EMDR’s “active ingredient”. CBT Therapists found it easier to incorporate EMDR into their clinical practice than Analytic or Humanist Therapists. This finding was supported by the results of the qualitative interview data. Indeed, up to 40% of Therapists sampled experienced difficulties in integrating EMDR into their clinical practice, post training. The types of difficulties identified included: Differences in theoretical beliefs, more active style of EMDR, structure of EMDR Protocol, Therapist confidence issues, Organizational issues and hostility from clinical colleagues, bullying, lack of supervision and support post training. Conclusions: The results of this study confirm findings from earlier studies regarding Therapists’ beliefs about EMDR but also extend those finding internationally so that previous findings can now be accepted as universal given that this present study contained respondents from three other continents other than North America. This study also found that up to 40% of Therapists trained in EMDR experienced significant difficulties in integrating EMDR into their clinical practice post-training. Analytic and Humanist Therapists reported the biggest difficulties which included conflict with the Therapists’ original theoretical model, the EMDR Protocol structure itself, Therapist confidence and lack of supervision and support, Organizational and Management issues of opposition to EMDR and Therapist Bullying. The implications for EMDR training are discussed and communicated to relevant EMDR Training Organizations.

Keywords: Poster Research Therapist's Beliefs

Accuracy Verified: Yes

307. Dunn, T. (2008, June). An investigation of therapists’ beliefs about how EMDR works?. Poster presented at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, London, England UK.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
The aim of my study is to explore how EMDR trained Therapists explain to themselves and their clients, how EMDR works in clinical practice, in their views. A second aim of my study is to examine how EMDR trained Therapists’ explanations relate to their original clinical training. The Research Question is: Do CBT trained Therapists differ in the explanations they give about the therapeutic mechanisms of EMDR from, say, analytically oriented Therapists? Do Humanistic Therapists explain how EMDR works from existentially oriented Therapists? A third aim of my study is to examine how Therapists from different backgrounds incorporate EMDR into their clinical practice. The Research Question here is: Do Therapists from some backgrounds such as CBT find it easier to incorporate EMDR into their everyday clinical work than other types of Therapists? Research Methodology: I 24 shall use a combination of quantitative and qualitative methods in this research project. The quantitative method will be a short 2 page anonymous questionnaire which will be given out at the Conference for delegates to complete and return to the stand. I would hope to have at least 50 such Questionnaires completed by consenting delegates to the Conference. The qualitative methods will be a number of focus groups (maximum number of 12 people in each group) which I hope to run at the end of each day of the Conference. I plan to have 3-4 such focus groups from which the data will be gathered. The other qualitative method will be 1:1 semi-structured interviews either face to face at the Conference or by telephone (post conference) with consenting delegates attending the Conference. Altogether, I would hope to have a total of about 50 participants in the qualitative data gathering methods.

Keywords: Poster Therapist's Beliefs

Accuracy Verified: Yes

308. McGoldrick, J. (1997, November/December). Invisible force. Common Boundary.

Language: English

Format: Magazine

Abstract:
Of course, not all therapists who learn TFT stick to it exclusively. Many combine talk therapy with both TFT and Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing (EMDR), in which a client recalls a traumatic memory while moving his or her eyes in a prescribed pattern. While both therapies apparently break up long-held patterns, EMDR is usually described in terms of physiology, not energy. EMDR, practitioners say, reconnects the brain's neural networks that have been isolated by trauma.

Keywords: Energy Psychology TFT Thought Field Therapy

Accuracy Verified: Yes

309. Farrell, D., & Keenan, P. (2010, July). Is present EMDR training "fit for purpose?". Presentation at the 1st EMDR Asia Conference, Bali, Indonesia.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
This presentation will outline two research studies the first: ‘A Five Year Investigation into Participant’s Experiences of EMDR Training in the UK & Ireland and the Implications for Future Developments in the Teaching and Learning of EMDR – 3rd Stage Evaluation Study’ (Farrell & Keenan, 2010) and the second ‘EMDR: What are Therapists Saying’ (Dunne & Farrell, 2010). Shapiro considers that the goals of therapy are often greatly influenced by the clinician’s paradigm and personal world view. Consequently both studies wished to explore the implications as to participant’s experiences of their EMDR training,

Keywords: Practice Theory

Accuracy Verified: Yes

310. Greenwald, R. (1999, October ). January, 1997 Update on the information gap in the EMDR controversy. Child Trauma Institute.

Language: English

Format: Other

Abstract:
This entry updates: [Greenwald, R. (1996, February). The information gap in the EMDR controversy. Professional Psychology: Research & Practice, 27(1), 67-72]. In the 1996 article I argued that EMDR has been shown to be quite effective, particularly as a treatment for specific traumatic memories; and that contrary results can be explained by substandard practice (i.e., that EMDR per se was not being tested). It would follow that well-designed studies, involving therapists who are careful to use the EMDR protocol correctly, should yield positive results. In the case of EMDR, these results should be not merely equal to other established treatments, but far superior, as in other, similar studies.

Keywords: Practice Theory

Accuracy Verified: Yes

311. Fine, C.& Berkowitz, A. (2008, April). The joint use of EMDR and hypnosis in the treatment of DID, DDNOS and complex PTSD. Presentation at the 1st bi-annual European Society for Trauma and Dissociation Conference, Amsterdam, The Netherlands.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Dissociative Identity Disorder (DID), a chronic childhood onset posttraumatic stress disorder (PTSD), is currently recognized as a treatable condition. It is considered the paradigmatic dissociative disorder and carries with it extreme posttraumatic symptomatology which lends itself to be an apt target for treatment combining the use of EMDR and hypnosis. Therapists skilled in the treatment of DID and Dissociative Disorder Not otherwise specified (DDNos) have augmented their therapeutic arsenal with the fluent uses of hypnosis for stabilization, affect management, building a safe place and grounding. EMDR, which has come to the forefront of clinical awareness in the last fifteen years, seems well suited for the treatment of trauma, but can be destabilizing. The presenters recommend a protocol, called Wreathing Protocol, for the imbricated use of EMDR and hypnosis in the treatment of not only DID, but also DDNOS and complex chronic PTSD. The Wreathing Protocol is useful to advanced clinicians skilled in both modalities independently. This workshop will explain and illustrate with a clinical vignette the sequential steps of the Wreathing Protocol; it will describe the required contextual treatment frame for its safe use. The presenters will explore the consequences of the premature uses of EMDR and offer planful structured responses to a disequilibrated treatment and a destabilized patient. The clinical implications of the use of the Wreathing Protocol will be discussed. Learning objectives: 1. Name three prohibitions to the use of EMDR in the treatment of dissociative disorders. 2. Exemplify one target symptom of the BASK model of dissociation in the clinical example presented and relate a different one in one of your own patients. 3. Describe a potential multistep Wreathing Protocol sequence from selection of target to resolution of at least one microsymptom in a patient of your choice.

Keywords: Complex PTSD DDNOS DID Dissociative Identity Disorder Dissociative Disorder Not Otherwise Specified Hypnosis

Accuracy Verified: Yes

312. Horne, B. (2012, April). Joyful practice: EMDR and the therapist. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Canada, Montreal, Quebec, Canada.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
This workshop will focus on the benefits of EMDR to the therapist, rather than to the client (for whom they are already well established!). It will examine the therapeutic relationship that is made necessary by the AIP, where in the therapist now takes the stance of privileged expert witness to the client's own healing, rather than being the agent or supplier of that healing. The history of the therapeutic relationship will be briefly tracked, with adescription of the paradigm shift that began with family systems pioneers such as Carl Whitaker, who challenged therapists to take a more client-centered, respectfull view of the therapeutic relationship. EMDR therapists can now shift from being “ helpers ” or “ healers ” to being informed and privileged witnesses. Norcross (2005) has demonstrated that EMDR is an "evidence-based therapy" largely due to the therapeutic attunement that it requires. The neurobiological & hormonal benefits of attunement (Schore, Gray) are coming to be better understood. This attunement will be examined from the point of view of the benefit to the therapist, as well as to the client. This attunement greatly enhances ourability to work joyfully and abundantly (and hence, more effectively). These benefits, accompanied by the optimism and hope that is fed by therepeated witnessing of our clients ’ transformations precludes any possibility of compassion fatigue — indeed the work is exhilarating. This workshop will be largely didactic, but case examples and space for sharing & discussion will be incorporated into the 90-minutes framework.
Learning Objectives: 1.Participants will compare the traditional medical-model therapeutic relationship with EMDR’s more client-respectful / responsible model. 2. Participants will expand their understanding of how the AIP dictates & requires this changed therapeutic relationship and its impact on us as therapists. 3. Participants will identify and examine the EMDR therapist ’ s freedom from responsibility for our clients and appreciate the impact on us of our routinely excellent treatment outcomes 4. Participants will identify and acknowledge the benefits of therapeutic attunement to the therapist. 5. Participants will show awareness of their own experiences, from the point of view of the therapist-benefit aspects of EMDR.

Keywords: Practice Theory

Accuracy Verified: Yes

313. Lovett, J. M. (2000). Kleine wunder [Small wonders]. Paderborn: Junfermann.

Language: German

Format: Book

Abstract:
Traumatische Erlebnisse, wie sie bei Kindern häufig vorkommen, können die normale gesunde Entwicklung der Betreffenden, ihre Selbstachtung und das Zusammenleben ihrer Familien stark belasten. Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing (EMDR) ist ein umfassender therapeutischer Ansatz, der Patienten in kurzer Zeit hilft, belastende Gedanken und Emotionen, die durch traumatische Erlebnisse entstanden sind, aufzulösen. Traumatisch wirken im allgemein akzeptierten Sinne Mißbrauchs- oder Mißhandlungserlebnisse, Naturkatastrophen und Gewalttätigkeit, doch können Kinder auch viel harmlosere Vorgänge als sehr bedrohlich erfahren. Ein Unfall auf dem Spielplatz, der Verlust eines sehr nahestehenden Menschen oder Probleme in der Schule schockieren ein Kind oft viel stärker als einen Erwachsenen. Außerdem können solche Vorfälle bewirken, daß sich ein Kind hilflos und machtlos fühlt, ängstlich wird und belastende Verhaltensprobleme entwickelt. Das Buch Kleine Wunder befaßt sich auf sehr ansprechende und eingehende Weise mit den Möglichkeiten therapeutischer EMDR-Arbeit mit Kindern. Das Buch wendet sich an Eltern, die sich Sorgen darum machen, wie ihre Kinder ein gewisses grundlegendes Vertrauen entwickeln können, außerdem an Erwachsene, die sich damit beschäftigen wollen, wie die Geschehnisse in ihrer Kindheit ihr Selbstbild geprägt haben, und an Therapeuten, die mehr über EMDR sowie auch darüber erfahren wollen, wie diese Methode auf die besonderen Bedürfnisse traumatisierter Kinder abgestimmt werden kann.

Traumatic experiences, such as occur frequently in children, can pollute the normal healthy development of the individuals themselves, their self-esteem and the coexistence of their families strong. Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing (EMDR) is a comprehensive therapeutic approach that patients in a short time helps to resolve stressful thoughts and emotions that are caused by traumatic experiences. Traumatic effect in the generally accepted meaning abuse or maltreatment experiences, natural disasters and violence, but children can also learn much more harmless activities as very threatening. An accident on the playground, the loss of a very loved one or problems at school to shock a child often much stronger than an adult. Furthermore, such incidents have the effect that a child feels helpless and powerless, anxious and is developed incriminating behavior problems. Small wonder the book deals in a very appealing and detailed way with the possibilities of therapeutic EMDR work with children. This book is for parents who are worried about how their children can develop some basic trust, also for adults who want to deal with how the events have shaped her childhood her self-image, and therapists, the more about EMDR, and also about to learn how this method can be adapted to the special needs of traumatized children.

Keywords: Children Stressors Survivors

Accuracy Verified: Yes

314. Bardot, E. (2009). L 'EMDR (Eye movement desensitization and reprocessing). In A. Deneux, F.-X. Poudat, & T. Servillat (Eds.) Les psychothérapies: Approche plurielle (pp. 375-386) Paris: Masson.

Language: French

Format: Book Section

Abstract:
Les pratiques psychothérapiques se sont multipliées au cours des dernières décennies. On dénombre actuellement dans le monde près de 400 types de psychothérapies. Cette diversité peut entretenir un flou croissant autour de ces approches avec un risque d'amalgame ou de repli sur telle ou telle référence exclusive. Afin d'éviter ce risque et d'orienter les étudiants et les thérapeutes, ce livre propose de présenter les principaux courants psychothérapiques : psychanalytique, cognitivo-comportemental, systémique et stratégique. Le lecteur sera sensibilisé pour chacun des courants à leur histoire, aux enjeux théoriques et psychopathologiques, à la spécificité de la clinique, à la question des indications. Des portraits de personnalités marquantes scandent la présentation de chaque courant, apportant un éclairage biographique. L'ambition est de saisir la pluralité des champs mais également leurs complémentarités car au-delà des spécificités théoriques et techniques, on identifie un certain nombre d'invariants et de facteurs communs au processus psychothérapique. Cet ouvrage espère ainsi contribuer à un mouvement de décloisonnement et de partage des richesses et ressorts des grands courants, dans un esprit d'exigence et de respect mutuel. Des thérapeutes d'horizons et de références différents seront ainsi sensibilisés à la diversité de ces courants et pourront mieux poser les indications d'autres approches que la leur.

Psychotherapeutic practices have proliferated in recent decades. There are currently around the world nearly 400 types of psychotherapy. This diversity can sustain a growing uncertainty around these approaches with a likelihood of confusion or retreat on any particular exclusive reference. To avoid this risk and to guide students and therapists, this book proposes to present the mainstream psychotherapy: psychoanalytic, cognitive-behavioral, systemic and strategic. The reader will be sensitized to each of their common history, theoretical issues and psychopathology, the specificity of the clinic, when asked for directions. Portraits of personalities punctuate the presentation of each course, providing lighting biography. The ambition is to capture the diversity of their fields but also complementary because beyond the specific theoretical and technical, it identifies a number of invariants and common factors in the psychotherapeutic process. This book hopes to contribute to a movement of deregulation and wealth sharing and springs from the mainstream, in a spirit of care and mutual respect. Therapists backgrounds and different references are well aware of the diversity of these streams and can better ask directions other than their own approaches.

Keywords: Practice Theory

Accuracy Verified: Yes

315. Murray, K. (2013). L'EMDR avec le chagrin: Réflexions sur l'étude de 2001 de Ginny Sprang [EMDR with grief: Reflections on Ginny Sprang’s 2001 study]. Journal of EMDR Practice and Research, 7(2), 24E-28E. doi:10.1891/1933-3196.7.2.E24.

Language: French

Format: Journal

Abstract:
“Traduire la recherche en pratique” constitue une nouvelle rubrique régulière du journal dans laquelle des cliniciens font part d’exemples de cas cliniques qui soutiennent, exposent en détail ou illustrent les résultats d’une étude de recherche donnée. Chaque article commence par résumer l’étude en question pour ensuite apporter la description par le clinicien de son application des procédures EMDR (désensibilisation et retraitement par les mouvements oculaires) standard auprès de la population ou pour le problème traité dans l’étude. Cette rubrique est éditée par la fondation EMDR Research (recherche en EMDR) dans le but de fournir un lien entre la recherche et la pratique et de rendre pertinents les résultats de la recherche par rapports aux pratiques quotidiennes des thérapeutes. Dans la rubrique de ce numéro, Katy Murray se réfère à l’étude de Sprang (2001) qui a évalué le traitement EMDR du deuil complexe ; elle décrit comment elle a employé l’EMDR dans trois cas difficiles – une mère faisant le deuil de son fils jeune adulte, une femme en lutte avec la perte de sa mère à cause de la maladie d’Alzheimer et une jeune mère dont le fils est mort-né. Les exemples de cas sont suivis d’une discussion complète.

Translating Research Into Practice” is a new regular journal feature in which clinicians share clinical case examples that support, elaborate, or illustrate the results of a specific research study. Each column begins with the abstract of that study, followed by the clinician’s description of their own application of standard eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR) procedures with the population or problem treated in the study. The column is edited by the EMDR Research Foundation with the goal of providing a link between research and practice and making research findings relevant in therapists’ day-today practices. In this issue’s column, Katy Murray references Sprang’s (2001) study, which investigated EMDR treatment of complicated mourning and describes how she used EMDR with three challenging cases—a mother mourning for her young adult son who died by suicide, a woman struggling with the loss of her mother to Alzheimer’s disease, and a young mother whose baby was stillborn. Case examples are followed with a comprehensive discussion.

Keywords: Bridging Research Grief Mourning Practice

Accuracy Verified: Yes

316. Selvini, M. (2011, Settember). L'Impatto delle terapie del trauma e dell'EMDR sul modello sistemico familiare-individuale [The impact of EMDR treatment of trauma and the family systems model-independent]. Presentazione al Congresso EMDR Nazionale "Trauma e relazione,” Roma, Italia.

Language: Italian

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Uno dei limiti di fondo del modello sistemico classico (si veda La pragmatica della comunicazione di Watzlawick, 1967, o Paradosso e contro paradosso, 1975, fino agli epigoni post-moderni) è dato dal semi-annullamento della dimensione individuale (la famosa scatola nera), tra cui come ovvia conseguenza quella dell’elaborazione del trauma. Il movimento EMDR impatta così utilmente sui terapeuti sistemici nell’aiutarli a riscoprire/approfondire/integrare i temi dell’elaborazione/difesa della sofferenza e dei diversi tipi di personalità/funzionamento. Le mie scuole da qualche anno stanno formando all’EMDR tutti i docenti e tutti gli allievi del quarto anno: perché solo circa un terzo dei formati al primo livello utilizza poi effettivamente questa tecnica? Lo stiamo studiando con incontri a piccolo gruppo subito dopo i tre giorni del primo livello, appare infatti chiaro che chi non utilizza subito la tecnica non lo farà più.

One of the limitations of the underlying classical system model (see The pragmatics of communication of Watzlawick, 1967, or Paradox and counter paradox, 1975, until the post-modern successors) is given by the semi-annulment of the individual dimension (the famous black box ), including the drawing as an obvious consequence of trauma. The movement thus usefully EMDR impacts on systemic therapists in helping them to discover / learn / integrate the development issues / defense of the suffering and the different personality types / functions. My schools a few years being trained EMDR all teachers and all pupils in the fourth year, because only about one third of the formats on the first level then actually uses this technique? We're studying with small group meetings in the three days immediately after the first level, it seems clear that those not using the technique just will not do it anymore.

Keywords: Family Systems

Accuracy Verified: Yes

317. Tokyo. (2011, May 5). Lack of PTSD specialists in Japan raises worries about a mental health crisis. Tokyo, Japan: The Yomiuri Shimbun.

Language: English

Format: Newspaper

Abstract:
Commonly practiced in Europe and the United States, EMDR (Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing) therapy is said to help patients work through traumatic memories. During treatment, a patient recalls an experience while the therapist waves his or her finger in front of the patient from side to side like a windscreen wiper. However, there are fewer than 20 EMDR specialists available in Tohoku, according to Masaya Ichii, a professor at the Center for Research on Human Development and Clinical Psychology at Hyogo University of Teacher Education. This kind of psychotherapy is not common in Japan because therapists do not receive much compensation. (Excerpt)

Also printed in the The Republic, Columbus, IN (http://www.therepublic.com/view/story/JAPAN-QUAKE-PTSD_5037116/JAPAN-QUAKE-PTSD_5037116/).

Keywords: Disaster Earthquake Japan Tsunami

Accuracy Verified: Yes

318. Baker, J. (2002, April 22). Lawrence therapists work with EMDR process to offer a different direction in healing. Lawrence, KS: Lawrence Journal-World.

Language: English

Format: Newspaper

Abstract:
"They used it initially with Vietnam vets (suffering from PTSD). We use it a lot now with sexual traumas. Now, the one thing I really like about EMDR, if anybody is really stuck in therapy, it can serve as a wonderful way to go in, try it and see if you can get unstuck, even if you're not working with a trauma," said Ed Bloch, a licensed specialist clinical social worker. Bloch and his wife, Jena Bloch, a licensed clinical marriage family therapist, own the Life Enrichment Center, 5200 Bob Billings Parkway.

Keywords: General Lawrence Overview

Accuracy Verified: Yes

319. Bruno, T. (2006, Maggio). Le emozioni dei terapeuti nel lavoro con persone vittime di traumi interpersonali [The emotions of therapists working with victims of interpersonal trauma]. Presentazione alla Conferenza Nazionale, Associazione per l'EMDR in Italia, Firenza, Italia.

Language: Italian

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Quando ascoltiamo storie di devastazione, terrore, impotenza e di tradimento della fiducia, come naturale conseguenza, le nostre sicurezze più profonde possono essere messe in crisi. Applicando l’EMDR, a volte, possiamo essere messi di fronte alla “realtà del trauma” inaspettatamente, senza parole: il/la paziente “torna là” rivive l’esperienza col corpo e noi assistiamo e “viviamo il suo trauma”. Le emozioni (paura, schifo, terrore, rabbia, senso di paralisi ecc.) possono irrompere nello spazio sicuro della stanza di terapia e sfidare il nostro senso di “invulnerabilità” e prevedibilità. Rispetto all’impatto del materiale traumatico sul terapeuta quando si trova come testimone di eventi terribili e delle loro conseguenze ci possono essere risposte quali senso di paralisi, paura, desideri sadici e di vendetta, fino a “violazioni del setting”. Nel lavoro sul trauma possiamo agire in un continuum che va da risposte di evitamento con sentimenti di rifiuto e rabbia verso risposte di iper identificazione con la vittima. Esiste un rapporto circolare fra aspetti controtransferali e traumatizzazione secondaria negli operatori. Possono emergere problemi esistenziali e spirituali, sentimenti aggressivi e di giudizio, orrore, rabbia, senso di vulnerabilità, dolore-pena e sintomi classici del Disturbo da Stress Post Traumatico. La conoscenza, la consapevolezza e la gestione di questo processo all’interno della relazione terapeutica è fondante rispetto alla riparazione del danno nelle vittime e alla salute mentale dei terapeuti. Nel corso della presentazione ci sarà una focalizzazione sugli aspetti del ciclo del controtranfert e della traumatizzazione secondaria nel terapeuta e si forniranno elementi di protezione per i terapeuti.

When we hear stories of devastation, terror, helplessness and betrayal of trust, as a natural result, our securities may be made deeper into crisis. Applying EMDR, sometimes, we may be confronted with the "reality of trauma" unexpectedly, without words, it/the patient "back there" relive the experience with the body and we are seeing and "live her trauma." Emotions (fear, disgust, fear, anger, sense of paralysis, etc.) can break into the safe space of the therapy room and challenge our sense of "invulnerability" and predictability. Compared to the impact of traumatic material when the therapist is as a witness to terrible events and their consequences there may be responses such as sense of paralysis, fear, desires and sadistic revenge, to "violations of the setting." In work on trauma, we can act on a continuum ranging from avoidance responses with feelings of rejection and anger responses of hyper identification with the victim. There is a circular relationship between trauma and countertransference issues in the secondary players. Existential and spiritual problems can arise, aggressive feelings and judgments, horror, anger, sense of vulnerability, pain and pain-classic symptoms of Post Traumatic Stress Disorder. Knowledge, awareness and management of this process within the relationship Therapeutic compliance is fundamental to repairing the damage in the victims and mental health therapists. During the presentation there will be a focus on aspects of the cycle controtranfert and secondary traumatization in the therapist and will give protection elements for therapists.

Keywords: Interpersonal Trauma

Accuracy Verified: Yes

320. Penzel, F., Ricciardi, J. & Baer, L., Hurley, J. D., Minichiello, W. E., & Ott, B. D. (1992, May). Letters to the editor: EMDR workshop: Disturbing issues?. the Behavior Therapist, 15(5), 110-111.

Language: English

Format: Newsletter

Abstract:
We are writing as behavior therapists and researchers who returned from the 25th Annual AABT Convention with serious concerns regarding a workshop we attended on the use of "Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing (EMDR)." A number of disturbing clinical, research, professional, and ethical issues were raised by the content and materials presented.

Keywords: Letter

Accuracy Verified: Yes

321. Noga, S. (2001, May 14). Letters: EMDR not hypnosis. Detroit, MI: The Detroit News, No Dot, Letters, 08A.

Language: English

Format: Newspaper

Abstract:
I am a practitioner of Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing (EMDR). The writer evidently knows little if anything about EMDR as she claims it is "hypnotic" and leaves clients open to suggestions (of sexual abuse) during the procedure. During the use of EMDR, clients make their own associations to their own thoughts and feelings. It is not the therapists' place to make suggestions of any kind regarding a person's history during the use of EMDR. Further, EMDR is not a hypnotic method.

Keywords: Detroit General Overview

Accuracy Verified: Yes

322. Henry, T. (2004, January 4). Local psychologist administers simple stress-reducing technqiue. Brattleboro, VT: Brattleboro Reformer, Local News.

Language: English

Format: Newspaper

Abstract:
Eye movement desensitization and reprocessing, referred to as EMDR for shorthand, is based on what Greenberg called "bilateral stimulation." In EMDR, this stimulation is not limited to the eyes but can also include softly tapping the left and right knees or the backs of the hands. Greenberg said that some counselors also use small "pulsers," which vibrate when held in the hands. Some therapists also use audio input, where a patient wears headphones that give alternating right and left beeps or slowly pan music from side to side.

Keywords: Brattleboro, VT Judy Greenberg Stress

Accuracy Verified: Yes

323. Paulsen, S. (2009). Looking through the eyes of trauma and dissociation: An illustrated guide for EMDR therapists and clients (269 pp.). Baindrige Island, WA: Sandra Paulsen, Ph.D..

Language: English

Format: Book

Abstract:
The triumph of this book is its emphasis on giving voice to disowned parts of self. Recent advances in the fields of trauma and dissociation have revolutionized treatment. In this book, Dr Paulsen uses over 100 of her original cartoons and an approachable format to telegraph key concepts. The book assists therapists and clients to collaborate about client symptoms and therapy. As an EMDR (Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing) practitioner since 1991, and an instructor of popular workshops about ego state therapy and dissociation for 15 years, Dr Paulsen offers proven metaphors, discussion and case examples. The highly visual format accommodates two audiences. Readers who want a light approach can focus on cartoons and cases. Those who want technical details and references will find them too. In a non-triggering style, the book describes a safe approach to stabilizing emotions and, later, a procedure that may include EMDR to detoxify traumatic memories.

Keywords: Dissociation Trauma

Accuracy Verified: Yes

324. Paulsen, S. L. (2009). Looking through the eyes of trauma and dissociation: An illustrated guide for EMDR clinicians and clients. Charleston, NC: Booksurge.

Language: English

Format: Book

Keywords: Dissociation Trauma

Accuracy Verified: Yes

325. Lovell, K. (2011). Lovell, Karina. In D. J. Stein, M. J. Friedman, and Carlos Blanco (Eds.), Post-traumatic stress disorder (pp. 208-210). Wiley-Blackwell.

Language: English

Format: Book Section

Abstract:
Comments on the original article by R. A. Bryant (see record 2011-21915-016) regarding psychological interventions for trauma exposure and PTSD. Systematic reviews demonstrate that of the CBT interventions, exposure-based interventions are considered the treatment of choice for PTSD. However, what is most striking about this chapter is the dearth of literature focusing on the essential components of the evidence-based interventions for PTSD. Thus, despite the increasing evidence base, there remains ambiguity concerning the 'active ingredients' of CBT and EMDR interventions for PTSD, including the specific content of the intervention, the delivery style, where the intervention should take place and the skills and expertise required to deliver it. It could be argued that we have two evidence-based interventions but that they are not being implemented into the clinical arena by therapists for a variety of reasons, we don't know whether they are acceptable to patients and there is a lack of literature concerning the critical ingredients. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2012 APA, all rights reserved)

Keywords: CBT Cognitive Behavior Therapy Evidence Based Practice Posttraumatic Stress Disorder PTSD Psychotherapy Trauma Treatment Effectiveness Evaluation

Accuracy Verified: Yes

326. Boudreau, C. (2008, Mai). L’utilisation de l’EMDR en oncologie [The use of EMDR in oncology]. Présentation à la Conférence EMDR Canada, Montréal, Québec, Canada.

Language: French

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Peu importe le type de cancer, cette maladie crée de l’anxiété chez les patients qui en souffrent et provoque une dépression auprès d’un tiers de la clientèle atteinte. La psycho oncologie étudie ces dimensions du cancer à partir des aspects psychologiques, sociaux, comportementaux et éthiques. Le cancer devient alors une maladie du corps et de l’esprit.

No matter which type of cancer, this illness creates anxiety in and may provoke those that suffer from it. Depression in a third of cancer patients. Psycho-oncology studies these dimensions of cancer by focusing on psychological, social, behavioral and ethical aspects. Cancer therefore becomes an illness of body and mind/soul. This workshop aims to educate EMDR therapists to the traumas brought up by the diagnosis of cancer and its treatments with application to chronic illness in general. As cancer incidence increases yearly, more and more people and their close ones will be affected by this illness. Knowledge about those aspects related to psycho-oncology then becomes important for clinicians who will be increasingly involved in such clinical situations.

Keywords: Cancer Chronic Illness Oncology

Accuracy Verified: Yes

327. McLeod, H. (2013, Februrary 2013). The magic of EMDR. The County Journal, Washburn, WI., February 21, 2013 County Journal, 4pp .

Language: English

Format: Newspaper

Abstract:
What started out as a flash of insight for California psychologist Francine Shapiro in 1987, EMDR has now become the pack leader of treatments for Post Traumatic Stress Disorder (PTSD). There are three EMDR therapists at Bay Area Mental Health Center (BAMHC) in Washburn. One of them, Barb Snyder, M.S.Ed., LPC, was the first to introduce this therapy to the Chequamegon Bay area in 1995

Keywords: Chequamegon Bay General, Overview

Accuracy Verified: Yes

328. Hensley, B. J. (2010). Manual básico de EMDR [EMDR basic manual]. Bilbao ESPAÑA: Desclée De Brouwer.

Language: Spanish

Format: Book

Abstract:
Manual básico de EMDR. "Hensley ha escrito un libro sencillo y básico, que constituye el complemento perfecto a los textos de Shapiro". Dra. Jennifer Lendl "Los ejemplos, casos, tablas y diagramas... ayudan al terapeuta EMDR a comprender y desarrollar la pericia adicional relativa a este maravi- lloso método". Dra. Irene B. Giessl Este libro de texto ha sido diseñado para ser usado como material adicional al texto original de Francine Shapiro. Incluye una revisión completa del modelo de Procesamiento Adaptativo de la Información (PAI) y de los principios, protocolos y procedimientos de la EMDR tanto para los terapeutas recién formados como para los profesionales experimentados que deseen revisar dichos principios. Sus claves son: • Una revisión global de la EMDR incluyendo el Procesamiento Adaptativo de la Información y el enfoque de tres vértices con un lenguaje accesible y comprensible. • Una síntesis de los elementos básicos de las ocho fases de la EMDR con ejemplos de cada fase, de modo que el contenido fundamental pueda ser fácilmente comprendido. • Estrategias y técnicas para tratar a clientes difíciles, con altos niveles de emociones perturbadoras y con un procesamiento bloqueado. • Historiales, diálogos y transcripciones de sesiones satisfactorias de EMDR con explicaciones relativas a la justificación del tratamiento.

EMDR Basic Manual. "Hensley has written a simple and basic, which is the perfect complement to the text of Shapiro. " Dr. Jennifer Lendl. "The examples, cases, tables and diagrams ... EMDR helps the therapist understand and develop additional expertise on this marvelous method and counsel. " Dr. Irene B. Giessl. This textbook is designed to be used as additional material to the original text by Francine Shapiro. Includes a comprehensive review of the model of Adaptive Information Processing (PAI) and the principles, protocols and procedures for both EMDR trained therapists just as for experienced professionals wishing to review these principles. Your keys are: • A comprehensive review of the EMDR including the Adaptive Information Processing and the three-pronged approach with an accessible and understandable. • A summary of the basic elements of the eight phases of EMDR with examples of each phase, so that the substance can be easily understood. • Strategies and techniques for dealing with difficult clients, with high levels of disturbing emotions and blocked processing. • Records, dialogues and transcripts of sessions with EMDR satisfactory explanations regarding the rationale for treatment.

Keywords: Practice Theory

Accuracy Verified: Yes

329. EMDR Sweden. (2007, November). Medlembladet. EMDR Tidningen: Föreningen EMDR Sverige, 9(2), 1-16.

Language: Swedish

Format: Newsletter

Abstract:
Table of Contents: 1. Ordföranden har ordet 2. Från en EMDR-handledarstudents perspektiv; 5. Certifierade EMDR-terapeuter november 2007; 5. Referat från EMDR-konferensen i Paris; 7. Kompletterande tekniker – H-P Söndergaard; 9. Fysiologiska effekter av EMDR – referat av studie; 10. Journal of EMDR; 11. Inbjudan till föreningens studiedag och årsmöte; 12. Program till studiedag och årsmöte; 13. Kalendarium VT 2008; 14. Förnyelse av certifiering – blankett; 15. Diverse blänkare

1. Chairman's Message; 2. From an EMDR-mentoring student's perspective; 5. Certified EMDR therapists-November 2007; 5. Summary of EMDR conference in Paris; 7. Complementary techniques - H-P Søndergaard; 9. Physiological effects of EMDR - summaries of study; 10. Journal of EMDR; 11. Invitation to and program for the association's annual meeting and field day; 12 Programs for the study day at the annual meeting; 13. Calendar Spring 2008; 14. Renewal of certification - form; 15. Miscellaneous notices

Keywords: Complementary Techniques

Accuracy Verified: Yes

330. EMDR Sweden. (2003, Februari). Medlemsbladet. EMDR-Bladet: Medlemstidning för EMDR-Sverige, 4(3/2002) and 5(1/2003), 1-16.

Language: Swedish

Format: Newsletter

Abstract: Table of Content: 1. EMDR får internationellt erkännande The International Sigmund Freud Award for Psychotherapy har tilldelats Francine Shapiro; 2 Ledare; 3 EMDRIA-konferensen i San Diego; 5 EMDR – inte bara traumabehandling; 10 Europakonferensen i Frankfurt,Arne Hoffman från EMDR-Tyskland höll en intressant föreläsning med titeln ”Three Dimensions of EMDR”; 11 Sagor, föräldrar och EMDR i behandling av barn med trauma; 13 Van der Kolk i Stockholm, Traumadagar i Stockholm i maj 2002; 14 Kriterier for svensk certifiering av EMDR-terapeuter; 15 EMDR på Psykoterapimässan; 15 Svensk akademisk uppsats om EMDR; 15 Årsmöte och studiedag 2003; 15 Utbildningar, konferenser mm

1. EMDR International Recognition, The International Sigmund Freud Award for Psychotherapy awarded to Francine Shapiro; 2 Editorial; 3 EMDRIA Conference in San Diego, June 20-23, 2002; 5 EMDR-not just trauma treatment; 10 European Conference in Frankfurt; 11 Fairy tales, parents and EMDR in treatment of children with trauma; 13 Van der Kolk in Stockholm; 14 Criteria for Swedish Certification of EMDR-therapists; 15 EMDR at Psychotherapy Fair; 15 Swedish academic papers on EMDR; 15 Annual meeting and workshop in 2003; 15 Training, conferences, etc.

Keywords: Children

Accuracy Verified: Yes

331. EMDR Sweden. (2005, November). Medlemsbladet. EMDR Tidningen: Föreningen EMDR Sverige, 7(3), 1-13.

Language: Swedish

Format: Newsletter

Abstract:
Table of Content: 1 Ordförande tar åter ordet; 2 Diagnosis and treatment of chronic traumatisation september 2005 i Seattle - An integrative course; 4 EMDR-behandling, barns och ungdomars upplevelser; 4 Vad gör ett trauma till ett trauma?; 5 Utvärdering av EMDR-behandling; 8 Rapport från EMDRIA-konferens 15-18; 10 Apropå medlemsavgift; 11 Certifierade EMDR-terapeuter en kvalitetssäkringsstudie; 12 Kalendarium; 13 Minnnet efter Elisabeth Alexandersson;

1 President will take the floor once again; 2 Diagnosis and treatment of chronic traumatisation on September 2005 in Seattle - An integrative course; 4 EMDR therapy, child and youth experiences; 4 What does a trauma do to a trauma?; 5 Evaluation of EMDR therapy; 8 Report from the EMDRIA-conference 15-18; 10 Speaking of membership fees; 11 Certified EMDR-therapists November 2005; 12 Calendar; 13 In memory of Elisabeth Alexandersson;

Keywords: Child and Youth Experiences Chronic Traumatization

Accuracy Verified: Yes

332. EMDR Sweden. (2007, Maj). Medlemsbladet. EMDR Tidningen: Föreningen EMDR Sverige, 9(1), 1-19.

Language: Swedish

Format: Newsletter

Abstract:
Table of Content: 1. Vårhälsning från ordförande; 3. Aktuell forskning som berör EMDR; 4. Rapport från certifieringsgruppen; 5. Certifierade EMDR-terapeuter maj 2007; 6. Den första EMDR-utbildningen på svenska; 6. Diskussionslista; 6 Sammanfattningar av Göran Högbergs samt Marianne Sandströms EMDR-studier; 7. Externalisering med EMDR för behandlingen av svår enkopres och traumatiserade barn med aggressivt beteende av James R. Samec; 11. Resursinstallation (Absorption and Wedging Technique), Helga Mathess; 12. Protokoll från årsmöte 2007; 13. Apropå medlemsavgift……; 14. Kalendarium 2007; 17. Ansökningsblankett medlemskap;

1. Spring greeting from the president; 3. Current research involving EMDR; 4. Report from the certification group; 5. Certified EMDR therapists, May 2007; 6. The first EMDR training in Sweden; 6. Discussion list; 6. Summary of two EMDR studies: G. Hogberg et al.,2007; and M. Sandstrom et al.,2007; 7. Externalisation with EMDR for treatment of severe Elimination and traumatized children with aggressive behavior, by James R. Samec; 11. ResourceInstallation (Absorption and Wedging Technique), Helga Mathess 12. [EMDR Association of Sweden,] Minutes of the Annual Meeting 2007 13. Speaking of the certified therapists membership list 14. Calendar 2007 17. EMDR Association of Sweden membership application

Keywords: Case Study Resource Installation

Accuracy Verified: Yes

333. EMDR Sweden. (2008, Juni). Medlemsbladet. EMDR Tidningen: Föreningen EMDR Sverige, 10(1), 1-12.

Language: Swedish

Format: Newsletter

Abstract:
2) Nyheter!; 3) Hälsning från ordförande; 3) Psykoterapimässan 2008; 4) Referat från studiedagen 25 april 2008; 4) Om dissociation och annat skumt; 6) Fas åtta: Uppföljning/utvärdering; 8) Certifierade EMDR-terapeuter juni 2008; 9) Kalendarium; 10) Förnyelse av certifiering – blankett; 11) Diverse blänkare

2) News!; 3) Greetings from President; 3) Psychotherapy fair 2008; 4) Summary of Report from Study April 25, 2008; 4) On dissociation and other things; 6) Phase Eight: Followup / Evaluation; 8) Certified EMDR therapists-June 2008; 9) Calendar; 10) Certification renewal forms; 11) Miscellaneous notices.

Keywords: Dissociation Phase Eight

Accuracy Verified: Yes

334. EMDR Sweden. (2006, December). Medlemsbladet. EMDR Tidningen: Föreningen EMDR Sverige, 8(2), 1-12.

Language: Swedish

Format: Newsletter

Abstract:
Table of Content: 1. EMDR-Europa, möte i Rom november 2006; 3. Rapport studiedag i Malmö 1 sept 2006; 3. Inbjudan att delta i EMDR-föreningens arbete; 4. Certifierade EMDR-terapeuter oktober 2006; 5. Rapport från studiedag i Umeå september 2006; 5. Diskussionslista; 5. Kort rapport från EMDRIA-konf i Philadelphia; 6. Kalendarium; 7. Protokoll ”Att utveckla en trygg/lugn-plats; 8. Kärnhändelser (”Touchstone Events”); 10. Ny handledarutbildning; 10. Apropå medlemsavgift…….

1. EMDR-Europe meeting in Rome in November 2006; 3. Report on the workshop in Malmo September 2006; 3. Invitation to participate in the EMDR Association work; 4. Certified EMDR Therapists October 2006; 5. Report from the workshop in Umea in September 2006; 5. Discussion List; 5. Short report from EMDRIA Conference in Philadelphia; 6. Calendar; 7. Minutes “To develop a safe/quite location 8. Nuclear events (“Touchstone Events”); 10. New supervisor training has begun; 10. Speaking of membership fees;

Keywords: Touchstone Event

Accuracy Verified: Yes

335. EMDR Sweden. (2005, Juni). Medlemsbladet. EMDR Tidningen: Föreningen EMDR Sverige, 7(2), 1-16.

Language: English

Format: Newsletter

Abstract: Table of Content: 1 Sommarhälsning från ordförande; 2 Referat från studiedag 15 april; 2 Europeisk EMDR-konferens med kinesiskt inslag; 3 Goda nyheter för EMDR!; 3 Auktion för HAP; 4 Protokoll fran Årsmötes for EMDR Svverige den 15 april 2005; 6 Deepening EMDR treatment effects across the trauma spectrum: Integrating EMDR and ego state work Carol Forgash; 15 Certifierade EMDR-terapeuter 2005-06-01 16 Kalendarium

1 Summer Greetings from the President; 2 Report of the workshop April 15; 2 European EMDR conference with Chinese elements; 6 Deepening EMDR treatment effects across the trauma; 3 Good news for EMDR! 3 Auction for HAP; 4 Annual Meeting Minutes April 15, 2005, EMDR Sweden; 6 Deepening EMDR treatment effects across the trauma Spectrum: Integrating EMDR and ego state work Carol Forgash; 15 Certified EMDR-therapists; 16 Calendar

Keywords: Treatment Effects

Accuracy Verified: Yes

336. Chandarasiri, P. (2012, June). Mekong Project - EMDR treatment for traumatised populations [El proyecto Mekong -‐ Tratamiento con EMDR para poblaciones traumatizadas]. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Madrid, Spain.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Trauma Aid is a non-‐profit association whose major aim is to improve the quality of trauma treatment of people who have been exposed to violence and other forms of extreme psychological distress. Project Mekong was established in response to the living circumstances of the target region populations of Thailand, Cambodia, Myanmar and Indonesia whose experiences have been shaped by natural disasters, military conflicts and acts of interpersonal violence. The main objective of this EMDR Humanitarian Assistance Programme (EMDR HAP) project is to establish an integrated training program for the treatment of PTSD for therapists in the Mekong region and Indonesia. The project commenced in early 2011 and offers a unique layered approach by offering five different training levels, training participants, EMDR facilitators in training, EMDR supervisors in training, EMDR trainers in training, and continuous professional development of existing EMDR trainers. Within the training program there are over 60 participants from eleven different countries. This culturally rich component of the project allows the bringing together of personal resources, creativity and a wealth of experiences between the project participants and the training team. The purpose of this presentation is to outline some of the audit data being collected by training participants with the clinical work with clients and provides an insight into how EMDR is being successfully applied with trauma populations within the Mekong region.

Trauma Aid es una asociación sin ánimo de lucro cuyo objetivo principal es el de mejorar la calidad del tratamiento para trauma de personas expuestas a violencia, así como a otras formas de angustia psicológico extremo. El Proyecto Mekong se estableció como respuesta a las circunstancias de vida de las poblaciones de la región diana en Tailandia, Camboya, Birmania e Indonesia, cuyas experiencias han sido conformadas por las catástrofes naturales, conflictos militares y actos de violencia interpersonal. El objetivo fundamental de este proyecto del Programa de Ayuda Humanitaria de EMDR (EMDR HAP, por sus siglas en inglés) consta de implantar un programa de formación integral para el tratamiento de TEPT para los terapeutas en la región del Mekong e Indonesia. El proyecto tuvo su comienzo a principios del año 2011 y ofrece un planteamiento singular por capas al proporcionar cinco niveles distintos de formación: la formación de participantes, facilitadores de EMDR en formación, supervisores de EMDR en formación, formadores de EMDR en formación y desarrollo profesional de los formadores de EMDR ya existentes. Dentro del programa de formación, existen más de 60 participantes de once países diferentes. Este componente del proyecto tan rico en cultura permite aunar recursos personales, creatividad, así como una plétora de experiencias entre los participantes en el proyecto y el equipo a cargo de la formación. El propósito de esta presentación es el de esbozar algunos de los datos de auditoría que se están recabando por parte de los participantes en formación con el trabajo clínico con clientes y dar mayor conocimiento y perspectiva acerca de cómo se está aplicando EMDR con éxito en poblaciones traumatizadas dentro de la región del Mekong.

Keywords: Mekong Project Trauma Aid

Accuracy Verified: Yes

337. Usita, A. L. (2012, April). Mental health providers' perspectives on youth trauma services: Usual care and evidence-based practices. University of Hawaii at Hilo. 1511570.

Language: English

Format: Dissertation/Thesis

Abstract: Evidence-based practices (EBPs) are a means to improve the quality of care within children's mental health. Currently, little is known about independent practitioners' use of EBPs in treating children who have experienced traumatic events. Qualitative methodology was used to examine clinician's practice patterns, perceptions and knowledge regarding EBPs in treatment of children with trauma histories. Twenty-one interviews were conducted, representing clinicians within the public school, private practice, and third party provider agency settings. Open coding analysis was used to examine relevant themes surrounding youth trauma care. Clinicians identified often utilizing a variety of cognitive, art, play and humanistic therapies. Of note regarding treatment practices, clinicians discussed limited use of Exposure. There was also expressed interest in Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing [EMDR] and tapping. Though use of EBPs (or components of EBPs) is one of many approaches within therapists' "toolbox" of interventions to choose from various concerns were voiced regarding EBPs. Interviews indicate that limited use of specific treatments including EBPs may be due to limited training and understanding. Clinicians displayed apprehension in using any one specific treatment practice for all clients with trauma related issues, and were cautious when discussing the term "evidence-based" specifically. Generally, positive attitudes towards EBPs as aiding in accountability and for informing practices have been stated, along with concern over managed care, use of EBPs as guidelines and applicability to varied diverse cultural populations.

Keywords: EBP Evidence-based practices

Accuracy Verified: Yes

338. Siegel, J. (1999, October 27). Mental health workers to aid Turkish victims. Jeruslaem, Israel: Jerusalem Post, News, 5.

Language: English

Format: Newspaper

Abstract:
Six mental health professionals will fly to Turkey today to train more than 110 local psychologists to treat post-traumatic stress disorder resulting from the recent earthquake. They will use an unusual treatment called Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing (EMDR). The volunteer therapists are part of a worldwide organization called the Humanitarian Assistance Program (HAP) of EMDR, said Dr. Gary Quinn, a member of the Israeli group.

Keywords: Gary Quinn Jerusalem Mental Health Workers Turkey Victims

Accuracy Verified: Yes

339. Baldé, P. (2001). Met andere ogen bekeken: EMDR, een nieuwe doeltreffende therapie voor het genezen van emotionele problemen [Viewed with different eyes: EMDR, a new effective therapy for the healing of emotional problems]. Rijswijk: Elmar.

Language: Dutch

Format: Book

Abstract:
"Ik heb het boek 'Met andere ogen bekeken' met plezier gelezen en ben er van overtuigd dat dit interessante lectuur is voor geïnteresseerden, voor cliënten en voor collega's die meer over EMDR willen te weten komen. De eerstelijns benadering van EMDR is origineel en een goede suggestie om uit te proberen. Ik persoonlijk heb vooral genoten van de praktijkgevallen, die met een pen geschreven zijn zoals die bij echte romans wordt gebruikt: het personage wordt voor je ogen opgebouwd en levend gemaakt. Het gedeelte over de werking van stress en het effect van trauma op de hersenen is mij ook ten zeerste bevallen, omdat deze materie er op een zeer overzichtelijke en duidelijke manier in wordt verwoord. Wars van alle onverstaanbare medische taal, komt de auteur tot de essentie en weet hij die ook over te brengen. Het gedeelte over de verschillende toepassingsgebieden van EMDR is interessant en kan therapeuten motiveren om de methode nader te leren kennen. Verder vind ik in het boek een zekere gedrevenheid terug: Het geeft een persoonlijke integratie van EMDR weer en niet zomaar een vertaling van het boek van Shapiro zelf. Ik kan het boek aanbevelen als zeer nuttig voor therapeut en cliënt."

"I have the book" With different eyes viewed "with pleasure read and am convinced that this interesting reading for those interested, for clients and colleagues more about EMDR want to know. The primary approach of EMDR is an original and good suggestion to try. I personally have especially enjoyed the practical, with a pen as they are written by real novels are used: the character is for your eyes up and live. The part about the effect of stress and the impact of trauma on the brains I am also very much like, because this matter is in a very concise and clear manner is expressed. Wars of all medical incomprehensible language, the author comes to the essence and he knows that across. The part about the various scopes of EMDR therapists is interesting and can motivate the method to further learning. I also think in the book a certain passion back: It gives a personal integration of EMDR weather and not simply a translation of the book Shapiro himself. I can recommend the book as very useful for therapist and client." [Ludwig Cornil]

Keywords: Practice Theory

Accuracy Verified: Yes

340. Sack, M., Lempa, W., & Lamprecht, F. (2001, September-Oktober). Meta-analyse von studien über EMDR - Behandlung von patienten last mitposttraumatischen störungen: Der einfluss der studienqualität auf effektstärken [Study quality and effect-sizes: A meta-analysis of EMDR-treatment for posttraumatic stress disorder]. Psychotherapie, Psychosomatik, Medizinische Psychologie, 51 (9-10), 350-355. doi:10.1055/s-2001-16898.

Language: German

Format: Journal

Abstract:
Obwohl die Wirksamkeit von Augenbewegungen Desensitizer gute und Wiederaufbereitung (EMDR) in der Behandlung von Patienten mit PTSD ist bis heute eine Reihe von Studien dokumentiert, ist diese neue Technik noch die Behandlung der höchst umstrittene kritischen Ziel. Unsere Meta-Analyse versucht, die Frage, ob EMDR-Therapie-Studien mit hohen Qualitätsstandards zu beantworten, erzielen Sie bessere Ergebnisse als andere. Dafür werden alle veröffentlichten Studien ein Verfahren der Scoring-Studie die Qualität und Wirkung Größen berechnet unterzogen wurden. Es kann sehr sorgfältig geplante Studien gezeigt werden, einschließlich der Behandlung von gut ausgebildeten Therapeuten und mit einer hohen Anzahl von ausreichend Behandlungen im Vergleich zur Erzielung besserer Ergebnisse Methodische Studien mit niedrigen Standards. [Abstract Autor]

Although the efficacy of eye movement desensitization good and reprocessing (EMDR) in the treatment of patients with PTSD is up to now documented by a number of studies, this new treatment technique is still the target of highly controversial critique. Our meta-analysis tries to answer the question of Whether EMDR-therapy studies with higher quality standards, achieve better results than others. Therefore, all published studies underwent a scoring procedure of study quality and effect sizes were computed. It can be shown that carefully planned studies, including treatment by well-trained therapists and with a Sufficiently high number of treatment sessions, achieve better results compared to studies with low methodological standards. [Author Abstract]

Keywords: Meta Analysis Posttraumatic Stress Disorder, PTSD, Treatment Effectiveness

Accuracy Verified: Yes

341. Andonucci, H. (2004). The modifications of the EMDR protocol for sexually abused children. Alliant International University, San Francisco Bay. AAT 3133439.

Language: English

Format: Dissertation/Thesis

Abstract:
There is an increasing interest in using the procedures of EMDR with sexually abused children because of its effectiveness in treating PTSD and trauma in adults and children. Within the literature clinicians have reported modifications of the standard adult protocol originally developed by Shapiro in order to facilitate the therapy with children. To date, no study has investigated the actual modifications clinicians use when treating sexually abused children. A study was designed to elicit information about the actual use of such modifications from appropriately trained clinicians who work with sexually abused children 12 years and younger. A questionnaire was developed to obtain demographic information from therapists about their background and experience with abused children. An EMDR protocol modification survey was also created to elicit information about whether and how clinicians alter the standard EMDR protocol for use with abused children. Eight completed surveys were returned and the results of data analysis showed that clinicians do indeed modify the protocol as described and discussed. In particular, the results indicated the importance of modifications in the EMDR procedure for children and suggested important changes in the questionnaire that could be used for future data collection. [Author Abstract] Dissertation Abstracts International: Section B: The Sciences and Engineering. 65(5-B), 2004, pp. 2611.

Keywords: Child Abuse Empirical Study Psychotherapeutic Processes Qualitative Study Rape School Age Children Survivors

Accuracy Verified: Yes

342. Fillmore, R. (1995, February). More PTSD sufferers are spelling relief E-M-D-R. The Stars and Stripes, 16-17.

Language: English

Format: Newspaper

Abstract:
Thousands of therapists across the country, many at VA medical centers, are using a new weapon in the battle against posbtraurnatic stress disorder (PTSD).
Under "Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing" (EMDR), is a therapy based on having the client concentrate on their disturbing experiences in 20-second periods while trackinga therapist's moving finger with sweeping left-to-right eye movements.

Keywords: General Overview

Accuracy Verified: Yes

343. de Bont, P. A., van den Berg, D. P., van der Vleugel, B. M., de Roos, C., Mulder, C. L., Becker, E. S., de Jongh, A., van der Gaag, M., & van Minnen, A. (2013, May). A multi-site single blind clinical study to compare the effects of prolonged exposure, eye movement desensitization and reprocessing and waiting list on patients with a current diagnosis of psychosis and co morbid post traumatic stress disorder: Study protocol for the randomized controlled trial treating trauma in psychosis. Trials, 14(5), 151. doi:10.1186/1745-6215-14-151.

Language: English

Format: Journal

Abstract:
Background: Trauma contributes to psychosis and in psychotic disorders post-traumatic stress disorder (PTSD) is often a comorbid disorder. A problem is that PTSD is underdiagnosed and undertreated in people with psychotic disorders. This study's primary goal is to examine the efficacy and safety of prolonged exposure and eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR) for PTSD in patients with both psychotic disorders and PTSD, as compared to a waiting list. Secondly, the effects of both treatments are determined on (a) symptoms of psychosis, in particular verbal hallucinations, (b) depression and social performance, and (c) economic costs. Thirdly, goals concern links between trauma exposure and psychotic symptomatology and the prevalence of exposure to traumatic events, and of PTSD. Fourthly predictors, moderators, and mediators for treatment success will be explored. These include cognitions and experiences concerning treatment harm, credibility and burden in both participants and therapists. Methods: A short PTSD-screener assesses the possible presence of PTSD in adult patients (21- to 65- years old) with psychotic disorders, while the Clinician Administered PTSD Scale interview will be used for the diagnosis of current PTSD. The M.I.N.I. Plus interview will be used for diagnosing lifetime psychotic disorders and mood disorders with psychotic features. The purpose is to include consenting participants (N = 240) in a multi-site single blind randomized clinical trial. Patients will be allocated to one of three treatment conditions (N = 80 each): prolonged exposure or EMDR (both consisting of eight weekly sessions of 90 minutes each) or a six-month waiting list. All participants are subjected to blind assessments at pre-treatment, twomonths post treatment, and six monthspost treatment. In addition, participants in the experimental conditions will have assessments at mid treatment and at 12 months follow-up. Discussion: The results from the post treatment measurement can be considered strong empirical indicators of the safety and effectiveness of prolonged exposure and EMDR. The six-month and twelve-month follow-up data have the potential of reliably providing documentation of the long-term effects of both treatments on the various outcome variables. Data from pre-treatment and midtreatment can be used to reveal possible pathways of change.Trial registration: Current Controlled Trials: ISRCTN79584912.

Keywords: Multi-Site Study Prolonged Exposure Posttraumatic Stress Disorder PTSD Psychosis Randomized Control Trial RCT

Accuracy Verified: Yes

344. Adler, S. P., & Heber, R. (2002, June). Multimodal approach to trauma with cross-cultural context. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, San Diego, CA.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Working with trauma, therapists must be aware of different community fabrics, support systems, cultural metaphors, and belief systems that may be different from their own. Participants will be able to identify Why, How and When combinations of modalities, including EMDR can be tailored for maximum effectiveness to specific populations. Illustrations include Latin American, European and American populations living with trauma as a result of terrorism. Additional vulnerabilities of the therapist who share past trauma histories or work in the same current environment under the threat of terrorism will be addressed.

Keywords: Cross-Cultural Context

Accuracy Verified: Yes

345. Lazarus, A. A. (1995, Issue 3). The multimodal orientation. EMDR Network Newsletter, 5(3), 3-4.

Language: English

Format: Newsletter

Abstract:
When I took the Level EMDR training, I was impressed by the fact that it dovetails very nicely with the multimodal outlook and tends to cover the same essential modalities. In Las Vegas, while we were at the Evolution of Psychotherapy Conference, Dr. Francine Shapiro and I chatted about numerous ideas, including the way in which people familiar with EMDR could profit from employing multimodal assessment methods. Dr. Shapiro perused the Multimodal Life History Questionnaire (Lazarus & Lazarus, 1991), for instance, and felt that it could be a useful addendum in the hands of well-trained EMDR therapists and invited me to write this very brief outline of the multimodal therapy rationale.

Keywords: Multimodal Approach

Accuracy Verified: Yes

346. Adler-Tapia, R., & Tapia, M. (2008). My EMDR workbook. Hamden, CT : EMDR Humanitarian Assistance Programs .

Language: English

Format: Book

Abstract:
This workbook allows the individual to work through the phases of the EMDR protocol in a tangible and visual manner. Originally designed for children and adolescents, this workbook has been used with clients of all ages who have reported how helpful the workbook is to understand and engage in the EMDR protocol. This workbook not only helps to explain the 8 phases of EMDR and the steps in the protocol, the book allows the client and therapist to track the process. The workbook is designed to allow the client to draw and write their own responses to the EMDR protocol and takes the protocol beyond a verbal cognitive understanding to a visual interactive process for the client. Each client can keep the workbook to use outside sessions or it can be used in the office during treatment. Therapists will want each client to have their own “My EMDR Workbook.”

Keywords: Workbook

Accuracy Verified: Yes

347. Manfield, P. (1995, June). Narcissistic disorders: Using EMDR with these difficult clients. Presentation at the EMDR Network Conference Santa Monica, CA.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Definition of client population: Disorder of the self. The narcissistic character is often identified by his or her grandiose facade concealing an underlying sense of emptiness and worthlessness. To experience the underlying emptiness is so painful for them that these people cut off their inner experience and rely instead on external admiration and praise to support their grandiose or superior view of themselves; their condition is often referred to as a "disorder of the self." Because of their dependence on others for their sense of themselves, they are exquisitely sensitive to criticism or disapproval, often warding off deflation by becoming increasingly grandiose, superior, disdainful or demeaning. Many conceal their grandiosity, maintaining a secret sense of superiority which may be based upon their perfectionism or their quiet devaluing of others. View of others: there is a range of severity of the narcissistic character from personality disorders to a narcissistic character style. People with personality disorders, are unable to form a trusting bond with another person; they view people primarily as interchangeable, performing a function which could equally be performed by many others. Less impaired narcissistic characters, however, are able to form varying degrees of attachments to other people, although their ability to trust and care about other people is limited. Most commonly they relate to people they can idealize or be admired by. People tend to be seen in extremes as either superior and powerful or inferior and worthless; supportive and admiring or critical and attacking. Difficulties in using EMDR: Clinically these clients represent a difficult and often frustrating population to treat; they are brittle and easily injured if they to not feel perfectly understood by their therapists, and they will distance at the slightest hint that they are being judged or used. They resist focusing inward and defining their problems as arising within themselves, and find it difficult to sustain any genuine affect, other than perhaps rage. If they feel understood and accepted, however, they will eventually talk about their sense of emptiness and worthlessness and their confusion about who they are and what is truly meaningful and valuable to them. Beck, Young and others have described factors that make it difficult to treat any personality disorder using a cognitive behavioral approach. There have in fact been very few reported "successes" in the literature. Most of the difficulties are related to the self and object splitting characteristic of these clients. These clients have limited access to feelings, limited access to spontaneous thoughts, body sensations, memories, etc., and vague unfocussed presenting problems making targeting difficult. They usually have difficulty with emotional and often intellectual continuity from session to session; they will rarely keep a log or follow through with homework; transference issues often come into central focus and must be addressed before other targets; and their selfdefeating beliefs and behavior patterns are extremely deeply held, pervasive and resistant to change. In addition to varying degrees of these difficulties, narcissistic clients present all of the problems in EMDR that they do in more traditional therapies; including their tendencies to act out, deny, and avoid. These and other defenses interfere with completion of segments of therapeutic work and make it difficult for the clinician to keep work focused within one neural network. Self and object splitting leads to continuity problems within or between sessions and a difficulty maintaining clarity about the reason for being in treatment. The client may feel suicidal one week and declare himself or herself to be fully recovered the next. Perhaps the most confirming aspect of the treatment of these clients, however, is their emotionally impoverished pasts; they have very limited experience of nurturing, loving and caring to draw !?om in order to interweave new meanings and perspectives into traumatic or painful past experiences. Length of treatment: I have found that I have been able to achieve good results with higher level narcissistic clients with whom I have had an established relationship at the time I introduced EMDR into the treatment. My results with clients who have come to therapy asking specifically for EMDR and with whom I have begun using EMDR soon after the beginning of treatment have been generally poorer, varying with the severity of the client's disorder, the less severe doing best. The client needs to be able to establish a meaningful trusting relationship with the therapist; the more severe the client's difficulties with attachment, the more time this process requires. Narcissistic clients do not tend to see their difficulty with vulnerability, trust and intimacy as a problem within themselves. If they are able to recognize personal problems, they are usually in the area of self esteem and obstacles to achievement. When they are able to resolve some of these latter problems fairly rapidly through treatment they tend to terminate, no longer seeing a sufficient purpose for treatment. In a sense, they can become better narcissists; their grandiose view of themselves is enhanced and they are reinforced in their use of self-sufficiency as a defense against interpersonal vulnerability. I view the relative efficiency of EMDR as a problem for deeper treatment of narcissistic clients because there is less time for the therapeutic relationship to develop and consequently a limited opportunity to impact the client's object splitting. I believe that this is why I have found EMDR with narcissistic clients to be most effective when it is introduced after a therapeutic relationship has had time to develop. Negative cognitions: The early maladaptive schemas of narcissistic clients are pervasive in their lives and point to a plethora of negative cognitions. Typical early schemas are: I must control myself (or my feelings, my behavior, my body) at all times; no one cares; my needs will never be met; I can't trust anyone; I am deeply flawed and unlovable; I am dikeable, unattractive to others; I will always fail; my flaws are totally unacceptable to others; I must be perfect or I am worthless; I deserve to be treated more specially than others; I must please others to avoid attack; I'm alone; nobody understands me; I am OK if I am better than others; I am OK only if others admire me. It is often helpful to narrow these cognitions down to make them manageable with EMDR Treatment: In addition to the recommended protocol of establishing a safe space to which the client can retreat if necessary, before doing an EMDR session with one of these clients, the therapist should identify as many of the client's emotional resources possible, in particular expriences if any of having felt loved and accepted ad examples of loving people or relationships the client has observed Among other things, these facilitate more effective copitive interweaves. The initial task in doing an EMDR session with this client population is to establish an appropriate and richly defined target. Since it is more difficult for these clients to access meanm&l memories in an emotionally alive way, the therapist must be more active in helping the client stimulate the associated neural netork as I l l y as possible. In addition to the client's reaction to the plight of children he may be related to or observe (Level I1 training), a rich source of emotional responsiveness and resources is the client's own response to situations he has witnessed in news media, TV, movies or theater. A major challenge in addressing a narcissistic character type using EMDR is tracking the course of the session with these clients and identifying when they drip out of the targeted neural network. This process can be subtle because it requires an ability to differentiate true avoidance hm spontaneous associations which may appear at hat to be irrelevant; it requires a familiarity with and sensitivity to the protective or defensive mechanisms they use to insulate themselves fiom painful memories and affect. As the patterns ofmovement in and out of the targeted network are identified it is important to use interventions that are experienced by the client as supportive but nevertheless make hun or her aware of having wandered. Although the narcissistic client may initiate treatment with the stated goal of improving his performance in specified areas, he will agree upon reflection that the real problem is that he feels an overriding need to perform in order to feel worthwhile. Since he has never known any other way of dealing with his self-worth, he will be skeptical about whether it is possible to feel a sense of worth that is not based upon performance, and it is easy for the therapist to lose perspective and join him in that beliet especially while doing EMDR with its potential for reprocessing with extraordinary precision specific obstacles to performance. The therapist must, however, retain her healthy perspective if the client is to learn to accept himself. For more clinical information about treating disorders of the self: 1.)Beck, Aaron T., et al, Cognitive Therapy Of Personality Disorder Guilford Press, New York, N. Y., 1990 2.)Manfield, Philip, Split Self/Split Object: Understanding And Treating Borderline, Narcissistic And Schizoid Disorders, Jason Aronson Publishers, Northvale, N.J., 1992. 3.)Young, Jeffrey, E, Cognitive Therapy For Personality Disorders: A Schema-Focused Approach, Professional Resource Exchange, Inc., Sarasota, Florida, 1990.

Keywords: Narcissistic Personality Disorder

Accuracy Verified: Yes

348. Forgash, C. (2008, June). The negative impact of complex PTSD on health: An EMDR/ego state treatment plan. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, London, England.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
In this workshop, EMDR and Ego state integrated treatment will be presented as a clinical model for dealing with current life and health problems which the presence of dissociation and PTSD exacerbates for complex trauma survivors (CTS). There are intertwined problems that are made more complex by the presence of dissociative disorders in adult CTS. First: there are negative sequelae of childhood abuse on the physical and mental health of adult CTS. Second, there are specific health problems predominant in this population which often are untreated, misdiagnosed and ignored by physicians and EMDR therapists. Third: CTS have difficulties addressing their health needs, accessing health care, and functioning effectively as health care consumers. Preventative care and good health care may be minimal for this population. This presentation will focus on the development of an EMDR treatment plan to successfully work with dissociative and PTSD disorders prevalent in these patients. Specialized Ego State techniques will be introduced in each phase of EMDR treatment to help the patient stabilize: manage triggers and avoid re-traumatization in the health care setting; effectively deal with avoidance, freeze, hyperarousal and numbing; desensitize and reprocess earlier traumatic events which are at the root of these problems, (these may include iatrogenic events and specific physical problems seemingly related to current health problems, which actually result from early trauma); and become assertive health consumers. Skills development needed by the CTS to become empowered and competent health consumers, such as rehearsal, identifying problems, planning visits etc will also be included in the plan. [This slide presentation has a two page "References" bibliograhy issued separately.(PDF 6065)]

Keywords: Complex Posttraumatic Stress Disorder Complex PTSD C-PTSD Ego State Therapy

Accuracy Verified: Yes

349. Ansorge, R. (1999, April 6). New therapy may help traumatized children. Colorado Springs, CO: Gazette, Lifestyle, 1.

Language: English

Format: Newspaper

Abstract:
The therapy they used was EMDR - Eye Movement Desensitization Reprocessing. During an EMDR session, therapists have patients recall the traumatic event. Then they rapidly wave their fingers back and forth in front of the patients' faces. EMDR proponents believe the finger-waving stimulates right-brain, left-brain activity, enabling patients to process memories of traumatic events and alleviate associated emotions of rage, terror and depression.

Keywords: Bob Tinker Children Colorado Springs Sandra Wilson Trauma

Accuracy Verified: Yes

350. Young, W. (1992, Winter). Observations on using EMDR with patients with a history of sadistic and ritual abuse. EMDR Network Newsletter, 2(3), 9-11 .

Language: English

Format: Newsletter

Abstract:
For some time, therapists have been struggling with the issues of ritual abuse as they have been working with patients having Multiple Personality Disorder. Recently, an number of therapists who have extensive experience working with ritual abuse, particularly with patients who have a Multiple Personalit Disorder, have put together protocols to be used in treating this disorder. In this section, I would like to point out some specific issues, and perhaps some cautions, in our thinking concerning EMDR until we gain some more information and data about its effective usages and recognized side effects.

Keywords: Ritual Abuse Sadistic Abuse

Accuracy Verified: Yes

351. Burgmer, M., & Heuft, G. (2004, February). Occurrence and treatment of post-traumatic stress disorder in an elderly patient after a traffic accident. International Journal of Geriatric Psychiatry, 19(2), 185-188. doi:10.1002/gps.1047.

Language: English

Format: Journal

Abstract:
In our present study, we report on the development of PTSD after a traffic accident and present the trauma-specific treatment with Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing (EMDR). Despite the controversy about its novelty and other competing trauma-specific treatment methods like CBT, EMDR seems to be an effective and efficient trauma-specific treatment method particularly for usage by pscyhodynamic oriented therapists. [Adapted from Text] [Pilots]

Keywords: Aged Case Report Females Germans Headache Motor Traffic Accidents Posttraumatic Stress Disorder PTSD Treatment Effectiveness

Accuracy Verified: Yes

352. Harper, M., Rasolkhani-Kalhorn, T., & Drozd, J. F. (2009, June). On the neural basis of EMDR therapy: Insights from qEEG studies. Traumatology, 15(2), 81-95. doi:10.1177/1534765609338498.

Language: English

Format: Journal

Abstract:
Eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR) therapy has been shown by empirical studies to be effective in relief from psychological traumas including posttraumatic stress disorder (PTSD). Several logical concepts regarding the origin of the EMDR effect have been presented, but no detailed neural explanation is available. This lack of a widely accepted scientific explanation for the EMDR effect has led to skepticism about the therapy by many therapists and potential clients. The authors present evidence based primarily on quantitative electroencephalogram studies that the neural basis for the EMDR effect is depotentiation of fear memory synapses in the amygdala during an evoked brain state similar to that of slow wave sleep. These studies suggest that brain stimulation during EMDR significantly increases the power of a naturally occurring low-frequency rhythm in memory areas of the brain, binding these areas together and causing receptors on the synapses of fear memory traces to be disabled. This mechanical change in the memory trace enables it to be incorporated into the normal memory system without the extreme emotions previously associated with it. EMDR is a medical procedure because it changes the physical structure of the brain to modify problematically stored memories.

Keywords: Memory Neuronal Response Frequency Posttraumatic Stress Disorder PTSD

Accuracy Verified: Yes

353. Holm, O. (2012, October). On the path of shame affect: Its management in traumatized and dissociative patients with the compass of shame and EMDR special interventions and/or IFS ego states. Presentation at the 29th annual meeting of the International Society for the Study of Trauma and Dissociation, Long Beach, CA.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Five traumatized patients grouped this way: 2 males, 2 females, one boy of 11. The two men had received treatment with CBT, 1 of females Gestalt therapy, the other female with EMDR, and the 11 years old boy with IFS; they had come to a point of stuck in their therapy because of the therapists not being able to manage Shame Affect during trauma confronting; also, when alters appeared during some therapy sessions in one of the adult females. Four of the patients had already worked on some traumatic memories with previous therapists. According to Compass of Shame 2 of the male patients had a rather high urge to enter into Attacking others pole with rage, and one of them, also, into Avoidance pole with drug abuse, compulsive sex and gamble; two females were more urged to enter into Attack self pole and in 1 of the females, her alter and patient described herself as being very upset and paralyzed with Shame. The 11 years old boy was stuck in Withdrawn pole; a highly Shamed Negative Part was so paralyzed that the Integrating Strategy was stopped until the child Ego state was released from Shame. Learning Objectives: EMDR/and not EMDR participants will able to perform interventions characterized by working with Shame or preparing patients to tolerate Shame. Participants will be able to define the scripts inside each pole of the Compass Participants will be able to identify the different poles of Compass of Shame.

Keywords: Compass of Shame Dissociation IFS Ego States Shame Affect

Accuracy Verified: Yes

354. Koppel, H. (2005, Autumn/Winter). Opinion - Talking therapy and neuroscience - is there a convergence?. BNA British Neuroscience Association [BNA] Bulletin, a newsletter for members of the BNA, 52, 5-6.

Language: English

Format: Newsletter

Abstract:
Most of the effort that has been driving the increasing overlap between talking therapy and neuroscience has come from work that is beginning to understand the cytoarchitecture of the frontal cortex, on the one hand, and techniques like neuroimaging on the other. Non scientists seem to relate more easily to studies that involve humans engaged in some kind of cerebral activity. However, recently, therapists have begun to make what seems to be a contribution to this overlap by developing new therapeutic techniques for working with emotional or psychological issues; techniques that rely less on words, suggesting that there is a neurobiological healing process at work.

Keywords: Neurobiology

Accuracy Verified: Yes

355. Terwilliger, K. (1995, January 9). Overcoming fright flight. Long Beach, CA: Press-Telegram, AM, Lifestle, F2.

Language: English

Format: Newspaper

Abstract:
It's important to gradually go beyond visualizing the fearful situation to experiencing it, Frost says. ''The big issue here is feeling out of control; whatever you can do to help people experience being in control is going to make a difference.'' Some therapists claim success with Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing - EMDR - an innovative technique that involves eye movement in tandem with visualization. Friedman participated in a recent Colorado Springs study of EMDR; she's also done some conventional therapy. Neither seemed to help her overcome her phobia - ''but in some ways, I gave up,'' she says. Now, she's considering trying again.
Also appeared in: Terwilliger, C. (1995, January 9). Overcoming fright flight. Long Beach, CA: Press-Telegram, AM, Lifestyle, F2.

Keywords: General Long Beach Overview

Accuracy Verified: Yes

356. Terwilliger, C. (1995, January 9). Overcoming fright flight. Long Beach, CA: Press-Telegram, AM, Lifestyle, F2.

Language: English

Format: Newspaper

Keywords: General Overview

Accuracy Verified: No

357. Hasanovic, M., Pajevic, I., Morgan, S., & Kravic, N. (2011, May). P03-140 - EMDR training for mental health therapists in postwar Bosnia-Herzegovina who work with psycho-traumatized population for increasing their psychotherapy capacities. European Psychiatry, 26(Supplement 1), 1309. doi:10.1016/S0924-9338(11)73014-0.

Language: English

Format: Journal

Abstract:
After war 1992–1995 in Bosnia and Herzegovina (BH), whole population was highly psych-traumatized. Mental health therapists had no enough capacities to meet needs of population. They are permanently in need to increase their psychotherapy capacities. EMDR is a powerful, state-of-the-art treatment. Its effectiveness and efficacy has been validated by extensive research. National Institute for Clinical Excellence (NICE) recommended it as one of two trauma treatments of choice.
Aim: To describe non profit, humanitarian approach in sharing skills of Eye Movement Reprocessing and Desensitization (EMDR) to mental health therapists in BH from Humanitarian Assistance Program (HAP) of UK & Ireland.
Method: Authors described educational process considering the history of idea and its realization through training levels and process of supervision.
Results: Highly skilled and internationally approved trainers from HAP UK & Ireland came four times to Psychiatry Department of University Clinical Center Tuzla in BH where they provided completed EMDR training for 24 trainees: neuro- psychiatrists, residents of neuro-psychiatry and psychologists from eight different health institutions from six different cities in BH. After finishing training process, trainees are obliged to practice their EMDR therapy in daily practice with real clients under the supervision process of HAP UK & Ireland trainers to become certified EMDR therapists. Regarding big physical distance between supervisors and trainees, supervision will be realized via Skype Internet technology.
Conclusion Psychotherapy capacities of mental health psychotherapists in postwar BH could be increased with enthusiastic help of EMDR trainers from HAP UK&Ireland.

Keywords: Bosnia-Herzegovina Mental Health Therapist Post-War Trauma

Accuracy Verified: Yes

358. Grant, M. (1997). Pain control based on EMDR. TherapistsResources.com.

Language: English

Format: Audio

Abstract:
Pain Control is designed to help you reduce pain and suffering, naturally. Pain is an experience and Pain Control works by changing the way you experience your pain. This tape incorporates bilateral stimulation with two guided visualizations designed to evoke soothing thoughts, feelings and images. The bilateral stimulation will enhance the feelings generated by the healing imagery, whether you are *visual* or not, and also cause relaxation.. Pain Control can supplement whatever treatment you are having, but it is not intended as a substitute for proper multi-disciplinary care. These unique self-help tapes incorporate the latest findings regarding the treatment of anxiety and pain. In addition to positive suggestions and relaxation, the tapes teach the listener how to be more in touch with their feelings, how to access their own inner emotional resources and how to allow transformation of negative emotional states. The tapes are based on EMDR (Eye Movement Desensitization & Reprocessing) and incorporate bilateral stimulation and dual focus of attention. Bilateral stimulation and dual focus of attention have been shown to facilitate rapid reduction of negative affective states. On the tapes, the unique combination of soothing words and music and bilateral stimulation is designed to produce relaxation almost in spite of any resistance. Users also not only feel relaxed after listening to the tape, but with repetitive listenings they learn how to release emotional blockages to relaxation and to experience less anxiety and greater emotional integration. The tapes can be used as a 'stand-alone' product or as an invaluable aid to treatment. When used in conjunction with treatment, the tapes serve to both facilitate and reinforce the therapeutic process, sometimes in quite dramatic and unforseen ways. Many therapists also use them on themselves These tapes have helped thousands of people, with all kinds of conditions, all over the world.

Keywords: Chronic pain Pain Control Posttraumatic Stress Disorder Psychic Trauma Treatment Psychosomatic Aspects PTSD Sound Recording

Accuracy Verified: Yes

359. Zighetti, M. (2011, Settembre). Perché a noi terapeuti familiari piace tanto l'EMDR [Why we family therapists love EMDR so much]. Presentazione ad uno Convegno Scuola Mara Selvini Palazzoli, Milano, Italia .

Language: Italian

Format: Conference

Keywords: Family Therapy

Accuracy Verified: Yes

360. Olson, T. (2001, February). Personal Accounts: Four therapists and a client: A personal journey. Psychiatric Services, 52(2), 165-166.

Language: English

Format: Journal

Abstract:
A psychiatric nurse therapist describes his experience of suffering a mental disorder, variously diagnosed as PTSD, obsessive compulsive disorder, and panic disorder, and variously treated by a succession of therapists with strong orientations to particular diagnostic and therapeutic positions.[Pilots]

Keywords: Adults Americans Mental Health Personnel Males Managed Care Nurses Obsessive-Compulsive Disorder OCD Panic Disorder Personal Narrative Posttraumatic Stress Disorder PTSD TFT Thought Field Therapy

Accuracy Verified: Yes

361. Mosquera, D., & Gonzalez, A. (2011, June). Personality disorders and EMDR [Persönlichkeitsstörungen und EMDR]. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Vienna, Austria.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Patients with personality disorders have many difficulties in their daily functioning; many have histories of traumatic events and insecure attachment. In this workshop we will focus on cluster B personality disorders, and especially on borderlines. We will try to explain the interrelation of the DSM criteria (how they “feed” on each other) and how they are fed on these early events. To understand these aspects is basic for an adequate case-conceptualization in Phase 1. Early relational trauma impacts the developmental trajectory of the future adult and this will have a deep effect on how this adult relates to others. People with personality disorders and complex trauma have many difficulties when it comes to relating to others. One of the aspects that makes personality disorders difficult to manage is the intense emotional reactions that arise in the therapist during EMDR sessions. The management of relational difficulties is a core aspect in the treatment of personality disorders, and the solid basis where EMDR should develop. The stabilization phase has been remarked as essential prior to trauma work with EMDR. But being true this assumption, two aspects need further development. The first is to establish when a patient is ready for trauma processing since frequently the stabilization phase is unnecessarily prolonged by therapists who don´t feel secure enough working with EMDR in this clinic group. The second is the development of specific interventions from EMDR, and not just the “importation” of foreign techniques, without an adequate theoretical framework. In this workshop we will go deeper into this topic. Trauma processing in personality disorders implies many specificities that we should have in mind. Knowing these specific aspects, trauma processing with EMDR can be safely implemented in these patients. Borderline patients can get better with different therapies but only EMDR is able to get to symptoms such as “emptiness”. The effect of EMDR therapy is evident in clinic experience, even when specific research is still under development. Learning objectives: One interesting aspect of this workshop is the integration of theoretical exposition and the presentation of videos cases, in order to understand how to manage relational problems with this clinical group (a group with important patient-therapist relationship problems) and specific aspects of EMDR therapy in these patients. The general structure of EMDR therapy in personality disorders, interventions for the preparation phase and considerations for trauma EMDR work will be showed and explained.

Keywords: Personality Disorders

Accuracy Verified: Yes

362. Luber, M. & Shapiro, F. (2009). Phobia protocol. In M. Luber (Ed.), Eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR) scripted protocols: Basics and special situations, (pp. 155-173). New York: Springer Publishing Co.

Language: English

Format: Book Section

Abstract:
This chapter presents a summary of the Phobia Protocol scripted by Marilyn Luber (Shapiro, 2001, 2006). Shapiro distinguishes between two types of phobias: simple phobia (e.g., fear of an object), and process phobia (feature of a situation in which the client must actively participate). Therapists are instructed to use the Standard EMDR Protocol for the following targets over six steps: past memories, present triggers, and a future template. To do the full Phobia Protocol, all six steps should be included. The Phobia Protocol Script is included. [PsycINFO Database]

Keywords: Phobias Protocol

Accuracy Verified: Yes

363. Salvatore, R. P. (2009, May). Posttraumatic stress disorder: A treatable public health problem. Health and Social Work, 34(2), 153-155. doi:10.1093/hsw/34.2.153.

Language: English

Format: Journal

Abstract:
Clinical social workers need to be aware of the growing problem of untreated and under treated trauma in society. This is an especially important issue affecting our veteran population. However, most veterans do not ask for help with posttraumatic stress disorder (PTSD) symptoms out of shame or fear that it will negatively affect their career advancement. There is a highly effective psychotherapeutic treatment called eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR) that works very quickly to end PTSD in clients. Veterans typically dislike talking to non veterans about their combat experience. One of the benefits of using EMDR (for patients and therapists) is that they do not have to talk about the details of their trauma for the EMDR process to work. During EMDR, the patient's brain heals itself and the therapist just needs to adhere to the EMDR protocol. In light of its effectiveness, it makes sense that all social workers should familiarize themselves with EMDR. The most clinical social workers should be trained in EMDR, as most of our clients have trauma histories. If the estimates of PTSD in veterans are accurate, we could save them and their families from years of suffering. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2010 APA, all rights reserved)

Keywords: Commentary Posttraumatic Stress Disorder PTSD Social Casework Treatment Effectiveness Veterans

Accuracy Verified: Yes

364. Barbery, S. (2007, Juin). Pourquoi l'EMDR doit changer de nom [Why EMDR must change its name]. Présentation à la réunion annuelle de l'Association EMDR Europe, Paris, France.

Language: French

Format: Conference

Abstract:
"Depuis ce temps, les thérapeutes EMDR ont découvert que les différents types de stimulation double attention, comme les robinets à main et les tons sont susceptibles d'avoir les mêmes effets. En face, il ya une bonne possibilité que le dénominateur commun est le principal élément d'attention plutôt que le mouvement des muscles en particulier. Par conséquent, la désensibilisation des mouvements oculaires nom et le traitement est regrettable à bien des égards. Le mouvement des yeux terme est trop restrictive, et la même chose peut être dit pour la désensibilisation terme "(Francine Shapiro, 2002, EMDR comme une psychothérapie intégrative approche, APA, p. 28).
Je vais commencer par cette citation de poser la question cruciale: quel est vraiment le «plus petit dénominateur commun primaires" de l'EMDR?
Certainement pas les yeux car on utiliser plusieurs types de double attention! Et pourtant, la quasi-totalité de la communication externe sur l'EMDR accent uniquement sur les mouvements oculaires.
Il est la stimulation de rechange? La question reste ouverte, mais des preuves solides d'infirmer cette hypothèse.
Si la spécificité de l'EMDR ne réside ni dans les yeux, ni dans la stimulation de remplacement, at-il seulement existé? Je vais défendre mon intervention à l'idée que cette spécificité existe et repose sur la ruse de l'Assemblée des charges et des procédures d'autres techniques.
De ce point de vue, pourquoi continuer, autrement que pour des raisons marketing ou tribale, d'appeler EMDR une technique qui n'a rien à voir avec les mots censés qu'il symbolise, pour le représenter? N'est-ce pas induire en erreur et révélatrice d'une position de faiblesse pour continuer à appeler "smurf" quelque chose dont on sait qu'elle n'a rien à voir avec "Schtroumpf?" Ne l'exigence éthique de probité et de la science implique de renommer le protocole ? Le public aurait tort de là, bien au contraire. Si le nom ne doit pas être changé, l'EMDR peut avoir le même avenir que le magnétisme dans le 19ème siècle et peut être relégué dans le secteur de la parapsychologie. Il serait vraiment triste.

“Since that time, EMDR therapists have discovered that various types of dual attention stimulation, such as hand taps and tones are capable of having the same effects. In face, there is a good possibility that the primary common denominator is the attentional element rather than the particular muscle movement. Therefore, the name eye movement desensitization and processing is unfortunate in many ways. The term eye movement is unduly limiting, and the same can be said for the term desensitization” (Francine Shapiro, 2002, EMDR as an Integrative Psychotherapy Approach, APA, p. 28).
I will start from this quotation to ask the crucial question: What is really the “primary common denominator” of EMDR?
Certainly not the eyes since one use several types of dual attention! And yet almost all the external communication on the EMDR emphasis only on the eye movements.
It is alternate stimulation? The question remains open but strong evidence invalidate this assumption.
If the specificity of the EMDR lies neither in the eyes nor in alternate stimulation, does it only exist? I will defend in my intervention the idea that this specificity exists and rests on the cunning assembly of loads and procedures from other techniques.
From this point of view, why continue, otherwise than for marketing or tribal reasons, to call EMDR a technique which has nothing to do with the words supposed to symbolize it, to represent it? Isn’t this misleading and revealing a position of weakness to continue to call “smurf” something which one knows that it does not have anything to do with “smurf?” Doesn’t the ethical requirement of probity and science imply to rename the protocol? The public would be mistaken there, quite to the contrary. If the name is not to be changed, EMDR may have the same future as magnetism in the 19th century and may be relegated to the sector of the parapsychology. It would really be sad.

Keywords: Strategy

Accuracy Verified: Yes

365. Cornil, C. (2012, June). The power of now in EMDR [El poder del ahora en EMDR]. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Madrid, Spain.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
This presentation will be a theoretical, philosophical approach to the concept of time as utilized in EMDR. From the very beginning the concept of time plays a major role in the EMDR approach. At the basis of the AIP model lays the idea of memory networks frozen in time (Shapiro 1995). The information is dysfunctionally stored in the frozen now and can be triggered at any moment. In EMDR we all struggle with the now of the negative cognition. Patients do not understand and get confused when therapists ask about beliefs they have about themselves now as they think about the past. In trainings it is announced as the most difficult part of the EMDR protocol. But it is an essential part. The now is what is happening right at this moment. There is no past, only the present perception of the past. As there is no future, only the present perception of possibilities. The present is what one identifies with. When one sees, one believes: what is experienced at a certain moment becomes the felt reality in the now. When the patient is triggered into the perception of the child, she becomes the child and time shifts. The point this workshop wants to make is that change comes about as the patient stops identifying with the past thus making it the now, but instead is invited by the therapist to let things happen and to notice what moves. For time to exist movement is needed: the hands of the clock, the sun in the sky, the wrinkling of the skin all indicate time. Instead of trying to keep at a distance painful information which exists in an eternal now without movement, the client is invited just to observe the movement that can come about by taking the position of double attention: one leg in real time and one leg in no time. We will explore links with the process of mindfulness.

Este taller presentará un planteamiento teórico y filosófico al concepto del tiempo tal como se usa en EMDR. Desde el mismo comienzo, el concepto del tiempo ejerce una función fundamental en el planteamiento de EMDR. La idea de redes de recuerdos congelados en el tiempo se encuentra en los cimientos del modelo AIP (Shapiro, 1995). La información se almacena de forma disfuncional en el ahora congelado y que puede “dispararse” en cualquier momento. En EMDR, todos luchamos contra el ahora de la cognición negativa. Los pacientes no entienden y se confunden cuando el terapeuta pregunta por las creencias que tienen respecto a sí mismos ahora cuando piensan acerca del pasado. En las formaciones, se presenta como el elemento más difícil del protocolo de EMDR. No obstante, supone un elemento esencial. El ahora es lo que ocurre en este preciso momento. No existe el pasado, únicamente la percepción presente del pasado, al igual que no hay futuro, solamente la percepción presente de posibilidades. El presente es aquello con lo que uno se identifica. Cuando se ve, se cree: aquello que se vive en un momento dado se convierte en la realidad experimentada en el ahora. Cuando al paciente se le dispara hacia la percepción de la niña, se convierte en la niña y el tiempo cambia. Lo que pretende dejar claro este taller es que el cambio se produce a medida que el paciente deja de identificarse con el pasado, lo que lo convierte en el ahora, sino de la mano del terapeuta, permite que las cosas ocurran y se fija en lo que se mueve. Para que exista el tiempo, es necesario el movimiento: las manecillas del reloj, el sol en el cielo, el arrugar de la piel, todo indica tiempo. En lugar de intentar mantener distante la información dolorosa que existe en un ahora externo sin movimiento, se le invita al cliente a simplemente observar el movimiento que se puede producir al adoptar la postura de la atención escindida: con una pierna en el tiempo real y una en la intemporalidad. Exploraremos las relaciones con el proceso de “mindfulness” (conciencia plena).

Keywords: Power of Now

Accuracy Verified: Yes

366. Rosen, G., Lohr, J., McNally, R. J., & Herbert, J. D. (1998, April). Power therapies, miraculous claims, and the cures that fail. Behavioural and Cognitive Psychotherapy, 26(2), 99-101.

Language: English

Format: Journal

Abstract:
Recent "Power Therapies" claim near miraculous cures but fare less well under controlled testing. These developments recall for cognitive behavior therapists the history of past "cures" that temporarily induced high levels of expectancies, but failed the test of time. [Author Abstract]

Keywords: Commentary Placebo Postraumatic Stress Disorder PTSD Stressors Survivors TFT Thought Field Therapy TIR Traumatic Incident Reduction Treatment Effectiveness

Accuracy Verified: Yes

367. Rosen, G., Lohr, J., McNally, R. J., & Herbert, J. D. (2000). Power therapies, miraculous claims, and the cures that fail. In M. J. Scott & S. Palmer (Eds.), Trauma and post-traumatic stress disorder (pp. 134-136) New York: Cassell Books.

Language: English

Format: Book Section

Abstract: Recent 'Power Therapies' claim near miraculous cures but fare less well under controlled testing. These developments recall for cognitive behavior therapists the history of past 'cures' that temporarily induced high levels of expectancies, but failed the test of time. [Author Abstract] Originally published as "Power therapies, miraculous claims, and the cures that fail," Behavioural and Cognitive Psychotherapy 26: 99-101 (1998) [Pilots]

Keywords: Posttraumatic Stress Disorder PTSD Stressors Survivors TFT Thought Field Therapy TIR Traumatic Incident Reduction Treatment Effectiveness

Accuracy Verified: Yes

368. Hopchet, M., & Detournay, F. (2012, June). Preliminary study on the effects of simultaneous application of two types of stimulations (eye movements and tactile stimuli) on psychophysiological autoreported symptoms in the treatment of negative autobiographical memories [Estudios preliminares sobre los efectos de la aplicación simultanea de dos tipos de estimulación (movimientos oculares y táctiles) en sintomatología psicofisiológica autoinformada en el tratamiento de recuerdos autobiográficos negativos]. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Madrid, Spain.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Negative autobiographical memories are effectively treated using EMDR with patients making eye movements during the recall of negative autobiographical memories. While several studies have measured the effects of different types of stimulations, we are not aware of any research assessing the combined effects of two different stimulations applied simultaneously during the recall of the event. For this preliminary study involving 15 adult patients from both sexes, 4 EMDR counselor therapists measure 17 symptoms of the list proposed by Weimann (1968)). Each patient is evaluated before, during and at the end of each session. We control the effect of the sequence of one versus two types of stimulations by assigning each patient to both conditions but in a random way: (a) first target first session with one type of stimulation following with a second target first session, including two types of stimulation; (b) the inversed sequence. We compare the mean level intensity of each symptom (within factor) between one type vs. two types of stimulations (between factor) using the Anova and the t- Student tests. We hypothesize that an attenuation of intensity of the stress symptoms occurs when the patient is treated simultaneously with two types of bilateral stimulation (eye movements and tactile stimuli), compared to one (eye movements). The paper presents preliminary data, as well as a discussion of the results in the light of the theory of the working memory (Andrade et al.1997) and the reassurance reflex model of EMDR proposed by MacCulloch and Feldman (1996).

Los recuerdos autobiográficos negativos son tratados con efectividad usando el EMDR con pacientes a través del movimiento ocular de ojos durante el acceso al recuerdo negativo autobiográfico. Mientras muchos estudios han medido dos tipos diferentes de estimulación, no estamos al corriente de ninguna otra investigación que informe de los efectos combinados de los dos tipos de estimulación aplicada simultáneamente durante este acceso al recuerdo del evento. En este estudio preliminar contamos con los datos de 15 pacientes adultos de ambos sexos, 4 consultores EMDR midieron 17 síntomas de la lista propuesta por Weimann (1968). Cada paciente era evaluado antes, durante, y al final de cada sesión. Controlamos los efectos de una secuencia en función de los 2 tipos de estimulación, asignando a cada paciente ambas condiciones pero de manera aleatorizada: (a) Primer recuerdo Diana, primera sesión con un tipo de estimulación seguido de un Segundo recuerdo de la primera sesión incluyendo dos tipos de estimulación; (b) invertimos la secuencia anterior. Comparamos la media del nivel de intensidad de cada síntoma (dentro del factor) entre un tipo y dos tipos de estimulación (entre factores) usando cálculos estadísticos de Anoia y una t-‐Student para los resultados. Nuestra hipótesis es que ocurrirá una atenuación de los síntomas de estrés cuando el paciente es tratado simultáneamente con dos tipos de estimulación bilateral (movimientos oculares y estímulos táctiles), comparados con la de un solo tipo (Movimientos oculares). Este artículo presenta el análisis preliminar de los datos, así como la discusión de los resultados en línea con la teoría de la memoria de trabajo (Andrade y cols 1997) y la reafirmación del modelo refractario del EMDR propuesto por MacCulloch y Feldman (1996).

Keywords: Autobiographical Memories Bilateral Stimulation Eye Movements Tactile Stimulation

Accuracy Verified: Yes

369. Turcotte, D. T. (1995, June 11). Process thaws images of trauma. Worcester, MA: Worcester Telegram & Gazette, All, Local News, B1.

Language: English

Format: Newspaper

Abstract:
According to Solomon, therapists assume the human brain contains an information-processing mechanism that takes information to resolution, much like when the body heals a cut.

Keywords: General Overview Roger Solomon Worcester

Accuracy Verified: Yes

370. Gonzalez, A., Mosquera, D., & Seijo, N. (2010, April). Processing dissociative phobias with EMDR. Presentation at the 2nd Bi-Annual International European Society for Trauma and Dissociation Conference, Belfast, Northern Ireland.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract: The standard EMDR protocol (SP) was designed for the treatment of simple PTSD, and when it´s used on this cases, EMDR is a very powerful therapy. But when SP is applied on complex trauma and dissociative disorders 20% of patients may become de-compensated. The importance of the stabilization phase has been remarked by different authors. The existent proposals are to use interventions coming from different approaches sometimes enhanced with bilateral stimulation. Standard procedures used for simple PTSD must be adapted and modified for working with dissociative disorders. To do this is important to understand from recent research work what we know about the effects of EMDR therapy. We will try to dynamically integrate these features with conceptualizations coming from the EMDR Adaptive Information Processing Model (AIP) and the Theory of the Structural Dissociation of the Personality (TSDP) TSDP emphasizes the importance of working with dissociative phobias prior to trauma work. In the stabilization phase the work on the phobia of dissociative parts and of attachment (and the attachment with the therapist) is the most important one. We will show with clinic cases the effect of this intervention on improving internal communication and collaboration and overcoming therapist-patient relationship problems.
Learning Outcomes For those who are not EMDR therapists this workshop will help to understand how EMDR conceptualizes the work in structural dissociation from the Adaptive Information Processing Model (AIP). For people who are not expertise on Theory of Structural Dissociation of the Personality (TSDP) a brief description of dissociative phobias and their importance in the work with dissociative disorders will be put forward. The assistants will watch videos of therapies with different patients, in which EMDR is applied using dissociative phobias as targets. Differences with ego states therapy without introducing bilateral stimulation and with standard EMDR protocol will be observable in the case-examples and will be explained in detail. This work represents a different way of using EMDR to stabilize the patient and prepare her/him for future traumatic memory processing.

Keywords: Phobias

Accuracy Verified: Yes

371. Pocock, D. (2011, November). The promise of EMDR in family and systemic psychotherapy: A clinical complement to Field and Cottrell. Journal of Family Therapy, 33(4), 389-399. doi:10.1111/j.1467-6427.2011.00547.x.

Language: English

Format: Journal

Abstract:
Annalisa Field and David Cottrell's careful and balanced summary of the current state of evidence of the effectiveness of eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR) with children and adolescents is to be welcomed. They conclude that there is, despite an overall lack of good quality studies, some encouraging emerging evidence. They set out a future scenario for development in which these hopeful indications may be sufficient to convince clinicians to train and consider using EMDR in practice. That may in turn lead to more people publishing the results of their nascent practice, and greater availability of therapists would enable larger scale randomized controlled studies to be designed and carried out. In this clinical addendum I seek to complement Field and Cottrell's sense of promise by setting out ways in which EMDR has become incorporated in my systemic psychotherapy practice during the last 3 years.

Keywords: Integration Psychotherapy Systems Trauma

Accuracy Verified: Yes

372. Tausch, R. (2007, Spring). Promoting health: Challenges for person-centered communication in psychotherapy, counseling and human relationships in daily life. Person-Centered and Experiential Psychotherapies, 6(1), 1-13. doi:10.1080/14779757.2007.9688424.

Language: English

Format: Journal

Abstract:
For person-centered psychotherapy and counseling to be scientifically acknowledged and accepted by public health services, the following are required: (a) more empirical research on the effectiveness of person-centered therapy for different diagnostic categories (ICD-10) and counseling modes (group, family, health-related counseling); (b) incorporation of alternative interventions to increase the effectiveness of short-term person-centered psychotherapy consistent with the approach and the client-centered behavior of the therapist, such as having patients choose their therapists, providing written information on stress reduction and self-help, teaching daily relaxation exercises, using EMDR (Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing) with minor anxiety, and suggesting homework assignments; (c) improvement of the therapist-patient relationship via regular written feedback from the patient for the therapist, reflections that incorporate cognitions and emotions in proportion to clients' expressions, and active, intensive (non-directive) efforts by the therapist to improve the therapeutic relationship; and (d) promotion of person-centered behaviors by people in daily situations and relationships outside the therapeutic setting (e.g., teachers, parents, partners). (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2008 APA, all rights reserved)

Keywords: Client Centered Therapy Counseling Interpersonal Relationships Person-Centered Therapy Psychotherapeutic Techniques

Accuracy Verified: Yes

373. Melbeck, H. H. (2003, May). PSTD-Unit: Trauma therapy with in-patients – A ward concept. Poster presented at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Rome, Italy.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Since there were only a very few specialised trauma therapists in the region in the beginning of the "PTSD-Unit", we had to treat all kinds of type-I and type-II trauma around, that is: victims of technical or natural disasters, of car accidents and accidents at work, especially the victims of bank robberies whose number has risen enormously in the area since the political change in 1989. Beside that we treated clients after they had learned the diagnosis of a life-threatening disease, for example a cancer - diagnosis, and people who were suffering from traumatic grief, because they were bereaved of their loved ones under particularly traumatic circumstances, for example after the explosion at Djerba last year.

Keywords: Poster Ward Concept

Accuracy Verified: Yes

374. Nacey, M. (2004, January). Psychologist, heal thyself. Practical Horseman, 32(1), 112-112.

Language: English

Format: Magazine

Abstract:
Recounts an author's experience on overcoming a traumatic experience related to horse riding. Therapy developed in 1987 by physician Francine Shapiro; Processes used by the therapists; Benefits of eye movement desensitization and reprocessing to the horse riders.

Keywords: Horsemenship Horse Riding Trauma

Accuracy Verified: Yes

375. Martinez, V. A. (2010, November 15). PTSD in children: New technique helps therapists help kids cope. El Paso Times.

Language: English

Format: Newspaper

Abstract:
Therapist Tim Mendoza of the El Paso Child Guidance Center observes a young patient with post-traumatic stress disorder before using a new technique called Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing. The technique involves a patient recalling an unpleasant memory while moving his or her eyes side to side and breathing deeply until the distress is reduced. (Niki Rhynes / El Paso Times)

Keywords: Children Mendoza Posttraumatic Stress Disorder PTSD

Accuracy Verified: Yes

376. Kinowski, K. (2003). Put your best foot forward. Clinical practice manual. An EMDR-related protocol for empowerment using somatosensory and visual priming of resource experiences (2nd Ed.). Victoria, BC: Author.

Language: English

Format: Other

Abstract:
The theory and how-to of the protocol are contained in a 153 page manual, 8 ½" x 11". The second edition updates the database and includes a new chapter with case reports from other therapists. The manual's contents include: the full text protocol enough practical information so you can knowledgeably use it if you wish a simplified record form for the client's file two new ratings scales: Subjective Units of Body Safety( SUBS) and Rating of Confidence (RoC) theoretical discussion of midbrain areas that I think are activated by the process 13 tables of descriptive statistics, n= 40, 67 administrations of the protocol stills taken from video of therapy sessions (with client permission, faces obscured) colored illustrations of client imagery, key midbrain areas, and body diagrams summarizing different results a 3 page table summarizing each of the protocol's eight stages from four operational factors - therapist mode of activity, information processing, somatosensory processing, and conjectured neural activation more than 15 cases are described in whole or in part, 8 from other therapists

Keywords: Empowerment Protocol

Accuracy Verified: Yes

377. Travers, E. (2000, April 18). Putting a finger on the problem: Treatment for trauma survivors is being used against corporate stress, but skeptics abound. Montreal, Canada: The Gazette, News, A4.

Language: English

Format: Newspaper

Abstract:
Therapists using an ''eye-movement desensitization and reprocessing'' treatment - known as EMDR and developed in 1989 to treat trauma victims - are finding rapid improvements among stressed-out movers and shakers who have never seen a day of war, an earthquake or a bombing.

Keywords: General Overview

Accuracy Verified: Yes

378. Dunkel, D. (1993, Spring). Questioning. EMDR Network Newsletter, 3(1), 9.

Language: English

Format: Newsletter

Abstract:
Stephen Wolinksy (1991) describes a simple technique for dealing with negative cognitions that I have found to be much more effective than those used by cognitive therapists such as Albert Ellis and Aaron Neck, especially when it is combined with EMDR.

Keywords: Questioning Technique

Accuracy Verified: Yes

379. Weisberg, D. (1999, April 27). Quick fix? Patients say new therapy offer freedom from past traumas in a short time. Pittsburgh, PA: Pittsburgh Post-Gazette, Sooner, Health, G-3.

Language: English

Format: Newspaper

Abstract:
Months later, she gave therapy another try, this time seeing Peggy Elkus, a Regent Square psychologist who is certified to practice a controversial technique many therapists have never even heard of. Called EMDR - for Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing - it enabled Troup, in just three sessions, to find peace after decades of pain.

Keywords: Overview General Pittsburgh

Accuracy Verified: Yes

380. Denicola, J. A. (1993, September). Quick fixes for complex problems?. the Behavior Therapist, 16(8), 218.

Language: English

Format: Newsletter

Abstract:
I have followed with interest the ongoing debate in the Behuvior Therapist regarding the practice and dissemination of the eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR) technique. I am most struck, however, by the willingness of behavior therapists to enthusiastically embrace and practice this technique despite "the paucity of data with regard to its effectiveness" (Boudewyns, Stwertka, Hver, Albrecht, & Sperr, 1993).

Keywords: Practice Theory

Accuracy Verified: Yes

381. Bowden, M. (1994, July 12). Rapid eye motion may heal minds. Columbia, SC: The State, Living, Final Edition, D1.

Language: English

Format: Newspaper

Abstract:
Now, they've taken to furiously wagging their fingers in front of the patient's face. It's called "Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing," or EMDR, and it's the latest rage, practiced now by thousands of respected therapists in the treatment of traumatic memories and phobias.

Keywords: General Overview Columbia

Accuracy Verified: Yes

382. Boudewyns, P. A. (2005, December). Reaction of therapists to EMDR for combat-related PTSD: An early look. Augusta VA Medical Center and Medical College of Georgia, Augusta, GA.

Language: English

Format: Publication

Abstract:
Seven therapists, two females and one male, were used for the study. Each therapist was randomly assigned to administer both exposure therapy and EMDR, but one had not yet completed an exposure therapy condition subject. All had been extensively trained in both techniques and all were experienced licensed psychologists with Ph.D. degrees. Each therapist was asked six questions regarding thei r response to the treatments and to the subjects. This is a composite summary of their responses.

Keywords: Combat Posttraumatic Stress Disorder PTSD

Accuracy Verified: Yes

383. Beere, D., Simon, M., & Welch, K. (2000, January-April). Recommendations and illustrations for combining hypnosis and EMDR in the treatment of psychological trauma. American Journal of Clinical Hypnosis, 43(3-4), 217-231. doi:10.1080/00029157.2001.10404278.

Language: English

Format: Journal

Abstract:
Three experienced therapists, trained in hypnosis and EMDR, distilled some tentative hypotheses about the use of hypnosis in EMDR from fifteen cases, two presented here. When a therapist uses hypnosis with EMDR, it seems that the client is having difficulty or the therapist anticipates that the client will have difficulty managing the experiences processed with EMDR. Hypnosis initiated either during the introduction to EMDR or within a therapy session prior to the initiation of EMDR seems to have served two functions. The first function is to activate inner work that prepares the client to use EMDR successfully, and the second function is to facilitate overtly the processing of the traumatic experience. Clients might have two kinds of difficulties in managing affect or distress: (1) they may have a long-standing, irrational and strongly held belief that interferes with managing affect or distress, and (2) they may never have developed the capacity to tolerate intense affect, distress or pain. Should a therapist use hypnosis during the closing down phase of a session without preparing the client with hypnosis during the introduction to EMDR, the therapist should seriously reconsider the pace and focus of EMDR and the client's resources to manage affect and distress. [Author Abstract]

Keywords: Hypnotherapy Treatment Posttraumatic Stress Disorder Psychotherapeutic Processes PTSD Review Treatment Effectiveness

Accuracy Verified: Yes

384. Giovannozzi, G. (2012, June). Regulated eye contact activation and installation protocol [Regulación de la activación del contacto ocular y protocolo de instalación]. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Madrid, Spain.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Porges’ polyvagal theory provides a plausible explanation for the covariation between psychiatric and behavioral disorders and the atypical regulation of the Autonomic Nervous System (ANS). Porges himself associated this phenomenon with the failed maturation of the ventrovagal circuit, as well as with the child’s failure to learn the ability to modulate the so-‐called “vagal break” which keeps the heart-‐rate low and inhibits the influence of the SNS, allowing the modulation of the facial and head muscles and, therefore, the social engagement function, often impaired in psychiatric pathologies. From a psychotherapy standpoint, Porges’ finding that the maturation of the ventrovagal circuit and of its associated braking function occurs ontogenetically later than that of other ANS branches (last months of pregnancy and first year of life) and that a good relation with the caregiver is essential for its development is of significant importance. In this dyad – with the cortical-‐bulbar pathway, sufficiently myelinated at birth, regulating face and head muscles and allowing signals exchange with the caregiver – children learn to confront their internal states and the environment as well as regulate their emotions, regulating an adaptive neuroception with the consequent possibility of a good social involvement. This focus on the first year of life and the caregiver – child dyad, in terms of time and place for the construction of biologically based behaviors common to all human beings, paves the way, as anticipated by Porges himself, for new possible intervention models in psychotherapy directly acting on the missed or impaired steps in this first phase of the psycho-‐physiological development process, without disregarding its psychobiological quality. Clinical Application Since I believe that the inter-‐brain perspective is the most efficient not only for the etiological explanation but especially for the restoration of relational impairments occurred during brain-‐brain interactions, I chose eye contact (EC), because, according to several scholars, it is a privileged communication channel, in particular between mother and child. Several scholars agree that all forms of psychopathology share a failure in emotional regulation, which can be mostly traced back to the failure in the child-‐ caregiver adaptive tuning and therefore to the impairment of their inter-‐brain communication. An intervention on the EC shifts the therapy focus on this dysregulation to restore its functions. The EMDR AIP approach relies on the brain adaptive processing ability. EMDR has proved, in appropriate conditions (good therapeutic alliance, client stabilization, compliance with the EMDR protocol), our brain can repair traumatic injuries, i.e., reacquire and use information dysfunctionally stored after a trauma. Successful use of EMDR on target not directly traceable to a traumatic event (e.g., defenses, chronic pain, etc.) allows for the possibility to use this processing tool in increasingly broad fields and refines its resources. Thanks to its three-‐pronged approach to dysfunctionally stored information in the brain (EMDR works on the cognitive, emotional and somatic level), the inter-‐brain quality of its scope (the therapeutic alliance is part of the healing process) and for its focus on the present (EMDR works on the present, i.e., on the current and active components of the pathogenetic memory, bypassing all mediations and interpretation), EMDR seemed the most appropriate therapeutic tool to intervene on the EC dysregulation found in several psychiatric pathologies. Conclusion An EMDR protocol for the exploration and modulation of the EC is proposed. This protocol proved particularly useful with depressed or severely dissociative clients. After making clients aware of their difficulty in maintaining the EC, they are retrained to use this contact first on objects, then on animals (excellent mediators of a primitive form of social contact) until they are able to achieve eye contact with the therapist. During this training, clients are encouraged to become aware of their body sensations, emotions and beliefs, and the positive ones are installed with BLS. Memories of relational situations where clients identify an impaired EC are identified and these are targeted with the standard protocol. The focus then shifts to present and future situations. The regulation purpose of this protocol affects the application mode: interventions must never be dysregulating, therapists must proceed slowly. Clients must be rigorously kept within their window of tolerance, must be trained to recognize it and able of staying within its boundaries with respect to the microregulation of the EC.

La teoría polivagal de Porges proporciona una explicación plausible para la covariación entre los trastornos psiquiátricos comportamentales y la regulación atípica del sistema nervioso autónomo (ANS). El propio Porgues asoció este fenómeno con el fallo de maduración del circuito ventrovagal, por tanto el niño falla al aprender una habilidad también llamada “bloqueo vagal”, que mantiene la tasa cardiaca baja e inhibe la influencia del SNS, permitiendo la modulación de los músculos faciales y la cabeza, y por tanto, la función optima del compromiso social, a menudo emparejada con patologías psiquíatricas. Partiendo desde un punto de vista psicoterapéutico, Porges encontró que la maduración del circuito ventrovagal y su asociación con la función de frenado ocurre ontogenéticamente después que otras ramas del sistema nervioso autónomo (Los últimos meses del embarazo y los primeros años de vida) y que una buena relación con el cuidador es esencial para su desarrollo es significativamente importante. En esta línea – con vía córtico-‐bulbar, lo suficientemente mielinizada en el nacimiento, regulando los músculos de la cara y la cabeza y permitiendo señales de intercambio con el cuidador-‐ Los niños aprenden a estar cómodos con sus estados internos y con un ambiente que también regula sus emociones, regular una neurorecepción con la consecuente posibilidad de una buena integración social. Centrándonos en el primer año de vida del niño y el cuidador – La pareja de niños, en términos de tiempo y lugar para la construcción biológica fundamentada y basada en todos los seres humanos, allana el camino, como anticipó Porges, para nuevos modelos de intervención en psicoterapia, actuando directamente con el paso perdido o afectado de esta primera fase del proceso de desarrollo psicofisiológico, sin tener en cuenta su calidad psicobiológica. Aplicación Clínica. Desde que creó que la perspectiva del cerebro interior, continúa siendo la más eficiente no solo para desarrollar explicaciones etiológicas, también para la restauración de los desajustes relacionados ocurridos durante las interacciones cerebro-‐cerebro. Escogí contacto visual (ECE), porque, de acuerdo con numerosos investigadores, es un privilegiado canal de comunicación, particularmente eficaz entre una madre y su hijo. Numerosos profesionales afirman que todas las formas de psicopatología comparten una fallo en la regulación emocional, que solo puede crear un error en el la comunicación interna del cerebro. Esta intervención en el EC modifica la terapia y la centra en la desregulación y la restauración de funciones. El enfoque EMDR SPIA está basado en la habilidad de procesamiento de la información relevante, EMDR ha sido probado en condiciones idóneas (buena alianza terapéutica, estabilización de la queja del cliente disgustado con el EMDR.).

Keywords: Installation Protocol Regulated Eye Contact Activation

Accuracy Verified: Yes

385. Kitchen, R. H. (1991, December). Relapse therapy. EMDR Network Newsletter, 1(2), 4-6.

Language: English

Format: Newsletter

Abstract:
Most therapists who treat Drug/Alcohol addicted clients have experienced the frustration of client relapse when therapy appeared to be working. Chronic relapse can occur even when the client is fully committed to an abstinent life. Chronic relapsers, and many recovering addicts to some extent, suffer from what Terry Gorski, MA, describes as Post Acute Withdrawal or "PAW." His premise, supported by an analytical study of a group of chronic relapse clients in 1974, identified the thirty-seven warning signs that were predictive of possible relapse. (For those who wish further information, these warning signs were first outlined in his book, Counseling For Relapse Prevention (T. Gorski, 1982).

Keywords: PAW Post Acute Withdrawal Relapse Therapy Terry Gorski

Accuracy Verified: Yes

386. Devilly, G. J., & Spence, S. H. (1999, January-April). The relative efficacy and treatment distress of EMDR and a cognitive-behavior trauma treatment protocol in the amelioration of posttraumatic stress disorder. Journal of Anxiety Disorders, 13(1-2), 131-157. doi:10.1016/S0887-6185(98)00044-9.

Language: English

Format: Journal

Abstract:
The growing body of research into treatment efficacy with Posttraumatic Stress Disorder (PTSD) has, by-and-large, been limited to evaluating treatment components or comparing a specific treatment against wait-list controls. (PubMed) This has led to two forms of treatment, Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing (EMDR) and Cognitive-Behavior Therapy (CBT), vying for supremacy without a controlled study actually comparing them. The present research compared EMDR and a CBT variant (Trauma Treatment Protocol; TTP) in the treatment of PTSD, via a controlled clinical study using therapists trained in both procedures. It was found that TTP was both statistically and clinically more effective in reducing pathology related to PTSD and that this superiority was maintained and, in fact, became more evident by 3-month follow-up. These results are discussed in terms of past research. Directions for future research are suggested (ScienceDirect).

Keywords: Adults Australians Cognitive Therapy Empirical Study Longitudinal Study Non-Randomized Study Posttraumatic Stress Disorder PTSD Stressors Survivors Treatment Effectiveness Treatment Outcome/Clinical Trial

Accuracy Verified: Yes

387. Holmshaw, M., Hodder, K. I., & Carswell, J. W. (2009, April). The relative efficacy of trauma-focused cognitive behavioural therapy and EMDR in treating psychological trauma resulting from road traffic accidents. Presentation at the annual British Psychological Society Conference, Brighton, UK.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Objectives: Following road traffic accidents (RTAs) psychological problems are common and can cause long-term disability. Whilst both trauma-focused cognitive behavioural therapy (CBT) and eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR) have proved successful in treating such problems there is currently no clear evidence supporting one treatment over the other. Previous comparisons of these treatments have been based on small samples. The present research aimed to explore the relative efficacy of CBT and EMDR in treating psychological trauma resulting from RTAs in a large sample. Design: Patients who had previously been involved in an RTA were referred to a psychological rehabilitation provider and received treatment with either CBT or EMDR by accredited therapists. The treatments were compared on drop-out rate number of sessions required for completion of treatment therapist rating of success and a number of widely used psychometric measures which were administered at assessment and again at the end of treatment. Methods: A total of 1179 referrals were made of which 435 met the inclusion criteria and proceeded to treatment. These patients presented with a range of psychological trauma symptoms resulting from RTAs which had occurred an average of 21 months previously. Posttraumatic stress disorder (PTSD) was diagnosed in 51 per cent of patients with the remaining patients presenting with travel anxiety depression general anxiety and other psychological conditions. Outcomes were assessed in the whole sample and separately for those with a diagnosis of PTSD. Results: No differences emerged between the treatments on any outcome measure both for patients diagnosed with PTSD and for those with other trauma-related symptoms. Both CBT and EMDR resulted in large improvements in self-rated symptoms as assessed using the psychometric measures and in both groups over 80 per cent of cases were rated by the therapist as successful or having made good progress by the end of treatment. The CBT group required an average of 9.1 sessions and the EMDR group required an average of 9.9 sessions. Reliable change indices showed that over 80 per cent of patients made clinically significant improvements in both treatment groups. Conclusions: In conclusion both CBT and EMDR proved to be effective treatments for psychological trauma resulting from RTAs but no differences emerged between them in terms of efficacy patient compliance and number of sessions required. Psychological trauma following RTAs is eminently treatable in the community when treatment is offered by trained CBT or EMDR therapists.

Keywords: CBT Cognitive Behavior Therapy Road Traffic Accidents

Accuracy Verified: Yes

388. Jenkins, S. (2008, June). Relieving suffering and restoring lives: Understanding and treating sexual abuse survivors. Poster session presented at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, London, England.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Without a thorough understanding of the physical, emotional, and spiritual impact of sexual assault and sexual abuse, therapists may reach an impasse with their clients. With this in mind, supplemental to EMDR training, and clinical experience, therapists must be knowledgable of the emotional, physical, developmental, and spiritual impact of sexual assault and sexual abuse. This presentation offers a holistic approach to the treatment of sexual assault and sexual abuse. Attendees will learn specific techniques for identifying, understanding, and treating it, as well as a greater understanding of the emotional, physical, developmental, and spiritual impact of such traumas. The information provided will enable therapists to conduct developmentally appropriate and clinically sound EMDR treatment. Furthermore, to help EMDR therapists facilitate their clients’ integration of traumatic events, information will be given on combining EMDR with a cross cultural shamanic approach to ego splitting or “soul loss.” Information and techniques will be provided on how to further facilitate processing during EMDR, in order to retrieve the parts of the self, the soul, that were “lost” or “split” during the trauma. Without recovering these parts, clients can be left open and unable to integrate their traumatic experiences. They can continue to experience a sense of not being “whole.” With this in mind, attendees will also learn how to further assist clients’ processing of the behavioural, emotional, physical, and cognitive aspects of traumatic events, thus facilitating clients processing via EMDR. Attendees will learn through a combination of case presentations, activities, and case presentations.

Keywords: Sexual Abuse Survivors

Accuracy Verified: Yes

389. Iracane-Blanco, M. (2010, June). Research to evaluate the therapeutic effectiveness of an EMDR treatment versus debriefing for victims of workplace accidents. In Research. Symposium conducted at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Hamburg, Germany.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
The objective of this study is to evaluate the therapeutic effectiveness of an EMDR treatment set-up (R-TEP protocol) within an early healthcare scheme for victims of workplace accidents, while taking into consideration such variables as institutional recognition and the availability of psychological debriefing services (inspired by Mitchell's model). The research procedure consists of first creating a program including referenced organisations (businesses, police force, hospitals...) from different French regions. Efforts will be made to raise resource people's (management, occupational health staff) awareness of PTSD prevention and of the role played by institutional recognition in the psychological recovery process. A regional network of EMDR therapists trained in debriefing (will be set up to work in partnership with the healthcare network for first line interventions following workplace accidents involving one or several workers. Participants will be recruited within these organisations. They the will all have been confronted with a single critical incident at work (accidental bodily harm of physical origin, physical aggression...) and meet DSM-IV Acute Stress Disorder criteria at the time of the therapy session. The research program will test, evaluate, and compare the effectiveness of a single therapeutic intervention taking place between Day 0 and Day 8 after exposure to a workplace accident BS do for 2 groups of 20 workers (men and women) who present the clinical signs of acute stress disorder. G1: control group - no access or refusal of care to be. G2: group with a debriefing session. G3: group with an EMDR session. In order to evaluate treatment effects on health and adaptive behavior in workers, participants will complete standardized self-evaluation scales (IESR PCLS Hamilton) before and after treatment. Another questionnaire will be completed by the therapists. Expected results: Significant decrease of symptoms and improvement of scores on measures after a single EMDR session. Greater effectiveness of EMDR compared to psychological debriefing. Eye Learning objectives: Participants will learn the advantages of promoting early interventions for victims of workplace accidents with the adapted EMDR protocol in order to prevent incapacitating PTSD and to facilitate an early return to autonomy for the worker. EMDR therapists will have a raised awareness of public health prevention initiatives, combining training and information within social and professional networks and occupational health services.

Keywords: Debriefing Research, Symposium Workplace Accidents

Accuracy Verified: Yes

390. Greenwald, R. (2008, November). Resolving early memories reduces the distress of later related memories. Poster presented at 24th annual meeting of the International Society for Traumatic Stress Studies, Chicago, IL.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Trauma therapists must make clinical judgments about which upsetting memories to target in what order, taking into account the particular client’s ability to tolerate a potentially challenging trauma-focused session. This paper presents the results of a study with 119 participants in 10 trauma workshops (either EMDR or Progressive Counting, an exposure variant) in 4 countries. Participants first provided a SUDS rating of an identified distressing memory, then “floated back” and worked on an earlier memory, and finally provided another SUDS rating on the initial (not worked-on) identified memory. The final SUDS rating was lower for almost every participant, often substantially so, indicating that work on earlier related memories is likely to reduce the distress associated with a later memory. Follow-up with a subset of participants at 1 and 4 weeks post-treatment indicated some deterioration but substantial maintenance of effect. When the client’s affect tolerance is a potentially limiting factor in proceeding with trauma work, the present findings support the strategy of first working through earlier related memories.

Keywords: Early Memories Later Memories

Accuracy Verified: Yes

391. Calof, D. (1995). A response to Dr. Zangwill. EMDR Network Newsletter, 5(2), 17-21.

Language: English

Format: Newsletter

Abstract:
I fervently agree with Dr. Zangwlll's wise counsel that "we must accept our limitations and the ambiguities of life." For the last two years, I have provided extensive training for trauma and abuse recovery therapists on the countertransference to client doubt, uncertainty, and ambiguity.

Keywords: Countertransference

Accuracy Verified: Yes

392. McGlynn, F. D. (1997). Response to Lipke's comment. Journal of Anxiety Disorders, 11(6), 603-606. doi:10.1016/S0887-6185(97)00043-1.

Language: English

Format: Journal

Abstract:
Lipke's criticisms of the experiment reported by Bates and colleagues are without merit. Data from the experiment show either that the procedure was sound or that the clinical measurement reported by eye-movement densitization (EMD) therapists is suspect. Lipke's statement that EMD enjoys increasing scientific support is likewise without merit. Scientific support for EMD seems to exist only when one disregards the methodological lessons taught by behavior-therapy research for the last three decades.

Keywords: Female Letter Phobias Reply Spider Phobia

Accuracy Verified: Yes

393. Rost, C. (2008). Ressourcenarbeit mit EMDR, bewährte techniken im uberblick [Resources working with EMDR. Proven techniques at a glance: From survival to life]. (Hsrg) Paderborn: Junfermann.

Language: German

Format: Book

Abstract:
In der Traumatherapie wird nicht mehr automatisch nur auf das Schwere fokussiert, sondern ganz bewusst mit den Klientinnen und Klienten nach Ereignissen in ihrem Leben gesucht, die gelungen sind, schön waren, erfolgreich und lustbetont. Diese Buch vermittelt bewährte Techniken zur Ressourcenaktivierung mit EMDR, von denen die Autoren aufgrund ihrer praktischen Arbeit überzeugt sind. Zusätzlich zum EMDR-Standardprotokoll haben sich eine ganze Reihe von Protokollen entwickelt, in denen die bilaterale Stimulation von EMDR mit verschiedenen anderen Techniken kombiniert wird. Das Buch soll einen Überblick über genau die Techniken geben, bei denen sich die Ressourcenaktivierung mit EMDR im klinischen Einsatz bewährt hat und möchte andere Therapeuten ermutigen, die Techniken ebenfalls auszuprobieren und zu erforschen. Mit Beiträgen von: Christine Rost, Franz Ebner, Dagmar Eckers, Reinhard Plassmann, Michael Hase, Susanne Leutner, Mark Novy, Björke Kühn von Burgdorff.

In trauma treatment is not automatically focuses only on the severity, but deliberately sought with the clients and clients for events in their lives that are successful, beautiful, were successful and pleasurable. This book provides proven techniques for resource activation with EMDR, of which the authors are confident because of their practical work. In addition to the standard EMDR protocol contains a number of protocols have been developed in which the bilateral stimulation of EMDR with various other techniques combined. The book gives an accurate overview of the techniques which has proven itself the resources activation with EMDR in clinical use and would encourage other therapists to try out the techniques and also to explore. With contributions from: Christine Rost, Franz Ebner, Dagmar Ecker, Reinhard Plassmann, Michael Hare, Susanne Leutner, Mark Novy, Kühn Björke of Burgdorff.

Keywords: Practice Theory

Accuracy Verified: Yes

394. Acierno, R. E., Hersen, M., van Hesselt, V. B., Tremont, G., & Meuser, K. T. (1994). Review of the validation and dissemination of eye-movement desensitization and reprocessing: A scientific and ethical dilemma. Clinical Psychology Review, 14(4), 287-299. doi:10.1016/0272-7358(94)90026-4.

Language: English

Format: Journal

Abstract:
Eye-Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing (EMDR), a technique that combines imaginal exposure with eye movement, recently has been proposed by its originator, F. Shapiro, as a prescriptive treatment for trauma-related anxiety. To date, several uncontrolled case studies have found EMDR to be effective. However, none employed objective or standardized dependent measures of therapeutic improvement and all combined EMDR with other interventions. In contrast to results obtained from case studies, controlled experiments utilizing objective and standardized dependent measures have failed to support the efficacy of the technique beyond that of its imaginal exposure component. Unfortunately, these experiments employed small samples with a limited range of disorders, indicating the need for further evaluation. However, unbiased replication is impeded by Shapiro's practice of prohibiting individuals not associated with her EMDR Institute from training others in the technique. We articulate our concern that despite its lack of empirical validation clinical application of the technique by behavior therapists is rapidly increasing. [Author Abstract]

Keywords: Commentary Literature Review Treatment Effectiveness

Accuracy Verified: Yes

395. Moskovitz, R. A. (2000, December). Saccadic eye movements as a guide to EMDR technique. EMDRIA Newsletter, 5(Special Edition), 14-15.

Language: English

Format: Newsletter

Abstract:
The duration of each set of eye movement is one of several variables that must be managed during EMDR. As we begin to work with patients, we choose the direction and rate of speed of each set of movements as well as the total number of movements per set. The basic guideline calls for 24 bi-directional movements for the first set. While subsequent sets may also consist of 24 passes, the length of the sets may be adjusted up or down depending upon patient response or therapeutic goals. Processing intense emotions, for examples, may call for longer sets, while shorter sets may be sufficient to evoke sequences of cognitive associations. While some therapists prefer to adhere to a rigid protocol, counting out each set, may others determine the length of each set intuitively.

Keywords: Saccadic Eye Movements

Accuracy Verified: Yes

396. Kusumowardhani, R. (2010, July). Safe place and light stream stabilization technique on EMDR prepartion phase are effective for coping insomnia on women patient that newly diagnosed HIV infected. Presentation at the 1st EMDR Asia Conference, Bali, Indonesia.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Keywords: HIV Insomnia Light Stream Safe Place Women

Accuracy Verified: Yes

397. Giovannozzi, G. (2013, June). Safety, regulation, self-regulation and eye contact: New challenges for EMDR therapy. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Geneva, Switzerland.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Porges’ polivagal theory of the hierarchical interpretation of the autonomic nervous system (ANS), in addition to extending the range of human beings’ possible responses to environmental demands, links the first line ventral-vagal response with the regulation of important viscera as well as that of facial and head muscles, mediating social interactions, and associates its activation with the feeling of safety, identifying this latter condition as essential for a person’s well-being.
Without safety no social relations, physiological regulation or healing are possible. Hence the importance for EMDR therapists to lead their clients to this condition: lacking the activation of the ventral-vagal circuit there can be no processing. EMDR therapists will be provided with tools to keep their clients in safe conditions within the setting.
Clients exposed to trauma and/or insecure attachment do not have a good ANS regulation and maintain inadequate defensive attitudes – as demonstrated by Porges’ results, easily comparable with Schore’s on affective development and with those of several multi-disciplinary scholars.
Exploring this dysfunction provides EMDR therapists with useful elements to guide their clients in the difficult task of confronting what they did not/could not process at that time. We propose a three-pronged cross-sectional assessment, regardless of the pathology, aimed at identifying the defensive arousal state of the ANS needed to face the dysregulating impact at that time, focusing on the prevalent activation style of the client, when meeting environmental challenges, and that emerging in the session. Starting from this assessment, EMDR therapists will be provided with tools to help clients recognize and master their defenses to increase their flexibility.
Using the regulation as a healing instrument and goal, and given the two-directional psychophysiological approach, where psychological and physiological processes meet, a new intervention model, stemming from the AIP-EMDR approach, is proposed, acting directly on the missing or impaired developmental stages of the self-regulation ability, consistently with what Porges hoped for.
The intervention focuses on Eye Contact (EC), because, as confirmed by several scholars, this is a privileged communication pathway, in particular in the mother-child dyad, to learn self-regulating skills and is easily impaired in psychiatric clients.
Learning objectives: Raise EMDR therapists’ awareness of the importance of safety for their clients, based on Porges’ Polyvagal Theory; Provide therapists with tools to maintain clients’ safety during the session; Help EMDR therapist to recognize and modulate clients’ Autonomic Nervous System activation; and Present an EMDR Protocol to regulate Eye Contact

Keywords: Eye Contact Protocol Regulation Safety

Accuracy Verified: Yes

398. Carvalho, E. (2012, June). Sanando la pandilla que vive adentro [Healing the folks who live inside]. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Madrid, Spain.

Language: Spanish

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Role theory/therapy was developed almost one hundred years ago, and one of its greatest innovators was Jacob Moreno, the founder of Psychodrama and Group Psychotherapy. This workshop will present the use of eight-‐phase EMDR treatment approach as a form of role therapy. It will help therapists identify the inner roles that all clients present, how the roles can be treated with EMDR and integrated towards a personality whole. This is an innovative and creative alternative/adjunct to ego-‐state therapy for clients with less dissociative symptomatology and the more “everyday” client that psychotherapists tend to see in their offices.
La teoría/terapia de rol fue desarrollada hace casi 100 años, y uno de sus grandes innovadores fue Jacob Moreno, el fundador del psicodrama y la terapia de grupo. Este taller presentará el uso de un tratamiento EMDR de 8 fases en forma de terapia de rol. Esto ayudara a los terapeutas a identificar los roles interiores que todos los clientes presentan, como los roles deben ser tratados con EMDR e integrados hacia un todo en la personalidad. Esta es una alternativa innovadora y creativa a la terapia de Estados del Ego para los clientes con poca sintomatología disociativa y orientada al cliente más común de “a pie” que normalmente tiende a acudir a la consulta.

Keywords: Practice Theory

Accuracy Verified: Yes

399. Saltus, R. (2000, October 29). Seeing is believing. Boston, MA: The Boston Globe, Magazine, 6.

Language: English

Format: Newspaper

Abstract:
About 10 years ago, word of a curious new therapy began trickling into psychologists' offices. Proponents claimed that the therapy could relieve anxiety, phobias, and frightening flashbacks related to past hurts - and in a matter of weeks or months instead of years. Now, the trickle has become a torrent. The treatment, called eye movement desensitization and reprocessing, or EMDR, is the hottest new therapy in years, and therapists of many schools are rushing to learn to do it. EMDR was first used with patients suffering from post-traumatic stress disorder, but it's now being offered for problems ranging from panic attacks to the effects of depression, addiction, and low self-esteem.

Keywords: Boston General Overview

Accuracy Verified: Yes

400. Mraz, S. (2007, August 7). Seeing relief from post-traumatic stress: Therapists trained in eye movement desensitization and reprocessing at Landstuhl. Stars and Stripes, Mideast Edition, Online.

Language: English

Format: Newsletter

Abstract:
Therapists trained in eye movement esensitization and reprocessing at Landstuhl

Keywords: Landstuhl Posttraumatic Stress Disorder PTSD

Accuracy Verified: Yes

401. Klepac, S. (2002, March 12). Seeing the healing path -- Therapists have new methods to help people deal with traumatic life events. Yakima, WA: Yakima Herald-Republic, Unleashed, 1C-2.

Language: English

Format: Newspaper

Abstract:
With Eye Movement Desensitization Reprocessing - or EMDR - those seeking to overcome current phobias or past traumas have another option aside from the traditional techniques used by therapists.

Keywords: General Overview Yakima

Accuracy Verified: Yes

402. Schubbe, O. (2011, June). Self care during the EMDR session: The application of the standard protocol for working with counter-transference. Presention presented at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Vienna, Austria.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Secondary traumatization and appropriate self care are relevant current topics for psychotherapists, especially when working with complex trauma. During the application of the standard protocol, EMDR therapists are often confronted with reports of severe traumatic incidents, strong emotions, and different forms of transference. In reaction, they experience post-traumatic counter-transference, and sometimes even secondary trauma. The EMDR standard protocol provides the opportunity for dual application - parallel for client and therapist. Through processing of the initial counter-transference, the therapist experiences a unique EMDR process. This process resolves any disturbance that might occur through counter-transference issues. Learning objectives: The therapist can better support the EMDR process of the client, e.g. through more creative ideas for cognitive interweaves. The indication and contra-indications for this procedure will be discussed.

Keywords: Countertransference Self-Care

Accuracy Verified: Yes

403. Calof, D. (1995, June). The self of the therapist: An experiential clinic for clinicians working with abuse recovery issues. Presentation at the EMDR Network Conference, Santa Monica, CA.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Working with survivors of trauma and abuse can challenge or shatter therapists' basic beliefs about safety, goodness, and meaning, leaving one anxious, vulnerable, uncertain and prone to countertransference act-out. Through discussion and structured experiences that allow for individual pacing, participants in this experiential clinic will have an opportunity to identify, transform, and work through issues of the self of the therapist including countertransferences, parallel process, secondary traumatization, and the intense and sometime immobilizing existential crises that may result from this work. The leader will endeavor to create an enjoyable playful climate of mutual respect, trust, confidentiality and containment throughout the day. Educational objectives: A. Participants will engage in group and individual exercises designed to break with injunctions, scripts and internalizations left over from the family of origin that have prohibited personal authority and experimentation. B. Through lecture/discussion and exercises, participants will explore countertransference issues, secondary PTSD, and common therapeutic impasses and the existential crises they evoke in the self of the therapist. C. Participants will engage in group and individual exercises designed to assist in the resolution of on-going countertransference issues growing out of their current clinical practice. Bibliography: (1) Benedeck, E.P. (1984). The silent scream; Countertransference reactions to victims. American Journal Of Social Psychiatry, IV, 3:49-52. (2) Camstock, C.M. (1991). Countertransference and the suicidal MPD patient. Dissociation, Vol. IV, No. 1;25-35.

Keywords: Abuse Recovery Survivors Trauma

Accuracy Verified: Yes

404. Freitag, F. (2012, October). Setting standards using the core competency model – An example. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Arlington, VA.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Most Approved Consultants have identified a significant need to define “standards” for each level of EMDRIA credentialing. Currently, EMDRIA only requires documentation of consultation hours and continued education credits. These are not proficiency-based requirements hence no consistent standards are defined, suggested or upheld. One consideration is the Core Competency Model as a theoretical framework to help explore setting credentialing standards. In this workshop, this Model will be explained briefly as well as how it could be applied to setting standards. According to this model, highly effective therapists think, act and reflect differently than less effective therapists. Using this framework, the essential competencies (i.e., knowledge, skills and attitudes) to be demonstrated at each level of credentialing will be explored. Lastly, some options of how to assess and measure the necessary knowledge and skills will be suggested. Attendees will be able to describe the Core Competency Model as a theoretical framework for credentialing; understand how to apply this Model to setting specific credentialing standards; identity the knowledge, skills and attitudes that are necessary at each level of credentialing; and identify the suggested methods of how the necessary knowledge and skills can be demonstrated, as well as assessed and measured.

Keywords: Core Competency Model

Accuracy Verified: Yes

405. Gerge, A. (2012, June). Seven ways to extend the EMDR-protocol based in clinical hypnosis for clients with complex dissociative disorders [Siete maneras de extender el protocolo EMDR basadas en hipnosis clínica para pacientes con trastornos disociativos complejos]. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Madrid, Spain.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Clients with complex dissociative disorders usually are in trauma-‐ induced wake trance-‐states. Due to this, they might thrive from treatment-‐ strategies, where skills in clinical hypnosis, from the side of the therapists, are added to the treatment model. Clinical hypnosis also offers excellent tools for working with attachment traumas and reinstalls the neuroception of safety. This workshop highlights seven strategies for extending the EMDR standard protocol, mainly built on clinical hypnosis. They consist of: (1) Formal hypnotic induction of safe place/safe state BEFORE introducing EMDR under phase I treatment (2) Informal hypnotic induction for ongoing activation of the social engagement system when clients are in trance (3) Using hyper-‐empirical trance inductions under exposure phase (ie helping the clients to stay present with dual awareness by continuously inducing trance, thus helping them to titrate the trauma-‐material (4) Addressing ego-‐states that react as if they still are bound in trauma-‐time (5) Addressing resource-‐rich ego-‐states and parts of the self, f ex ISH (internal self-‐ helper), thus helping the client to begin to metabolize the trauma material (6) Installation of hope and the “memory of the future” (7) Using post-‐hypnotic suggestions for enhancing the neuroception of safety between sessions. Learning objectives: Demonstrate how to use EMDR and hypnosis for stabilization and work with parts within phase II work, addressing the special needs of continuous stabilization for this population. Develop an understanding of how to enhance the integrative capacity during trauma-‐work with DD-‐clients. Apply structured techniques and rationales for calming and soothing patients related to their integrative capacity during extended EMDR-‐work.

Los clientes con trastornos disociativos complejos normalmente se encuentran en estados de trance despierto inducido por el trauma. Debido a esto, pueden crecer rápidamente de estrategias de tratamiento, donde estrategias de hipnosis clínica se añaden al modelo de tratamiento por parte del terapeuta. La hipnosis clínica ofrece también excelentes herramientas para trabajar con traumas de apego y reinstalar la neurocepción de seguridad. Este taller subraya siete estrategias para extender el protocolo estándar de EMDR, principalmente basadas en la hipnosis clínica. Consisten en: (1) Inducción hipnótica formal del lugar seguro/ estado de seguridad ANTES de introducir la fase I de tratamiento de EMDR (2) Inducción hipnótica informal para la activación continuada de los sistemas de compromiso social cuando los clientes están en trance (3) Uso de inducciones al trance hiper-‐empíricas en la fase de exposición (ej, ayudar a los clientes a estar presentes con conciencia dual mediante la inducción continua al trance, por tanto ayudándoles a valorar el material traumático. (4) Dirigirse a los estados del ego que reaccionan como si aún estuviesen atados al tiempo traumático (5) Dirigirse a estados del ego ricos en recursos y a partes del yo, por ejemplo, al ISH (en inglés yo-‐interno ayudante), por tanto ayudando al cliente a empezar a metabolizar el material traumático (6) Instalación de esperanza y la “memoria de futuro” (7) Usando sugestión post-‐hipnótica para fomentar la neurocepción de seguridad entre sesiones. Objetivos de aprendizaje: Demostrar cómo usar EMDR e hipnosis para estabilizar y trabajar con las partes en el trabajo de la fase II, dirigiéndonos a las necesidades especiales de estabilización continua para esta población. Desarrollar un entendimiento de cómo fomentar la capacidad integrativa cuando se trabaja el trauma con clientes-‐DD. Aplicación de técnicas estructuradas y racionales para calmar y tranquilizar a los pacientes en relación con su capacidad integrativa durante trabajo extendido con EMDR.

Keywords: Dissociative Disorders Hypnosis

Accuracy Verified: Yes

406. Gerge, A. (2012, June). Seven ways to extend the EMDR-protocol based in clinical hypnosis for clients with complex dissociative disorders [Siete maneras de extender el protocolo EMDR basadas en hipnosis clínica para pacientes con trastornos disociativos complejos]. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Madrid, Spain.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Clients with complex dissociative disorders usually are in trauma-induced wake trance-states. Due to this, they might thrive from treatment-strategies, where skills in clinical hypnosis, from the side of the therapists, are added to the treatment model. Clinical hypnosis also offers excellent tools for working with attachment traumas and reinstalls the neuroception of safety. This workshop highlights seven strategies for extending the EMDR standard-protocol, mainly built on clinical hypnosis. They consist of: 1. Formal hypnotic induction of safe place/safe state BEFORE introducing EMDR under phase I treatment. 2. Informal hypnotic induction for ongoing activation of the social engagement system when clients are in trance. 3. Using hyper-empirical trance inductions under exposure phase (ie helping the clients to stay present with dual awareness by continuously inducing trance, thus helping them to titrate the trauma-material. 4. Addressing ego-states that react as if they still are bound in trauma-time. 5. Addressing resource-rich ego-states and parts of the self, f ex ISH (internal self-helper), thus helping the client to begin to metabolize the trauma material. 6. Installation of hope and the “memory of the future”. 7. Using post-hypnotic suggestions for enhancing the neuroception of safety between sessions. Learning objectives: Demonstrate how to use EMDR and hypnosis for stabilization and work with parts within phase II work, addressing the special needs of continuous stabilization for this population. Develop an understanding of how to enhance the integrative capacity during trauma-work with DD-clients. Apply structured techniques and rationales for calming and soothing patients related to their integrative capacity during extended EMDR-work.

Los clientes con trastornos disociativos complejos normalmente se encuentran en estados de trance despierto inducido por el trauma. Debido a esto, pueden crecer rápidamente de estrategias de tratamiento, donde estrategias de hipnosis clínica se añaden al modelo de tratamiento por parte del terapeuta. La hipnosis clínica ofrece también excelentes herramientas para trabajar con traumas de apego y reinstalar la neurocepción de seguridad. Este taller subraya siete estrategias para ampliar el protocolo estándar de EMDR, principalmente basadas en la hipnosis clínica. Consisten en: 1. Inducción hipnótica formal del lugar seguro / estado de seguridad ANTES de introducir la fase I de tratamiento de EMDR. 2. Inducción hipnótica informal para la activación continuada de los sistemas de compromiso social cuando los clientes están en trance. 3. Uso de inducciones al trance hiper-empíricas en la fase de exposición (ej, ayudar a los clientes a estar presentes con conciencia dual mediante la inducción continua al trance, por tanto ayudándoles a valorar el material traumático. 4. Dirigirse a los estados del ego que reaccionan como si aún estuviesen atados al tiempo traumático. 5. Dirigirse a estados del ego ricos en recursos y a partes del yo, por ejemplo, al ISH (en inglés yo-interno ayudante), por tanto ayudando al cliente a empezar a metabolizar el material traumático. 6. Instalación de esperanza y la “memoria de futuro”. 7. Usando sugestión post-hipnótica para fomentar la neurocepción de seguridad entre sesiones. Objetivos de aprendizaje: Demostrar cómo usar EMDR e hipnosis para estabilizar y trabajar con las partes en el trabajo de la fase II, dirigiéndonos a las necesidades especiales de estabilización continua para esta población. Desarrollar un entendimiento de cómo fomentar la capacidad integrativa cuando se trabaja el trauma con clientes-DD. Aplicación de técnicas estructuradas y racionales para calmar y tranquilizar a los pacientes en relación con su capacidad integrativa durante trabajo extendido con EMDR.

Keywords: Dissociative Disorders Hypnosis

Accuracy Verified: Yes

407. Silver, S. (2008, September). Shades of gray, Part I: Ethical issues for EMDR therapists. Prersentation at the annual meeting of EMDR International Association, Phoenix, AZ.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
As practitioners of a specialized treatment method, EMDR therapists face unique challenges in seeking to practice ethically. This workshop will explore the ethical principles and scenarios that are especially uniquely relevant to an EMDR practitioner; discuss the meaning of ethical practice for EMDR clinicians; and explore how to apply these principles within participants clinical work. While participants will be asked to work within their own discipline’s ethical standards, the workshop will use the ethical code of the American Psychological Association as its reference point (because this is what EMDRIA utilizes when there is no ethical code that applies to a particular practitioner.)Practitioners who are governed by an ethical code (e.g. nurses, social workers, marriage and family therapists) should review their own ethical codes prior to coming to the workshop.

Keywords: Ethics

Accuracy Verified: Yes

408. Silver, S. (2008, September). Shades of gray, Part II: Ethical issues for EMDR therapists. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Phoenix, AZ.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
EMDR Consultants face the challenging task of providing consultation to EMDR therapists so they can help those therapists understand the nature of ethical EMDR practice and then apply those principals within their practice. In addition, practicing EMDR consultation ethically carries its own challenges. This workshop will: explore the ethical principals that are especially uniquely relevant to EMDR consultation; discuss the meaning of ethical consultation for EMDR consultants; and describe strategies for facilitating ethical practice among their consultees. While participants will be asked to work within their own discipline’s ethical standards, the workshop will use the ethical code of the American Psychological Association as its reference point (because this is what EMDRIA utilizes when there is no ethical code that applies to a particular practitioner). Practitioners who are governed by an ethical code (e.g. nurses, social workers, marriage and family therapists) should review their own ethical codes prior to coming to the workshop.

Keywords: Ethics

Accuracy Verified: Yes

409. Bergmann, U. (2008). She's come undone: A neurobiological exploration of dissociative disorders. In C. Forgash and M. Copeley (Eds.), Healing the heart of trauma and dissociation with EMDR and ego state therapy (pp. 61-89). New York, NY: Springer Publishing Co.

Language: English

Format: Book Section

Abstract:
Life is often an enduring struggle for people who have been chronically traumatized. Their suffering essentially recounts a horrifying and anguished past that haunts them, incessantly. As clients attempt to hide their sorrow beneath a veneer of normality, therapists often feel beleaguered by their many symptoms and never-ending pain. Van der Kolk and McFarlane (1996) note that "experiencing trauma is an essential part of being human; history is written in blood" (p. 3). Centuries of wars, famines, pogroms, holocausts, slavery, dictatorship, and colonization brought every type of horror and abuse into the homes of our ancestors. Some found ways to adapt, but many succumbed to the horror and despair. Despite the capacity of humans to survive and adapt, traumatic experiences tend to alter their biological, psychological, and social equilibrium to such a vast extent that the memory and interpretation of their traumas wash over and taint all other experiences, contaminating the present and future (van der Kolk & McFarlane, 1996). (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2008 APA, all rights reserved)

Keywords: Dissociative Disorders Neurobiology Trauma

Accuracy Verified: Yes

410. Kiessling, R. (2009). Simple or comprehensive treatment intake questionnaire and guidelines for targeting sequence. In M. Luber (Ed.), Eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR) scripted protocols: Basics and special situations, (pp. 11-29). New York: Springer Publishing Co.

Language: English

Format: Book Section

Abstract:
With the experience of teaching EMDR to many mental health practitioners over a number of years, increasingly it has become clear how important history taking is to the whole process of learning how to frame a client's information into a precise and relevant conceptualization of who the person who is sitting in front of you is, and a way to think about the problem(s) presented. This chapter by Roy Kiessling (scripted by Marilyn Luber) provides an Intake Questionnaire, guidelines for creating a Targeting Sequence Plan, and Worksheets, which are invaluable tools in assisting therapists in gathering the client's information, and for the client to incorporate the tenets of adaptive information processing into the understanding of their own issues. [PsycINFO Database]

Keywords: Intake Questionnaire Protocol Targeting Sequence

Accuracy Verified: Yes

411. Adler-Tapia, R., & Settle, C. (2012). Specialty topics on using EMDR with children. Journal of EMDR Practice and Research, 6(3), 145-153. doi:10.1891/1933-3196.6.3.145.

Language: English

Format: Journal

Abstract:
“Specialty Topics on Using EMDR With Children“ is written for therapists who have learned the basic eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR) protocol and are interested in expanding their skills in using EMDR in individual treatment with children. This article explores the advanced application of EMDR with other clinical, emotional, developmental, and behavioral issues, including children who have been diagnosed with attention deficit/hyperactivity disorder (ADHD) or have experienced trauma, attachment, and dissociation. The text is organized into headings of specific childhood diagnoses, issues, or presenting problems, with recommendations for procedural considerations and adjustments to the EMDR protocol. Unless indicated otherwise, the EMDR protocol follows the 8 phases, as discussed in the book, EMDR and the Art of Psychotherapy With Children (Adler-Tapia & Settle, 2008) with additions or modifications, as indicated.

Keywords: Attachment Children EMD Eye Movement Desensitization Trauma

Accuracy Verified: Yes

412. Associated Press. (1997, November 30). Springs cops take part in stress study: Tests will compare new, traditional techniques. Denver, CO: Rocky Mountain News, Final, Local, 25A.

Language: English

Format: Newspaper

Abstract:
Colorado Springs - A California psychologist developed EMDR in 1989. Therapists have patients recall traumatic events, then waggle their fingers in the patients' faces in an effort to stimulate certain brain activities that allow patients to feel for the first time that the trauma is over.

Keywords: Denver, Police Stress

Accuracy Verified: Yes

413. Struik, A. L. (2010, June). Stabilization and EMDR treatment of young dissociative children, the use of the six tests, a stabilization model. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Hamburg, Germany.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
The stabilization and treatment of young dissociative children can be complicated. Providing the child with a safe environment and attachment figure is obviously the first step. But what's next? They can appear to function relatively well. Their avoidance strategies seem effective and they refuse to talk about trauma or say they forgot about it. It doesn't bother them anymore. But the temptation of the therapist to let sleeping dogs lie is a dangerous one. Underneath this apparently well-functioning outside the child is terrified, constantly alert, and lonely, unable to find comfort, This child cannot attach and this lack of safe attachment is devastating for future development. However, only detailed history taking from caregivers and schoolteachers will often reveals these otherwise often hidden problems. In this presentation 1 will demonstrate. The six tests, a new and unique stabilization model for children. The six tests help therapy is to decide whether a child needs further stabilization and how to establish this stabilization, before starting with EMDR. I will present some cases to illustrate this process and the use of stabilization techniques. The children need to learn self-regulation skills to reduce stress. Then we activate the attachment system, so they car, reduce stress by seeking comfort. In this way the need to dissociate reduces. By relating present problems to past experiences their motivation increases to look into their traumas and start EMDR, (but only on their request). Finally, I will discuss adjustments in the EMDR protocol for these dissociative children in order to keep them in the desensitization process and how to integrate the use of EMDR Into the complete phase-orientated treatment. Learning objectives: -The basic tenets of the six tests -The ability to critically consider whether a child needs further stabilization or can start EMDR. - Understanding which techniques to utilize for particular conditions, through case presentations and questions. New and unique: This model is an adjustment for children of The tree test (Spieling, 2008) for adults, which is unique and new. Up until now, many EMDR therapists don't treat these children, because they are afraid to destabilize them or don't know how to do it. With this model I hope they start to treat these children who need EMDR the most.

Keywords: Children Dissociation: Six Tests

Accuracy Verified: Yes

414. van der Weele, J., & With, A. (2007, June). Stabilization groups with ethnic minority women after domestic violence: Presentation of a model based on structural theory of dissociation, EMDR, intercultural comunication and expressive artwork. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Paris, France.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Alternative to violence has developed a group treatment model structured by the theory of structural dissociation and EMDR trauma treatment theory. Woman with ethnic minority background received short terms group treatment at a shelter for victims of domestic violence at an outpatient clinic and at a domestic violence family treatment center. The groups were supplements to individual therapy/counseling. We have had 10 groups; one with only Pakistani women, several mixed ethnic minority cultural groups with translation and groups in “simple Norwegian.” Recruitment was enhanced by the policy of sharing of symptoms and problems today with no obligation to share about personal past. The model has low drop out rate and therapist working with the individuals report more effective treatment sessions. For some women the group becomes the preferred choice of treatment. We discovered that early phase trauma work can be done in a group format with severely and recently traumatized women. Methods used are resource installation and safe place work, increase awareness of negative/positive cognitions, butterfly hug, nightmare protocol, expressive art therapy techniques as grounding, breathing techniques working with personal borders, working with imagination and playfulness. Structural therapy of dissociation concepts as ANP/EP structures and mental capacity, working from here and now, focusing on the ANP above EP's are woven into how the therapists regulate the group process and plan content. The theory organizes how we handle flashbacks, current acute crisis and how we focus on the womens’ personal trauma. We also teach about the effect of violence in relationships, the need to work on personal safety and the needs of children in the aftermath of violence. Theory from the field of intercultural communication gave us guidelines in working with women from high context, indirect and collectivistic cultures. A workbook for the clients on violence, PTSD symptoms and stabilisation treatment has been developed in the aftermath of these groups and is translated into several languages. We will present the material at the conference in the structure of the early fase trauma treatment group format. Showing in vivo how we apply the theory to severely traumatized women. We will share some of our favorite group exercises, metaphors and group rituals. Our goal is: 1. to show how the theory of structural dissociation serves as guideline for organizing and resulting treatment with severely traumatized clients in groups. 2. Give insight into typical adjustments that have been made to tailor treatment to ethnic minority populations. 3. Explain how expressive art work needs to make adjustments to the population of severely traumatized women. 4. Finally show how the group uses elements from EMDR and enhances individual EMDR work. In our experience, the stabilisation groups have integrated the heart, mind and body in the work of healing with a population that is often found difficult to treat effectively. We hare started to retain other therapists in using the model and are in the process of applying for a research grant.

Keywords: Artwork Domestic Violence Dissociation Ethnic Intercultural Communication Minority Stabilization Women

Accuracy Verified: Yes

415. Storey, N. (2007, January 29). State trains therapists to treat veterans. Sante Fe, NM: The Sante Fe New Mexican, A-1.

Language: English

Format: Newspaper

Abstract:
Udero began treating him with a method of therapy he had just learned: Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing, or EMDR.

Keywords: Sante Fe Veterans

Accuracy Verified: Yes

416. Carse, K. (2013, February 4). Staten Islanders can ease the stress of Sandy's aftermath with counseling. Staten Island Advance. Retrieved from http://www.silive.com/healthfit/index.ssf/2013/02/ease_the_stress_of_sandys_aftermath_with_counseling.html on 2/5/2013.

Language: English

Format: Newspaper

Abstract:
Recommended by the Department of Defense and the American Psychiatric Association among many other organizations, EMDR uses a set of standardized protocols that incorporate elements from many different treatment approaches. It “essentially shines a light on the emergency event or events stored in the more primitive brain allowing the event to be processed in a safe way,” said Joyce Goldstein of West Brighton a family therapist and trained EMDR therapist. Volunteer licensed and EMDR trained therapists from Staten Island, Manhattan and Boston will be available, several of whom have helped relieve suffering after September 11, Hurricane Katrina and the earthquake in Haiti as part of the EMDR Humanitarian Assistance Program.

Keywords: Hurricane Sandy

Accuracy Verified: Yes

417. Dworkin, M. (2006, Maggio). Strategies related to the therapeutic role. Presentation at the National Conference, Association for EMDR in Italy, Firenza, Italy.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Therapists who work with EMDR can facilitate change in patients through an understanding of their participation in the therapeutic process. The workshop will last one day, will address the topic of the role of the therapist and his self-understanding in working with patients who may become a challenge before, during and after a session of EMDR. Participants will delve into the use of the guideline to the procedure as a means of self-awareness, you also learn to use strategies for development and installation of resources for self-restraint necessary when their memories are elicited during a sitting. You will also learn a variation Integrative Cognitive intervention (intervention Relational) to fix an imbalance of power of the therapeutic alliance.

Keywords: Therapeutic Role

Accuracy Verified: Yes

418. Nijenhuis, E. (2004, June). Structural dissociation of the personality. Treatment implications for trauma therapists. Preconference presentation at the EMDR Europe Association annual meeting, Stockholm, Sweden .

Language: English

Format: Conference

Keywords: Structural Dissociation

Accuracy Verified: Yes

419. Hann, G. R. (2001, Fall). Students: For your eyes only!. Psychotherapy Bulletin, 36(4) .

Language: English

Format: Newsletter

Abstract:
This article discusses a once-in-a-lifetime meeting of living legends in psychology and psychotherapy held on February 22-24, 2002. Included will be Drs. James F.T. Bugental, Albert Ellis, Alvin R. Mahler and Rachel Hare-Mustin. In addition to the "living legends," students will have the chance to hear from and talk with another esteemed cohort of "cutting edge" therapists and psychologists: Drs. Norman Ables (Geriatric Psychotherapy and Assessment), James Bray (Psychotherapy in Primary Care Settings), Gary DeNelsky (Tobacco Addiction), Hanna Levinson (Time-limited Dynamic Psychotherapy for Personality Disorders), Don David Lusterman (Divorce Mediation), Francine Shapiro (EMDR), and Jeffery Younggren (Risk Management).

Keywords: Albert Ellis Alvin R. Mahler Don Lusterman Francine Shapiro Gary DeNelsky Hanna Levinson James Bray James F.T. Bugental Norman Ables Psychology Psychotherapy Rachel Hare-Mustin

Accuracy Verified: Yes

420. Ansorge, R. (1997, April 22). Taming the terror: Local therapists seek to ease children’s fears with a relatively new – and controversial - technique. Colorado Springs, CO: Gazette, Lifestyle, 1.

Language: English

Format: Newspaper

Abstract:
The Tibbetts (not their real name) credit EMDR - Eye Movement Desensitization Reprocessing - a relatively new technique used on adults to defuse memories of traumatic events ranging from surgery and car accidents to combat and rape.

Keywords: Children Colorado Springs General Overview

Accuracy Verified: Yes

421. Plagaro-Neill, I. (2012, October). Techniques to keep the dissociated client anchored in the therapy room. Presentation at the at the 4th Autumn EMDR Workshop Conference, Sheffield, UK.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
This workshop provides newly trained EMDR therapists with the ‘benefit of hindsight’. From the initial stages of my EMDR training I worked with clients who presented with complex trauma who frequently dissociated. I therefore had to quickly learn how to enable clients to process traumatic memories whilst keeping them anchored in the present moment and in the therapy room. The workshop is a demonstration of a range of techniques I have learnt over the years of my EMDR practice that provides the benefit of hindsight.

Keywords: Dissociation

Accuracy Verified: Yes

422. Kaplan, S., & Gilson, G. (2000, September). Therapeutic interweave: Before and beyond. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Toronto, Ontario Canada.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Participants will: 1) be able to define the cognitive interweave and go beyond it to be able to define an expanded conceptualization of the therapeutic interweave; 2) be able to identify a range of therapeutic interweaves, including cognitive, affective, body awareness, imaginal, ego state, experiential, dynamic, spiritual, healing, etc.; 3) be able to assess for and build in a foundation of safety, where needed, before beginning EMDR work; 4) be able to explain how the range of therapeutic interweaves can help clients establish appropriate responsibility, safety, and choices and explain how therapists can make a space for clients to be able to effect an adaptive change on their own; 5) learn a framework for deciding when, how, and if to use the therapeutic interweave during EMDR treatment when clients have not spontaneously found their way to an adaptive resolution; and 6) develop competence in assessing for and creating a foundation of safety, be able to share interweave approaches that participants have found to be effective, and develop competence in choosing, developing, utilizing, and timing of the therapeutic interweave in carefully designed experiential learning exercises.

Keywords: Therapeutic Interweave

Accuracy Verified: Yes

423. Greenwald, R. (1994). The therapeutic relationship and EMDR. EMDR Network Newsletter, 4(1), 10-11.

Language: English

Format: Newsletter

Abstract:
Given the diversity of the therapists who are interested in EMDR, an old debate may be fruitfully revived. Does therapy consist of task-oriented collaborative consultation and guidance, or is the negotiation of the therapeutic relationship itself the primary task? To the extent that EMDR may constitute a new treatment context, the role of the therapeutic relationship in EMDR treatment is of particular interest. How much of EMDR is inside the client, and how much is between the client and the therapist? Is successful EMDR simply a function of the client's (guided) internal processing, or is it somehow dependent upon the quality of the therapeutic relationship, or is it both.

Keywords: Therapeutic Relationship

Accuracy Verified: Yes

424. Parnell, L. (2008). A therapist's guide to EMDR tools and techniques for successful treatment. Princeton, NJ: Recording for Blind & Dyslexic.

Language: English

Format: Audio

Abstract:
For over a decade, eye-movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR) has been gaining attention and momentum as an effective therapeutic tool for treating a range of trauma and phobic disorders. More and more therapists are seeking proper training to be able to incorporate EMDR into their practices. But often, therapists leave EMDR training enthusiastic, desiring to use these techniques in their practice, only to lose their nerve when encountering difficulties and treatment obstacles. Somehow, the theory learned in training is hard to translate into clinical practice. In A therapist's guide to EMDR, Parnell addresses this common dilemma by offering therapists an all-in-one, practical handbook for skillfully and successfully using EMDR in their practices. Drawing on fifteen years of experience as a pioneering EMDR clinician and trainer, Parnell bridges the gap between EMDR training and actual practice by identifying and exploring the four areas where most EMDR-trained therapists need help: case formulation, ego strengthening, target development, and processing difficulties. After a helpful refresher on basic EMDR procedure and protocol, as well as a discussion of how to modify these steps to fit your client's needs, Parnell delves into the areas essential to successful utilization of EMDR with clients: case conceptualization; preparation for EMDR trauma processing, including resource development and installation; target development; methods for unblocking blocked processing, including the creative use of interweaves; and session closure. A step-by-step description of a typical EMDR session is also presented, including all the major procedural steps, followed by an explanation of the clinical applications of EMDR in working with phobias, traumas, and critical incidents. Case examples, vignettes, and illustrations throughout help to clarify important concepts. Written in an accessible and practical style by someone who has trained thousands of EMDR practitioners, Parnell bases the book on on-the-ground experience of doing EMDR, incorporating the tools, techniques, and tips she has generated and gathered from conferences, workshops, and consultation with colleagues, as well from her own clinical experience. Perhaps most importantly, she acknowledges the unique approaches to EMDR use that are possible, emphasizing therapist-client flexibility, attunement, and intuition, rather than rigidity of practice. For EMDR-trained therapists who would like a little help integrating EMDR into their day-to-day practice, A therapist's guide to EMDR is a useful resource. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2010 APA, all rights reserved)

Keywords: Practice Theory

Accuracy Verified: Yes

425. Bowden, M. (1994, June 30). Therapists put their fingers on new memory treatment. Lexington, KY: Lexington Herald-Leader, Main News, Final Edition, A3.

Language: English

Format: Newspaper

Abstract:
Now, they have taken to furiously wagging their fingers in front of the patient's face. It's called Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing, or EMDR, and it is the latest rage, practiced by thousands of respected therapists in the treatment of traumatic memories and phobias.

Keywords: Alan Goldstein General Overview Lexington

Accuracy Verified: Yes

426. Wilson, D. (1995, June 16). Therapists take technique to survivors of bombing. Colorado Springs, CO: The Gazette, City/State, 2.

Language: English

Format: Newspaper

Abstract:
Organized by Colorado Springs therapist Sandra Wilson, the volunteers practice a therapy called Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing, EMDR for short. Wilson, who is currently in Oklahoma City, conducted a local study of the technique and presented the findings to the American Psychological Association in August.

Keywords: General Colorado Springs Overview Sandra Wilson

Accuracy Verified: Yes

427. Cano, D. (1992, November 26). Therapists to help hurricane victims. Los Angeles, CA: Los Angeles Times.

Language: English

Format: Newspaper

Abstract:
Two Orange County therapists will spend the holidays in South Florida to help survivors of Hurricane Andrew. which decimated the area last summer. Judy Albert, a Huntington Beach marriage, family and child counselor, is leaving today to help hurricane survivors deal with anxiety, depression and other disorders.

Keywords: General Los Angeles Overview Ruth Knowles Grainger

Accuracy Verified: Yes

428. Sivan, A. (2008, June). Therapists’ views on the use of EMDR: The case of Hong Kong. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, London, England.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Since the introduction of EMDR training courses in Hong Kong a few years ago, the method has been gaining an enormously growing interest among professionals. One of the indications to the growing interest in EMDR is the high rate of participation in the training courses. While there is a volume of studies on the efficacy of EMDR among different populations, therapists’ viewpoints on its use has not been studied extensively. The purpose of the paper is to examine the views of therapists who have undergone EMDR training in Hong Kong and have used the method in their practice. Data were collected through an open-ended questionnaire and follow-up in depth interviews with a group of therapists. The questionnaire sought information about their initial experience of using EMDR, the types of patients they used it with, the contribution of the method to the therapy and the difficulties they encountered. Follow-up interviews aimed to shed more light on issues raised by the respondents and to provide a platform for their further elaboration. Participants’ responses indicated the positive effects EMDR use on clients and its facilitation of the therapy process. The respondents indicated difficulties in following the exact EDMR protocol especially in relation to the terminology such as: “completely false”, “completely true”, “emotions” and “sensation”. Additional issues raised around the use of the scales and of different bilateral stimulations. On the basis of these finding special consideration should be given to the adaptation of the EMDR protocol to the Chinese language and way of thinking.

Keywords: Hong Kong

Accuracy Verified: Yes

429. Strauss, P. (2009, Winter). Theraplay & EMDR: Integrating trauma work and child's play. Theraplay Institute, Efrat, Israel.

Language: English

Format: Other

Abstract:
As holistic medicine is finding its place in conventional health centers, there is a parallel movement toward integrative psychotherapy within the world of mental health. In the 1970's clinicians who drew from more than one school of thought were considered avant-garde and called themselves "eclectic." Today many graduate schools in mental health offer courses in "integrative" psychotherapy and experienced practitioners in mental health are continually seeking to broaden their expertise. My own efforts in this regard have led me to seek advanced training in two currently separate schools of psychotherapy – in attachment based Theraplay® and in a trauma oriented EMDR, or Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing. My experience suggests that there is a natural pairing of these two therapeutic approaches, particularly when treating traumatized children. This article summarizes the ideas that prompted an enthusiastically received Theraplay workshop for the EMDR-Israel child-trauma therapists in July 2008.

Keywords: Children Play Therapy Theraplay

Accuracy Verified: Yes

430. Evans, S., Alter-Reid, K., & Schaefer, S. (2010, September/October). Therapy for therapists project: Impact of intensive EMDR treatment post-Katrina. Presentation at the annual meeting of EMDR International Association, Minneapolis, MN.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
An EMDR-HAP team provided three EMDR sessions to 21 Gulf State clinicians 2½ to 3 years after Hurricane Katrina. This presentation investigates the impact of treatment on clinicians’ suffering from the stress of disaster on their emotional health. The hypotheses that clinicians receiving EMDR treatment would show statistically significant reductions in depression, anxiety, and trauma symptoms at one week post-treatment were supported. Implications of results include adding a treatment component to EMDR-HAP trainings for clinicians in disaster stricken areas. Clinicians’ trauma resolution could lead to improved learning of EMDR, greater immunity to compassion fatigue, and hence have EMDR reach exponentially into the community and the public practice domain.

Keywords: Hurricane Katrina

Accuracy Verified: Yes

431. Dexter, B. A. (2007, September). Therapy with military and their families in a time of war. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Dallas, TX.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Numerous military and veteran organizations recognize EMDR as a recommended treatment for PTSD. Rapidly increasing numbers of Active Duty, Reserve and National Guard combat veterans and their families are in need of mental health treatment, and most of that treatment will likely be provided by civilian therapists who may not have personal military experience. Therapists who have not served in the military can develop military cultural knowledge and provide equally high quality service to military individuals and families. We will discuss and develop EMDR targets related to Combat Stress Reactions, narcissism, ‘violations of the social contract’ and other trauma.

Keywords: Military War

Accuracy Verified: Yes

432. Rosenthal, H. 2006. Therapy's best: Practical advice and gems of wisdom from twenty accomplished counselors and therapists. Binghamton, NY, London: Haworth Reference.

Language: English

Format: Book

Abstract:
Insightful interviews with a Who’s Who of the world’s foremost therapists Therapy’s Best is a lively and entertaining collection of one-on-one interviews with some of the top therapists and counselors in the world. Educator and psychotherapist Dr. Howard G. Rosenthal talks with twenty of therapy’s legends, including Albert Ellis, arguably the greatest clinical psychologist and therapist of our time; assertiveness training pioneer Robert Alberti; experiential psychotherapist Al Mahrer; and William Glasser, the father of reality therapy and choice theory. Each interview reveals insights into the therapists’ personal lives, their observations on counseling, and the helping profession in general, and their thoughts on what really works when dealing with clients in need. The interviews found in Therapy’s Best uncover treatment strategies that are often missing from traditional textbooks, journal articles, courses, and seminars related to assertiveness training, Rational Emotive Behavior Therapy (REBT), marriage and family counseling, transactional analysis, psychoanalysis, suicide prevention, voice therapy, experiential psychotherapy, and Emotion Focused Therapy (EFT). Conversations with the “best and brightest” (including two recipients of the American Psychological Association’s Division of Psychotherapy’s “Living Legends” award) reveal why these therapists are such effective helpers, what makes their theories so popular, and most important, what makes them tick. This unique book lets you “rub elbows” with these consummate professionals and learn more about their theories, ideas, and experiences. Therapy’s Best includes interviews with: Dr. Albert Ellis—creator of Rational Emotive Behavior Therapy (REBT) and APA Division of Psychotherapy “Living Legend” Dr. Edwin Schneidman—the foremost expert on suicide prevention, suicidology, and thanatology Richard Nelson Bolles—author of What Color Is Your Parachute? Dr. Dorothy and Dr. Ray Bevcar—husband and wife therapists who write textbooks on marriage counseling Dr. Al Mahrer—father of experiential psychotherapy and APA Division of Psychotherapy “Living Legend” Les Greenberg—father of Emotion-Focused Therapy (EFT) Muriel James—co-author of Born to Win and many more! Therapy’s Best is a must read for professionals who practice counseling and psychotherapy, students preparing to do likewise, and anyone else with an interest in therapy—and the people with provide it

Keywords: Francine Shapiro Interview Practice Theory

Accuracy Verified: Yes

433. Kaplan, S. (1998, September). Thoughts on EMDR and Arundhati Roy’s novel, The God of small things. EMDRIA Newsletter, 3(3), 28-30.

Language: English

Format: Newsletter

Abstract:
I want to bring Arundhati Roy’s remarkable, new novel, The God of Small Things, to the attention of psychotherapists, especially EMDR therapists, as we work with people in pain and suffering from serious psychological trauma. Almost every character in the book, like many of our clients, has been traumatized y death, loss, rejection, sexual abuse gender or caste exploitation, abandonment, violence, deceit, betrayal, inappropriate blaming, shame, rage, guilt, lack of validation, humiliation, fear, and/or terror.

Keywords: Arundhati Roy

Accuracy Verified: Yes

434. Tinker, R. H., & Wilson, S. A. (1999). Through the eyes of a child: EMDR with children. New York W. W. Norton.

Language: English

Format: Book

Abstract:
Explores the use of eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR) with children and adolescents. The book demystifies the application of EMDR for children, from the first session with the parents to later sessions with children at all developmental stages. The adult protocol is modified so that it can be applied to children as young as two years old (and possibly younger). A system of classification of childhood trauma allows therapists to predict a child's response to EMDR is presented. Myriad cases illustrate the use of EMDR with various traumas. Many examples of simple traumas are presented, including automobile accidents, lightning strikes, bereavement, and specific phobias such as a fear of animals. In addition, cases illustrate success with complex traumas, where aspects of the trauma are ongoing and EMDR becomes part of several possible therapeutic interventions. EMDR is also discussed as an intervention for children who have problems that are not caused by trauma. Case illustrations show how EMDR can be used with children with attention deficit hyperactivity disorder (ADHD), anxiety, depressive, or reactive attachment disorders as well as learning difficulties and somatoform disorders. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2008 APA, all rights reserved)

Keywords: Children Mental Disorders Phobias Posttraumatic Stress Disorder PTSD Stressors Survivors Therapeutic Processes

Accuracy Verified: Yes

435. Lohrasbe, R. S., & Turner, D. (2009, May). To treat or not to treat? Legal Iimplications for EMDR practice. Presentation at the EMDR Canada Conference, Vancouver, British Columbia Canada.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Trauma survivors may be involved in either civil or criminal proceedings and EMDR therapists are faced with decisions of whether or not to treat these clients. Two major questions arise: 1) Should EMDR treatment be initiated? 2) If yes, what are the therapist’s obligations? This workshop seeks to assist the therapist in making informed decisions in collaboration with client and counsel when treatment and clinical records may influence legal proceedings. Suggestions for treatment planning, documentation and collaboration with all parties are provided.

Keywords: Disclosure of Records Informed Consent Legal Legal Proceedings Privacy

Accuracy Verified: Yes

436. van den Hout, M. A., Rijkeboer, M. M., Engelhard, I. M., Klugkist, I., Hornsveld, H., Toffolo, M. J. B., & Cath, D. C. (2012, May). Tones inferior to eye movements in the EMDR treatment of PTSD. Behaviour Research and Therapy, 50(5), 275-279. doi:10.1016/j.brat.2012.02.001.

Language: English

Format: Journal

Abstract:
Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing (EMDR) is an effective treatment for posttraumatic stress disorder (PTSD). During EMDR, patients make eye movements (EMs) while recalling traumatic memories, but recently therapists have replaced EMs by alternating beep tones. There are no outcome studies on the effects of tones. In an earlier analogue study, tones were inferior to EMs in the reduction of vividness of aversive memories. In a first EMDR session, 12 PTSD patients recalled trauma memories in three conditions: recall only, recall + tones, and recall + EMs. Three competing hypotheses were tested: 1) EMs are as effective as tones and better than recall only, 2) EMs are better than tones and tones are as effective as recall only, and 3) EMs are better than tones and tones are better than recall only. The order of conditions was balanced, each condition was delivered twice, and decline in memory vividness and emotionality served as outcome measures. The data strongly support hypothesis 2 and 3 over 1: EMs outperformed tones while it remained unclear if tones add to recall only. The findings add to earlier considerations and earlier analogue findings suggesting that EMs are superior to tones and that replacing the former by the latter was premature.

Keywords: Bilateral Stimulation BLS EMs Eye Movements Tones

Accuracy Verified: Yes

437. Gonzalez, A., & Mosquera, D. (2012). Trabajo con patrones de autocuidado: Un procedimiento estructurado para la terapia EMDR [Working with self-care patterns: A structured procedure for EMDR therapy] . Revista Iberoamericana de Psicotraumatología y Disociación, 4(2), [11 pages].

Language: Spanish

Format: Other

Abstract:
El concepto de autocuidado ha sido desarrollado por Gonzalez y Mosquera (Mosquera, 2004; González 2007; Mosquera & Gonzalez, 2011; Gonzalez & Mosquera, 2012) para describir el modo en el que un individuo se cuida a sí mismo en distintas áreas funcionales. Este artículo presenta un procedimiento estructurado para trabajar con patrones de autocuidado como parte de la fase de preparación en terapia EMDR. Diseñado inicialmente para trabajar con trauma complejo y disociación, puede ser empleado en diferentes problemas clínicos. Este protocolo debe ser usado únicamente por terapeutas EMDR acreditados, ya que requiere un sólido conocimiento del trabajo con EMDR.

Self-care is a concept developed by Gonzalez and Mosquera (Mosquera, 2004; González 2007; Mosquera & Gonzalez, 2011; Gonzalez & Mosquera, 2012) to describe the way in that an individual takes care of her or himself in different areas of functioning. This article presents a structured procedure for working with self-care patterns as part of the preparation phase in EMDR therapy. Initially designed for working with complex trauma and dissociation, it can be used in different clinical problems. This protocol should be only used by accredited EMDR therapists, since it requires a solid knowledge on EMDR.

Keywords: Self-Care

Accuracy Verified: Yes

438. Rasolkhani-Kalhorn, T. (2009, November). Translation and adaptation of the EMDR protocol to the Iranian culture: A country study. VDM Verlag Dr. Müller e.K. pp. 108.

Language: Farsi (Iran)

Format: Book

Abstract:
Dr. Rasolkhani-Kalhorn produced a translation of the EMDR protocol in Farsi (Persian). In her dissertation she tells how she found psychologists in Iran to help with the translation, and to use the EMDR protocol in their field work in earthquake devastated regions of Iran. The psychologists also filled out a survey assessing the value of the translation, and use of EMDR in Iran. She considers the possible problems using the treatment in a foreign culture and shows how it could be incorporated through a country-wide effort to train EMDR therapists at the village level throughout Iran. The dissertation also includes a publication from the journal Traumatology outlining a theory of the neural basis of EMDR. This theory has since been proven correct through her research with two colleagues using EEG recordings of patients undergoing EMDR therapy.

Keywords: Empirical Study Eye Movements Quantitative Study Sociocultural Factors

Accuracy Verified: Yes

439. Rasolkhani-Kalhorn, T. (2005). Translation and adaption of the EMDR protcol to the Iranian culture. Colorado School of Professional Psychology, Colorado Springs, CO. AAT 3295606.

Language: English

Format: Dissertation/Thesis

Abstract:
Francine Shapiro's eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR) treatment and training manual (1995, 2001) was translated into Persian and reviewed for cross-cultural adaptation. The EMDR Persian translated edition was clinically tested in the earthquake stricken regions of Bam and Zarand in southern Iran. Therapists using this manual provided feedback in the form of an email questionnaire. According to this feedback, the manual was useful for training therapists to administer EMDR therapy in Iran. A more recent proposal for the neurobiological basis of EMDR therapy, which I have co-authored, is presented in this dissertation project. It addresses EMDR as a physical healing process that will have further acceptance by Iranians and the Iranian medical community. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2008 APA, all rights reserved)

Dissertation Abstracts International: Section B: The Sciences and Engineering. 68(12-B), 2008, pp. 8409.

Keywords: Empirical Study Eye Movements Quantitative Study Sociocultural Factors

Accuracy Verified: Yes

440. Albermann, E. M. (2007, September). Trauma - therapie energetisch u. integrativ, EP, EMDR, EMI und hynotherapie [Trauma therapy - Energetic and integrative, EP, EMDR, EMI and hynotherapy]. Vortrag im Rahmen der Ersten Europäischer Kongress für Energie-Psychologie und Psychotherapie, Heidelberg, Deutschland.

Language: German

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Traumatherapie – energetisch, integrativ und modern: Energetische Psychologie, EMDR, EMI (Eye Movement Integration) und systemische Hypnotherapie bieten in ihrer Kombination eine einzigartige Möglichkeit, Traumata zu integrieren. Dazu kommen noch neue Möglichkeiten mit Biofeedback am Computer in Form von Spielen und ansprechenden Rückmeldemöglichkeiten über die Balance der autonomen Körpersysteme, die Patienten und Therapeuten auch spielerisch selbst einsetzen können. Ein paar Vorschläge auf diesem spannenden Feld soll dieser Workshop aufzeigen in einer Kombination von Theorie, praktischen Übungen, gemeinsamer Diskussion und Demonstration.

Trauma therapy - energetic, inclusive and modern: energy psychology, EMDR, EMI (Eye Movement Integration) and systemic hypnotherapy when combining a unique opportunity to integrate trauma. In addition, there are new opportunities with biofeedback on the computer in the form of games and use feedback attractive opportunities over the balance of the autonomous body systems, patients and therapists also play themselves. A few suggestions in this exciting field, this workshop is to show a combination of theory, practical exercises, joint discussion and demonstration.

Keywords: EMI Energy Psychology Hypnotherapy

Accuracy Verified: Yes

441. Dutton, P. (2007, September). Trauma in children and young people. Counselling Children and Young People, 1-10.

Language: English

Format: Newsletter

Abstract:
Trauma might be described in terms of an event experienced, or the effects or consequences (symptoms) of the event. In the latter case, the American Psychiatric Association’s DSM-IV-TR1 is the most quoted source for defining post-traumatic stress disorder (PTSD). This collection of symptoms is helpful in indicating when trauma is severe enough to need serious treatment. Smaller trauma, on the other hand, is often neglected by therapists, doctors and the general population as something we just have to cope with. But the effects of even small trauma in childhood are seriously accumulative and often underrated. It is also arguable that untreated attachment difficulties in early childhood can increase the likihood of PTSD – but this statement still rests on anecdotal evidence.

Keywords: Bereavement Children Grief Trauma

Accuracy Verified: Yes

442. Midboe, A., Benight, C., Harding, A., Iwaishi, S., & Johnson, L. (2002, November). A trauma-based treatment intervention for domestic violence victims. Poster presented at the 18th annual meeting of the International Society of Traumatic Stress Studies, Baltimore, MD.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Twenty-four participants from a local domestic violence center were selfselected into an individual therapy-plus-standard advocacy group (P/SA) or a standard advocacy (SA) group. The center’s advocacy staffed administered treatment for the SA group and the P/SA group. In addition to the SA treatment received by individuals in the P/SA group, there were also six licensed therapists who provided a manualized treatment incorporating CBT and EMDR. Symptoms of PTSD, depression, CSE, self-esteem, and coping skills were assessed.Additionally, saliva sample measurements were taken to examine the effect of treatment on the regulation of salivary cortisol. Results indicate that participants in the P/SA treatment condition experienced a significantly greater reduction in intrusive symptomatology and overall level of PTSD symptom severity, as well as a greater increase in CSE over time than those individuals in the SA condition. Moreover, changes in CSE were related to changes in psychological symptoms in individuals in the P/SA group from pretreatment to posttreatment and at follow-up.Almost no linear relationship between changes in CSE and other psychological variables in the SA group emerged.A minimal impact of treatment on coping skills was observed. There was a move towards a greater regulation of salivary cortisol at posttreatment in the P/SA group.

Keywords: Domestic Violence Poster

Accuracy Verified: Yes

443. Ferrie, R. (2009, August). Treating disordered sleep with EMDR. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Atlanta, GA.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Evidence will be presented for the hypothesis that a third state of brain activity, neither waking nor sleeping, is accessed during REM sleep, as well as during the eye movement portion of EMDR. Sleep research has shown that disordered sleep is a prominent feature of PTSD, yet EMDR therapists seldom document this disorder. The Pittsburg Sleep Quality Index is a useful instrument for this purpose and will be demonstrated. How best to facilitate a positive outcome in therapy by changing the story line of nightmares and intrusions will be illustrated. Participants are encouraged to bring dream scripts to the discussion.

Keywords: Sleep Disorders

Accuracy Verified: Yes

444. Paulsen, S. (2008). Treating dissociative identity disorder with EMDR, ego state therapy, and adjunct approaches. In C. Forgash and M. Copeley, (Eds.) Healing the heart of trauma and dissociation with EMDR and ego state therapy (pp. 141-179). New York, NY: Springer Publishing Co.

Language: English

Format: Book Section

Abstract:
Therapists who choose to work with clients with dissociative identity disorder (DID) enter into the complex, confusing worlds of some of the most wounded clients they will ever encounter. For that very reason, they are the people who are most in need of our best personal and professional resources: our deepest compassion, our most enduring patience, our courage, and our best technical strategies--offered to not just one personality, but many parts of the psyche within a single individual. Those parts are at war with one another, and it is up to the therapist to show the way to peace. This chapter shares three case studies examining using EMDR, ego state therapy, and adjunct approaches to treat DID. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2008 APA, all rights reserved)

Keywords: Dissociation Ego State Therapy

Accuracy Verified: Yes

445. Whisman, M. (2005, September). Treating the trauma of panic and understanding panic as an aspect of trauma. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Seattle, WA.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Anxiety, although experienced by everyone, is unique and complex in the Panic Disordered client. Therapists who will be treating these clients need to comprehend the overwhelming experience of panic; its life-altering consequences; underlying causes; and the phobic responses that range from irrrational to bizarre. Panic is a major symptom of post-trauma phenomena; and the experience of panic is traumatizing itself. The end results are remarkably similiar: distortions in attributions (cognitions) and coping mechanisms (behavior), and an intolerance of particular emotional states. The goal of this workshop is to expand the clinician's awareness, sensitivity and skill in treating the many faces of panic and to incorporate bilateral stimulation and adaptive information processing (EMDR) as an integral part of that treatment.

Keywords: Anxiety Panic: Trauma

Accuracy Verified: Yes

446. Falls, N. (1998). Treating trauma with focusing and EMDR. Presentation at the 10th Annual International Focusing Conference.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Keywords: Focusing

Accuracy Verified: Yes

447. Carbone, D. (2005, July). Treating trauma, depression and anxiety in gay men with childhood trauma histories using EMDR. Presentation at the World Congress of Sexology, Montréal, Quebec Canada.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Mental health research tells us that gay men use psychological services in far more greater numbers than their heterosexual counterparts. Gay men typically present themselves in treatment for problems relating to depression and anxiety, often the result of past and present social stigma. Quite frequently in treatment, it has been noted that these men report frequent childhood experiences of peer and familial ridicule, experienced during formative periods in the development of identity. This ridicule may be conceptualized as a chronic stressor that often results in traumatic responses in adulthood such as substance abuse and self-destructive sexual behavior. This presentation puts forth a treatment model for assisting gay men in overcoming their tramatic responses to childhood ridicule that take the form of self-destructive behaviors in adulthood. Participants will become familiar with the special mental health needs of the gay client and through the presentation of case studies, will become familiar with therapeutic techniques designed to releave the resulting depression and anxiety by employing cognitive restructuring techniques. Participants will come to understand the value of gay affirmative psychotherapy, the need for advocacy outside of the gay community and ancillary treatment options for therapists.

Keywords: Anxiety Depression Homosexuality Sexual Orientation Sexuality

Accuracy Verified: Yes

448. Nickell, A. (1998, July 4). Treatment ends bad memories. Cheyenne, WY: Wyoming Tribune-Eagle, A6.

Language: English

Format: Newspaper

Abstract:
A therapy developed in 1987 by psychologist Dr. Francine Shapiro is helping patients diminish and remove the effects of those disturbing memories.The therapy is called eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR). Trained therapists use it by alternating stimulation between the two hemispheres of the brain while the patient focuses on the trauma."It's a fairly complicated therapy," said licensed counselor Roger Ludwig. "I go through a series of steps with my patients. "Those steps include getting to know the patient and understanding what triggers the anxiety.The patient also must isolate a mental snapshot to represent the event, a feeling about the event and thoughts about the event, such as "He's going to kill me."The doctor then runs the patient through a sequence of bilateral stimuli.

Keywords: Cheyenne General Overview Roger Ludwig

Accuracy Verified: No

449. Cohena, J. A., Mannarino, A. P., & Rogal, S. (2001, January). Treatment practices for childhood posttraumatic stress disorder. Child Abuse and Neglect, 25(1), 123-135. doi:10.1016/S0145-2134(00)00226-X.

Language: English

Format: Journal

Abstract:
Objective: This study surveyed practices in treating childhood PTSD among child psychiatrists and non-M.D. therapists with self-identified interest in treating traumatized children. Method: An anonymous survey was mailed to 207 child psychiatrists ("medical") [members of the American Academy of Child and Adolescent Psychiatry] and 460 nonphysician ("non-medical") therapists [members of the International Society for Traumatic Stress Studies] inquiring about current interventions used to treat children with PTSD. Results: 247 responses were received: of 77 medical and 82 nonmedical respondents who currently treat children with PTSD, a wide variety of modalities are used. Most preferred modalities among medical responders were pharmacotherapy, psychodynamic, and cognitive-behavioral therapy. Most preferred modalities among nonmedical respondents were cognitive-behavioral, family, and nondirective play therapy. 95% of medical respondents used pharmacotherapy for this disorder; most preferred medications to treat childhood PTSD were selective serotonin reuptake inhibitors and alpha-adrenergic agonists. Several significant differences between medical and nonmedical practices were identified. Conclusions: There is little clinical consensus regarding the effectiveness of the many modalities used to treat traumatized children who have PTSD symptoms; empirical research is particularly needed to evaluate the efficacy of pharmacotherapy and EMDR. [Author Abstract]

Keywords: Adolescents Arousal Avoidance Children Drug Therapy Mental Health Personnel Reexperiencing Posttraumatic Stress Disorder PTSD Treatment Effectiveness

Accuracy Verified: Yes

450. Jacome, S. (2012, Novembro). Uma proposta de abordagem grupal de eventos traumáticos heterogêneos [A proposed approach heterogeneous group of traumatic events]. Apresentação no II Congresso Brasileiro de EMDR, Brasília, Brasil.

Language: Portuguese

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Este workshop fornece elementos teóricos e práticos para EMDR terapeutas com conhecimento trabalha ou pretende trabalhar com grupos. Fornece uma visão geral da integração do modelo de EMDR com elementos de psicoterapia psicodramática de grupo. Algumas ideias para a aplicação prática dos princípios da psicoterapia de grupo em conjunto com maneiras criativas de usar EMDR. Com a crescente demanda por cuidados de saúde mental, psicoterapia individual tem várias limitações, abordagens individuais são geralmente caros e inacessíveis para grandes segmentos da população. A terapia de grupo tem sido desenvolvido como um baixo custo, otimizando recursos humanos, tempo e economia. EMDR é originalmente uma abordagem individual e de grupo, embora alguns procedimentos EMDR foram desenvolvidos, abordando a necessidade ea urgência de intervir em situações de crise, especialmente envolvendo grupos e populações inteiras, ainda há uma maneira de aproximar-se do grupo e não só no grupo. Esta proposta surge a partir da formação do primeiro autor como um terapeuta com um terapeuta psicodrama foco do grupo e, em seguida, como EMDR, que vem buscando uma maneira de integrar as fases da abordagem EMDR com uma abordagem de grupo de psicodrama, psicoterapia que permite desenvolver maneiras de tratar grupos de pessoas com problemas diferentes, com experiências diferentes, o que na psicoterapia de grupo é chamado de grupos heterogêneos. Também irá abordar várias preocupações, dificuldades e preocupações que surgem quando se explora a possibilidade de combinar a psicoterapia de grupo e EMDR, como abreactions manipulação, processamento, memória e outras dificuldades.

This workshop provides theoretical and practical elements for EMDR therapists with expertise working or want to work with groups. Provides an overview of the integration of model elements with EMDR psychotherapy group psychotherapy. Some ideas for the practical application of the principles of group psychotherapy in conjunction with creative ways to use EMDR. With the growing demand for mental health care, individual psychotherapy has several limitations, individual approaches are often expensive and inaccessible to large segments of the population. Group therapy has been developed as a low cost, optimizing human resources, time and economy. EMDR is an approach originally individual and group, though some EMDR procedures were developed, addressing the urgent need to intervene in crisis situations, especially involving groups and entire populations, there is still a way to approach the group and not just the group. This proposal arises from the formation of the first author as a therapist with a focus group psychodrama therapist and then as EMDR, which has been seeking a way to integrate the phases of the EMDR approach with an approach to group psychodrama psychotherapy that allows developing ways to treat groups of people with different problems, with different experiences, which in group psychotherapy is called heterogeneous groups. It will also address several concerns, difficulties and concerns that arise when exploring the possibility of combining the group psychotherapy and EMDR, as abreactions handling, processing, memory and other difficulties.

Keywords: Trauma

Accuracy Verified: Yes

451. Mosquera, D., & Gonzalez, A. (2010, June). Understanding dissociative language. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Hamburg, Germany.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
In order to get a complete and comprehensive case conceptualization in Phase 1 of the EMDR protocol, it is important to explore dissociative symptomatology. But the cinicai picture of dissociation may be difficult to identify for inexperienced clinicians; some symptoms can be difficult to observe even for experienced therapist who haven't seen severe cases. in consultation we often find therapist who bring a 'complex case' for supervision and quite frequently this 'complexity' has to do with dissociation. Our goal with this presentation is to show the many different ways dissociation can be manifested during EMDR sessions. Another goal is to give practical examples of interventions with dissociative patients during EMDR processing. Many examples of subtle manifestations (what we call 'dissociative language') will be illustrated with video cases. Severely traumatized people don't communicate in a direct and clear way, they have their 'own language' and in order to understand the patient's inner world, we need to understand the silences, the somatic symptoms the subtle (and not so subtle) intrusions; all of these are frequent symptoms that the patient can't detect, understand or disclose to us (not directly). It is widely known that EMDR clinicians must be careful when dealing with dissociative patients; techniques that can be used during the stabilization phase have been developed for the treatment of dissociative disorders (Knipe, Forgash .......). These techniques are complementary to the basic protocols and are very useful but the problem arises when therapists are not able to identify and/or understand what we call the 'dissociative language'. We must keep in mind that most dissociative patients have grown in an early environment where their needs were not taken into account. Many never had the possibility to express their feelings openly. For this, it is important to focus and under^ stand the indirect, complex and ambivalent communication of these people especially during an EMDR session. The approach to these difficulties is not only a question of protocol modifications. but a complex learning from the therapist of the 'dissociative language'. Several examples from videos of therapy sessions and case descriptions will be presented.

Keywords: Dissociation

Accuracy Verified: Yes

452. Taylor, S. (2000, July 14). University of British Columbia UBC psychologists offer free post-trauma stress therapy. PressWire.

Language: English

Format: Other

Abstract:
In the first direct comparison study ever done, researchers who are also qualified therapists will evaluate the effectiveness of two traditional therapies (exposure therapy and relaxation training) and eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR). EMDR, a controversial treatment created in the mid-1980s, combines conscious rapid eye movement and thoughts of the trauma. Although shown to be effective, it has not been directly compared to traditional treatments.

Keywords: Trauma Therapy

Accuracy Verified: Yes

453. Boore, J. (1992, Winter). Update on Florida disaster response effort. EMDR Network Newsletter, 2(3), 11-12.

Language: English

Format: Newsletter

Abstract:
On November 1, 1992, a three-person disaster response team of EMDR trained therapists, consisting of Nancy Walker,MFCC, fromSunnyvale, CA, and Bill Reid, LSW, and Bill Owens, LISW, Columbus, OH, paid their way to Miami for the privilege of working with disaster survivors and utilizing EMDR. This is report on the work of that team and related information about emergency disaster work.

Keywords: EMDR Volunteer Disaster Response Team Florida Disaster Response Team Hurricane Andrew

Accuracy Verified: Yes

454. Popky, A. J. (2011, October). An urge reduction protocol as a new way to address addictions and dysfunctional behaviors based on the AIP model of EMDR. Presentation for Care For the Troops, Marietta, Ohio.

Language: English

Format: Other

Abstract:
The purpose of this document is to act as a training manual for those clinicians that work with addictive populations and that have completed already completed EMDR level 1 and 2 trainings. Previous research on EMDR has focused on its usefulness for treating trauma-related symptoms in a diverse sample of subjects. This protocol deals with targeting triggers that bring up urges rather than traumas. It is the authors beliefs that the targeting of triggers is a gentler way of dealing with this addictive population and that as triggers are reprocessed ego strength grows until the thread to the trauma or core issues are ready to emerge to be reprocessed. Background This treatment model and the theories involved are based on experience from personal client observation and anecdotal reports received from other therapists using this same protocol. It is an eclectic model and combines many methodologies, including but not limited to, cognitive-behavioral, solution focused, Ericksonian, narrative, object relations, EFT, TFT, to name a few. The bi-lateral stimulation from the accelerated information processing model (EMDR) seems to form the catalyst for rapid processing and change, the turbo-charger that speeds the healing process. Successful results have been reported across the wide spectrum of addictions and dysfunctional behaviors: chemical substances (nicotine, marijuana, alcohol, methamphetamine, cocaine, crack, heroin/methadone, etc.), eating disorders such as compulsive overeating, anorexia and bulimia, along with other behaviors such as sex, gambling, shoplifting, anger outbursts, OCD and trichotillomania, etc. Since this is an urge reduction protocol the scope of applications can include a wide variety of applications.

Keywords: Adaptive Information Processing Addictions AIP Desensitization of Triggers and Urge Reprocessing DeTUR Dysfunctional Behaviors

Accuracy Verified: Yes

455. Dellucci, H. (2011, December). The use of EMDR in the treatment of patients with complex dissociative disorders related to trauma. Presentation at the First European Society for Trauma and Dissociation, Paris, France .

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Today EMDR is widely recognized as one of the most effective therapies for simple trauma. But if people suffer from complex trauma, with dissociative disorder, EMDR, as it has been invented originally, becomes problematic. The therapist has then to develop his/her art in order to keep the therapeutic process ongoing. Numerous authors conceptualized many different ways of adapting the EMDR standard protocol for those apparently difficult clients. Here also, there is no consensus between therapists who are extremely cautious and take a lot of time before coming to the trauma confronting phase, and those who go earlier to desensitization and do further adaptations. Which are the risks ? How to adapt therapy to the sometimes chaotic life style of the person ? In which ways EMDR could be adapted to overcome this dilemma and be more efficient, even with those clients known as being difficult ?

Keywords: Dissociative Disorders

Accuracy Verified: Yes

456. Allemagne, K. L. (2009, August). The use of EMDR with treatment resistant patients suffering from chronic obsessive-compulsive disorder. Poster presented at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Atlanta, GA .

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
The use of Eye Movement Desensitization Reprocessing Therapy in the treatment of trauma and stress is well documented (Shapiro, 2001). Since its inception, several studies documenting the effectiveness of EMDR in the treatment of other mental health issues has also been studied (Parnell, 2006). Bae, Kim, and Ahn’s, (2006) clinical case study demonstrates no success with the use of EMDR to treat patients that developed obsessive-compulsive disorder after being diagnosed with posttraumatic stress disorder. Their article suggests little research in support of the use of EMDR in the treatment of OCD. This presentation illustrates two case studies of men diagnosed with chronic OCD, and their inability to find relief from their symptoms from both pharmacological and psychotherapeutic interventions. The study illustrates the use of Parnell’s modified EMDR protocol with both patients, and the importance of identifying and resolving feeder memories. Patient A is a male who was diagnosed with OCD twenty years ago. He has received both psychotherapy and psychiatric services from a major university hospital since being diagnosed. Part of the obsessive thoughts include shouting obscenities at his congregation, committing violent acts towards members of the parish, and ultimately jumping over a choir railing with the goal of killing himself. Patient A began psychotherapy using the Parnell’s modified protocol of EMDR. The patient was able to tap into core (feeder) memories from childhood where he violated trust and confidence with a friend that had not been fully resolved. This also connected with security issues with his mother, which eventually were completely resolved through EMDR. The patient’s obsessive thoughts ceased. The patient has been free of these obsessive thoughts post therapy for one year. Patient B sought therapy for compulsive behaviors related to exposing himself to unsuspecting victims. Additionally, this patient also engaged in compulsive masturbation behaviors for eight to ten hours a day. His actions not only were psychologically distressing to him, but also causing him problems with the local authorities. Patient B had sought psychotherapy and psychiatric services in the past on several occasions, but with no improvement. Patient B demonstrated radical improvement using Parnell’s modified EMDR protocol. The patient identified feeder memories that were not initially discussed during the assessment phase. After successful processing, patient B has not engaged in any inappropriate sexual behaviors or compulsive masturbation for three months. While psychodynamic principles rooted in experiences of life are not novel or innovative in the practice of psychotherapy, often therapists will focus on reducing the problematic symptoms accompanying a diagnosis of OCD, without considering the full implication of prior experiences. Continuing advances in the application of EMDR with an ever expanding array of mental and emotional disorders requires researchers to consider the importance of identifying feeder memories as a possible source of problematic symptoms. These results offer promising techniques for EMDR therapists, and new avenues in research exploring the efficacy of EMDR and OCD. This presentation will illustrate the process involved in identifying feeder memories.

Keywords: Obsessive-Compulsive Disorder OCD Poster Posttraumatic Stress Disorder PTSD Treatment Resistance

Accuracy Verified: Yes

457. Avent, P. (2000, September). Using a person’s religious beliefs to enhance EMDR outcomes. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Toronto, Ontario Canada.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Participants will: 1) learn the importance of addressing religious or spiritial issues; 2) learn how EMDR can interface with religious or spirital beliefs; 3) learn ways that non-clergy therapists can reduce faith-related resistance; 4) review strategy for dealing with common religous issues, fears, spiritual questions, and blocking beliefs; 5) learn to apply a variety of spirital and/or biblical cognitive interweaves; 6) learn how to use EMDR to strengthen positive religious experiences while unraveling destructive ones; and 7) learn how to lead patients in "EMDR prayer" to enhance safe place and to strengthen outcomes.

Keywords: Religious Beliefs Spirituality Biblical Cognitive Interweave Prayer

Accuracy Verified: Yes

458. Zilbergeld, B. (1995, June). Using EMDR in the treatment of sexual problems. Presentation at the EMDR Network Conference, Santa Monica, CA.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
This presentation is based entirely on my own clinical work and discussions with a few other sex therapists who use it in their work. I am well aware of the lack of solid research to back up my claims and to provide evidence of their generalizability to other clients, therapists, and situations. 1. Why EMDR is used so little in treating common sexual dysfunctions and dissatisfactions. 2. Why EMDR is relevant and appropriate in treating these problems. Everything depends on how we define trauma. If we use a broad definition - one that includes humiliations, embarrassments, anxiety, as well as hurts and wounds -the relevance of EMDR becomes obvious. 3. The kinds of causative and maintaining issues in sex cases that EMDR can be helpful for. These include anticipatory anxiety, unresolved early learnings about intimacy and sexuality, and current and past relationship fears and hurts. 4. Case examples of EMDR in the treatment of dysfunctions and dissatisfactions: orgasm and erection difficulties, rapid ejaculation, and desire/frequency complaints. 5. EMDR and meditation. I have found that for some clients meditation is a valuable adjunct to EMDR. It serves as a safe place for them and has also been helpful in bringing up issues that need work as well as a place to process and integrate material that comes up in EMDR. No special instructions are required; the very act of meditation does the bringing up of issues and processing on its own. 6. Litations of EMDR in dealing with cases of sexual problems. As far as I know, EMDR by itself has not resulted in complete resolution of a presenting sexual problem While extremely helphful in many cases, EMDR has to be viewed as one tool in a comprehensive treatment package. This means that those who use it need to have knowledge of and experience with the tools of sex therapy and marital therapy. EMDR is also limited, as are all therapy methods, by the dynamics of the relationship in which the sexual difficulty exists. While it can help resolve past wounds inflicted by the partner, it will not be effective in the long run if the relationship continues to feel unsafe. 7. There is a critical need for good research to back up claims of EMDR's benefits with sexual cases and to determine exactly how and when to use the method to maximum effect.

Keywords: Sexual Issues

Accuracy Verified: Yes

459. Groenendijk, M. (2008, April). Using EMDR in trauma work with a patient with a dissociative identity disorder: A Dutch example. Presentation at the European Society for Trauma and Dissociation Conference, Amsterdam, The Netherlands.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
EMDR is a powerful technique for helping people overcoming their traumas. However, most of the clinical practice as well as the research have been focused on type 1 trauma and simple PTSD. Gradually the field is expanding to complex chronic traumatization and dissociative problems. In this case presentation I will share our first experiences in this challenging field. The case is about an older woman with DID who was treated in a residential psychotherapeutic setting. This is followed by a brief video-demonstration of EMDR with this DID-patient during a period of trauma work. After reporting on the process and outcome of this therapy, the conclusion will be that EMDR can be effective for dissociative patients suffering from early chronic severe and complex traumatization if several specific criteria are met. These criteria are about conceptualization according to the model of structural dissociation, about indication, timing, and preparation of the EMDR-sessions, about adaptation of the protocol, and about integration of EMDR in the broader phase-oriented state-of-the-art treatment of DID. Learning objectives: 1. Witnessing the effect of EMDR. 2. Recognizing the clinical features of DID. 3. Encouraging therapists to indicate EMDR for complex trauma (under specific conditions).

Keywords: DID Dissociative Identity Disorder

Accuracy Verified: Yes

460. Greenwald, R. (1993). Using EMDR with children. EMDR Institute, Inc., Pacific Grove, CA.

Language: English

Format: Other

Abstract:
This 38-page booklet is written for therapists already trained in EMDR, and features an overview and beginning technical repertoire for adapting EMDR for use with children and adolescents. Although for many years this was the only documented standard of care in EMDR for children and adolescents, now there is much more comprehensive information available (for example, EMDR in Child and Adolescent Psychotherapy).

Keywords: Children

Accuracy Verified: Yes

461. Britt, V., Bender, S. S., & Diepold, J. (2009, August). Using energy psychology to address inability to maintain dual attention focus in EMDR. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Atlanta, GA.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
The AIP model requires a dual focus with patient’s attention on the traumatic memory concomitant with an awareness of the present moment. Despite an intensive EMDR preparation phase, some patients lack the resources to tolerate the desensitization phase and are unable to achieve or maintain dual attention during the bilateral stimulation. In this workshop, we will teach techniques from the emerging field of energy psychology, such as polarity corrections and touch and breathe, which provide additional tools for the EMDR process and expand therapists’ strategies for assisting patients who are dissociative, fearful, abreactive or have limited self-regulatory skills.

Keywords: Energy Psychology

Accuracy Verified: Yes

462. Forgash, C. A. (1997, July). Utilizing EMDR consultation in a concurrent treatment model. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, San Francisco, CA.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Psychotherapy treatment with sexual abuse survivors is often lengthy and complex. For therapists and patients alike, intrusive and dissociative aspects of Post Traumatic Stress symptoms in combination with self injurious behavior, mood disorders and current problems produce a variety of treatment difficulties. These range from dealing with destabilization, dissociative episodes and crisis intervention to more typical treatment impasses and resistances. These difficulties and resistances to theraputic work may involve a range of fears of exposure, violating early taboos against "telling", sequelae to revelations, and overwhelming shame and concern about rejection by the therapist. Other patient concerns are of being flooded by feelings and memories; or of dissociating in such a way as to remain "lost" to themselves. Stuck, immobilized and frozen in this state. the patient may have a sense of "pseudosafety" in the familiarity of these feelings. At the same time, as the symptoms persist with small or no reduction in levels of distress, patients may experience high levels of frustration. increased feelings of defeat, depression and anxiety. Loss of motivation and belief in the efficacy of therapy often follows. At such times, the therapist may wish to consider EMDR as an adjunctive course of treatment to resolve problems such as the above.

Keywords: Concurrent Treatment Model Consultation

Accuracy Verified: Yes

463. Forgash, C. A. (1997, Spring). Utilizing EMDR consultation in a concurrent treatment model. The Clinician, 28(2), 1-2.

Language: English

Format: Newsletter

Abstract:
Concurrent psychotherapy is valuable by providing timely interventions to patients with specialized needs. Clinicians refer patients for psychiatric consultations group work and to therapists who specialize in problem areas such as panic disorder, trauma, child abuse issues and substance abuse. Such traumas as child sexual abuse, family violence and disasters result in a large population suffering from Post Traumatic Stress Disorder and other Dissociative Disorders. Other patients have long-standing depressions, panic and psychosomatic disorders, performance anxiety and phobias stemming from traumas which do not resolve in traditional psychotherapy.

Keywords: Concurrent Treatment Model Consultation

Accuracy Verified: Yes

464. Seponski, D. M., Bermudez, J. M., & Lewis, D. C. (2010, July). Utilizing responsive evaluation to explore EMDR as a culturally responsive model of therapy across Asia. Poster presented at the 1st EMDR Asia Conference, Bali, Indonesia.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Traditional therapy models often reflect Western values and norms and may be inappropriate for use with many non-Western cultures. Worldwide, therapists are beginning to examine how they can make these models culturally sensitive to minorities, immigrants, and non-Western clients; however, it is time to go beyond “being aware,” understanding and appreciating differences, and adapting individual interventions to actively responding to the needs of their clients by using models that have theoretical underpinnings, underlying assumptions, and basic tenets that are consistent with those of non-Western clients (Carlson, 1999) and promote social justice for those clients, their families, and the surrounding communities. This paper suggests the use of responsive evaluation to explore Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing (EMDR) as a culturally responsive therapy. Responsive evaluation can be used to consider each unique client and therapist context, culture, power, needs, and beliefs, and family and individual needs in determining a culturally responsive model of therapy. In this presentation, we provide therapists and scholars a model for offering culturally responsive EMDR therapy and research using responsive evaluation as a framework. An in-depth description of responsive evaluation will be provided, and explanations and examples of how it is consistent with the goals and theories underlying culturally responsive therapy will be given. Finally, concrete suggestions of how EMDR clinicians and scholars can apply this methodology will be provided. As the EMDR continues to be taught and used across Asia, it is crucial that we continue to observe and respond to the needs of clients throughout Asia.

Keywords: Asia Responsive Evaluation Poster

Accuracy Verified: Yes

465. Ploeg, C., & Wanders, F. (2012, March). Van draak naar prinses. Op weg naar een geïntegreerd klinisch behandelmodel voor chronisch getraumatiseerde kinderen [From princess to the dragon. Towards an integrated clinical treatment model for chronically traumatized children]. Presentatie op de 6e congres van de Vereniging EMDR Nederland, Arnhem, Nederland.

Language: Dutch

Format: Conference

Abstract:
De behandeling van chronisch getraumatiseerde kinderen vraagt om een lange adem. Op de eerste plaats is natuurlijk de veiligheid en een aanwezige hechtingsfiguur voor het kind van belang. Dit klinkt vanzelfsprekend, maar is in de praktijk vaak moeilijk te realiseren en/of vol te houden. Een goede samenwerking met gezinnen/pleeggezinnen, collega’s en collega instellingen staat hierbij voorop. In deze presentatie willen we jullie ‘imaginair’ meenemen naar onze kliniek en jullie kennis laten maken met de manier waarop wij zoeken naar het meest geschikte behandelklimaat en de meest geschikte behandelvorm voor deze kinderen. Hoe wij hierbij gebruik maken van verschillende behandelmethodieken (Greenwald, Spierings, Struik) om uiteindelijk tot een geïntegreerd behandelmodel te komen voor deze doelgroep. We zullen met jullie onze visie delen over de onmogelijkheden, maar vooral ook de mogelijkheden in de behandeling van deze kinderen. Wij zullen ingaan op o.a. de volgende aspecten: de werkrelatie met deze kinderen en alle betrokkenen, het aanleren van coping, traumaverwerking en hoe je dit als team van hoofdbehandelaren en hbo-behandelaren op de klinische groep vormgeeft.

The treatment of chronically traumatized children requires a long breath. In the first place, of course, the safety is present, and a figure for attachment of the child's interest. This sounds obvious, but in practice often difficult to achieve and / or to maintain. A good partnership with families / foster families, colleagues and fellow institutions is paramount. In this presentation we want to 'imaginary' bring to our clinic and you get acquainted with the way we search for the most appropriate treatment environment and the most appropriate form of treatment for these children. How we make use of different treatment methods (Greenwald, Spierings, Bush) to produce a single integrated treatment model to qualify for this target group. We will share our vision with you about the impossibilities, but also the possibilities in the treatment of these children. We will discuss among others the following aspects: the working relationship with these children and all those involved, the teaching of coping, coping with trauma and how this team as head of therapists and clinicians on the clinical HBO group shape.

Keywords: Children Integrated Treatment Model

Accuracy Verified: Yes

466. Zamboni, L. (2007, Novembro). A velocidade da cura com o uso do EMDR no tratamento da dispaurenia [The speed of healing with the use of EMDR in the treatment of dispaurenia]. Apresentação no Congresso Ibero-Americano de EMDR, Brasília, Brasil.

Language: Portuguese

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Objetivos de aprendizagem: • demonstrar a eficácia da abordagem no tratamento das disfunções sexuais • incentivar os terapeutas a utilizarem o EMDR em sua prática clínica • motivar novos estudos na área da sexualidade.

Learning Objectives: • demonstrate the effectiveness of the approach in treatment of sexual dysfunction • encourage therapists to use EMDR in clinical practice • motivate new studies in the area of sexuality

Keywords: Dispaurenia

Accuracy Verified: Yes

467. Kroger, C., Kliem, S., Sarmadi, N. B., & Kosfelder, J. (2010). Versorgungsrealität bei der behandlung der posttraumatischen belastungsstörung: Eine umfrage unter psychotraumatologisch erfahrenen psychologischen psychotherapeuten [Psychotherapeutic care for posttraumatic stress disorder as it really is: A survey of licensed psychotherapists which are experienced in psychotraumatology]. Zeitschrift für Klinische Psychologie und Psychotherapie, 39(2), 116–127.

Language: German

Format: Journal

Abstract:
Theoretischer Hintergrund: Verschiedene stabilisierende und traumafokussierende Verfahren wurden in Behandlungsleitlinien zur posttraumatischen Belastungsstörung (PTBS) empfohlen. Fragestellung: Welche Verbreitung haben diese Verfahren im klinischen Alltag? Welche prädiktive Bedeutung hat der Einsatz traumafokussierender Interventionen für die von Therapeuten eingeschätzte Verbesserung der Symptomatik? Methode: In der naturalistischen Studie wurden Selbstberichte von Psychologischen Psychotherapeuten (N = 126) und Informationen über einen Fall ausgewertet, der in den letzten 24 Monaten behandelt wurde. In linearen Regressionsanalysen sollte die Verbesserung der posttraumatischen, dissoziativen und allgemeinen Symptomatik zu Therapieende durch Patientenmerkmale und traumafokussierende Interventionen vorhergesagt werden. Ergebnisse: Über ein Drittel der befragten Therapeuten setzten Vorstellungsübungen zur Stabilisierung und Distanzierung ein. Interventionen der dialektisch-behavioralen Therapie (DBT) wurden hingegen kaum angewendet. Eine dosierte Exposition mittels Bildschirm- oder Beobachtertechnik wurde der Exposition in sensu vorgezogen. Als Prädiktor für die durch die Therapeuten eingeschätzte Verbesserung der Symptomatik erwies sich der Einsatz von traumafokussierenden Interventionen der kognitiven Verhaltenstherapie (TF-KVT) und – mit Einschränkung – der Methode des Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing. Interventionen der Psychodynamisch-imaginativen Traumatherapie (PITT) waren indessen negativ mit der Einschätzung von Vermeidung und Dissoziation assoziiert. Schlussfolgerungen: Zukünftig sollte die Wirksamkeit der PITT im Vergleich zur DBT bzw. TF-KVT in randomisiert-kontrollierten Studien untersucht werden.

Background: Several stabilizing and trauma-focused treatment methods for post-traumatic stress disorder (PTSD) are currently recommended by expert guidelines. Objective: How widely are these methods used in clinical practice? Do trauma-focused interventions predict symptom improvement as rated by practitioners? Method: This naturalistic survey included self-reports from licensed psychotherapists (N = 126) and data from one case treated within the last 24 months. Using linear regression analyses, improvement regarding PTSD symptoms, dissociation, and general symptoms at post-treatment was predicted by trauma-focused interventions and patient characteristics. Results: More than one-third of the therapists included in this study applied imaginative techniques in order to stabilize patients and allow them to distance themselves from the trauma. Interventions from dialectical-behavioral therapy (DBT) were hardly used. Practitioners preferred dosed exposure via on screen or observer techniques over exposure in sensu. From their point of view, improvement was predicted by trauma-focused interventions based on cognitive-behavioral therapy (TF-CBT) and, with some reservations, eye movement desensitization and reprocessing. However, interventions from psychodynamic imaginative trauma therapy (PITT) were negatively associated with therapists’ improvement ratings on avoidance and dissociation. Conclusion: Future research should examine the efficacy of PITT compared with DBT and TF-CBT in randomized controlled trials. Key words: post-traumatic stress disorder, trauma-focused cognitive-behavioral therapy, eye movement desensitization and reprocessing, psychodynamic imaginative trauma therapy, dialectical behavior therapy

Keywords: DBT Dialectical Behavior Therapy Posttraumatic Stress Disorder Psychodynamic Imaginative Trauma Therapy PSTD Survey Trauma-focused Cognitive-behavioral Therapy

Accuracy Verified: Yes

468. van der Hart, O. (2012, March). Waarom kennis van dissociatie en de dissociatieve stoornissen noodzakelijk is in EMDR-therapie [Why knowledge of dissociation and dissociative disorders is necessary in EMDR therapy]. Keynote presentatie op de 6e congres van de Vereniging EMDR Nederland, Arnhem, Nederland.

Language: Dutch

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Vroeger of laat moeten EMDR-therapeuten mensen met een traumagerelateerde dissociatieve stoornis in behandeling krijgen. De prevalentie van DSM-IV dissociatieve stoornissen onder psychiatrische patiënten is ongeveer 10%, waarvan de helft betrekking heeft op de dissociatieve identiteitsstoornis (DIS), dat wil zeggen, de meest complexe dissociatieve stoornis. De prevalentie van de ICD-10 dissociatieve stoornissen van motoriek en zintuiglijke gewaarwording zijn hier niet in mee gerekend, noch andere stoornissen die door dissociatie gekenmerkt worden. De vraag doet zich voor hoe het mogelijk is dat zelfs ervaren therapeuten kunnen opmerken dat ze nimmer patiënten met een dissociatieve stoornis zijn tegen gekomen. Een van de oorzaken is dat psychiatrisch epidemiologisch en klinisch onderzoek nog al te vaak de screening van dissociatieve stoornissen achterwege laat en dat het gezegde “onbekend maakt onbemind” zeker ook op de psychiatrie van toepassing is. Aan de andere kant maken de specialisten op dit terrein niet-ingewijde collega’s niet gemakkelijk. Over de vraag wat onder dissociatie moet worden bestaan, bijvoorbeeld, bestaan enorme meningsverschillen. En waaraan dissociatieve problematiek kan worden afgelezen, wordt evenmin erg duidelijk gemaakt. De doelen van deze presentatie zijn: (1) helderheid verschaffen over dissociatie; (2) het onderscheid laten zien tussen dissociatie van de persoonlijkheid en de manifestaties hiervan; (3) uitleg van de essentie van de theorie van structurele dissociatie; (4) wetenschappelijke evidentie voor dissociatie van de persoonlijkheid weergeven; en (5) laten zien hoe in EMDR-behandelingen van mensen met complexe traumagerelateerde dissociatie van hun persoonlijkheid betrokken moet worden.

Sooner or EMDR therapists should let people with trauma-related dissociative disorder treatment. The prevalence of DSM-IV dissociative disorders among psychiatric patients is approximately 10%, half of which relates to the dissociative identity disorder (DID), ie, the most complex dissociative disorder. The prevalence of ICD-10 dissociative disorders of motor function and sensation are not counted them, or other disorders that are characterized by their cleavage. The question arises how it is possible that even experienced therapists can observe that they never patients with dissociative disorder have encountered. One reason is that psychiatric epidemiological and clinical studies all too often the screening of dissociative disorders is neglected and that the saying "unknown, unloved 'certainly applies to psychiatry. On the other hand, the specialists in this field uninitiated colleagues is not easy. About what should be under dissociation exist, for example, there are enormous differences of opinion. And dissociative problems which can be read, is not very clear. The goals of this presentation are: (1) clarity about dissociation, (2) show the distinction between dissociation of the personality and manifestations, (3) explanation of the essence of the theory of structural dissociation, (4) scientific evidence for dissociation of personality show, and (5) show how EMDR treatments for people with complex trauma-related dissociation of personality should be involved.

Keywords: Dissociation Dissociative Disorders Keynote

Accuracy Verified: Yes

469. O'Malley, A. (2010, March). The watch wait and wonder. Presentation at the 8th EMDR Association UK & Ireland Annual Conference & AGM, Dublin, Ireland .

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
The watch wait and wonder (www) approach to parental and infant mental health was developed in Toronto over the last 20 years. In the last few years a number of therapists have set up www clinics in the UK. We have been running a joint EMDR and www clinic in the North West since Jan 2007. As far as we know this is the only clinic to offer trauma focussed psychotherapy together with infant mental health in either the UK or Ireland. Over the last 12 months the service has developed as a combined clinic between Adult mental health and child & adolescent mental health services. The team comprises myself and my colleagues Dr Sheena Pollet and Thelma Osborn. Dr Pollet is a consultant psychiatrist in psychotherapy and also practices as a psychoanalyst. She initially receives referrals from the access and advice team or directly from the adult inpatient unit. Thelma Osborn practises as a specialist health visitor in primary care and is employed by the Primary Care Trust (PCT). She runs both individual and group psychotherapy for mothers referred with post natal depression. She has recently completed basic EMDR training (2008-9) I have integrated EMDR and sensorimotor psychotherapy with mindfulness and trauma focussed psychotherapy in a new theoretical paradigm which I have termed integrated reprocessing therapy (IRT). I will outline the use of this approach where traumatic births and neonatal vulnerabilities are a key feature of the presentation Recommendations for the development of parent infant mental health and a tier 3 perinatal mental health services within the 5 Boroughs Partnership Foundation Trust will be outlined.

Keywords: Practice Theory

Accuracy Verified: Yes

470. Roberts, T. (2002). Websites relating to psychological trauma: With emphasis on children. In J. Morris-Smith (Ed.), EMDR: Clinical applications with children, Occasional paper no. 19 (pp. 51-52) London: The Association for Child Psychology and Psychiatry.

Language: English

Format: Book Section

Keywords: Children Occasional Paper Trauma Websites

Accuracy Verified: Yes

471. Staff. (2001, January 24). Well being: A psychological theory called eye movement desensitization and reprocessing. Peoria, IL: Journal Star, All, Feature, C06.

Language: English

Format: Newspaper

Abstract:
A psychological theory called Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing is scientifically and theoretically inadequate, says Jeffrey Lohr, a psychology professor at the University of Arkansas. More than 25,000 therapists have been trained to use it, especially for post-traumatic stress disorders, he said. But objective scientific testing has shown it to be ineffective.

Keywords: General Overview Peoria

Accuracy Verified: Yes

472. Calof, D., Maltz, W., Shapiro, F., & Young, W. (1995, June). What can we learn from the “false/delayed memory” controversy?. Evening symposium and town meeting conducted at the EMDR Network Conference, Santa Monica, CA.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Working with survivors of trauma and abuse can challenge or shatter therapists' basic beliefs about safety, goodness, and meaning, leaving one anxious, vulnerable, uncertain and prone to countertmnsference act-out. Through discussion and structured ewences that allow for individual pacing, participants in this experiential clinic will have an opportunity to identify, transform, and work through issues of the self of the therapist including countertransferences, parallel process, secondary traumatization, and the intense and sometime immobilizing existential crises that may result from this work. The leader will endeavor to create an enjoyable playful climate of mutual respect, trust, confidentiality and containment throughout the day. Educational objectives: A. Participants will engage in group and individual exercises designed to break with injunctions, scripts and internalizations left over from the family of origin that have prohibited personal authority and experimentation. B. Through lecture/discussion and exercises, participants will explore countextramference issues, secondary PTSD, and common therapeutic impasses and the existential crises they evoke in the self of the therapist. C. Participants will engage in group and individual exercises designed to assist in the resolution of on-going countertransference issues growing out of their current clinical practice. Bibliography: (1)Benedeck, E.P. (1984). The silent scream; Countertransference reactions to victims. American Journal of Social Psychiatry, IV, 3:49-52. (2)Camstock, C.M. (1991). Countertransference and the suicidal MPD patient. Dissociation, Vol. IV, No. 1;25-35

Keywords: False Memory

Accuracy Verified: Yes

473. Dunne, T. (2008, June). What do you believe? An investigation of therapists' beliefs about how EMDR works. Poster presented at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, London, England .

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
The aim of this study is to explore how EMDR trained Therapists explain to themselves and their clients, how EMDR words in clinical practice, in their view. A second aim of the study is to examine how EMDR trained Therapsts’ explanations relate to their clinical training. DO CBT trained Therapists differ in the explanation they give about the therapeutic mechanisms of EMD from, say, Anaytically oriented Therapists? A third aim of the study is to examine how Therspists from different backgrounds incorporate EMDR into their clinical practice. Do Therapists from some backgrounds such as CBT find it easier to incorporate EMDR into their everyday clinical work than Therapists from different theorectical orientations or visa versa?

Keywords: Poster Therapists' Beliefs

Accuracy Verified: Yes

474. Dunne, T. P. (2008, September). What do you believe? An investigation of therapists' beliefs about how EMDR works. Poster presentation at the York Regional Meeting of the EMDR Association UK & Ireland, York, UK.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Keywords: Beliefs Mechanism of Action Poster

Accuracy Verified: Yes

475. Paulsen, S. L. (1995). What EMDR means to psychologists as therapists and as clients. Presentation at the annual meeting of the Minnesota Psychological Association, Brainerd, MN.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Keywords: Practice Theory

Accuracy Verified: Yes

476. Staff. (2003). What is the scientific status of eye movement desensitization and reprocessing therapy?. Clinician's Research Digest, 21(5).

Language: English

Format: Newsletter

Abstract:
Eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR) has enjoyed rapid dissemination and adoption since being introduced by Christine Shapiro in the 1980s as a 1-session treatment for posttraumatic stress disorder (PTSD) and other anxiety disorders. EMDR is now offered as a treatment for a variety of other problems, including substance abuse, personality disorder, and athletic performance enhancement, and large numbers of therapists have been trained by the EMDR Institute.

Keywords: Anxiety Disorders Athletic Performance Drug Abuse Personality Disorders Posttraumatic Stress Disorder PTSD Treatment

Accuracy Verified: No

477. Marich, J. (2012, October). What makes a good EMDR therapist: Exploratory findings from client-centered inquiry. Journal of Humanistic Psychology, 52(4), 401–422. doi:10.1177/0022167811431960.

Language: English

Format: Journal

Abstract:
There are several qualities of good EMDR (eye movement desensitization and reprocessing) therapists that must be examined to understand what clients most value in this specialized treatment. These qualities, as defined by former clients, include therapist personality, an ability to empower clients, flexibility, intuition, a sense of ease and comfort in working with trauma, and a commitment to the small measures of caring that clients identify as helping them feel safer. This article highlights the importance of honoring client safety in EMDR treatment by further exploring a theme from a phenomenological parent study on the use of EMDR with women in addiction continuing care. The parent study offered qualitative evidence showing that there is a place for EMDR as part of a comprehensive women’s addiction recovery program when applied properly. In this article, participants’ descriptions of their EMDR therapists and how these therapists were able to establish safety are described in greater detail than the parent study article allowed. Implications for emphasis on client-centered factors in the training and formation of EMDR therapists are discussed using the data extrapolated from the clients’ experiences, and further directions for researching the clientcentered perspective in EMDR are presented.

Keywords: Client-Centered Therapy Client Safety Phenomenology Protocols Therapeutic Alliance, Therapists Training

Accuracy Verified: Yes

478. Marich, J. (2012, January). What makes a good EMDR therapist? Exploratory findings from client-centered inquiry. Journal of Humanistic Psychology, 52(4), 401-422. doi:10.1177/0022167811431960.

Language: English

Format: Journal

Keywords: Addiction Safety Women

Accuracy Verified: Yes

479. Marich, J. (2009, August). What makes a good EMDR therapist?: Exploratory findings from client-centered inquiry. Poster presented at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Atlanta, GA .

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Although there is emerging literature on training clinicians in principles of trauma (Black, 2008; Greenwald, Maguin, Smyth, Greenwald, Johnston, & Weiss, 2008), there is a lack of systematized research on the teaching of EMDR, formation of EMDR therapists, and the role of the therapeutic alliance in EMDR treatment. Despite the numerous changes in approved training models since the creation of EMDR, all the EMDR community has gathered is commentary and hypotheses on what works in terms of training therapists. Greenwald (2006) asserted that studying the clients of EMDR trainees would be “an impossibly resource-intensive endeavor,” (51), yet principles of phenomenology (Crotty, 1998) suggest that using clients as primary sources could yield the best possible information about what constitutes an effective EMDR therapist.

Keywords: Client-Centered Inquiry

Accuracy Verified: Yes

480. Hummel, H., & Matthess, H. (2005, June). What to teach beside EMDR in trauma-centered psychotherapy. In Teaching EMDR. Symposium conducted at the annual meeting of the EMDR Europe Association, Brussels, Belgium.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
The objective of this workshop is to encourage the participants to develop and carry out a comprehensive course for diagnostics and treatment of trauma-related disorders.
The trauma-curricula in Schaffhausen and Sinzig were created independently as training courses for psycho-traumatology. They are taken as examples to clarify basic ideas on how to organize curricular-structured seminars in the field of psycho-traumatology and trauma-therapy. The EMDR-trainings are very well established as basic for trauma confrontation therapy but "around EMDR" there is much more to teach that can only be learnt over a longer period of time.
The curricular structure as a means to teach the knowledge and skills improves the motivation of colleagues to attend the seminars. Consensus, cooperation, and mutual recognition between other institutes and international organizations in the field of psycho-traumatology committed to a general draft makes the acceptance even stronger.
There is consensus about the knowledge of anamnesis, diagnostics, treatment planning, stabilization techniques, and the working through of traumatic material. In both curricula more than one method for trauma confrontation is taught. The more tools and skills the therapist is able to use the easier it is to find the appropriate method for each client. So therapists can avoid what is meant by the proverb: "if you only have a hammer you will treat everything like a nail" (Maslow).
The first evaluation of the participants in both curricula in Schaffhausen and Sinzig will be presented including questions about relevance. satisfaction with structure and content as well as suggestions for improvement.

Keywords: Symposium Teaching

Accuracy Verified: Yes

481. van Minnen, A., Hendriks, L., & Olff, M. (2010, April). When do trauma experts choose exposure therapy for PTSD patients? A controlled study of therapist and patient factors. Behaviour Research and Therapy, 48(4), 312-320. doi:10.1016/j.brat.2009.12.003.

Language: English

Format: Journal

Abstract:
To investigate when and why therapists opt for or rule out imaginal exposure (IE) for patients with posttraumatic stress disorder (PTSD), 255 trauma experts were randomized to two conditions in which they were presented with four cases in which the patients’ comorbidity and treatment preferences were manipulated. The results confirmed IE to be an underutilized approach, with the majority of professionals being undertrained in the technique. As predicted, the patient factors influenced the expert’s choice of therapy: in case of a comorbid depression, IE was significantly less preferred than medication. Also, IE was significantly more likely to be offered when patients expressed a preference for traumafocused treatment. The therapist factors were also found to be importantly related to treatment preferences, with high credibility in the technique being positively related to the therapists’ preference for IE. Perceived barriers to IE, such as a fear of symptom exacerbation and dropout, were negatively related to the perceived suitability of the treatment when patients had suffered multiple traumas in childhood. The results are discussed in the light of clinical implications and the need of exposure training for trauma professionals.

Keywords: Controlled Study: Exposure Therapy Posttraumatic Stress Disorder PTSD

Accuracy Verified: Yes

482. Wildwind, L. (1995, June). When something is wrong with me--EMDR and ADHD. Presentation at the EMDR Network Conference, Santa Monica, CA.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
The objectives of this presentation are to define ADHD in the various ways it presents adults, using EMDR cognitions and observations of clients as clues; then, to clarify why and EMDR works differently before, during, and after diagnosis, The presenter will provide background on the biological differences of those with the disorder, some thoughts on why this diagnosis is becoming so frequent at this time and why therapists who use EMDR may be more likely to have the disorder and to see it in their clients. During the workshop participants will explore their own attitudes toward ADHD and learn about how these attitudes influence their ability to identify and assess ADHD symptoms in clients. Values, judgments and common myths about ADHD will be briefly discussed. Specific suggestions about modifying treatment when ADHD is suspected, suggested as a possible diagnosis to the client, and treated will be given, including a list of modified positive cognitions. Treatment planning ideas for clients with a variety of concurrent diagnoses will be offered, with special attention to the problems of resistance to the diagnosis, the medications use for treatment, and the process of adapting patterns to solve specific problems, using a specific example a group treatment planning exercise will be conducted. The actual treatment history of the case will be given clarifying how the treatment goals were reached. There will he time for participants to formulate negative and positive cognitions regarding their attitudes toward ADHD clients and the use of appropriate medications, and to assess the strength those attitudes, SUDS scales will be used. Participants will have an opportunity to ask questions and will obtain a bibliography, a client questionnaire, a list of modified cognitions, and a summary of resources for medical treatment, education and social support.

Keywords: ADHD Attention Deficit Hyperactive Disorder

Accuracy Verified: Yes

483. Barton, S. (2013, February 8). When talking about how your spouse cheated on you makes you feel worse. The Atlantic. Retrieved from http://www.theatlantic.com/sexes/archive/2013/02/when-talking-about-how-your-spouse-cheated-on-you-makes-you-feel-worse/272892/ on 3/12/2013.

Language: English

Format: Other

Abstract:
I had never heard of it when my therapist first suggested it to me last year as a possibility for moving beyond a past relationship issue that I had failed to resolve with other therapists using various approaches. In many ways, EMDR is drastically different from any other therapy I'd ever tried or learned about, and the novelty of it made me curious and gave me hope. [Excerpt]

Keywords: Cheating Infidelity

Accuracy Verified: Yes

484. Kliem, S., Kroger, C., Sarmadi, N. B., & Kosfelder, J. (2012). Wie werden verbesserungen nach typ-II-traumata infolge unterschiedlicher traumabearbeitender interventionen eingeschätzt? Eine re-analyse der umfrage unter psychotraumatologisch erfahrenen psychologischen psychotherapeuten [How will improvements assessed for type II traumas due to different editing trauma interventions? A re-analysis of the survey psychotraumatologisch experienced psychological psychotherapist]. Zeitschrift für Klinische Psychologie und Psychotherapie: Forschung und Praxis, 41(1), 30-37. doi:10.1026/1616-3443/a000117.

Language: German

Format: Journal

Abstract:
Hintergrund: Für die Behandlung von Post-Traumatic Stress Disorder (PTSD) nach Typ-II-Trauma, verschiedene Trauma-Verarbeitung Methoden sind derzeit in der klinischen Praxis eingesetzt. Ziel: Um zu ermitteln, wie sich die Verbesserungen in mehreren Symptom-Clustern (Intrusion, Vermeidung, Übererregung, Dissoziation, zusätzliche Beschwerden), retrospektiv sind von Praktikern als Funktion der Verwendung verschiedener Trauma-Verarbeitung Interventionen bewertet. Methode: In einer Umfrage der lizenzierten Psychotherapeuten (N = 272), wurden die Fälle enthalten, in denen die Therapeuten (1) ein Ereignis, das den Typ-II-Trauma zugeordnet werden konnten berichtet, und (2) identifizierten spezifischen Trauma-Verarbeitung Eingriffe nach zur Trauma-Focused Cognitive-Behavioral Therapy (TF-CBT), Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing (EMDR), oder Psychodynamische Imaginative Trauma-Therapie (PITT) (n = 37). Zusätzlich, Therapeuten retrospektiv die Verbesserungen auf dem Symptom-Clustern an post-Behandlung bewertet. Ergebnisse: Mehr als 40% der Therapeuten berichteten über imaginative Techniken zur Dissoziation und Emotionsregulation sowie die Verarbeitung des Täters Introjekte sensu PITT durch Trauma-Verarbeitung Interventionen entweder TF-CBT (35,1%) oder EMDR (21,6%) gefolgt. Diese Therapeuten, die mit Interventionen der beiden letztgenannten Methoden des Patienten verbessern höher in allen Symptom Cluster als Therapeuten, die mit Trauma-Verarbeitung Interventionen PITT gemeldet bewertet berichtet. Fazit: Die retrospektive Bewertungen von Verbesserungen stehen im Einklang mit den Empfehlungen der Leitlinien für die Behandlung von PTSD. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2012 APA, alle Rechte vorbehalten).

Background: For the treatment of Post-Traumatic Stress Disorder (PTSD) following type-II-trauma, different trauma-processing methods are currently used in clinical practice. Objective: To determine how the improvements in several symptom clusters (intrusion, avoidance, hyperarousal, dissociation, additional complaints) are retrospectively rated by practitioners as a function of using different trauma-processing interventions. Method: In a survey of licensed psychotherapists (N = 272), those cases were included in which the therapists (1) reported an event that could be assigned to type-II-trauma, and (2) identified specific trauma-processing interventions according to Trauma-Focused Cognitive-Behavioral Therapy (TF-CBT), Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing (EMDR), or Psychodynamic Imaginative Trauma-Therapy (PITT) (n = 37). Additionally, therapists retrospectively rated the improvements on the symptom clusters at post-treatment. Results: More than 40% of therapists reported using imaginative techniques for dissociation and emotion regulation, as well as processing the perpetrator’s introjects sensu PITT, followed by trauma-processing interventions of either TF-CBT (35.1%) or EMDR (21.6%). Those therapists who reported using interventions of the latter two methods rated the patient’s improvements higher in all symptom clusters than therapists who reported using trauma-processing interventions of PITT. Conclusion: The retrospective ratings of improvements are in line with the recommendations of guidelines for the treatment of PTSD. (PsycINFO Database Record (c) 2012 APA, all rights reserved).

Keywords: Intervention Posttraumatic Stress Disorder PTSD Psychotherapists Trauma

Accuracy Verified: Yes

485. Altink, A. J. A., van Terwisga, P., Helms, F. D. G., & Oostenbroek, S. H. (2012). Word tracking task as an alternative to horizontal eye movements in the reduction of vividness and emotionality of aversive memories in EMDR. Social Cosmos, 3(2), 185-199.

Language: English

Format: Journal

Abstract:
When treating a patient with PTSD, therapists often use eye movement desensitization and reprocessing (EMDR). In EMDR patients make horizontal eye movements (HEM) while the image of a traumatic memory is recalled. Various studies showed that making HEM during recall of an aversive memory results in a decline in vividness and emotionality of this memory. This study aimed to create an alternative task that would be less physically demanding for the therapist than applying HEM. This task should, according to the working memory (WM) hypothesis, tax the WM as much as HEM. To accomplish this goal, a word-tracking task (WTT) was created in which an oval that moved over a matrix with color-words had to be followed with the eyes. Experiment I showed that the WTT taxes WM, though not as much as HEM. In experiment II, both the WTT and HEM resulted in a decrease in vividness and emotionality of an aversive memory. The results obtained raise questions about a supposed linear relationship between the WM-taxing and EMDR-efficacy of tasks. Further investigation of this relationship is recommended. Also recommended is further study in a clinical population. The WTT seems to be a good alternative for horizontal eye movements in EMDR.

Keywords: Posttraumatic Stress Disorder PTSD Working Memory

Accuracy Verified: Yes

486. Dexter, B. A. (2008, September). Working with active duty, Reserve and National Guard, military, and military organizations. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Phoenix, AZ.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Rapidly increasing numbers of Active Duty, Reserve and National Guard combat veterans and their families are receiving mental health treatment provided by civilian therapists. Therapists who have not served in the military can develop military cultural knowledge and provide equally high quality service to military individuals and families. We will discuss and develop EMDR targets related to Combat Stress Reactions, narcissism, ‘violations of the social contract’ and other trauma. Participants will receive a large amount of material in handouts and have considerable opportunity for case discussion and more.

Keywords: Combat Military Veterans

Accuracy Verified: Yes

487. de Jongh, A. (2008, Maart). Workshop effectief conceptualiseren en scherpstellen [Workshop effectively conceptualize and focus]. Presentatie op de derde conferentie van de Vereniging EMDR Nederland, Ede, Nederland.

Language: Dutch

Format: Conference

Abstract:
‘Conceptualiseren en ‘scherpstellen’ zijn twee belangrijke aspecten van een EMDR-behandeling. Het doel van deze onderdelen is om vanuit klachten en problemen die een patiënt presenteert targetherinneringen te identificeren en vervolgens voldoende lading te creëren om desensitisatie mogelijk te maken. Veel therapeuten vinden dit niet altijd gemakkelijk. In deze workshop wordt geleerd om zowel eenvoudige als efficiënte wegen te leren bewandelen om (1) een casus te conceptualiseren voor behandeling met EMDR, (2) essentiële, zogenaamde ‘touchstone’, targets te identificeren, en (3) de juiste NCs en PCs te selecteren. Aan de hand van oefeningen en diverse videofragmenten van stroef verlopende EMDR behandelingen wordt gedemonstreerd waar mogelijke valkuilen liggen. Daarnaast wordt uitgelegd hoe in moeilijke situaties, waarin het standaard protocol niet voorziet, kan worden gehandeld en hoe deze moeilijkheden op creatieve wijze kunnen worden opgelost. Deze interactieve workshop is vooral bedoeld voor therapeuten die nog geen vervolgopleiding hebben gedaan en die hun vaardigheden op EMDR gebied willen vergroten.

'Conceptualise and' focus' are two important aspects of EMDR treatment. The objective of this component is to identify complaints and problems from a patient and then target memories enough charge to create desensitization possible. Many therapists are not always easy. This workshop is taught to both simple and efficient ways to learn to walk to (1) a case to conceptualize treatment with EMDR, (2) key, so-called "touch stone", target identification, and (3) the proper NCS and PCs to select. Using various exercises and video clips of sluggish EMDR treatment is demonstrated where potential pitfalls lie. In addition, how to in difficult situations where the standard protocol is not provided, can be traded and how these problems can be solved creatively. This interactive workshop is intended primarily for therapists who have not yet done so and continuing their fields to increase skills in EMDR.

Keywords: Case Conceptualization Cognitions Identifying Touchstone Event

Accuracy Verified: Yes

488. Richman, A. (2004, June). Workshop refugees and EMDR - EMDR with refugees and victims of torture. Presentation at the EMDR Europe Association annual meeting, Stockholm, Sweden .

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
As trauma therapists we are increasingly encountering the challenge of using EMDR cross-culturally with highly traumatized clients who are refugees from war torn countries and/or oppressive regimes. This presentation seeks to address some of the difficulties of working across cultures, often with the aid of interpreters, who themselves may have been traumatized. EMDR has been found to be a highly effective treatment for refugees, especially where there is a high degree of somatization.

Keywords: Refugees Torture

Accuracy Verified: Yes

489. Fine, C., & Berkowitz, A. (2001, January-April). The wreathing protocol: The imbrication of hypnosis and EMDR in the treatment of dissociative identity disorder and other dissociative responses. American Journal of Clinical Hypnosis, 43(3-4), 275-290. doi:10.1080/00029157.2001.10404282.

Language: English

Format: Journal

Abstract:
Dissociative Identity Disorder (DID), a chronic childhood onset posttraumatic stress disorder, is currently recognized as a treatable condition. It is considered the paradigmatic dissociative condition and carries with it extreme posttraumatic symptomatology. Therapists skilled in the treatment of DID are typically fluent in the uses of hypnosis for stabilization, affect management, building a safe place, and grounding to name of few [sic]. EMDR, which has come to the forefront of clinical awareness in the last ten years, seems aptly suited for the treatment of trauma, but can be destabilizing. This paper proposes a protocol, called Wreathing Protocol, for the imbricated use of EMDR and hypnosis in the treatment of not only DID (though this will be the primary focus of the paper), but also Dissociative Disorder Not Otherwise Specified (DDNOS) and chronic PTSD. This protocol is useful to advanced clinicians skilled in both modalities independently. The sequential steps of the Wreathing Protocol will be described and illustrated by a clinical vignette on DID. The clinical implications of the use of the Wreathing Protocol will be discussed in DID as well as the chronic post traumatic spectrum. [Author Abstract]

Keywords: Dissociative Identity Disorder Hypnotherapy PTSD Psychotherapeutic Processes Review

Accuracy Verified: Yes

490. Greenwald, R. (2009, August). Writing for the Journal of EMDR Practice & Research. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Atlanta, GA.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Many EMDR therapists have something to contribute to the field, but may be unsure about how to write a paper for a scholarly journal. Participants in this workshop will learn to identify the types of papers that might be submitted and how to determine in which category their own project belongs. Participants will also learn a clear structured model for composing a paper, so it will have its best chance of favorable review. Finally, participants will be guided to evaluate their own project and develop a plan to bring the project to publication.

Keywords: Writing

Accuracy Verified: Yes

491. Greenwald, R. (2010, September/October). Writing for the Journal of EMDR Practice & Research. Presentation at the annual meeting of EMDR International Association, Minneapolis, MN.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Keywords: Writing

Accuracy Verified: Yes

492. Greenwald, R. (2011, August). Writing for the Journal of EMDR Practice & Research. Presentation at the annual meeting of the EMDR International Association, Orange County, CA.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Keywords: Writing

Accuracy Verified: Yes

493. Turner, S. (2008, June). “A human rights framework in trauma work". Keynote presented at the annual mmeting of the EMDR Europe Association, London, England.

Language: English

Format: Conference

Abstract:
Some people survive trauma only to find themselves continuing to live in very real danger of further deliberate harm. This happens, for example, on a large scale where the state uses repressive violence against communities and at a personal level in many types of intra-familial violence, but there are many other illustrations. One of the first steps that we often make as therapists is to clarify that the traumatic experience has come to an end and that the survivor is ready, and feels safe enough, to deal with the emotional components of their past experiences. Victims of violence may come from disadvantaged or minority groups in society and it is often insufficient to rely only on the goodwill of the majority population to achieve this sense of safety. It is essential that there should be human rights policies with the force of law to protect vulnerable people and allow them to achieve justice and a sense of efficacy. This year is the 60th anniversary of the Universal Declaration of Human Rights, an inspirational document prepared after the Second World War, and yet, unfortunately, human rights abuses remain all too common. The interplay between the legal framework of human rights and the therapeutic framework of clinical practice is not always straightforward to negotiate. Problems may occur, for example, for refugees who escape from persecution but whose legal cases in their new country of asylum take years to settle, children experiencing continuing abuse but who are too afraid to talk, adult rape survivors who feel too ashamed to disclose and who would expect a prosecution to fail anyway. An ethical framework for our practice is required which fully takes into account the therapeutic needs of the survivor; their legal right to justice, protection and acknowledgment of harm done; and their personal wishes.

Keywords: Keynote

Accuracy Verified: Yes